Document:

EX-4.1

 EXHIBIT 4.1 
  

 
  

FORM OF SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INDENTURE 

dated as of September 26, 2000, 

As Amended and Restated as of August 9, 2011 

As Further Amended and Restated as of             
    , 2016 
 between 

CITIBANK CREDIT CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, 

as Issuer, 
 and 

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, 

as Trustee 
  

 
  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	 RECITALS OF THE ISSUER
	  	 	1	  
	 GRANTING CLAUSE
	  	 	1	  
	 AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES
	  	 	2	  
	 LIMITED RECOURSE
	  	 	2	  
		
	 ARTICLE I Definitions and Other Provisions of General Application
	  	 	3	  
			
	 SECTION 101.
	 	 Definitions
	  	 	3	  
	 SECTION 102.
	 	 Compliance Certificates and Opinions
	  	 	25	  
	 SECTION 103.
	 	 Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee
	  	 	26	  
	 SECTION 104.
	 	 Acts of Noteholders
	  	 	26	  
	 SECTION 105.
	 	 Notices, etc., to Trustee and Issuer
	  	 	27	  
	 SECTION 106.
	 	 Notices to Noteholders; Waiver
	  	 	27	  
	 SECTION 107.
	 	 Conflict with Trust Indenture Act
	  	 	28	  
	 SECTION 108.
	 	 Effect of Headings and Table of Contents
	  	 	28	  
	 SECTION 109.
	 	 Successors and Assigns
	  	 	28	  
	 SECTION 110.
	 	 Separability Clause
	  	 	28	  
	 SECTION 111.
	 	 Benefits of Indenture
	  	 	28	  
	 SECTION 112.
	 	 Governing Law
	  	 	28	  
	 SECTION 113.
	 	 Counterparts
	  	 	29	  
	 SECTION 114.
	 	 Interest Period Convention
	  	 	29	  
	 SECTION 115.
	 	 Indenture Referred to in the Trust Agreement
	  	 	29	  
		
	 ARTICLE II Note Forms
	  	 	29	  
			
	 SECTION 201.
	 	 Forms Generally
	  	 	29	  
	 SECTION 202.
	 	 Forms of Notes
	  	 	29	  
	 SECTION 203.
	 	 Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication
	  	 	29	  
	 SECTION 204.
	 	 Notes Issuable in the Form of a Global Note
	  	 	30	  
	 SECTION 205.
	 	 Temporary Global Notes and Permanent Global Notes
	  	 	32	  
	 SECTION 206.
	 	 Beneficial Ownership of Global Notes
	  	 	34	  
	 SECTION 207.
	 	 Notices to Depository
	  	 	34	  
		
	 ARTICLE III The Notes
	  	 	34	  
			
	 SECTION 301.
	 	 General Title; General Limitations; Issuable in Series; Terms of a Series, Class or
Tranche
	  	 	34	  
	 SECTION 302.
	 	 Denominations
	  	 	38	  
	 SECTION 303.
	 	 Execution, Authentication and Delivery and Dating
	  	 	38	  
	 SECTION 304.
	 	 Temporary Notes
	  	 	38	  
	 SECTION 305.
	 	 Registration, Transfer and Exchange
	  	 	39	  
	 SECTION 306.
	 	 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes
	  	 	41	  
	 SECTION 307.
	 	 Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved
	  	 	41	  
	 SECTION 308.
	 	 Persons Deemed Owners
	  	 	41	  

  
 -i- 

							
	 SECTION 309.
	 	 Cancellation
	  	 	42	  
	 SECTION 310.
	 	 Computation of Interest
	  	 	42	  
	 SECTION 311.
	 	 New Issuances of Notes
	  	 	42	  
	 SECTION 312.
	 	 Specification of Required Subordinated Amount and other Terms with Respect to each Class
of a Multiple Issuance Series
	  	 	44	  
	 SECTION 313.
	 	 Required Subordinated Amount Conditions to Issuance of Notes of a Tranche of a Senior
Class of a Multiple Issuance Series
	  	 	45	  
		
	 ARTICLE IV Accounts and Investments
	  	 	47	  
			
	 SECTION 401.
	 	 Collections
	  	 	47	  
	 SECTION 402.
	 	 Accounts
	  	 	47	  
	 SECTION 403.
	 	 Investment of Funds in the Accounts
	  	 	48	  
	 SECTION 404.
	 	 Excess Funds in the Interest Funding sub-Accounts or Principal Funding
sub-Accounts
	  	 	50	  
		
	 ARTICLE V Allocations, Deposits and Payments
	  	 	50	  
			
	 SECTION 501.
	 	 Allocations of Finance Charge Collections
	  	 	50	  
	 SECTION 502.
	 	 Allocations of Principal Collections
	  	 	51	  
	 SECTION 503.
	 	 Targeted Deposits of Finance Charge Collections to the Interest Funding
Account
	  	 	52	  
	 SECTION 504.
	 	 Payments Received from Derivative Counterparties for Interest; Other Deposits to the
Interest Funding Account
	  	 	54	  
	 SECTION 505.
	 	 Allocation of Deposits to Interest Funding sub-Accounts
	  	 	54	  
	 SECTION 506.
	 	 Deposit of Principal Funding sub-Account Earnings in Interest Funding sub-Accounts;
Principal Funding sub-Account Earnings Shortfall
	  	 	55	  
	 SECTION 507.
	 	 Withdrawals from Interest Funding Account
	  	 	56	  
	 SECTION 508.
	 	 Targeted Deposits of Principal Collections to the Principal Funding
Account
	  	 	57	  
	 SECTION 509.
	 	 Payments Received from Derivative Counterparties for Principal; Other Deposits to
Principal Funding Accounts
	  	 	60	  
	 SECTION 510.
	 	 Reallocations of Funds on Deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Accounts
	  	 	60	  
	 SECTION 511.
	 	 Withdrawals from Principal Funding Account
	  	 	62	  
	 SECTION 512.
	 	 Limit on Reallocations of Principal Collections and Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit
Amounts Taken to Benefit Senior Classes of Single Issuance Series
	  	 	63	  
	 SECTION 513.
	 	 Limit on Reallocations of Principal Collections and Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit
Amounts Taken to Benefit Senior Classes of Multiple Issuance Series
	  	 	64	  
	 SECTION 514.
	 	 Computation of Amount of Reallocations of Principal Collections and Receivables Sales
Proceeds Deposit Amounts Taken from Subordinated Classes; Allocations of Reductions to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of Subordinated Classes from Reallocations of Principal Collections and Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts
	  	 	68	  

  
 -ii- 

							
	 SECTION 515.
	 	 Limit on Repayments of Subordinated Classes of Single Issuance Series
	  	 	70	  
	 SECTION 516.
	 	 Limit on Repayments of Subordinated Classes of Multiple Issuance Series
	  	 	70	  
	 SECTION 517.
	 	 Limit on Repayments of all Tranches
	  	 	73	  
	 SECTION 518.
	 	 Targeted Deposits to the Class C Reserve Account
	  	 	73	  
	 SECTION 519.
	 	 Withdrawals from the Class C Reserve Account
	  	 	73	  
	 SECTION 520.
	 	 Reinvestment in the Collateral Certificate
	  	 	74	  
	 SECTION 521.
	 	 Final Payment
	  	 	74	  
	 SECTION 522.
	 	 Timing of Deposits
	  	 	75	  
	 SECTION 523.
	 	 Sale of Receivables
	  	 	75	  
	 SECTION 524.
	 	 Netting of Deposits and Payments
	  	 	78	  
	 SECTION 525.
	 	 Pro Rata Payments within a Tranche
	  	 	78	  
	 SECTION 526.
	 	 Allocations of Reductions from Investor Charge-Offs to the Nominal Liquidation Amount or
Receivables Sales Proceeds Amount of Subordinated Classes
	  	 	78	  
	 SECTION 527.
	 	 Allocations of Reimbursements of Reductions in the Nominal Liquidation Amount or
Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Deficits
	  	 	80	  
	 SECTION 528.
	 	 Order of Giving Effect to Reductions and Reimbursements of Nominal Liquidation
Amount
	  	 	82	  
		
	 ARTICLE VI Satisfaction and Discharge; Cancellation of Notes Held by the Issuer or the
Banks
	  	 	83	  
			
	 SECTION 601.
	 	 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture
	  	 	83	  
	 SECTION 602.
	 	 Application of Trust Money
	  	 	83	  
	 SECTION 603.
	 	 Cancellation of Notes Held by the Issuer or the Banks
	  	 	83	  
		
	 ARTICLE VII Remedies
	  	 	84	  
			
	 SECTION 701.
	 	 Events of Default
	  	 	84	  
	 SECTION 702.
	 	 Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment
	  	 	85	  
	 SECTION 703.
	 	 Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee
	  	 	86	  
	 SECTION 704.
	 	 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim
	  	 	87	  
	 SECTION 705.
	 	 Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes
	  	 	87	  
	 SECTION 706.
	 	 Application of Money Collected
	  	 	88	  
	 SECTION 707.
	 	 Trustee May Elect to Hold the Collateral Certificate
	  	 	88	  
	 SECTION 708.
	 	 Sale of Receivables for Accelerated Notes
	  	 	88	  
	 SECTION 709.
	 	 Noteholders Have the Right to Direct the Time, Method and Place of Conducting Any
Proceeding for Any Remedy Available to the Trustee
	  	 	88	  
	 SECTION 710.
	 	 Limitation on Suits
	  	 	88	  
	 SECTION 711.
	 	 Unconditional Right of Noteholders to Receive Principal and Interest; Limited
Recourse
	  	 	89	  

  
 -iii- 

							
	 SECTION 712.
	 	 Restoration of Rights and Remedies
	  	 	89	  
	 SECTION 713.
	 	 Rights and Remedies Cumulative
	  	 	89	  
	 SECTION 714.
	 	 Delay or Omission Not Waiver
	  	 	89	  
	 SECTION 715.
	 	 Control by Noteholders
	  	 	90	  
	 SECTION 716.
	 	 Waiver of Past Defaults
	  	 	90	  
	 SECTION 717.
	 	 Undertaking for Costs
	  	 	90	  
	 SECTION 718.
	 	 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws
	  	 	91	  
		
	 ARTICLE VIII The Trustee
	  	 	91	  
			
	 SECTION 801.
	 	 Certain Duties and Responsibilities
	  	 	91	  
	 SECTION 802.
	 	 Notice of Defaults
	  	 	92	  
	 SECTION 803.
	 	 Certain Rights of Trustee
	  	 	92	  
	 SECTION 804.
	 	 Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes
	  	 	93	  
	 SECTION 805.
	 	 May Hold Notes
	  	 	93	  
	 SECTION 806.
	 	 Money Held in Trust
	  	 	93	  
	 SECTION 807.
	 	 Compensation and Reimbursement, Limit on Compensation, Reimbursement and
Indemnity
	  	 	93	  
	 SECTION 808.
	 	 Disqualification; Conflicting Interests
	  	 	94	  
	 SECTION 809.
	 	 Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility
	  	 	94	  
	 SECTION 810.
	 	 Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor
	  	 	95	  
	 SECTION 811.
	 	 Acceptance of Appointment by Successor
	  	 	96	  
	 SECTION 812.
	 	 Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business
	  	 	97	  
	 SECTION 813.
	 	 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer
	  	 	97	  
	 SECTION 814.
	 	 Appointment of Authenticating Agent
	  	 	97	  
	 SECTION 815.
	 	 Tax Returns
	  	 	99	  
		
	 ARTICLE IX Noteholders’ Meetings, Lists, Reports by Trustee, Issuer and Managing
Beneficiary
	  	 	100	  
			
	 SECTION 901.
	 	 Issuer To Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Noteholders
	  	 	100	  
	 SECTION 902.
	 	 Preservation of Information; Communications to Noteholders
	  	 	100	  
	 SECTION 903.
	 	 Reports by Trustee
	  	 	101	  
	 SECTION 904.
	 	 Meetings of Noteholders; Amendments and Waivers
	  	 	102	  
	 SECTION 905.
	 	 Reports by Issuer to the Commission
	  	 	103	  
	 SECTION 906.
	 	 Reports by Trustee
	  	 	103	  
	 SECTION 907.
	 	 Monthly Issuer’s Report
	  	 	103	  
	 SECTION 908.
	 	 Payment Request to Master Trust
	  	 	103	  
	 SECTION 909.
	 	 Monthly Computation Statement
	  	 	103	  
		
	 ARTICLE X Supplemental Indentures; Amendments to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
and Amendments to the Trust Agreement
	  	 	104	  
			
	 SECTION 1001.
	 	 Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Noteholders
	  	 	104	  
	 SECTION 1002.
	 	 Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Noteholders
	  	 	105	  
	 SECTION 1003.
	 	 Execution of Supplemental Indentures
	  	 	107	  
	 SECTION 1004.
	 	 Effect of Supplemental Indentures
	  	 	107	  

  
 -iv- 

							
	 SECTION 1005.
	 	 Conformity with Trust Indenture Act
	  	 	107	  
	 SECTION 1006.
	 	 Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures
	  	 	107	  
	 SECTION 1007.
	 	 Amendments to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement; Amendments to the Asset
Representations Review Agreement; Treatment of Noteholders and Note Owners
	  	 	107	  
	 SECTION 1008.
	 	 Amendments to the Trust Agreement
	  	 	108	  
	 SECTION 1009.
	 	 Notice
	  	 	108	  
		
	 ARTICLE XI Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Issuer
	  	 	109	  
			
	 SECTION 1101.
	 	 Payment of Principal and Interest
	  	 	109	  
	 SECTION 1102.
	 	 Maintenance of Office or Agency
	  	 	109	  
	 SECTION 1103.
	 	 Money for Note Payments to be Held in Trust
	  	 	109	  
	 SECTION 1104.
	 	 Statement as to Compliance
	  	 	111	  
	 SECTION 1105.
	 	 Legal Existence
	  	 	111	  
	 SECTION 1106.
	 	 Further Instruments and Acts
	  	 	111	  
	 SECTION 1107.
	 	 Compliance with Laws
	  	 	111	  
	 SECTION 1108.
	 	 Notice of Events of Default
	  	 	111	  
	 SECTION 1109.
	 	 Certain Negative Covenants
	  	 	111	  
	 SECTION 1110.
	 	 No Other Business
	  	 	112	  
	 SECTION 1111.
	 	 No Borrowing
	  	 	112	  
	 SECTION 1112.
	 	 Excluded Series
	  	 	112	  
	 SECTION 1113.
	 	 Rule 144A Information
	  	 	112	  
		
	 ARTICLE XII Early Redemption of Notes
	  	 	112	  
			
	 SECTION 1201.
	 	 Applicability of Article
	  	 	112	  
	 SECTION 1202.
	 	 Optional Repurchase
	  	 	114	  
	 SECTION 1203.
	 	 Notice
	  	 	114	  
		
	 ARTICLE XIII Collateral
	  	 	115	  
			
	 SECTION 1301.
	 	 Recording, Etc.
	  	 	115	  
	 SECTION 1302.
	 	 Trust Indenture Act Requirements
	  	 	117	  
	 SECTION 1303.
	 	 Suits To Protect the Collateral
	  	 	117	  
	 SECTION 1304.
	 	 Purchaser Protected
	  	 	117	  
	 SECTION 1305.
	 	 Powers Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee
	  	 	117	  
	 SECTION 1306.
	 	 Determinations Relating to Collateral
	  	 	118	  
	 SECTION 1307.
	 	 Release of Collateral
	  	 	118	  
	 SECTION 1308.
	 	 Certain Actions by Trustee
	  	 	118	  
	 SECTION 1309.
	 	 Opinions as to Collateral
	  	 	118	  
	 SECTION 1310.
	 	 Delegation of Duties
	  	 	119	  
	 SECTION 1311.
	 	 Additional Representations Concerning Collateral
	  	 	119	  
		
	 ARTICLE XIV Miscellaneous
	  	 	120	  
			
	 SECTION 1401.
	 	 No Petition
	  	 	120	  
	 SECTION 1402.
	 	 Trust Obligations
	  	 	120	  

  
 -v- 

							
	 SECTION 1403.
	 	 Limitations on Liability
	  	 	120	  
	 SECTION 1404.
	 	 Notes Treated as Debt
	  	 	121	  
	 SECTION 1405.
	 	 Actions Taken by the Issuer
	  	 	121	  
	 SECTION 1406.
	 	 Derivative Counterparty as Third-Party Beneficiary
	  	 	121	  

  

			
	 Annex I
	  	 Threshold Conditions

		
	 Exhibit A
	  	 Form of Payment Request

	 Exhibit B
	  	 Form of Monthly Computation Statement

	 Exhibit C
	  	 Form of Issuer’s Report

	 Exhibit D
	  	 Form of Investment Letter

	 Exhibit E-1
	  	 Form of Certificate of Foreign Clearing Agency

	 Exhibit E-2
	  	 Form of Alternate Certificate to be Delivered to Foreign Clearing Agency

  
 -vi- 

 RECONCILIATION AND TIE BETWEEN TRUST INDENTURE 

ACT OF 1939 AND INDENTURE PROVISIONS* 
  

			
	 Trust Indenture Act Section
	  	 Indenture Section

	 310(a)(1)
	  	809
	 (a)(2)
	  	809
	 (a)(3
	  	Not Applicable
	 (a)(4)
	  	Not Applicable
	 (a)(5)
	  	809
	 (b)
	  	808, 810(d)(i)
	 (c)
	  	Not Applicable
	 311(a)
	  	813
	 (b)
	  	813
	 (c)
	  	Not Applicable
	 312(a)
	  	901, 902(a)
	 (b)
	  	902(b)
	 (c)
	  	902(c)
	 313(a)
	  	903
	 (b)
	  	903(c)
	 (c)
	  	903, 903(c)
	 (d)
	  	905
	 314(a)
	  	905, 1104
	 (b)
	  	1309
	 (c)(1)
	  	102, 601(c), 1307
	 (c)(2)
	  	102, 601(c), 1307
	 (c)(3)
	  	102, 601(c), 1307
	 (d)(1)
	  	1302
	 (d)(2)
	  	Not Applicable
	 (d)(3)
	  	Not Applicable
	 (c)
	  	102
	 315(a)
	  	801(a), 801(b)
	 (b)
	  	802
	 (c)
	  	801(c)
	 (d)
	  	801(d)
	 (d)(1)
	  	801(d)(i)
	 (d)(2)
	  	801(d)(ii)
	 (d)(3)
	  	801(d)(iii)
	 (c)
	  	717
	 316(a)(1)(A)
	  	709
	 316(a)(1)(B)
	  	716
	 316(a)(2)
	  	Not Applicable
	 316(b)
	  	711
	 316(c)
	  	Not Applicable
	 317(a)(1)
	  	703, 705
	 317(a)(2)
	  	704
	 317(b)
	  	1103
	 318(a)
	  	107

  
  

	*This	reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose be part of the within indenture. 

  
 -vii- 

 SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED INDENTURE, dated as of September 26, 2000, as
amended and restated as of August 9, 2011, and as further amended and restated as of                  , 2016 between CITIBANK CREDIT CARD ISSUANCE
TRUST, a statutory trust organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Issuer”), and DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS (formerly known as Bankers Trust Company), a New York banking corporation (the
“Trustee”). 
 RECITALS OF THE ISSUER 

The Issuer and the Trustee are parties to that certain Indenture, dated as of September 26, 2000, as amended by Amendment No. 1
thereto dated as of November 14, 2001, as the same was amended and restated as of August 9, 2011 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the date hereof, the “Prior Indenture”).

 The Issuer and the Trustee have agreed to amend and restate the Prior Indenture in its entirety as set forth below. 

The Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Second Amended and Restated Indenture to provide for the issuance of its
notes to be issued in one or more fully registered series, classes or tranches. 
 All things necessary to make this Second Amended and
Restated Indenture a valid and legally binding agreement of the Issuer, in accordance with its terms, have been done. 
 In consideration of
the premises and the mutual agreements herein contained, and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereby amend and restate the Prior Indenture in its entirety as follows: 

GRANTING CLAUSE 
 To secure the
Issuer’s obligations under the Notes, the Issuer hereby grants to (a) the Trustee, for the benefit and security of the Noteholders, (b) each counterparty to a Derivative Agreement entered into in connection with the issuance of a
tranche of Notes that expressly states it is entitled to the benefit of the Collateral, subject to Section 1303, and (c) the Trustee, in its individual capacity (collectively, the “Secured Parties”), a Security Interest in
all of its right, title and interest, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in and to: 
 (i) the Collateral Certificate;

 (ii) the Collection Account; 

(iii) the Principal Funding Account; 

(iv) the Interest Funding Account; 

(v) the Class C Reserve Account; 

(vi) any Supplemental Account; 

 (vii) all sub-accounts in the Principal Funding Account, the Interest Funding
Account, the Class C Reserve Account and any Supplemental Account; 
 (viii) all securities, securities entitlements,
investments, money and other property held in or through the Collection Account, the Principal Funding Account, the Interest Funding Account, the Class C Reserve Account, any Supplemental Account or any sub-account thereof; 

(ix) all rights, benefits and powers under any Derivative Agreement relating to any tranche of Notes; 

(x) all interest, principal, payments or distributions of any nature or type on any of the above; 

(xi) all rights of enforcement against any of the representations and warranties made by the Beneficiaries pursuant to
Section 3.01 of the Trust Agreement; and 
 (xii) all present and future claims, demands, causes of and choses in action
in respect of any or all of the foregoing and all payments on or under and all proceeds of every kind and nature whatsoever in respect of any or all of the foregoing. 

The collateral described above is referred to as the “Collateral”. The Security Interest in the Collateral is granted
to secure the Notes (and, to the extent specified in the applicable terms document or Derivative Agreement, the obligations under any applicable Derivative Agreements) equally and ratably without prejudice, priority or distinction, except as
otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture, or in the Issuer Certificate or supplemental indenture which establishes any tranche of Notes, between any Note and any other Note by reason of difference in time of issuance or otherwise, and to
secure (i) the payment of all amounts due on such Notes (and, to the extent so specified, the obligations under any Derivative Agreements) in accordance with their terms, (ii) the payment of all other sums payable under this Indenture and
(iii) compliance with the provisions of this Indenture, all as provided in this Indenture. 
 The Trustee acknowledges the grant of
such Security Interest, and accepts the Collateral in trust hereunder in accordance with the provisions hereof and agrees to perform the duties herein to the end that the interests of the Noteholders may be adequately and effectively protected. 

Particular Notes and Derivative Agreements will benefit from the Security Interest to the extent (and only to the extent) proceeds and
distributions on the Collateral are allocated for their benefit pursuant to this Indenture and the applicable terms document. 
 AGREEMENTS
OF THE PARTIES 
 To set forth or to provide for the establishment of the terms and conditions upon which the Notes are and are to be
authenticated, issued and delivered, and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of Notes by the Holders thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed as follows, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Notes or of a
series, class or tranche thereof, as the case may be: 
 LIMITED RECOURSE 

The obligation of the Issuer to make payments of principal, interest and other amounts on the Notes and to make payments on Derivative
Agreements is limited in recourse as set forth in Section 711. 

  
 2 

 ARTICLE I 

Definitions and Other Provisions 

of General Application 

SECTION 101. Definitions. For all purposes of this Indenture and of any supplemental indenture, except as otherwise expressly
provided or unless the context otherwise requires: 
 (1) the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to
them in this Article, and include the plural as well as the singular; 
 (2) all other terms used herein which are defined in
the Trust Indenture Act or by Commission rule under the Trust Indenture Act or in the Series 2000 Supplement, either directly or by reference therein, have the meanings assigned to them therein; 

(3) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles and, except as otherwise herein expressly provided, the term “generally accepted accounting principles” with respect to any computation required or permitted hereunder means such accounting principles as are
generally accepted in the United States of America at the date of such computation; 
 (4) all references in this Indenture
to designated “Articles”, “Sections” and other subdivisions are to the designated Articles, Sections and other subdivisions of this Indenture as originally executed. The words “herein”,
“hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision; and 

(5) “including” and words of similar import will be deemed to be followed by “without
limitation”. 
 “Absolute Ownership” means, with respect to any Receivables, an absolute fee interest in specific
Receivables, whether or not the Servicer of the Master Trust acts as servicer with respect to such Receivables. 

“Accounts” means, collectively, the Collection Account, the Interest Funding Account, the Principal Funding Account, the
Class C Reserve Account, and any Supplemental Account. 
 “Act”, when used with respect to any Noteholder, is
defined in Section 104(a). 
 “action”, when used with respect to any Noteholder, is defined in
Section 104(a). 

  
 3 

 “Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount” means at any time with respect to
any tranche of Notes, the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of all Outstanding Notes of such tranche at such time, less any funds on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Account for such tranche at such time and not yet paid to the Holders of the
Notes of such tranche. 
 “Adjustment Ratio” means, with respect to any tranche of Notes as of any date, the ratio,
expressed as a decimal, of the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such tranche as of such date, to the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such tranche as of such date. 

“Adverse Effect” means, whenever used in this Indenture with respect to any tranche of Notes with respect to any action, that
such action will (a) at the time of its occurrence or at any future date result in the occurrence of an Early Redemption Event or Event of Default, (b) adversely affect the amount of funds available to be distributed to the Noteholders of
any series pursuant to this Indenture or the timing of such distributions, or (c) adversely affect the Security Interest of the Secured Parties in the Collateral. 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under
direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person,
directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. 

“Allocable Miscellaneous Payments” is defined in the Series 2000 Supplement. 

“Amortizing Undivided Interest” means an Undivided Interest with respect to which the purchaser has the right to receive all
collections with respect to any Principal Receivables and Finance Charge Receivables, in each case in which such purchaser has its Undivided Interest. 

“applicable investment category” means with respect to any investment for an Account relating to a tranche of Class A
Notes, Class B Notes or Class C Notes, the following ratings: 
  

							
	 	  	Standard & Poor’s	  	Moody’s	  	Fitch
	 Class A Notes
	  	A-1+ or AAA	  	P-1 or Aaa	  	F-1+ or AAA
	 Class B Notes
	  	A or higher	  	A2 or higher	  	A or higher
	 Class C Notes
	  	BBB or higher	  	Baa2 or higher	  	BBB or higher

 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if funds on deposit in an Account are for the benefit of more than one class of Notes, the
rating required for any investment of those funds will be the rating applicable to the most senior class. 
 “Asset Representations
Review Agreement” is defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 
 “Asset Representations Reviewer” is
defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 
 “Authenticating Agent” means any Person authorized by the Trustee to
authenticate Notes under Section 814. 

  
 4 

 “Available Investor Principal Collections” is defined in the Series 2000
Supplement. 
 “Banks” means Citibank and any Person that becomes both a Seller and a Beneficiary after the date of this
Indenture. 
 “Beneficiaries” is defined in the Trust Agreement. 

“Business Day” unless otherwise specified in the terms document for any tranche of Notes, means any day other than (a) a
Saturday or Sunday or (b) any other day on which national banking associations or state banking institutions in New York, New York or South Dakota, or any other state in which the principal executive offices of any Additional Seller (as defined
in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement) are located, are authorized or obligated by law, executive order or governmental decree to be closed. 

“Citibank” means Citibank, N.A. 

“class” means, with respect to any Note, the class specified in the applicable terms document. Notes of a single class of a
series will rank equally with respect to payment of principal and interest, but, in the case of a Multiple Issuance Series, may differ with respect to interest rates, maturity or other terms. 

“Class A Note” means a Note specified in the applicable terms document as belonging to Class A. 

“Class A Required Subordinated Amount” means, with respect to any tranche of Class A Notes of a Multiple Issuance
Series, a Dollar amount of Class B Notes or Class C Notes, as the case may be, as specified in Section 312(a) or in the applicable terms document for such tranche of Class A Notes, or as changed from time to time pursuant to
Section 312(b). 
 “Class A Usage of Class B Required Subordinated Amount” is defined in Section 513(b). 

“Class A Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount” is defined in Section 513(a). 

“Class B Note” means a Note specified in the applicable terms document as belonging to Class B. 

“Class B Required Subordinated Amount” means, with respect to any tranche of Class B Notes of a Multiple Issuance Series, a
Dollar amount of Class C Notes as specified in Section 312(a) or in the applicable terms document for such tranche of Class B Notes, or as changed from time to time pursuant to Section 312(b). 

“Class B Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount” is defined in Section 513(c). 

  
 5 

 “Class C Note” means a Note specified in the applicable terms document as
belonging to Class C. 
 “Class C Reserve Account” means the trust account designated as such and established pursuant to
Section 402(a). 
 “Collateral” is defined in the Granting Clause. 

“Collateral Certificate” means the Series 2000 Certificate, issued pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the
Series 2000 Supplement, as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time. 
 “Collection Account”
is defined in Section 402(a). 
 “Collections” is defined in Section 401. 

“Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Securities
Exchange Act, or, if at any time after the execution of this Indenture such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties on such date. 

“Controlled Accumulation Amount” means, with respect to any tranche of Notes, the amount specified in the applicable terms
document for computing the deposits targeted by Section 508(b). 
 “Conversion Date” is defined in
Section 523(d)(ii). 
 “Corporate Trust Office” means the principal office of the Trustee in New York, New York at
which at any particular time its corporate trust business will be principally administered, which office at the date hereof is located at 60 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005, Attention: Global Securities Services—Structured Finance
Services. 
 “Defaulted Amount” is defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

“Depository” means a U.S. Depository or a Foreign Depository, as the case may be. 

“Derivative Agreement” means any currency, interest rate or other swap, cap, collar, guaranteed investment contract or other
derivative agreement. 
 “Derivative Counterparty” means any party to any Derivative Agreement other than the Issuer or the
Trustee. 
 “Discount Note” means a Note that provides for an amount less than the stated principal amount thereof to be
due and payable upon the occurrence of an Early Redemption Event or other optional or mandatory redemption or the occurrence of an Event of Default and the acceleration of such Note, in each case before the Expected Principal Payment Date of the
applicable Note. 
 “Dollar” means (a) United States dollars, or (b) denominated in United States dollars. 

“Due Period” is defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

  
 6 

 “Early Redemption Event” is defined in Section 1201. 

“Effective Date” means the date on which this Indenture is executed and delivered by the parties hereto. 

“Eligible Deposit Account” means either (a) a segregated account with an Eligible Institution or (b) a segregated
trust account with the corporate trust department of a depository institution organized under the laws of the United States of America or any one of the states thereof, including the District of Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank),
and acting as a trustee for funds deposited in such account, so long as any of the securities of such depository institution will have a credit rating from each Rating Agency in one of its generic credit rating categories which signifies investment
grade. 
 “Eligible Institution” means a depository institution organized under the laws of the United States of America or
any one of the states thereof, including the District of Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank), which at all times has (a)(i) a long-term unsecured debt rating of A2 or better by Moody’s and (ii) a certificate of deposit
rating of P-1 by Moody’s and (b)(i) in the case of the Collection Account, if such depository institution is an Affiliate of Citigroup Inc., a certificate of deposit rating of A-1 or better by
Standard & Poor’s or (ii) for any other depository institution (or for any Affiliate of Citigroup Inc., in the case of any Account other than the Collection Account), either (x) a long-term unsecured debt rating of AAA by
Standard & Poor’s or (y) a certificate of deposit rating of A-1+ by Standard & Poor’s. If so qualified, the Trustee or the Managing Beneficiary may be considered an Eligible Institution for the purposes of this
definition. 
 “Eligible Investments” means book-entry securities, negotiable instruments or securities represented by
instruments in registered form which evidence: 
 (a) direct obligations of, and obligations fully guaranteed as to timely
payment by, the United States of America; 
 (b) demand deposits, time deposits or certificates of deposit (having original
maturities of no more than 365 days) of depository institutions or trust companies incorporated under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof (or domestic branches of foreign banks) and subject to supervision and examination by
federal or state banking or depository institution authorities; provided that at the time of the Issuer’s investment or contractual commitment to invest therein, the short-term debt rating of such depository institution or trust company
will be in the applicable investment category of each Rating Agency; 
 (c) commercial paper (having remaining maturities of
no more than 30 days) having, at the time of the Issuer’s investment or contractual commitment to invest therein, a rating from each Rating Agency in its applicable investment category; 

(d) investments in money market funds rated in the applicable investment category by each Rating Agency or otherwise approved
in writing by each Rating Agency; 
 (e) demand deposits, time deposits and certificates of deposit which are fully insured
by the FDIC; 

  
 7 

 (f) notes or bankers’ acceptances (having original maturities of no more
than 365 days) issued by any depository institution or trust company referred to in (b) above; 
 (g) time deposits
(having maturities of no more than 30 days), other than as referred to in clause (e) above, with a Person the commercial paper of which has a credit rating from each Rating Agency in its applicable investment category or notes which are payable
on demand issued by Citigroup Inc. or its Affiliates; provided that such notes will constitute Eligible Investments only for so long as the commercial paper of Citigroup Inc. or such Affiliate, as the case may be, has a credit rating from
each Rating Agency in its applicable investment category; or 
 (h) any other investments approved in writing by each Rating
Agency. 
 The Issuer may, but is not required to, purchase Eligible Investments from a registered broker-dealer which is an Affiliate of
the Trustee, Citibank and/or Citigroup Inc. 
 “Entity” means any Person other than an individual or government (including
any agency or political subdivision thereof). 
 “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended from time to time. 
 “Event of Default” is defined in Section 701. 

“Exchange Date” means, with respect to any tranche of Notes, the latest of: 

(a) in the case of exchanges of beneficial interests in Temporary Global Notes for beneficial interests in Permanent Global
Notes in registered form, any date that is after the related issuance date; 
 (b) [RESERVED]; and 

(c) the earliest date on which such an exchange of a beneficial interest in a Temporary Global Note for a beneficial interest
in a Permanent Global Note is permitted by applicable law. 
 “Excluded Master Trust Series” means any series or portion of
a series of Investor Certificates under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement which is by its terms an Excluded Series or the excluded portion of a series that is partially an Excluded Series. 

“Expected Principal Payment Date” means, with respect to any tranche of Notes, the date specified as such in the applicable
terms document. 
 “FDIC” means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any successor thereto. 

“Federal Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended from time to time. 

  
 8 

 “Finance Charge Collections” means the amount of Investor Finance Charge
Collections which are payable to the Issuer pursuant to the Series 2000 Supplement, including pursuant to Sections 4.02(a)(i), 4.02(a)(ii)(B) and 4.02(a)(iii) thereof. 

“Finance Charge Receivables” is defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

“Fitch” means Fitch, Inc., or any successor thereto. 

“foreign currency” means (a) a currency other than Dollars, or (b) denominated in a currency other than Dollars.

 “Foreign Depository” means the Person specified in the applicable terms document, in its capacity as depository for the
accounts of any clearing agencies located outside the United States. 
 “Global Note” means Notes issued pursuant to
Section 204. 
 “group” means any one or more series of Notes which are specified as belonging to a common group in
the applicable terms document. 
 “Holder”, when used with respect to any Note, means a Noteholder. 

“Indenture” or “this Indenture” means this Indenture as originally executed or as amended, supplemented,
restated or otherwise modified from time to time by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof and will include the terms of particular series, classes or tranches of Notes created as
contemplated by Section 301. 
 “Initial Dollar Principal Amount” means (a) unless otherwise specified in the
applicable terms document, with respect to tranches of Dollar Interest-bearing Notes, the aggregate initial principal amount of the Outstanding Notes of such tranche, and (b) with respect to tranches of Discount Notes and foreign currency
Notes, the amount specified in the applicable terms document as the Initial Dollar Principal Amount thereof. 
 “Interest-bearing
Note” means a Note that bears interest at a stated or computed rate on the principal amount thereof. A Note may be both an Interest-bearing Note and a Discount Note. 

“Interest Deposit Date” means the respective dates specified for deposits into the Interest Funding sub-Accounts in
Section 503. 
 “Interest Funding Account” means the trust account designated as such and established pursuant to
Section 402(a). 
 “Interest Payment Date” means, with respect to any tranche of Notes, the Scheduled Interest Payment
Date (or if such day is not a Business Day, the next following Business Day) or upon the acceleration of a tranche of Notes following an Event of Default or upon the occurrence of an Early Redemption Event, or other optional or mandatory redemption
of that tranche of Notes, each Monthly Principal Date. 
 “Internal Revenue Code” or “Code” means the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. 

  
 9 

 “Invested Amount” means (a) with respect to the Collateral Certificate, the
Series 2000 Invested Amount as defined in the Series 2000 Supplement, and (b) with respect to any other Investor Certificate, as defined in the supplement to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement creating such Investor Certificate. 

“Invested Amount Deficit” means the Series 2000 Invested Amount Deficit, as defined in the Series 2000 Supplement. 

“Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time. 

“Investor Certificate” is defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

“Investor Charge-Offs” is defined in the Series 2000 Supplement. 

“Investor Finance Charge Collections” is defined in the Series 2000 Supplement. 

“Issuer” is defined in the first paragraph of this Indenture. 

“Issuer Authorized Officer” means (a) an authorized signatory of the Issuer Trustee, or (b) the chairman or
vice-chairman of the board of directors, chairman or vice-chairman of the executive committee of the board of directors, the president, any vice-president, the secretary, any assistant secretary, the treasurer, or any assistant treasurer, in each
case of the Managing Beneficiary, or any other person who is authorized by the Managing Beneficiary to act on behalf of the Issuer. 

“Issuer Certificate” means a written request, order, consent or certificate signed in the name of an Issuer Authorized
Officer, or the Issuer by an Issuer Authorized Officer and, in each case, delivered to the Trustee. Wherever this Indenture requires that an Issuer Certificate be signed also by an accountant or other expert, such accountant or other expert (except
as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture) may be in the employ of the Managing Beneficiary. 
 “Issuer’s
Report” means a report substantially in the form of Exhibit C, or such other form as the Issuer may determine. 
 “Issuer
Tax Opinion” means, with respect to any action, an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that for Federal and Delaware income and (if applicable) franchise tax purposes (a) such action will not adversely affect the characterization of any
Outstanding series, class or tranche of Notes as debt, (b) such action will not cause a taxable event to Holders of any such Notes, (c) the Issuer will not be an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation
following such action, and (d) where such action is the issuance of a series, class or tranche of Notes, following such action such series, class or tranche of Notes will be properly characterized as debt; provided, however, that any
such Opinion of Counsel may exclude an opinion regarding the characterization of Notes as debt pursuant to the proposed U.S. Treasury regulations (or any finalized version or successor thereof) under Section 385 of the Code, which were published in
the Federal Register on April 8, 2016, while held by Citibank or an affiliate of Citibank. 
 “Issuer Trustee” means The
Bank of New York (Delaware) not in its individual capacity, but solely in its capacity as trustee of the Issuer, and each of its successors and assigns. 

“Legal Maturity Date”, with respect to a tranche of Notes, means the date specified in the terms document for such
tranche of Notes as the fixed date on which the principal of such tranche of Notes is due and payable. 

  
 10 

 “Majority Holders” means with respect to any group, series, class or tranche of
Notes or all Outstanding Notes, the Holders of a majority in Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Outstanding Notes of that group, series, class or tranche or of all Outstanding Notes, as the case may be. 

“Manager” means the lead manager, manager or co-manager or person performing a similar function with respect to an offering
of Permanent Global Notes. 
 “Managing Beneficiary” is defined in the Trust Agreement. 

“Master Trust” means Citibank Credit Card Master Trust I, established pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

“Master Trust Trustee” means the “Trustee” as defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

“Master Trust Tax Opinion” means, with respect to any action, an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, for Federal and South
Dakota (and any other state where substantial servicing activities in respect of credit card accounts are conducted by any Additional Seller, as defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, or the Banks, if there is a substantial change from
present servicing activities) income and (if applicable) franchise tax purposes, (a) such action will not adversely affect the characterization as debt of the Investor Certificates, as defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, of any
outstanding series or class under the Master Trust that was characterized as debt at the time of its issuance, (b) such action will not cause a taxable event to any Investor Certificateholder and (c) following such action the Master Trust
will not be treated as an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation; provided, however, that any such Opinion of Counsel may exclude an opinion regarding the characterization of the Investor Certificates as debt
pursuant to the proposed U.S. Treasury regulations (or any finalized version or successor thereof) under Section 385 of the Code, which were published in the Federal Register on April 8, 2016, while held by Citibank or an affiliate of Citibank
(other than the Issuer). 
 “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., or any successor thereto. 

“Monthly Computation Statement” means a statement substantially in the form of Exhibit B, or such other form as the Issuer
may determine. 
 “Monthly Interest Date” means, with respect to any tranche of Notes: 

(a) for any month in which a Scheduled Interest Payment Date for such tranche occurs, the corresponding Interest Payment Date,
or as otherwise specified in the applicable terms document for such tranche of Notes, and 
 (b) for any month in which no
Scheduled Interest Payment Date for such tranche occurs, the date in such month corresponding numerically to the next Scheduled Interest Payment Date for such tranche of Notes, or as otherwise specified in the applicable terms document for such
tranche of Notes; provided, however, that 
 (i) if there is no numerically corresponding day in such month, then the
Monthly Interest Date will be the last Business Day of such month, and 
 (ii) if such numerically corresponding day is not a
Business Day, the Monthly Interest Date will be the next following Business Day (unless such Business Day would fall in the following month in which case the Monthly Interest Date will be the last Business Day of such earlier month). 

  
 11 

 “monthly period” is defined in Section 506. 

“Monthly Principal Date” means with respect to any tranche of Notes: 

(a) for the month in which the Expected Principal Payment Date for such tranche occurs, the Expected Principal Payment Date (or
if such day is not a Business Day, the next following Business Day), or as otherwise specified in the applicable terms document for such tranche of Notes, and 

(b) for any month in which no Expected Principal Payment Date for such tranche occurs, the date in such month corresponding
numerically to the Expected Principal Payment Date for such tranche of Notes, or as otherwise specified in the applicable terms document for such tranche of Notes; provided, however, that 

(i) if there is no numerically corresponding day in such month, then the Monthly Principal Date will be the last Business Day
of such month, and 
 (ii) if such numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, the Monthly Principal Date will be
the next following Business Day (unless such Business Day would fall in the following month in which case the Monthly Principal Date will be the last Business Day of such earlier month). 

“Multiple Issuance Series” means any series of Notes other than a Single Issuance Series. 

“Nominal Liquidation Amount” means, with respect to any tranche of Notes, an amount determined as follows: 

(a) As of the date of issuance of such tranche of Notes, the Nominal Liquidation Amount will be the Initial Dollar Principal
Amount of such tranche of Notes. 
 (b) As of each subsequent date of determination, the Nominal Liquidation Amount will be
the sum of: 
 (i) the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such tranche immediately after the prior date of determination; 

plus 
 (ii) with respect
to any tranche of Discount Notes, the amount of any accretions of principal on that tranche paid to the Master Trust for investment in the Invested Amount of the Collateral Certificate pursuant to Section 520(a) since the prior date of
determination; 
 plus 

(iii) such tranche’s allocable share of Principal Collections allocated to such tranche pursuant to Section 502(c)
for investment in the Invested Amount of the Collateral Certificate pursuant to Section 520(c) since the prior date of determination; 

  
 12 

 plus 

(iv) such tranche’s allocable share of all reimbursements of Invested Amount Deficits or its Nominal Liquidation Amount
Deficit since the prior date of determination which are retained by the Master Trust pursuant to Section 527(e)(i) or paid to the Master Trust pursuant to Section 520(b) or 527(f)(i), in each case for investment in the Invested Amount of
the Collateral Certificate; 
 minus 

(v) such tranche’s allocable share of all reallocations of Principal Collections pursuant to Section 502(a) since the
prior date of determination, determined as set forth in Section 514; 
 minus 

(vi) such tranche’s allocable share of all reductions in the Invested Amount of the Collateral Certificate resulting from
an allocation of Investor Charge-Offs since the prior date of determination, determined as set forth in Section 526; 
 minus 

(vii) the amount on deposit in the applicable Principal Funding sub-Account for such tranche (after giving effect to any
deposits, allocations, reallocations or withdrawals to be made on that day); 
 minus 

(viii) the aggregate amount withdrawn from the applicable Principal Funding sub-Account for such tranche pursuant to
Section 511(a), (b) or (c) since the prior date of determination; 
 minus 

(ix) the Nominal Liquidation Amount allocable to any Notes of that tranche that are cancelled pursuant to Section 603;

 provided; however, that (1) the Nominal Liquidation Amount of a tranche of Notes may never be less than zero, (2) the Nominal
Liquidation Amount of any tranche of Notes may never be greater than the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such tranche and (3) the Nominal Liquidation Amount of any tranche of RSP Notes will be zero. 

It is the intention of the Issuer that the sum of the Nominal Liquidation Amounts of all tranches of Notes will at all times be equal to the
Invested Amount of the Collateral Certificate. 

  
 13 

 The Nominal Liquidation Amount for a series of Notes will be the sum of the Nominal Liquidation
Amounts of all of the tranches of Notes of that series. 
 “Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit” means, (a) with
respect to any tranche of Notes (other than any RSP Notes), the excess of the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of that tranche over the Nominal Liquidation Amount of that tranche, and (b) with respect to any tranche of RSP Notes,
zero. 
 “non-Performing”, with respect to a Derivative Agreement, means not Performing. 

“Note” or “Notes” means any note or notes, of any series, class or tranche authenticated and delivered from
time to time under this Indenture. 
 “Noteholder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered in the Note Register.

 “Note Owner” means the beneficial owner of an interest in a Global Note. 

“Note Register” is defined in Section 305. 

“Note Registrar” means the Person who keeps the Note Register specified in Section 305. 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel acceptable to the Trustee, who may, without limitation, and except as
otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture, be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer, the Managing Beneficiary or any of their Affiliates. 

“Outstanding”, when used with respect to a Note or with respect to Notes of any group, series, class or tranche means,
as of the date of determination, all such Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except: 
 (a)
any Notes theretofore canceled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, or canceled by the Issuer, the Banks or any Affiliate thereof pursuant to Section 603; 

(b) any Notes for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or
any Paying Agent in trust for the Holders of such Notes; provided that, if such Notes are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been
made; 
 (c) any Notes which are deemed to have been paid in full pursuant to Section 521; and 

(d) any such Notes in exchange for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to this
Indenture, or which will have been paid pursuant to the terms of Section 306 (except with respect to any such Note as to which proof satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that such Note is held by a person in whose hands such Note is a
legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer). 

  
 14 

 For purposes of determining the amounts of deposits, allocations, reallocations or payments to be made, unless
the context clearly requires otherwise, references to “Notes” will be deemed to be references to “Outstanding Notes”. In determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of such Notes Outstanding have given any
request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, and for purposes of Section 904, Notes beneficially owned by the Issuer, the Banks or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer, the Banks or
such other obligor will be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding. In determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying upon any such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes which the Trustee
knows to be owned by the Issuer, the Banks or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Issuer, the Banks or such other obligor will be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as
Outstanding if the pledgee creates to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right to act as owner with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer, the Banks or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the
Issuer, the Banks or such other obligor. 
 “Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount” means at any time, 

(a) with respect to any tranche of non-Discount Notes, the aggregate Initial Dollar Principal Amount of the Outstanding Notes
of such tranche at such time, less (i) the amount of any withdrawals from the Principal Funding sub-Account for such tranche of Notes for payment to the Holders of such tranche or the applicable Derivative Counterparty pursuant to
Section 511(a), (b) or (c), and (ii) the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount allocable to any Notes of that tranche that are cancelled pursuant to Section 603, and 

(b) with respect to any tranche of Discount Notes, an amount of the Outstanding Notes of such tranche calculated by reference
to the applicable formula set forth in the applicable terms document, taking into account the amount and timing of (i) any payments made to the Holders of such tranche or to the applicable Derivative Counterparty pursuant to
Section 511(a), (b) or (c), and (ii) the cancellation of any Notes of that tranche pursuant to Section 603. 

“Paying Agent” means any Person authorized by the Issuer to pay the principal of or interest on any Notes on behalf of the
Issuer. 
 “Payment Date” means, with respect to any tranche of Notes, the applicable Principal Payment Date or Interest
Payment Date. 
 “Payment Request” means a request substantially in the form of Exhibit A, or such other form as the Issuer
may determine. 
 “Performing” means, with respect to any Derivative Agreement, no payment default or repudiation of
performance by a Derivative Counterparty has occurred, and such Derivative Agreement has not been terminated. 
 “Permanent Global
Note” is defined in Section 205. 

  
 15 

 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability
company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof. 

“Place of Payment” means with respect to any tranche of Notes issued hereunder the city or political subdivision so
designated with respect to such tranche of Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 301. 
 “Pooling and Servicing
Agreement” means the Third Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of [            ] [    ], 2016, between Citibank, as Seller and
Servicer, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee, as further amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time. 

“Predecessor Notes” of any particular Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that
evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section 306 in lieu of a lost, destroyed or stolen Note will be deemed to evidence the same debt as the lost, destroyed or
stolen Note. 
 “Prefunding Excess Amount” means, with respect to any senior class of Notes of a series for any Due Period,
after giving effect to all issuances, allocations, deposits and payments with respect to that Due Period, the aggregate amounts on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Accounts of the Notes of that class of that series that are in excess of the
aggregate amount targeted to be on deposit in those Principal Funding sub-Accounts pursuant to Section 508. 
 “Prefunding
Target Amount” with respect to all tranches of Class A Notes of a series means the greater of the amount computed under clause (a) or (b) for the applicable Due Period, and with respect to all tranches of Class B Notes of a
series means the amount computed under clause (c): 
 (a) The Prefunding Target Amount for tranches of Class A Notes of
a series with respect to Class B Notes of that series as of the end of any Due Period is equal to the following amount (but not less than zero): 
  

 
 (i) the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all tranches of Outstanding Class B Notes
of that series, other than tranches which have (A) had Early Redemption Events or other mandatory or optional redemption events in which such tranches are to be redeemed in full, (B) had Events of Default, or (C) reached their
Expected Principal Payment Date, in each case, in or with respect to that Due Period or earlier Due Periods; 

  
 16 

 plus 

(ii) the aggregate amount on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Accounts for all Outstanding tranches of Class B Notes of
that series; 
 plus 

(iii) the aggregate amount of all Class A Usage of Class B Required Subordinated Amount by any Outstanding tranche of
Class A Notes of that series. 

  
 17 

 (b) The Prefunding Target Amount for tranches of Class A Notes of a series
with respect to Class C Notes of that series as of the end of any Due Period is equal to the following amount (but not less than zero): 
  

 
 (i) the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all tranches of Outstanding Class C Notes
of that series, other than tranches which have (A) had Early Redemption Events or other mandatory or optional redemption events in which such tranches are to be redeemed in full, (B) had Events of Default, or (C) reached their
Expected Principal Payment Date, in each case, in or with respect to that Due Period or earlier Due Periods; 
 plus 

(ii) the aggregate amount on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Accounts for all Outstanding tranches of Class C Notes of
that series; 
 plus 

(iii) the aggregate amount of all Class A Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount by any Outstanding tranche of
Class A Notes of that series. 

  
 18 

 (c) The Prefunding Target Amount for tranches of Class B Notes of a series with
respect to Class C Notes of that series as of the end of any Due Period is equal to the following amount (but not less than zero): 
  

 
 (i) the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all tranches of Outstanding Class C Notes of
that series, other than tranches which have (A) had Early Redemption Events or other mandatory or optional redemption events in which such tranches are to be redeemed in full, (B) had Events of Default, or (C) reached their Expected
Principal Payment Date, in each case, in or with respect to that Due Period or earlier Due Periods; 
 plus 

(ii) the aggregate amount on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Accounts for all Outstanding tranches of Class C Notes of
that series; 
 plus 

(iii) the aggregate amount of all Class B Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount by any Outstanding tranche of Class B
Notes of that series. 
 “Principal Collections” means the amount of Available Investor Principal Collections which are
payable to the Issuer pursuant to the Series 2000 Supplement, including pursuant to Section 4.02 (b)(ii) or Section 4.02(c)(ii) thereof. “Principal Collections” does not include Receivables Sales Proceeds. 

“Principal Deposit Date” means the respective dates specified for deposits into the Principal Funding sub-Accounts in
Section 508. 
 “Principal Funding Account” means the trust account designated as such and established pursuant to
Section 402(a). 
 “Principal Funding sub-Account Earnings” means, with respect to any Principal Funding sub-Account
for any period, the net amount of income and other earnings on the amounts on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Account earned by the funds on deposit in such Principal Funding sub-Account for such period. 

  
 19 

 “Principal Funding sub-Account Earnings Shortfall” means, for any period, 

(a) the Principal Funding sub-Account Earnings Target for such period 

minus 
 (b) the Principal
Funding sub-Account Earnings for such period. 
 “Principal Funding sub-Account Earnings Target” means, for any period,
with respect to any amount on deposit in a Principal Funding sub-Account for a tranche of Notes (other than a tranche of RSP Notes), the Dollar amount of interest that would have accrued on such deposit if it had borne interest at the following
rates: 
 (a) in the case of a tranche of Dollar Interest-bearing Notes with no Derivative Agreement for interest (or any
Derivative Agreement, such as an interest rate cap, that by its terms only covers a portion of the interest on such tranche of Notes) or a non-Performing Derivative Agreement for interest, at the rate of interest applicable to that tranche
including, if the Derivative Agreement is an interest rate cap, the uncapped portion of the rate of interest applicable to that tranche; 

(b) in the case of a tranche of Discount Notes, at the rate of accretion (converted to an accrual rate) of that tranche; 

(c) in the case of a tranche of Notes with a Performing Derivative Agreement for interest, at the rate of interest payable by
the Issuer to the applicable Derivative Counterparty; and 
 (d) in the case of a tranche of foreign currency Notes with a
non-Performing Derivative Agreement, at the rate of interest that would have been payable by the Issuer to the applicable Derivative Counterparty if such Derivative Agreement had been Performing. 

“Principal Payment Date” means, with respect to any tranche of Notes, the Expected Principal Payment Date, or upon the
acceleration of a tranche of Notes following an Event of Default or upon the occurrence of an Early Redemption Event, or other optional or mandatory redemption of that tranche of Notes, each Monthly Principal Date (or if any such day is not a
Business Day, the next following Business Day). 
 “Principal Receivables” is defined in the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement. 
 [“Prior Indenture” is defined in the recitals hereto.] 

“Rating Agency” means, with respect to any Outstanding series, class or tranche of Notes, each statistical rating agency
selected by the Issuer to rate such Notes. 
 “Ratings Effect” means a reduction, qualification or withdrawal of any then
current rating of the Notes. 
 “Receivables” is defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

  
 20 

 “Receivables Sales Proceeds” means, with respect to any tranche of Notes, the
proceeds of the sale of Receivables with respect to such tranche pursuant to Section 523. “Receivables Sales Proceeds” do not constitute Principal Collections. 

“Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Deficit” means, on any date with respect to any Outstanding tranche of RSP Notes, the
amount by which the amount of Receivables Sales Proceeds of that tranche exceeds the sum of (a) the Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount for that tranche plus (b) the aggregate amount of any withdrawals of Receivables Sales Proceeds
made pursuant to Section 511(a), (b) or (c). 
 “Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount” means, with respect
to any tranche of Notes that has received Receivables Sales Proceeds, the amount of Receivables Sales Proceeds on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Account for such tranche. 

“Record Date” for the interest or principal payable on any Note on any applicable Payment Date means the last day of the
month before the related Payment Date, unless otherwise specified in the applicable terms document. 
 “Required Subordinated
Amount” means, with respect to any tranche of a senior class of Notes of a Multiple Issuance Series, a Dollar amount of a subordinated class of the same series, as specified in the applicable terms document for such tranche of the senior
class, or as changed from time to time pursuant to Section 312(b). 
 “Required Surplus Finance Charge Amount” means,
with respect to any Due Period, an amount equal to one twelfth of the product of (a) the Invested Amount of the Collateral Certificate as of the last day of the immediately preceding Due Period, and (b) a decimal number to be set by the
Issuer, which will initially equal zero (and which will never be less than zero); provided, however, that for purposes of the definition of “Adverse Effect”, such decimal number will at all times be deemed to be the
decimal number as set by the Issuer plus one-hundredth (0.01). The Issuer may, from time to time, change the decimal number to be set for purposes of clause (b) upon written notice to the Trustee and each Rating Agency, and, if such decimal
number is to be increased, upon delivery by the Issuer to the Trustee of an Issuer Certificate to the effect that the Issuer reasonably believes that such increase will not have an Adverse Effect and is not reasonably expected to have an Adverse
Effect at any time in the future. 
 “Revolving Undivided Interest” means an Undivided Interest with respect to which the
purchaser has no right to receive collections with respect to any Principal Receivables, but a right to receive all collections with respect to any Finance Charge Receivables, in each case in which such purchaser has its Undivided Interest. 

“RSP Notes” means any Note that is part of a tranche of Notes that has caused a sale of Receivables pursuant to Sections 523
and 708. 

  
 21 

 “Scheduled Interest Payment Date” means, with respect to any tranche of Notes,
the scheduled due date of any payment of interest on such Notes, as specified in the applicable terms document, without regard to whether or not such day is a Business Day. 

“Secured Parties” is defined in the Granting Clause. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time. 

“Securities Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time. 

“Security Interest” means the security interest granted pursuant to the Granting Clause. 

“Segregated Sellers’ Interest” means, on any date, a portion of the Sellers’ Interest equal to the aggregate amount
on deposit in the Principal Funding Account for each tranche of Notes other than any tranche of RSP Notes. 
 “Sellers”
means Citibank in its capacity as Seller under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and any Additional Sellers as defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

“senior class” means (a) with respect to Class B Notes of a series, Class A Notes of that series and (b) with
respect to Class C Notes of a series, Class A Notes or Class B Notes of that series. 
 “series” means, with respect
to any Note, the series specified in the applicable terms document. 
 “Series 2000 Default Amount” is defined in the
Series 2000 Supplement. 
 “Series 2000 Supplement” means the Amended and Restated Series 2000 Supplement to the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2011, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto dated as of [            ] [    ], 2016, as further amended,
supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time. 
 “Servicer” is defined in the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement. 
 “Single Issuance Series” means any series of Notes that by the terms of the applicable terms document does
not permit the issuance of more than one tranche of Notes in each class of Notes in such series. 
 “Spot Exchange Rate”
means, on any day, with respect to any currency other than Dollars, the spot rate at which Dollars are offered on such day by Citibank in New York, London, or other city that is a money center for transactions in Dollars and such currency
(determined by the Issuer in its reasonable discretion), as prevailing on a local business day for transactions in such currency at approximately 11:00 a.m. (local time). 

“Standard & Poor’s” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, or any successor thereto. 

“sub-Accounts” means each of the sub-Accounts referred to in Section 402(a). 

  
 22 

 “subordinated class” means (a) with respect to Class A Notes of a
series, Class B Notes or Class C Notes of that series, and (b) with respect to Class B Notes of a series, Class C Notes of that series. 

“subordinated Notes” means Notes of a subordinated class of a series. 

“Supplemental Account” means the trust account or accounts designated as such and established pursuant to
Section 402(a). 
 “Supplemental indenture” means an indenture supplemental to this Indenture executed and delivered
pursuant to Article X. 
 “Surplus Finance Charge Collections” means with respect to any Due Period, the amount of Investor
Finance Charge Collections allocated pursuant to Section 4.02 of the Series 2000 Supplement, minus 
 (a)
the amount of the Series 2000 Monthly Servicing Fee (as defined in the Series 2000 Supplement) for that Due Period; 
 (b)
the amount of the Trustee’s fees and expenses payable pursuant to Section 807 for that Due Period; 
 (c) the sum
of the targeted deposits to the Interest Funding Account determined pursuant to Section 501 for that Due Period; and 

(d) the amount of the Series 2000 Default Amount for that Due Period; 

provided, however, that solely for purposes of calculating Surplus Finance Charge Collections for determining funding obligations for the Class C
Reserve sub-Account of any tranche of Class C Notes, for purposes of clause (c), the targeted deposit to be made to the Interest Funding sub-Account for a tranche of Notes that has the benefit of a Performing Derivative Agreement will be deemed to
be the greater of (i) the amount payable by the Issuer under that Derivative Agreement and (ii) the amount that would be payable by the Issuer if the Derivative Agreement were non-Performing. For purposes of this proviso, the amount to be
payable by the Issuer under a Derivative Agreement that is an interest rate cap or similar agreement will be deemed to be the cap rate under that Derivative Agreement. 

“Temporary Global Note” is defined in Section 205. 

“terms document” means, with respect to any series, class or tranche of Notes, the Issuer Certificate or supplemental
indenture that establishes such series, class or tranche. 
 “Threshold Conditions” means the conditions set forth in Annex
I. 
 “tranche” means, with respect to any class of Notes, Notes of such class which have identical terms, conditions and
tranche designation. Notes of a single tranche may be issued on different dates. 

  
 23 

 “Trust Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, dated as of
August 9, 2011, between Citibank, as Beneficiary, and BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware, as Issuer Trustee, as further amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified from time to time. 

“Trust Indenture Act” or “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended by the Trust Indenture
Reform Act of 1990, as in force at the date as of which this Indenture was executed except as provided in Section 1005. 

“Trustee” means the Person named as the Trustee in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor Trustee will have
become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Trustee” means and includes each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder. If at any time there is more than one such Person,
“Trustee” as used with respect to the Notes of any series, class or tranche means the Trustee with respect to Notes of that series, class or tranche. 

“Trustee Authorized Officer”, when used with respect to the Trustee, means the chairman or vice-chairman of the board of
directors, the chairman or vice-chairman of the executive committee of the board of directors, the president, any vice president, the secretary, any assistant secretary, the treasurer, any assistant treasurer, the cashier, any assistant cashier, any
senior trust officer or trust officer, the controller and any assistant controller or any other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect
to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of his knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 

“U.S. Depository” means, unless otherwise specified by the Issuer pursuant to either Section 204, 206 or 301, with
respect to Notes of any tranche issuable or issued as a Global Note within the United States, The Depository Trust Company, New York, New York, or any successor thereto registered as a clearing agency under the Securities Exchange Act, or other
applicable statute or regulation. 
 “UCC” means the applicable Uniform Commercial Code. 

“Weighted Average Interest Rates” means, with respect to any Outstanding Notes of a group, series, class or tranche (other
than any tranche of RSP Notes), or of all of the Outstanding Notes (other than any tranche of RSP Notes), on any date, the weighted average of the following rates of interest: 

(a) in the case of a tranche of Dollar Interest-bearing Notes with no Derivative Agreement for interest (or a Derivative
Agreement, such as an interest rate cap, that by its terms covers only a portion of the interest on such tranche of Notes) or a non-Performing Derivative Agreement for interest, the rate of interest applicable to that tranche on that date including,
if the Derivative Agreement is an interest rate cap, the uncapped portion of the rate of interest applicable to that tranche on that date; 

(b) in the case of a tranche of Discount Notes, the rate of accretion (converted to an accrual rate) of that tranche on that
date; 

  
 24 

 (c) in the case of a tranche of Notes with a Performing Derivative Agreement for
interest, the rate of interest payable by the Issuer to the applicable Derivative Counterparty on that date; and 
 (d) in
the case of a tranche of foreign currency Notes with a non-Performing Derivative Agreement, the rate of interest that would have been payable by the Issuer to the applicable Derivative Counterparty if that Derivative Agreement had been Performing on
that date. 
 SECTION 102. Compliance Certificates and Opinions. Upon any application or request by the Issuer to the Trustee
to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Issuer will furnish to the Trustee an Issuer Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied
with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing of such documents is
specifically required by any provision of this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished. 

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 311 and of the preceding paragraph, if all Notes of a class are not to be originally issued at
one time, it will not be necessary to deliver the Issuer Certificate otherwise required pursuant to Section 311 or the Issuer Certificate and Opinion of Counsel otherwise required pursuant to such preceding paragraph at or before the time of
authentication of each Note of such tranche if such documents are delivered at or prior to the authentication upon original issuance of the first Note of such class to be issued. 

With respect to Notes of a tranche offered in a Multiple Issuance Series, the Trustee may rely, as to the authorization by the Issuer of any
of such Notes, the form and terms thereof and the legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability thereof, upon the Opinion of Counsel and the other documents delivered pursuant to Section 311 and this Section, as applicable, in
connection with the first authentication of Notes of such tranche. 
 Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a
condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (except for the written statement required by Section 1104) will include: 

(a) a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition and the
definitions herein relating thereto; 
 (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation
upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; 
 (c) a statement that such
individual has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and 

(d) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with. 

  
 25 

 SECTION 103. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee. In any case where several
matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, one or more specified Persons, one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to the other matters, and any such
Person may certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents. 
 Any certificate or opinion of the Issuer may be
based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless the Issuer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations are
erroneous. Any such certificate or Opinion of Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by the Issuer stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in
the possession of the Issuer, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations are erroneous. 

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or
other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument. 
 SECTION 104. Acts of
Noteholders. (a) (a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action (collectively, “action”) provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Noteholders of any series,
class or tranche may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Noteholders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein or therein otherwise expressly provided,
such action will become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are
herein sometimes referred to as the “Act” of the Noteholders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent will be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture
and (subject to Section 801) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section. 
 (b)
The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness to such execution or by the certificate of any notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of
deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the execution thereof. Where such execution is by an officer of a corporation or a member of a partnership, on behalf of such corporation or partnership,
such certificate or affidavit will also constitute sufficient proof of his authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner
which the Trustee deems sufficient. 
 (c) (i) The ownership of Notes will be proved by the Note Register. (ii) [RESERVED]

  
 26 

 (d) If the Issuer will solicit from the Holders any action, the Issuer may, at its option, by an
Issuer Certificate, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such action, but the Issuer will have no obligation to do so. If the Issuer does not so fix a record date, such record date will be the later of 30
days before the first solicitation of such action or the date of the most recent list of Noteholders furnished to the Trustee pursuant to Section 901 before such solicitation. Such action may be given before or after the record date, but only
the Holders of record at the close of business on the record date will be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of Notes Outstanding have authorized or agreed or consented to such action,
and for that purpose the Notes Outstanding will be computed as of the record date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on the record date will be deemed effective unless it will become effective pursuant to the
provisions of this Indenture not later than six months after the record date. 
 (e) Any action by the Holder of any Note will bind the
Holder of every Note issued upon the transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, in respect of anything done or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon whether or not notation of such action is made upon
such Note. 
 SECTION 105. Notices, etc., to Trustee and Issuer. Any action of Noteholders or other document provided or
permitted by this Indenture to be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with, 
 (a) the Trustee by any Noteholder or by
the Issuer will be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, or 

(b) the Issuer by the Trustee or by any Noteholder will be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (except as provided in
Section 701(c)) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to the Issuer addressed to it at the address of its principal office or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Issuer. 

SECTION 106. Notices to Noteholders; Waiver. (a) Where this Indenture or any Note provides for notice to Noteholders of any
event, such notice will be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein or in such Note expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder of a Note affected by such event, at his address as it appears in the
Note Register, not later than the latest date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to Noteholders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any
notice so mailed, to any particular Noteholders will affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Noteholders. Where this Indenture or any Note provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person
entitled to receive such notice, 

  
 27 

 
either before or after the event, and such waiver will be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Noteholders will be filed with the Trustee, but such filing will not be a condition
precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver. 
 (b) In case, by reason of the suspension of regular mail
service as a result of a strike, work stoppage or otherwise, it will be impractical to mail notice of any event to any Holder of a Note when such notice is required to be given pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then any method of
notification as will be satisfactory to the Trustee and the Issuer will be deemed to be a sufficient giving of such notice. 
 (c)
[RESERVED] 
 (d) With respect to any tranche of Notes, the applicable terms document may specify different or additional means of giving
notice to the Holders of the Notes of such tranche. 
 SECTION 107. Conflict with Trust Indenture Act. If and to the extent
that any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by, or with another provision (an “incorporated provision”) included in this Indenture by operation of, Sections 310 to 318, inclusive, of
the Trust Indenture Act, such imposed duties or incorporated provision will control. If any provision of this Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the Trust Indenture Act that may be so modified or excluded, the latter provision will be
deemed to apply to this Indenture as so modified or excluded, as the case may be. 
 SECTION 108. Effect of Headings and Table of
Contents. The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and will not affect the construction hereof. 

SECTION 109. Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Issuer will bind its successors and
assigns, whether so expressed or not. 
 SECTION 110. Separability Clause. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the
Notes will be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. 

SECTION 111. Benefits of Indenture. Nothing in this Indenture or in any Notes, express or implied, will give to any Person,
other than the parties hereto and their successors hereunder, any Authenticating Agent or Paying Agent, the Note Registrar, Derivative Counterparties (to the extent specified in the applicable Derivative Agreement) and the Holders of Notes (or such
of them as may be affected thereby), any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture. 
 SECTION 112.
Governing Law. This Indenture will be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York. 

  
 28 

 SECTION 113. Counterparts. This Indenture may be executed in any number of
counterparts, each of which so executed will be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts will together constitute but one and the same instrument. 

SECTION 114. Interest Period Convention. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable terms document, interest for any period
will be calculated from and including the first day of such period, to but excluding the last day of such period. 
 SECTION 115.
Indenture Referred to in the Trust Agreement. This is the Indenture referred to in the Trust Agreement. 
 ARTICLE II

 Note Forms 

SECTION 201. Forms Generally. The Notes will have such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as
are required or permitted by this Indenture and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon, as may be required to comply with applicable laws or regulations or with the rules of
any securities exchange, or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the Issuer, as evidenced by the Issuer’s execution of such Notes. Any portion of the text of any Note may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an appropriate
reference thereto on the face of the Note. 
 The definitive Notes will be printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by any combination
of these methods on steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the Issuer, as evidenced by the Issuer’s execution of such Notes, subject, with respect to the Notes of any series, class or tranche, to the
rules of any securities exchange on which such Notes are listed. 
 SECTION 202. Forms of Notes. Each Note will be in one of
the forms approved from time to time by or pursuant to an Issuer Certificate, or established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto. Before the delivery of a Note to the Trustee for authentication in any form approved by or pursuant to an
Issuer Certificate, the Issuer will deliver to the Trustee the Issuer Certificate by or pursuant to which such form of Note has been approved, which Issuer Certificate will have attached thereto a true and correct copy of the form of Note which has
been approved thereby or, if an Issuer Certificate authorizes a specific officer or officers of the Managing Beneficiary to approve a form of Note, a certificate of such officer or officers approving the form of Note attached thereto. Any form of
Note approved by or pursuant to an Issuer Certificate must be acceptable as to form to the Trustee, such acceptance to be evidenced by the Trustee’s authentication of Notes in that form or a certificate signed by a Trustee Authorized Officer
and delivered to the Issuer. 
 SECTION 203. Form of Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication. The form of Trustee’s
Certificate of Authentication for any Note issued pursuant to this Indenture will be substantially as follows: 
 TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE
OF AUTHENTICATION 

  
 29 

 This is one of the Notes of the series, class or tranche designated therein
referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. 
  

			
	[INDENTURE TRUSTEE NAME],
	    as Trustee,
		
	By:	 	  

	Authorized Signatory

 SECTION 204. Notes Issuable in the Form of a Global Note. (a) If the Issuer establishes
pursuant to Sections 202 and 301 that the Notes of a particular series, class or tranche are to be issued in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Notes, then the Issuer will execute and the Trustee or its agent will, in accordance with
Section 303 and the Issuer Certificate delivered to the Trustee or its agent thereunder, authenticate and deliver, such Global Note or Notes, which, unless otherwise provided in the applicable terms document (i) will represent, and will be
denominated in an amount equal to the aggregate stated principal amount (or in the case of Discount Notes, the aggregate stated principal amount at the Expected Principal Payment Date of such Notes) of, the Outstanding Notes of such series, class or
tranche to be represented by such Global Note or Notes, or such portion thereof as the Issuer will specify in an Issuer Certificate, (ii) will be registered in the name of the Depository for such Global Note or Notes or its nominee,
(iii) will be delivered by the Trustee or its agent to the Depository or pursuant to the Depository’s instruction, (iv) if applicable, will bear a legend substantially to the following effect: “Unless this Note is presented by an
authorized representative of The Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation (“DTC”), to the Issuer or its agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any note issued is registered in the name of
Cede & Co. or in such other name as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC (and any payment is made to Cede & Co. or to such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC), any transfer, pledge or
other use hereof for value or otherwise by or to any person is wrongful inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest herein” and (v) may bear such other legend as the Issuer, upon advice of counsel, deems
to be applicable. 
 (b) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 204 or of Section 305, and subject to the provisions
of clause (c) below, unless the terms of a Global Note or the applicable terms document expressly permit such Global Note to be exchanged in whole or in part for individual Notes, a Global Note may be transferred, in whole but not in part and
in the manner provided in Section 305, only to a nominee of the Depository for such Global Note, or to the Depository, or a successor Depository for such Global Note selected or approved by the Issuer, or to a nominee of such successor
Depository. 
 (c) With respect to Notes issued within the United States, unless otherwise specified in the applicable terms document, or
with respect to Notes issued outside the United States, if specified in the applicable terms document: 
 (i) If at any time
the Depository for a Global Note notifies the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depository for such Global Note or if at any time the Depository for the Notes for such series, class or tranche ceases to be a clearing agency
registered under the Securities Exchange Act, or other applicable statute or regulation, the Issuer will appoint a successor Depository with respect to such Global Note. If a successor 

  
 30 

 
Depository for such Global Note is not appointed by the Issuer within 90 days after the Issuer receives such notice or becomes aware of such ineligibility, the Issuer will execute, and the
Trustee or its agent, upon receipt of an Issuer Certificate requesting the authentication and delivery of individual Notes of such series, class or tranche in exchange for such Global Note, will authenticate and deliver, individual Notes of such
series, class or tranche of like tenor and terms in an aggregate stated principal amount equal to the stated principal amount of the Global Note in exchange for such Global Note. 

  
 31 

 (ii) The Issuer may at any time and in its sole discretion determine that the
Notes of any series, class or tranche or portion thereof issued or issuable in the form of one or more Global Notes will no longer be represented by such Global Note or Notes. In such event the Issuer will execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of
an Issuer Certificate requesting the authentication and delivery of individual Notes of such series, class or tranche in exchange in whole or in part for such Global Note, will authenticate and deliver individual Notes of such series, class or
tranche of like tenor and terms in definitive form in an aggregate principal stated amount equal to the stated principal amount of such Global Note or Notes representing such series, class or tranche or portion thereof in exchange for such Global
Note or Notes. 
 (iii) If specified by the Issuer pursuant to Sections 202 and 301 with respect to Notes issued or issuable
in the form of a Global Note, the Depository for such Global Note may surrender such Global Note in exchange in whole or in part for individual Notes of such series, class or tranche of like tenor and terms in definitive form on such terms as are
acceptable to the Issuer and such Depository. Thereupon the Issuer will execute, and the Trustee or its agent will authenticate and deliver, without service charge, (A) to each Person specified by such Depository a new Note or Notes of the same
series, class or tranche of like tenor and terms and of any authorized denomination as requested by such Person in aggregate stated principal amount equal to and in exchange for such Person’s beneficial interest in the Global Note; and
(B) to such Depository a new Global Note of like tenor and terms and in an authorized denomination equal to the difference, if any, between the stated principal amount of the surrendered Global Note and the aggregate stated principal amount of
Notes delivered to the Holders thereof. If any Event of Default has occurred with respect to such Global Notes, and Holders of Notes evidencing not less than 50% of the unpaid Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Global Notes of that tranche
advise the Trustee and the Depository that a Global Note is no longer in the best interest of the Noteholders, the Holders of Global Notes may exchange such Notes for individual Notes. 

(iv) In any exchange provided for in any of the preceding three paragraphs, the Issuer will execute and the Trustee or its
agent will authenticate and deliver individual Notes in definitive registered form in authorized denominations. Upon the exchange of the entire stated principal amount of a Global Note for individual Notes, such Global Note will be canceled by the
Trustee or its agent. Except as provided in the preceding paragraphs, Notes issued in exchange for a Global Note pursuant to this Section will be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depository for such Global Note,
pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect participants or otherwise, will instruct the Trustee or the Note Registrar. The Trustee or the Note Registrar will deliver such Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered.

 SECTION 205. Temporary Global Notes and Permanent Global Notes. (a) If specified in the applicable terms document for
any tranche, all or any portion of a Global Note may initially be issued in the form of a single temporary Global Note (the “Temporary Global Note”), without interest coupons, in the denomination of the entire aggregate principal
amount of such tranche and substantially in the form set forth in the exhibit with respect thereto attached to the applicable terms document. The Temporary Global Note will be 

  
 32 

 
authenticated by the Trustee upon the same conditions, in substantially the same manner and with the same effect as the Notes in definitive form. The Temporary Global Note may be exchanged as
described below or in the applicable terms document for permanent global Notes (the “Permanent Global Notes”). 
 (b)
Unless otherwise provided in the applicable terms document, exchanges of beneficial interests in Temporary Global Notes for beneficial interests in Permanent Global Notes will be made as provided in this clause. The Manager will, upon its
determination of the date of completion of the distribution of the Notes of such tranche, so advise the Trustee, the Issuer, the Foreign Depository, and each foreign clearing agency forthwith. Without unnecessary delay, but in any event not prior to
the Exchange Date, the Issuer will execute and deliver to the Trustee at its London office or its designated agent outside the United States Permanent Global Notes in registered form in an aggregate principal amount equal to the entire aggregate
principal amount of such tranche. The Temporary Global Note may be exchanged for an equal aggregate principal amount of Permanent Global Notes only on or after the Exchange Date. A United States Person may exchange the portion of the Temporary
Global Note beneficially owned by it only for an equal aggregate principal amount of Permanent Global Notes in registered form bearing the applicable legend set forth in the form of Note attached to the applicable terms document and having a minimum
denomination of $500,000, which may be in temporary form if the Issuer so elects. The Issuer may waive the $500,000 minimum denomination requirement if it so elects. Upon any demand for exchange for Permanent Global Notes in accordance with this
clause, the Issuer will cause the Trustee to authenticate and deliver the Permanent Global Notes to the Holder according to the instructions of the Holder, but only upon presentation to the Trustee of a written statement substantially in the form of
Exhibit E-1 (or such other form as the Issuer may determine) with respect to the Temporary Global Note or portion thereof being exchanged signed by a foreign clearing agency and dated on the Exchange Date or a subsequent date, to the effect that it
has received in writing a certification substantially in the form of (i) in the case of beneficial ownership of the Temporary Global Note or a portion thereof being exchanged by a United States institutional investor pursuant to this clause,
the certificate in the form of Exhibit E-2 (or such other form as the Issuer may determine) signed by the Manager which sold the relevant Notes or (ii) in all other cases, any certificate or other form as the Issuer may determine, the
certificate or other form referred to in this clause (ii) being dated on the earlier of the first payment of interest in respect of such Note and the date of the delivery of such Note in definitive form. Upon receipt of such certification, the
Trustee will cause the Temporary Global Note to be endorsed in accordance with clause (d). Any exchange as provided in this Section will be made free of charge to the Holders and the beneficial owners of the Temporary Global Note and to the
beneficial owners of the Permanent Global Note issued in exchange, except that a person receiving the Permanent Global Note must bear the cost of insurance, postage, transportation and the like in the event that such Person does not receive such
Permanent Global Note in person at the offices of a foreign clearing agency. 
 (c) The delivery to the Trustee by a foreign clearing agency
of any written statement referred to above may be relied upon by the Issuer and the Trustee as conclusive evidence that a corresponding certification or certifications has or have been delivered to such foreign clearing agency pursuant to the terms
of this Indenture. 

  
 33 

 (d) Upon any such exchange of all or a portion of the Temporary Global Note for a Permanent
Global Note or Notes, such Temporary Global Note will be endorsed by or on behalf of the Trustee to reflect the reduction of its principal amount by an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of such Permanent Global Note or Notes. Until so
exchanged in full, such Temporary Global Note will in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as Permanent Global Notes authenticated and delivered hereunder except that the beneficial owners of such Temporary Global Note
will not be entitled to receive payments of interest on the Notes until they have exchanged their beneficial interests in such Temporary Global Note for Permanent Global Notes. 

SECTION 206. Beneficial Ownership of Global Notes. Until definitive Notes have been issued to the applicable Noteholders
pursuant to Section 204 or as otherwise specified in any applicable terms document: 
 (a) the Issuer and the Trustee
may deal with the applicable clearing agency and the clearing agency’s participants for all purposes (including the making of distributions) as the authorized representatives of the respective Note Owners; and 

(b) the rights of the respective Note Owners will be exercised only through the applicable clearing agency and the clearing
agency’s participants and will be limited to those established by law and agreements between such Note Owners and the clearing agency and/or the clearing agency’s participants. Pursuant to the operating rules of the applicable clearing
agency, unless and until Notes in definitive form are issued pursuant to Section 204, the clearing agency will make book-entry transfers among the clearing agency’s participants and receive and transmit distributions of principal and
interest on the related Notes to such clearing agency’s participants. 
 For purposes of any provision of this Indenture requiring or
permitting actions with the consent of, or at the direction of, Noteholders evidencing a specified percentage of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of Outstanding Notes, such direction or consent may be given by Note Owners (acting through the
clearing agency and the clearing agency’s participants) owning interests in Notes evidencing the requisite percentage of principal amount of Notes. 

SECTION 207. Notices to Depository. Whenever any notice or other communication is required to be given to Noteholders with
respect to which book-entry Notes have been issued, unless and until Notes in definitive form will have been issued to the related Note Owners, the Trustee will give all such notices and communications to the applicable Depository. 

ARTICLE III 

The Notes 
 SECTION
301. General Title; General Limitations; Issuable in Series; Terms of a Series, Class or Tranche. (a) The aggregate stated principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and delivered and Outstanding under this Indenture is
not limited. 
 (b) The Notes may be issued in one or more series, classes or tranches up to an aggregate stated principal amount of Notes
as from time to time may be authorized by the Issuer. All Notes of each series, class or tranche under this Indenture will in all respects be equally and ratably 

  
 34 

 
entitled to the benefits hereof with respect to such series, class or tranche without preference, priority or distinction on account of the actual time of the authentication and delivery or
Expected Principal Payment Date or Legal Maturity Date of the Notes of such series, class or tranche, except as specified in the applicable terms document for such series, class or tranche. 

(c) Each Note issued must be assigned to a group of Notes for purposes of allocations pursuant to Article V. On the date of this Indenture, a
single group of Notes identified as “Group 1” has been established for allocation purposes in Article V. Additional groups may be established from time to time pursuant to supplemental indentures. 

(d) Each Note issued must be part of a series, class and tranche of Notes for purposes of allocations pursuant to Article V. A series, class
or tranche of Notes is created pursuant to an Issuer Certificate or a supplemental indenture. 
 (e) Each series of Notes may, but need not
be, subdivided into multiple classes. This Indenture provides for up to three classes of Notes: Class A, Class B and Class C. As specified in Article V, Notes belonging to Class A in any series are entitled to specified payment priorities
over Class B and Class C Notes in that series. Notes belonging to Class B in any series are entitled to specified payment priorities over Class C Notes in that series. Class C Notes have the benefit of the Class C Reserve Account. The applicable
terms document may provide for more or different classes of Notes. 
 (f) Notes of a single series that belong to separate classes in that
series belong to separate tranches on the basis of the difference in class membership. 
 (g) Each class of Notes may consist of a single
tranche or may be subdivided into multiple tranches. Notes of a single class of a series will belong to different tranches if they have different terms and conditions. With respect to any class of Notes, Notes which have identical terms, conditions
and tranche designation will be deemed to be part of a single tranche. 
 (h) Each series, class or tranche of Notes will be created either
by or pursuant to an Issuer Certificate or a supplemental indenture. The Notes of each such series, class or tranche may have such Expected Principal Payment Date or Dates or Legal Maturity Date or Dates, be issuable at such premium over or discount
from their face value, bear interest at such rate or rates (which may be fixed or floating), from such date or dates, payable in such installments and on such dates and at such place or places to the Holders of Notes registered as such on such
Record Dates, or may bear no interest, and have such terms, all as will be provided for in or pursuant to the applicable terms document. There may also be established in or pursuant to an Issuer Certificate or a supplemental indenture before the
issuance of Notes of each such series, class or tranche, provision for: 
 (i) the series designation and, if such series
will be part of a group of series for purposes of allocations and reallocations of Principal Collections and/or Finance Charge Collections, the manner and extent to which each series in the group will be subject to allocations and reallocations;

 (ii) the stated principal amount of the Notes and whether they are Class A Notes, Class B Notes or Class C Notes or a
tranche of any of these classes; 
 (iii) the Required Subordinated Amount (if any) for such class or tranche of Notes; 

  
 35 

 (iv) the currency or currencies in which the Notes of such series, class or
tranche will be denominated and in which payments of principal of, and interest on, such Notes will or may be payable; 
 (v)
if the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes of such series, class or tranche are to be payable, at the election of the Issuer or a Holder thereof, in a currency or currencies other than that in which the Notes are stated to be payable, the
period or periods within which, and the terms and conditions upon which, such election may be made; 
 (vi) if the amount of
payments of principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes of such series, class or tranche may be determined with reference to an index based on (A) a currency or currencies other than that in which the Notes are stated to be payable,
(B) changes in the prices of one or more other securities or groups or indexes of securities or (C) changes in the prices of one or more commodities or groups or indexes of commodities, or any combination of the foregoing, the manner in
which such amounts will be determined; 
 (vii) the price or prices at which the Notes of such series, class or tranche will
be issued; 
 (viii) the Expected Principal Payment Date (which will not be later than two years before the Termination Date
(as defined in the Series 2000 Supplement) of the Collateral Certificate) and Legal Maturity Date (which will not be later than the Termination Date (as defined in the Series 2000 Supplement) of the Collateral Certificate) of the Notes of such
series, class or tranche; 
 (ix) the times at which the Notes of such series, class or tranche may, pursuant to any optional
or mandatory redemption provisions, be redeemed, and the other terms and provisions of any such redemption provisions; 
 (x)
the rate per annum at which the Notes of such series, class or tranche will bear interest, if any, or the formula or index on which such rate will be determined, including all relevant definitions, and the date from which interest will accrue; 

(xi) the Interest Payment Dates, if any, for such Notes; 

(xii) if such Notes are to be Discount Notes or foreign currency Notes, the Initial Dollar Principal Amount of such Notes, and
the means for calculating the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such Notes; 
 (xiii) whether or not application will be
made to list such Notes of such series, class or tranche on any securities exchange; 
 (xiv) any Event of Default or Early
Redemption Event with respect to the Notes of such series, class or tranche, if not set forth herein and any additions, deletions or other changes to the Events of Default or Early Redemption Events set forth herein that will be applicable to the
Notes of such series, class or tranche (including a provision making any Event of Default or Early Redemption Event set forth herein inapplicable to the Notes of that series, class or tranche); 

  
 36 

 (xv) the appointment by the Trustee of an Authenticating Agent in one or more
places other than the location of the office of the Trustee with power to act on behalf of the Trustee and subject to its direction in the authentication and delivery of the Notes of such series, class or tranche in connection with such transactions
as will be specified in the provisions of this Indenture or in or pursuant to the applicable terms document creating such series, class or tranche; 

(xvi) if the Notes of such series, class or tranche will be issued in whole or in part in the form of a Global Note or Global
Notes, the terms and conditions, if any, upon which such Global Note or Global Notes may be exchanged in whole or in part for other individual Notes; and the Depository for such Global Note or Global Notes (if other than the Depository specified in
Section 101); 
 (xvii) the subordination of the Notes of such series, class or tranche to any other indebtedness of the
Issuer, including without limitation, the Notes of any other series, class or tranche; 
 (xviii) if the Notes of such
series, class or tranche are to have the benefit of any Derivative Agreement, the terms and provisions of such agreement; 

(xix) the Record Date for any Payment Date of the Notes of such series, class or tranche, if different from the last day of the
month before the related Payment Date; 
 (xx) the Controlled Accumulation Amount (if any) of such class or tranche; 

(xxi) whether or not the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such series, class or tranche belongs to the portion of the Collateral
Certificate constituting an Excluded Series under the Series 2000 Supplement; and 
 (xxii) any other terms of such series,
class or tranche, which will not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture; 
 all upon such terms as may be determined in or pursuant to an
Issuer Certificate or a supplemental indenture with respect to such series, class or tranche. 
 (i) The form of the Notes of each series,
class or tranche will be established pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture in or pursuant to an Issuer Certificate or a supplemental indenture creating such series, class or tranche. The Notes of each series, class or tranche will be
distinguished from the Notes of each other series, class or tranche in such manner, reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, as the Issuer may determine. 

(j) [RESERVED]. 
 (k) Any terms
or provisions in respect of the Notes of any series, class or tranche issued under this Indenture may be determined pursuant to this Section by providing in the applicable terms document for the method by which such terms or provisions will be
determined. 

  
 37 

 SECTION 302. Denominations. The Notes of each tranche will be issuable in such
denominations and currency as will be provided in the provisions of this Indenture or in or pursuant to the applicable terms document. In the absence of any such provisions with respect to the Notes of any tranche, the Notes of that tranche will be
issued in denominations of $1,000 and multiples thereof. 
 SECTION 303. Execution, Authentication and Delivery and Dating.
(a) The Notes will be executed on behalf of the Issuer by an Issuer Authorized Officer. The signature of any officer of the Managing Beneficiary or the Issuer Trustee on the Notes may be manual or facsimile. 

(b) Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at any time an Issuer Authorized Officer will bind the Issuer,
notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices before the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold such offices at the date of such Notes. 

(c) At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Issuer may deliver Notes executed by the Issuer
to the Trustee for authentication; and the Trustee will, upon request by an Issuer Certificate, authenticate and deliver such Notes as in this Indenture provided and not otherwise. 

(d) Before any such authentication and delivery, the Trustee will be entitled to receive, in addition to any Issuer Certificate and Opinion of
Counsel required to be furnished to the Trustee pursuant to Section 102, the Issuer Certificate and any other opinion or certificate relating to the issuance of the tranche of Notes required to be furnished pursuant to Section 202 or
Section 311. 
 (e) The Trustee will not be required to authenticate such Notes if the issue thereof will adversely affect the
Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under the Notes and this Indenture. 
 (f) Unless otherwise provided in the form of Note for
any tranche, all Notes will be dated the date of their authentication. 
 (g) No Note will be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture
or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by manual signature of an authorized signatory, and such certificate
upon any Note will be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. 

SECTION 304. Temporary Notes. (a) Pending the preparation of definitive Notes of any tranche, the Issuer may execute, and,
upon receipt of the documents required by Section 303, together with an Issuer Certificate, the Trustee will authenticate and deliver, temporary Notes which are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any
authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Notes in lieu of which they are issued and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the Issuer may determine, as evidenced by the
Issuer’s execution of such Notes. 
 (b) If temporary Notes of any tranche are issued, the Issuer will cause definitive Notes of such
tranche to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Notes, 

  
 38 

 
the temporary Notes of such tranche will be exchangeable for definitive Notes of such tranche upon surrender of the temporary Notes of such tranche at the office or agency of the Issuer in a
Place of Payment, without charge to the Holder; and upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes the Issuer will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like stated principal amount of
definitive Notes of such tranche of authorized denominations and of like tenor and terms. Until so exchanged the temporary Notes of such tranche will in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Notes of such
tranche. 
 SECTION 305. Registration, Transfer and Exchange. (a) The Issuer will keep or cause to be kept a register
(herein sometimes referred to as the “Note Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Issuer will provide for the registration of Notes, or of Notes of a particular tranche, and for
transfers of Notes or of Notes of such tranche. Any such register will be in written form or in any other form capable of being converted into written form within a reasonable time. At all reasonable times the information contained in such register
or registers will be available for inspection by the Trustee at the office or agency to be maintained by the Issuer as provided in Section 1102. 

(b) Subject to Section 204, upon surrender for transfer of any Note of any tranche at the office or agency of the Issuer in a Place of
Payment, the Issuer will execute, and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Notes of such tranche of any authorized denominations, of a like aggregate stated principal
amount, Expected Principal Payment Date and Legal Maturity Date and of like terms. 
 (c) Subject to Section 204, at the option of the
Holder, Notes of any tranche may be exchanged for other Notes of such tranche of any authorized denominations, of a like aggregate stated principal amount, Expected Principal Payment Date and Legal Maturity Date and of like terms, upon surrender of
the Notes to be exchanged at such office or agency. Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, the Issuer will execute, and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver, the Notes which the Noteholder making the exchange is entitled to
receive. 
 (d) All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange of Notes will be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same
debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. 
 (e) Every Note
presented or surrendered for transfer or exchange will (if so required by the Issuer or the Trustee) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Issuer and the Note Registrar duly executed, by
the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing. 

  
 39 

 (f) Unless otherwise provided in the Note to be transferred or exchanged, no service charge will
be made on any Noteholder for any transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Issuer may (unless otherwise provided in such Note) require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any
transfer or exchange of Notes, other than exchanges pursuant to Sections 205, 304 or 1006 not involving any transfer. 
 (g) None of the
Issuer, the Trustee, any agent of the Trustee, any Paying Agent or the Note Registrar will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Global Note
or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests. 
 (h) The Issuer initially
appoints Citibank to act as Note Registrar for the Notes on its behalf. The Issuer may at any time and from time to time authorize any Person to act as Note Registrar in place of Citibank with respect to any tranche of Notes issued under this
Indenture. 
 (i) Registration of transfer of Notes containing the following legend or to which the following legend is applicable: 

THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”). NEITHER THIS
NOTE NOR ANY PORTION HEREOF MAY BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF ANY STATE BLUE SKY OR SECURITIES LAWS OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM SUCH
REGISTRATION PROVISIONS. THE TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN.” 
 will be effected
only if such transfer is made pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or is exempt from the registration requirements under the Securities Act. In the event that registration of a transfer is to be made in reliance
upon an exemption from the registration requirements under the Securities Act, the transferor or the transferee will deliver, at its expense, to the Issuer and the Trustee, an investment letter from the transferee, substantially in the form of the
investment letter attached hereto as Exhibit D or such other form as the Issuer may determine, and no registration of transfer will be made until such letter is so delivered. 

Notes issued upon registration or transfer of, or Notes issued in exchange for, Notes bearing the legend referred to above will also bear such
legend unless the Issuer, the Trustee and the Note Registrar receive an Opinion of Counsel, satisfactory to each of them, to the effect that such legend may be removed. 

Whenever a Note containing the legend referred to above is presented to the Note Registrar for registration of transfer, the Note Registrar
will promptly seek instructions from the Issuer regarding such transfer and will be entitled to receive an Issuer’s Certificate prior to registering any such transfer. The Issuer hereby agrees to indemnify the Note Registrar and the Trustee and
to hold each of them harmless against any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or bad faith on their part arising out of or in connection with actions taken or omitted by them in relation to any such instructions furnished pursuant
to this clause. 

  
 40 

 SECTION 306. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Notes. (a) If (i) any
mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, or the Issuer and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, and (ii) there is delivered to the Issuer and the Trustee such security or
indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Issuer or the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Issuer will execute and upon its request the Trustee will
authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note of like tenor, series, class or tranche, Expected Principal Payment Date, Legal Maturity Date and stated principal amount, bearing
a number not contemporaneously Outstanding. 
 (b) In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is about to
become due and payable, the Issuer in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note. 
 (c) Upon the issuance of any new
Note under this Section, the Issuer may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected
therewith. 
 (d) Every new Note issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Note will constitute an original
additional contractual obligation of the Issuer, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Note will be at any time enforceable by anyone, and will be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture that such destroyed, lost or stolen Note was
entitled equally and proportionately with any and all other Notes of the same series, class or tranche duly issued hereunder. 
 (e) The
provisions of this Section are exclusive and will preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes. 

SECTION 307. Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved. (a) Unless otherwise provided with respect to such Note
pursuant to Section 301, interest payable on any Note will be paid to the Person in whose name that Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the most recent Record Date. 

(b) Subject to clause (a), each Note delivered under this Indenture upon transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note will
carry the rights to interest accrued or principal accreted and unpaid, and to accrue or accrete, which were carried by such other Note. 

SECTION 308. Persons Deemed Owners. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Issuer Trustee, the Beneficiaries and any agent of the Issuer,
the Trustee, the Issuer Trustee, or the Beneficiaries may treat the Person who is proved to be the owner of such Note pursuant to Section 104(c) as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and (subject to
Section 307) 

  
 41 

 
interest on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note be overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Trustee, the Issuer Trustee, the Beneficiaries nor any agent of the
Issuer, the Trustee, the Issuer Trustee or the Beneficiaries will be affected by notice to the contrary. 
 SECTION 309. Cancellation.
All Notes surrendered for payment, redemption, transfer or exchange will, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee and, if not already canceled, will be promptly canceled by it. The Issuer may at any
time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Issuer may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Notes so delivered will be promptly canceled by the Trustee. No Note will be
authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Notes canceled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture. The Trustee will dispose of all canceled Notes in accordance with its customary procedures and will deliver
a certificate of such disposition to the Issuer. 
 SECTION 310. Computation of Interest. Unless otherwise provided as
contemplated in Section 301, (a) interest on the Notes computed at a fixed rate will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months and (b) interest on Notes computed on the basis of a floating or periodic rate
will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed. 
 SECTION 311. New Issuances of Notes.
(a) The Issuer may issue new Notes of any series, class or tranche, so long as the following conditions precedent are satisfied: 

(i) on or before the fourth Business Day before the date that the new issuance is to occur, the Issuer gives the Trustee and
the Rating Agencies written notice (which may be delivered via facsimile or other means of electronic transmission with receipt confirmed) of the issuance; 

(ii) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Issuer Certificate to the effect that: 

(A) the Issuer reasonably believes that the new issuance will not at the time of its occurrence or at a future date cause an
Adverse Effect on any Outstanding Notes; 
 (B) all instruments furnished to the Trustee conform to the requirements of this
Indenture and constitute sufficient authority hereunder for the Trustee to authenticate and deliver such Notes; 
 (C) the
form and terms of such Notes have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture; 
 (D) all laws and
requirements with respect to the execution and delivery by the Issuer of such Notes have been complied with, the Issuer has the power and authority to issue such Notes and such Notes have been duly authorized and delivered by the Issuer and,
assuming due authentication and delivery by the Trustee, constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer enforceable in accordance with their terms (subject, as to enforcement of remedies, to applicable bankruptcy, reorganization,
insolvency, 

  
 42 

 
moratorium or other laws and legal principles affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect and to general equitable principles, whether applied in an action at law or in
equity) and entitled to the benefits of this Indenture, equally and ratably with all other Notes, if any, of such series, class or tranche Outstanding, subject to the terms of this Indenture and each terms document; and 

(E) such other matters as the Trustee may reasonably request; 

(iii) the Issuer will have delivered to the Trustee and the Rating Agencies a Master Trust Tax Opinion and an Issuer Tax
Opinion with respect to such issuance; provided, however, that if the Threshold Conditions are satisfied, the Issuer at its option, will not be required to deliver such opinions; 

(iv) either (A) all of the following conditions are met: 

(1) such Notes are denominated in Dollars; 

(2) the interest rate applicable to such Notes is either a fixed rate of interest, or a floating rate of interest based on the
London interbank offered rate, the prime or base rate of Citibank or another major money center bank, the federal funds rate or the Treasury bill rate, or another interest rate index with respect to which the Issuer has received written confirmation
from the applicable Rating Agencies that issuance of Notes with an interest rate based on such interest rate index will not have a Ratings Effect on any Outstanding Notes; 

(3) if the Notes of the new issuance will have the benefit of a Derivative Agreement, with respect to the form of such
Derivative Agreement and the applicable Derivative Counterparty, the Issuer has received written confirmation from the applicable Rating Agencies that entering into such Derivative Agreement on such form and with such Derivative Counterparty will
not have a Ratings Effect on any Outstanding Notes; 
 (4) the Legal Maturity Date of such Notes is no more than 14 years
after the date of issuance of such Notes; and 
 (5) any other conditions specified by a Rating Agency to the Issuer in
writing; 
 or (B) the Issuer obtains written confirmation from the applicable Rating Agencies that the issuance of such Notes will not have a Ratings
Effect on any Outstanding Notes; 

  
 43 

 (v) either (A) at the time of the new issuance, the Notes of the new
issuance will be rated no lower than the following ratings categories by at least one nationally recognized Rating Agency: 
  

			
	 Note
	  	 Rating

	Class A	  	AAA or its equivalent for long-term Notes, or A-1+/P-1 or its equivalent for commercial paper Notes
		
	Class B	  	A or its equivalent
		
	Class C	  	BBB or its equivalent

 or (B) the Issuer has obtained written confirmation from each Rating Agency that there will be no Ratings Effect with
respect to any Outstanding Notes as a result of the issuance of those Notes; 
 (vi) no Amortization Event as defined in the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement with respect to the Collateral Certificate will have occurred and be continuing as of the date of the new issuance, and no event which, with the passage of time, would constitute an Amortization Event described in
Section 9.01(e) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement will have occurred and be continuing as of the date of the new issuance; 

(vii) in the case of foreign currency Notes, the Issuer will have appointed one or more Paying Agents in the appropriate
countries; 
 (viii) in the case of the issuance of Notes of a tranche of a Multiple Issuance Series, the conditions
specified in Sections 312 and 313, as applicable, are satisfied; 
 (ix) if the issuance of Notes results in an increase in
the targeted deposit amount of any Class C Reserve sub-Account of a tranche of Class C Notes of a Multiple Issuance Series, the Issuer will have funded such increase with a cash deposit to such Class C Reserve sub-Account; and 

(x) any other conditions specified in the applicable terms document. 

(b) The Issuer and the Trustee will not be required to obtain the consent of any Noteholder of any Outstanding series, class or tranche to
issue any additional Notes of any series, class or tranche. 
 SECTION 312. Specification of Required Subordinated Amount and other
Terms with Respect to each Class of a Multiple Issuance Series. (a) With respect to senior classes of non-Discount Notes of a Multiple Issuance Series, and subject to clause (b): 

(i) the Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes will be an amount equal to 5.98291% of the Initial Dollar
Principal Amount of that tranche of Class A Notes; 

  
 44 

 (ii) the Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes will be an
amount equal to 7.97721% of the Initial Dollar Principal Amount of that tranche of Class A Notes; and 
 (iii) the Class
B Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes will be an amount equal to 133.33333% of the Initial Dollar Principal Amount of that tranche of Class B Notes; provided, however, 

(A) for purposes of Section 313(c), the Class B Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes of a tranche or series will
be an amount equal to 7.52688% of the Initial Dollar Principal Amount of the applicable tranche or series of Class B Notes, as the case may be, and 

(B) for purposes of Section 516(a)(iii), the Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes for Outstanding Class B Notes
of a tranche or series will be an amount equal to 7.52688% of the Initial Dollar Principal Amount of the applicable tranche or series of Class B Notes, as the case may be. 

With respect to senior classes of Discount Notes, the Required Subordinated Amount will be stated in the applicable terms document, subject to clause (b).

 (b) The Issuer may at any time without the consent of any Noteholder change the Required Subordinated Amounts of a Multiple Issuance
Series, the method of calculating the available subordinated amount of the Notes of a series and the usage of the subordinated amount of the Notes of a series, and make corresponding changes in this Indenture, so long as the Issuer has
(i) received written confirmation from each Rating Agency that has rated any Outstanding Notes of that series that such change will not result in a Ratings Effect with respect to any Outstanding Notes in that series and (ii) delivered to
the Trustee and the Rating Agencies a Master Trust Tax Opinion and an Issuer Tax Opinion. 
 SECTION 313. Required Subordinated Amount
Conditions to Issuance of Notes of a Tranche of a Senior Class of a Multiple Issuance Series. (a) Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes. On the issuance date of Class A Notes of a tranche of a Multiple
Issuance Series, immediately after giving effect to such issuance, the available subordinated amount of Class B Notes of that series must be at least equal to the Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes for that series. For
purposes of this Section, the available subordinated amount of Class B Notes of a series as of any date means the sum of the following, after giving effect to any issuances, deposits, allocations or payments to be made on that date: 

(i) the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Outstanding tranches of Class B Notes of that series on that day; 

plus 
 (ii) the aggregate
amount on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Accounts for all Outstanding tranches of Class B Notes of that series (other than any Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of tranches of Class B Notes of that series); 

  
 45 

 minus 

(iii) the aggregate amount of the Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes for all other tranches of
Class A Notes of that series which are Outstanding on that date; 
 plus 

(iv) the aggregate amount of all Class A Usage of Class B Required Subordinated Amount by any Outstanding tranche of
Class A Notes of that series. 
 (b) Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes. On the issuance date of
Class A Notes of a tranche of a Multiple Issuance Series, immediately after giving effect to such issuance, the available subordinated amount of Class C Notes of that series must be at least equal to the Class A Required Subordinated
Amount of Class C Notes for that series. For purposes of this clause, the available subordinated amount of Class C Notes of a series as of any date means the sum of the following, after giving effect to any issuances, deposits, allocations or
payments to be made on that date: 
 (i) the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Outstanding tranches of Class C
Notes of that series on that day; 
 plus 

(ii) the aggregate amount on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Accounts for all Outstanding tranches of Class C Notes of
that series (other than any Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of tranches of Class C Notes of that series); 
 minus 

(iii) the aggregate amount of the Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes for all other tranches of
Class A Notes of that series which are Outstanding on that date; 
 plus 

(iv) the aggregate amount of all Class A Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount by any Outstanding tranche of
Class A Notes of that series. 
 (c) Class B Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes. On the issuance date of Class
B Notes of a tranche of a Multiple Issuance Series, immediately after giving effect to such issuance, the available subordinated amount of Class C Notes of that series must be at least equal to the Class B Required Subordinated Amount of Class C
Notes for that series. For purposes of this clause, the available subordinated amount of Class C Notes of a series as of any date means the sum of the following, after giving effect to any issuances, deposits, allocations or payments to be made on
that date: 
 (i) the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Outstanding tranches of Class C Notes of that series on
that day; 

  
 46 

 plus 

(ii) the aggregate amount on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Accounts for all Outstanding tranches of Class C Notes of
that series (other than any Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of tranches of Class C Notes of that series); 
 minus 

(iii) the aggregate amount of the Class B Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes for all other tranches of Class B Notes
of that series which are Outstanding on that date; 
 plus 

(iv) the aggregate amount of all Class B Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount under clauses (c)(iii) and (c)(iv) of
Section 513 by any Outstanding tranche of Class B Notes of that series. 
 (d) Required Subordinated Amounts of Senior Classes.
On the issuance date of Notes of a tranche of Class A Notes or Class B Notes of a Multiple Issuance Series, immediately after giving effect to such issuance, the available subordinated amount of Class C Notes of that series must be at least
equal to 7.52688% of the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Class A Notes and Class B Notes of that series. For purposes of this clause, the available subordinated amount of Class C Notes of a series as of any date means the sum of the
following, after giving effect to any issuances, deposits, allocations or payments to be made on that date: 
 (i) the
aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Outstanding tranches of Class C Notes of that series on that day; 
 plus 

(ii) the aggregate amount on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Accounts for all Outstanding tranches of Class C Notes of
that series (other than any Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of tranches of Class C Notes of that series). 
 ARTICLE
IV 
 Accounts and Investments 

SECTION 401. Collections. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Trustee may demand payment or delivery of, and will
receive and collect, directly and without intervention or assistance from any fiscal agent or other intermediary, all money and other property payable to or receivable by the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture including, without limitation, all
funds and other property payable to the Trustee pursuant to the Collateral (collectively, the “Collections”). The Trustee will hold all such money and property received by it as part of the Collateral and will apply it as provided
in this Indenture. 
 SECTION 402. Accounts. (a) Accounts; Deposits to and Distributions from Accounts. On or
before the Effective Date, the Issuer will open and will thereafter cause to be maintained, at an 

  
 47 

 
Eligible Institution (initially Citibank), one or more segregated deposit accounts (collectively, the “Collection Account”). The Issuer will require that all collections received
from the Master Trust pursuant to the Series 2000 Supplement be deposited into the Collection Account. On or before the Effective Date, the Trustee will cause to be established and maintained at an Eligible Institution (initially Citibank), three
segregated trust accounts denominated as follows: the “Interest Funding Account”, the “Principal Funding Account” and the “Class C Reserve Account”, and from time to time in connection with the
issuance of a series, class or tranche of Notes, the Trustee may establish one or more segregated trust accounts denominated as “Supplemental Accounts”. If, at any time, either the Collection Account, Interest Funding Account,
Principal Funding Account or Class C Reserve Account ceases to be an Eligible Deposit Account, the Issuer will within 10 Business Days (or such longer period, not to exceed 30 calendar days, as to which each Rating Agency may consent in writing)
establish a new Collection Account, Interest Funding Account, Principal Funding Account or Class C Reserve Account, as the case may be, which is an Eligible Deposit Account, transfer any cash and/or investments to such new Collection Account,
Interest Funding Account, Principal Funding Account or Class C Reserve Account and from the date such new Collection Account, Interest Funding Account, Principal Funding Account or Class C Reserve Account is established, it will be the
“Collection Account”, “Interest Funding Account”, “Principal Funding Account” or “Class C Reserve Account”, as the case may be. Each tranche of Notes will have its own sub-Account
within the Interest Funding Account and the Principal Funding Account. Each tranche of Class C Notes will have its own sub-Account within the Class C Reserve Account. Supplemental Accounts will be created as specified in the applicable terms
document. The Collection Account, the Interest Funding Account, the Principal Funding Account and the Class C Reserve Account will receive deposits pursuant to Article V. Any Supplemental Account will receive deposits as set forth in a supplemental
indenture amending Article V. 
 (b) All payments to be made from time to time by or on behalf of the Trustee to Noteholders out of funds in
the Accounts pursuant to this Indenture will be made by or on behalf of the Trustee to the Paying Agent not later than 12:00 noon on the applicable Payment Date or earlier, if necessary, or as otherwise provided in Article V but only to the extent
of available funds in the applicable sub-Account. 
 SECTION 403. Investment of Funds in the Accounts. (a) Funds on
deposit in the Accounts will be invested and reinvested by the Trustee at the direction of the Issuer in one or more Eligible Investments. The Issuer may authorize the Trustee to make specific investments pursuant to written instructions (which may
be delivered via facsimile or other means of electronic transmission with receipt confirmed), in such amounts as the Issuer will specify. Notwithstanding the foregoing, funds held by the Trustee in any of the Accounts will be invested in Eligible
Investments that will mature in each case no later than the date on which such funds in the Accounts are scheduled to be transferred or distributed by the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture (or as much earlier as necessary to provide for timely
payment of principal or interest on the applicable Principal Payment Date or Interest Payment Date). 
 (b) All funds deposited from time to
time in the Accounts pursuant to this Indenture and all investments made with such funds will be held by the Trustee in the Accounts as part of the Collateral as herein provided, subject to withdrawal by the Trustee for the purposes set forth
herein. The Issuer will not direct the Trustee to make any investment of any funds or to sell any investment held in the Accounts unless the security interest granted and perfected in such Accounts will continue to be perfected in such investment or
the proceeds of such sale, in either case without any further action by the Issuer or the Trustee. 

  
 48 

 (c) Funds and other property in any of the Accounts will not be commingled with any other funds
or property of the Issuer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee may hold any funds or other property received or held by it as part of the Accounts in collecting accounts maintained by it in the normal course of its business and containing
funds held by it for other Persons (which may include the Issuer or an Affiliate thereof), provided that such accounts are under the sole control of the Trustee and the Trustee maintains adequate records indicating the ownership of all such funds or
property and the portions thereof held for credit to the applicable Accounts. 
 (d) The Issuer will not direct the Trustee to make any
investment of any funds in any of the Accounts or to sell any investment held in such Accounts except under the following terms and conditions: 

(i) each such investment will be made in the name of the Trustee (in its capacity as such) or in the name of a nominee of the
Trustee under its complete and exclusive dominion and control (or, if, as indicated by an Opinion of Counsel delivered to the Trustee, applicable law provides for perfection of pledges of an instrument not evidenced by a certificate or other
instrument through registration of such pledge on books maintained by or on behalf of the issuer of such investment, such pledge may be so registered); 

(ii) the Trustee will have sole control over such investment, the income thereon and the proceeds thereof; 

(iii) other than the investments described in clause (i), any certificate or other instrument evidencing such investment will
be delivered directly to the Trustee or its agent; and 
 (iv) the proceeds of each sale of such an investment will be
remitted by the purchaser thereof directly to the Trustee for deposit in the Account in which such investment was held. 
 (e) All income or
other gain from investments of funds on deposit in the Accounts (other than the Principal Funding Account) will be treated as Finance Charge Collections pursuant to Section 501(2). Any loss resulting from such investments will be charged to the
sub-Accounts pro rata based on the amount on deposit in such sub-Account. 
 The Issuer may use weighted averaging or any other reasonable
method for allocating losses among such sub-Accounts. Subject to Section 801(c), the Trustee will not in any way be held liable by reason of any insufficiency in such sub-Accounts resulting from any loss on any Eligible Investment included
therein except for losses attributable to the Trustee’s failure to make payments on such Eligible Investments issued by the Trustee, in its commercial capacity, in accordance with their terms. 

(f) All income or other gain from investments of funds on deposit in the Principal Funding Account will be applied as set forth in
Section 506. 

  
 49 

 (g) Funds on deposit in the Accounts will be invested and reinvested by the Trustee to the
fullest extent practicable, in such manner as the Trustee will from time to time determine, but only in one or more Eligible Investments, upon the occurrence of any of the following events: 

(i) the Issuer will have failed to give investment directions to the Trustee; or 

(ii) an Event of Default will have occurred and is continuing but no Notes have been declared due and payable pursuant to
Section 702. 
 SECTION 404. Excess Funds in the Interest Funding sub-Accounts or Principal Funding sub-Accounts.
(a) With respect to any Due Period, if the Issuer determines that the amount on deposit in any Interest Funding sub-Account (after giving effect to all deposits and withdrawals to be made with respect to such Due Period) is greater than
the amount targeted to be on deposit in such Interest Funding sub-Account with respect to such Due Period (subject to Section 507(e)), such excess will be withdrawn from such sub-Account and treated as Finance Charge Collections pursuant to
Section 501(2). 
 (b) With respect to any Due Period, if the Issuer determines that the amount on deposit in any Principal Funding
sub-Account (after giving effect to all deposits and withdrawals to be made with respect to that Due Period) is greater than the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of a tranche of Notes less the Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit of that tranche,
that excess will be withdrawn from such sub-Account and treated as Finance Charge Collections pursuant to Section 501(2). 

ARTICLE V 

Allocations, Deposits and Payments 

SECTION 501. Allocations of Finance Charge Collections. With respect to each Due Period, the Trustee will allocate or cause to
be allocated (1) Finance Charge Collections received by the Issuer with respect to that Due Period, and (2) amounts to be treated as Finance Charge Collections (including pursuant to Sections 403(e), 404(a) and (b), 506(d), 507(f), 511(f),
519(c), 523(j) and 527(c)) in the following priority: 
 (a) first, to pay accrued and unpaid fees and expenses of,
and other amounts due to, the Trustee pursuant to Section 807; 
 (b) second, to make the targeted deposits to
the Interest Funding Account pursuant to Section 503; 
 (c) third, to increase the Invested Amount of the
Collateral Certificate or reimburse any Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Deficit pursuant to Section 527; 
 (d)
fourth, to make the targeted deposit to the Class C Reserve Account, if any, pursuant to Section 518(a); 
 (e)
fifth, to make any other payment or deposit required by the terms document of any series, class or tranche of Notes; and 

(f) sixth, to the Issuer. 

  
 50 

 SECTION 502. Allocations of Principal Collections. With respect to each Due Period,
the Trustee will allocate or cause to be allocated (1) Principal Collections received by the Issuer with respect to that Due Period, and (2) amounts to be treated as Principal Collections (including pursuant to Section 511(d)) in the
following priority: 
 (a) first, with respect to each Due Period, 

(i) first, if after giving effect to deposits to be made with respect to such Due Period pursuant to
Section 501(b), any tranche of Class A Notes or Class B Notes of a series has not received the full amount targeted to be deposited pursuant to Section 503 with respect to that Due Period, then from (A) such Principal Collections
and amounts to be treated as Principal Collections, to the extent the reallocation thereof under this clause (a) will result in the reduction of the Nominal Liquidation Amount of tranches of Class C Notes of that series, together with
(B) Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Account of tranches of Class C Notes of that series as of the last day of that Due Period, the following amounts will be allocated in the following priority:

 (1) first, in an amount equal to the lesser of the amount of such funds and the amount of the deficiency in the
targeted amount to be deposited into the Interest Funding sub-Account of each tranche of Class A Notes of that series, to be allocated to the Interest Funding sub-Accounts of Class A Notes of that series pro rata based on the amount of
such deficiencies; and 
 (2) second, in an amount equal to the lesser of the amount of such funds (after giving
effect to clause (1)) and the amount of the deficiency in the targeted amount to be deposited into the Interest Funding sub-Account of each tranche of Class B Notes of that series, to be allocated to the Interest Funding sub-Accounts of Class B
Notes of that series pro rata based on the amount of such deficiencies; 
 provided, however, that such reallocations will be subject
to the limits of Sections 512, 513 and 514. 
 (ii) second, with respect to each Due Period, if after giving effect to
deposits to be made with respect to such Due Period pursuant to Section 501(b) and clause (a)(i), any tranche of Class A Notes of a series has not received the full amount targeted to be deposited pursuant to Section 503, then from
(A) such Principal Collections and amounts to be treated as Principal Collections, to the extent the reallocation thereof under this clause (a) will result in the reduction of the Nominal Liquidation Amount of tranches of Class B Notes of
that series, together with (B) Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Account of tranches of Class B Notes of that series as of the last day of that Due Period, an amount equal to the lesser of the
amount of such funds and the amount of the deficiency in the targeted amount to the Interest Funding sub-Account of each tranche of Class A Notes of that series, will be reallocated to the Interest Funding sub-Accounts of Class A Notes of
that series pro rata based on the amount of such deficiencies; provided, however, that such reallocations will be subject to the limits of Sections 512, 513 and 514. 

  
 51 

 (b) second, together with amounts available pursuant to
Section 523(e), to make the targeted deposits to the Principal Funding Account pursuant to Section 508; and 
 (c)
third, together with any remaining amounts available pursuant to Section 523(e), to the Master Trust, to be reinvested in the Collateral Certificate pursuant to Section 520(c). 

SECTION 503. Targeted Deposits of Finance Charge Collections to the Interest Funding Account. The aggregate amount of Finance
Charge Collections targeted to be deposited into the Interest Funding Account pursuant to Section 501(b) with respect to each Due Period (other than any tranche of RSP Notes) is equal to the sum of the following amounts. A single tranche of
Notes may be entitled to more than one of the following targeted deposits with respect to any Due Period. The targeted deposit with respect to any Due Period will also include any shortfall in the targeted deposit with respect to any prior Due
Period. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable terms document: 
 (a) Specified Deposits. If the terms document
for a tranche of Notes (other than any tranche of RSP Notes) specifies deposits in addition to or different from the deposits described below in this Section to be made to the Interest Funding sub-Account for that tranche, the deposit targeted for
that tranche of Notes with respect to any Due Period is the specified amount for that Due Period. Unless an earlier date is determined pursuant to Section 522, these deposits will be made on the dates specified in the applicable terms document.

 (b) Interest Payments not Covered by a Derivative Agreement. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable terms
document: (i) If a tranche of Outstanding Interest-bearing Notes (other than any tranche of RSP Notes) provides for payments of interest that are not covered by a Derivative Agreement, the deposit targeted for that tranche of Notes with respect
to each Due Period will be equal to the amount of interest accrued on the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of that tranche of Notes during the period from the Monthly Interest Date in that Due Period (or the date of issuance of that
tranche for the determination with respect to the first Monthly Interest Date) to the first Monthly Interest Date after the end of that Due Period. (ii) If a tranche of Interest-bearing Notes (other than any tranche of RSP Notes) has a
Derivative Agreement that by its terms only covers a portion of the interest on such tranche of Notes (such as an interest rate cap or similar agreement), the deposit targeted under this clause will be the uncapped portion of the interest accrued on
the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of that tranche of Notes during that period. Unless an earlier date is determined pursuant to Section 522, these deposits referred to in this clause (b) will be made on each Monthly Interest
Date for the applicable tranche. 
 (c) Notes with Performing Derivative Agreements. Unless otherwise specified in the
applicable terms document: (i) If a tranche of Outstanding Dollar Notes or foreign currency Notes (other than any tranche of RSP Notes) has a Performing Derivative Agreement for interest that provides for monthly payments to the applicable
Derivative Counterparty, the deposit targeted for that tranche of Notes with respect to each Due Period is equal to the amount required to be paid to the applicable Derivative Counterparty on the next payment

  
 52 

 
date under that Derivative Agreement following the end of that Due Period, multiplied by the Adjustment Ratio for that tranche as of the last day of such Due Period. Unless an earlier date is
determined pursuant to Section 522, these deposits will be made on the payment date specified in the applicable Derivative Agreement. (ii) If a tranche of Dollar Notes or foreign currency Notes (other than any tranche of RSP Notes) has a
Performing Derivative Agreement for interest that provides for payments less frequently than monthly to the applicable Derivative Counterparty, the deposit targeted for that tranche of Notes with respect to each Due Period is equal to the amount
required to be paid to the Derivative Counterparty on the payment date under that Derivative Agreement next following the end of that Due Period, and allocable to the period from one such Interest Deposit Date (or in the case of the first Interest
Deposit Date, from the date of issuance of that tranche of Notes) to the next Interest Deposit Date, taking into account the applicable interest rate and day count convention under that Derivative Agreement, multiplied by the Adjustment Ratio for
that tranche as of the last day of such Due Period. Unless an earlier date is determined pursuant to Section 522, these deposits will be made on the payment date specified in the applicable Derivative Agreement in the month in which payment is
scheduled to be made to the Derivative Counterparty, and on the Monthly Interest Date in each other month. 
 (d) Dollar
Notes with non-Performing Derivative Agreements. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable terms document, if a tranche of Outstanding Dollar Interest-bearing Notes (other than any tranche of RSP Notes) has a non-Performing Derivative
Agreement for interest, the deposit targeted for that tranche of Notes with respect to each Due Period will be equal to the amount of interest accrued on the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of that tranche of Notes with respect to that
Due Period from the Monthly Interest Date in that Due Period (or the date of issuance of that tranche for the determination with respect to the first Monthly Interest Date) to the first Monthly Interest Date after the end of that Due Period to the
extent that such interest would have been covered by that non-Performing Derivative Agreement. Unless an earlier date is determined pursuant to Section 522, these deposits will be made on each Monthly Interest Date for the applicable tranche.

 (e) Foreign Currency Notes with non-Performing Derivative Agreements. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable
terms document: (i) If a tranche of Outstanding foreign currency Notes (other than any tranche of RSP Notes) has a non-Performing Derivative Agreement for interest that provides for monthly payments to the applicable derivative counterparty,
then the calculation of the deposit targeted is made with reference to the amount of Dollars that would have been payable to the applicable Derivative Counterparty under the Derivative Agreement with respect to that Due Period if that Derivative
Agreement were Performing, multiplied by the Adjustment Ratio for that tranche as of the last day of such Due Period. Unless an earlier date is determined pursuant to Section 522, these deposits will be made on each Monthly Interest Date for
the applicable tranche. (ii) If a tranche of Outstanding foreign currency Notes (other than any tranche of RSP Notes) has a non-Performing Derivative Agreement for interest that provides for payments less frequently than monthly to the
applicable Derivative Counterparty, the deposit targeted for that tranche of Notes with respect to each Due Period is equal to the amount required to be paid to the Derivative Counterparty on the payment date under that Derivative Agreement next
following the end of that Due Period, and allocable to the period from one such Interest Deposit Date (or in the case of the first 

  
 53 

 
Interest Deposit Date, from the date of issuance of that tranche of Notes) to the next Interest Deposit Date, taking into account the applicable interest rate and day count convention under that
Derivative Agreement, multiplied by the Adjustment Ratio for that tranche as of the last day of such Due Period. Unless an earlier date is determined pursuant to Section 522, these deposits will be made on each Monthly Interest Date. 

(f) Discount Notes. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable terms document, in the case of a tranche of Outstanding
Discount Notes (other than any tranche of RSP Notes), the deposit targeted for that tranche of Notes with respect to any Due Period is equal to the amount of accretion of principal of that tranche of Notes from the Monthly Principal Date in that Due
Period (or in the case of the first Monthly Principal Date, from the date of issuance of that tranche) to the first Monthly Principal Date after the end of that Due Period, multiplied by the Adjustment Ratio for that tranche as of the last day of
such Due Period. Unless an earlier date is determined pursuant to Section 522, these deposits will be made on each Monthly Principal Date for the applicable tranche. 

(g) Interest on Overdue Interest. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable terms document, the deposit targeted for
any tranche of Outstanding Notes for any month that has accrued and overdue interest will be the interest accrued on that overdue interest from and including the Interest Payment Date in that month to but excluding the Interest Payment Date next
following that month at the rate of interest applicable to the principal of that tranche during that period. 
 SECTION 504. Payments
Received from Derivative Counterparties for Interest; Other Deposits to the Interest Funding Account. The following deposits and payments will be made to the Interest Funding Account on the following dates: 

(a) Payments Received From Derivative Counterparties for Interest. Payments received under Derivative Agreements for
interest in Dollars will be deposited into the applicable Interest Funding sub-Account on the date of receipt. Payments received under Derivative Agreements for interest in foreign currencies will be made directly to the applicable Paying Agent for
payment to the Holders of the applicable tranche of Notes, or as otherwise specified in the applicable Derivative Agreement or applicable terms document. 

(b) Principal Funding Account Earnings. Amounts received pursuant to Section 506(c) for any tranche of Notes will
be deposited into the applicable Interest Funding sub-Account on each Monthly Interest Date. 
 (c) Class C Reserve
Account. Withdrawals made from any Class C Reserve sub-Account pursuant to Section 519(a) will be deposited into the applicable Interest Funding sub-Account on the date specified in Section 519(a). 

(d) Receivables Sales Proceeds. Receivables Sales Proceeds received by the Issuer pursuant to Section 523(i)(ii)
for any tranche of RSP Notes will be deposited into the applicable Interest Funding sub-Account on the date of receipt by the Issuer. 

SECTION 505. Allocation of Deposits to Interest Funding sub-Accounts. The aggregate amount of the deposits to be made to the
Interest Funding Account pursuant to Section 503 for 

  
 54 

 
each Due Period will be allocated, and a portion deposited into the Interest Funding sub-Account for each tranche of Notes (other than any tranche of RSP Notes), as follows: 

(a) Available Amounts Equal to Targeted Amounts. If the amount of funds available for a Due Period pursuant to
Section 501(b) is at least equal to the aggregate amount of the deposits and payments targeted by Section 503, then the full amount of each such deposit and payment will be made. 

(b) Available Amounts are Less than Targeted Amounts. (i) If the amount of funds available for a Due Period
pursuant to Section 501(b) is less than the aggregate amount of the deposits and payments targeted by Section 503, then the amount available will be allocated to each series of Notes pro rata based on the ratio of the Nominal Liquidation
Amount of all Notes of that series to the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all series. 
 (ii) For all series
identified as belonging to “Group 1”, the amounts allocated to the tranches of Notes of those series (other than any tranche of RSP Notes) pursuant to clause (b) (i) will be reaggregated into a single pool, and reallocated to the
Interest Funding sub-Account for each series, class or tranche of Notes in Group 1 pro rata based on the amount of the deposit targeted to be made to the applicable Interest Funding sub-Accounts pursuant to Section 503. 

(iii) For all series identified as belonging to another group, the reallocation of amounts allocated pursuant to clause (b)(i)
will be based on a rule for that group set forth in the applicable terms document. 
 (c) Other Funds not Reallocated.
Funds deposited into any Interest Funding sub-Account pursuant to Sections 502(a), 504, 506 and 523(i)(ii) and funds on deposit from prior Due Periods will not be reallocated to any other Interest Funding sub-Account. 

SECTION 506. Deposit of Principal Funding sub-Account Earnings in Interest Funding sub-Accounts; Principal Funding sub-Account Earnings
Shortfall. (a) As of the end of each Due Period, the Issuer will calculate 
 (i) the Principal Funding
sub-Account Earnings Target for each tranche of Notes (other than any tranche of RSP Notes), 
 (ii) the Principal Funding
sub-Account Earnings for each tranche of Notes (other than any tranche of RSP Notes), and 
 (iii) the Principal Funding
sub-Account Earnings Shortfall (if any) for the Principal Funding sub-Account for each tranche of Notes (other than any tranche of RSP Notes) 
 for the
period from the Interest Deposit Date in that Due Period (or with respect to the first Interest Deposit Date with respect to that tranche, the date of issuance of that tranche) to the first Interest Deposit Date after the end of that Due Period (for
purposes of this Section, a “monthly period”). 
 (b) If there is any Principal Funding sub-Account Earnings
Shortfall for any Principal Funding sub-Account for that monthly period, or any unpaid Principal Funding sub-Account 

  
 55 

 
Earnings Shortfall for any Principal Funding sub-Account from any earlier monthly period, in each case for any tranche of Notes other than a tranche of RSP Notes, the Issuer will notify the
Master Trust pursuant to Section 5.03 of the Series 2000 Supplement of that amount. 
 (c) On each Interest Deposit Date, the Trustee
will deposit or cause to be deposited into each applicable Interest Funding sub-Account the following amounts: 
 (i) the
Principal Funding sub-Account Earnings for the related Principal Funding sub-Account for that monthly period, and 
 (ii)
with respect to any tranche of Notes other than a tranche of RSP Notes, the amount received by the Issuer pursuant to Section 5.03 of the Series 2000 Supplement with respect to that Principal Funding sub-Account, if any. 

(d) If the amount of Principal Funding sub-Account Earnings for any tranche of Notes (other than any tranche of RSP Notes) for any Due Period
is greater than the Principal Funding sub-Account Earnings Target for that Due Period, the amount of the excess will be treated as Finance Charge Collections pursuant to Section 501(2) or as otherwise provided in the applicable terms document.

 SECTION 507. Withdrawals from Interest Funding Account. Withdrawals made pursuant to this Section with respect to any
tranche of Notes will be made from the Interest Funding sub-Account established for that tranche only after all allocations and reallocations have been made pursuant to Sections 503, 504, 505 and 506, but in no event more than the amount on deposit
in the applicable Interest Funding sub-Account. A single tranche of Notes may be entitled to more than one of the following withdrawals in any month. 

(a) Withdrawals for Dollar Notes with no Derivative Agreement for Interest. On each applicable Interest Payment Date (or
as much earlier as specified in the applicable terms document) with respect to each tranche of Dollar Notes with no Derivative Agreement for interest, an amount equal to the interest due on the applicable tranche of Notes on the applicable Interest
Payment Date (including any overdue interest with respect to prior Interest Payment Dates) will be withdrawn from that Interest Funding sub-Account and remitted to the applicable Paying Agent or as otherwise provided in the applicable terms
document. 
 (b) Withdrawals for Discount Notes. On each applicable Monthly Principal Date, with respect to each
tranche of Discount Notes, an amount equal to the amount of the accretion of principal of that tranche of Notes from the prior Monthly Principal Date (or in the case of the first Monthly Principal Date the date of issuance of that tranche) to the
applicable Monthly Principal Date (plus any accretions of principal from prior Due Periods for which no withdrawal was made) will be withdrawn from that Interest Funding sub-Account and invested in the Collateral Certificate pursuant to
Section 520(a). 
 (c) Withdrawals for Notes with Performing Derivative Agreements for Interest. On each date on
which a payment is required under the applicable Derivative Agreement (or as much earlier as specified in the applicable terms document) with respect to any tranche of Notes which has a Performing Derivative Agreement for interest, an amount equal
to the amount of the payment to be made under the applicable Derivative Agreement (including any overdue payment) will be withdrawn from that Interest Funding sub-Account and paid to the applicable Derivative Counterparty or as otherwise provided in
the applicable terms document. 

  
 56 

 (d) Withdrawals for Notes with non-Performing Derivative Agreements for
Interest in Dollars. On each Interest Payment Date (or as much earlier as specified in the applicable terms document) with respect to a tranche of Dollar Notes that has a non-Performing Derivative Agreement for interest, an amount equal to the
amount of interest payable on that Interest Payment Date (including any overdue interest with respect to prior Interest Payment Dates) will be withdrawn from that Interest Funding sub-Account and remitted to the applicable Paying Agent or as
otherwise provided in the applicable terms document. 
 (e) Withdrawals for Notes with non-Performing Derivative
Agreements for Foreign Currency Interest. On each Interest Payment Date with respect to a tranche of foreign currency Notes that has a non-Performing Derivative Agreement for interest (or as much earlier as specified in the applicable terms
document), an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the amount of Dollars necessary to be converted at the applicable Spot Exchange Rate to pay the foreign currency interest due (including any overdue interest with respect to prior Interest Payment
Dates) on that tranche of Notes on the applicable Interest Payment Date and (ii) the amount that would have been payable to the applicable Derivative Counterparty with respect to that Interest Payment Date if the applicable Derivative Agreement
had been Performing (including any overdue payments) will be withdrawn from that sub-Account and converted to the applicable foreign currency at the Spot Exchange Rate and remitted to the applicable Paying Agent. Any excess Dollar amount will be
retained on deposit in the applicable Interest Funding sub-Account (subject to clause (f)) to be applied to make interest payments on later Interest Payment Dates. 

(f) Treatment as Finance Charge Collections. After payment in full of any tranche of Notes, any amount remaining on
deposit in the applicable Interest Funding sub-Account will be treated as Finance Charge Collections pursuant to Section 501(2). 

(g) Receivables Sales Proceeds. Receivables Sales Proceeds on deposit in the Interest Funding sub-Account for any
tranche of RSP Notes may be withdrawn on any Interest Payment Date (after giving effect to any payment of interest on that tranche on that date) to reimburse the Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Deficit of that tranche pursuant to
Section 527(g). 
 If the aggregate amount available for withdrawal from an Interest Funding sub-Account for any tranche of Notes is
less than all withdrawals required to be made from that Interest Funding sub-Account for that tranche in a month, then the amounts on deposit will be withdrawn and, if payable to more than one Person, applied pro rata based on the amounts of the
withdrawals required to be made. 
 SECTION 508. Targeted Deposits of Principal Collections to the Principal Funding Account.
Unless otherwise specified in the applicable terms document, the amount of the deposit targeted for any tranche of Notes (other than any tranche of RSP Notes) with respect to any Due Period to be deposited into the Principal Funding
sub-Account for that tranche will be the sum of (i) the amount determined pursuant to clause (a), (b), (c) or (d) with respect to such tranche for such Due Period, as applicable, or if more than one such clause is applicable, the
highest amount 

  
 57 

 
determined pursuant to any one of such clauses, and (ii) any deposit targeted pursuant to clause (i) with respect to such tranche for any prior Due Period but for which the full
targeted deposit was not made, but in no case more than the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such tranche (computed immediately before giving effect to such deposit). 

(a) Expected Principal Payment Date. With respect to the Due Period immediately preceding the Expected Principal Payment
Date of a tranche of Notes, and each Due Period thereafter, the deposit targeted for that tranche of Notes is equal to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of that tranche of Notes as of such Expected Principal Payment Date or the following Monthly
Principal Date, as the case may be. Unless an earlier date is determined pursuant to Section 522, these deposits will be made on the applicable Expected Principal Payment Date and each following Monthly Principal Date. 

(b) Budgeted Deposits. (i) Subject to Section 508(d), with respect to each Due Period, beginning with the
twelfth full Due Period before the Expected Principal Payment Date of a tranche of Class A Notes but excluding the final Due Period before the Expected Principal Payment Date of that tranche of Class A Notes, the deposit targeted to be
made into the Principal Funding sub-Account for that tranche will be the Controlled Accumulation Amount for that tranche specified in the applicable terms document, or if no amount is specified equal to one-eleventh, in the case of a Single Issuance
Series, or one-twelfth, in the case of a Multiple Issuance Series, of the projected Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of that tranche of Notes as of its Expected Principal Payment Date after deducting any amounts already on deposit in the
applicable Principal Funding sub-Account. Subject to clause (ii) and unless an earlier date is determined pursuant to Section 522, these deposits will be made on the Monthly Principal Date next following the end of that Due Period. 

(ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in clause (i), and unless an earlier date is determined pursuant to
Section 522, the Issuer may postpone the date of the targeted deposits under clause (i) under the following circumstances: 

(A) Immediately before the twelfth full Due Period before the Expected Principal Payment Date for every Class A Note, the
Issuer will calculate the minimum monthly principal expected to be paid to all Investor Certificates (including the Collateral Certificate) issued by the Master Trust. 

(B) This calculation will be made by multiplying the lowest of the monthly principal payment rates for Principal Receivables
during the twelve months preceding the date of calculation by the sum of (1) the aggregate Series Adjusted Invested Amount (as defined in each applicable supplement to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement) of each series of Investor Certificates
(other than the Collateral Certificate and any series that by its terms is an “excluded series” as specified in the applicable supplement to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement) and (2) the Series 2000 Adjusted Invested Amount (as
defined in the Series 2000 Supplement) of the Collateral Certificate less the Nominal Liquidation Amount of any Notes to the extent that such Notes constitute an Excluded Series pursuant to Section 1112. 

  
 58 

 (C) Using the minimum monthly principal amount expected to be paid on Principal
Receivables, the Issuer will next compare that amount to the Invested Amounts of all Investor Certificates (including the Collateral Certificate, but excluding any Certificates representing Excluded Master Trust Series or series that are partially
Excluded Master Trust Series, to the extent of that exclusion) with their expected maturity dates and the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amounts of all tranches of Notes with Expected Principal Payment Dates in the eleven or twelve, as applicable, Due
Periods preceding the Expected Principal Payment Date of the tranche of Class A Notes for which the calculation is being performed. If the comparison reveals that the date of the targeted deposits can be postponed for that tranche of
Class A Notes (with a corresponding increase in the amount of each deposit targeted) and the Issuer expects to receive Principal Collections adequate to repay that tranche of Class A Notes in full on its Expected Principal Payment Date,
then the Issuer may designate a later Due Period (and correspondingly increased Controlled Accumulation Amount) with respect to which deposits to the Principal Funding sub-Account for that tranche of Class A Notes will begin. The comparison
made will assume that the dates required for collection of Principal Collections are postponed to the maximum extent permitted by all Investor Certificates and tranches of Notes. 

(c) Prefunding of the Principal Funding Account of Senior Classes. If the Issuer determines as of the end of any Due
Period with respect to any Class A Notes or Class B Notes of a series that, after giving effect to all allocations and payments with respect to that Due Period, the Prefunding Target Amount of that class is greater than zero, the targeted
deposit to the Principal Funding sub-Accounts for the affected classes of that series will be the Prefunding Target Amount for that series. Unless an earlier date is determined pursuant to Section 522, these deposits will be made on the Monthly
Principal Date applicable to the Class A Notes or the Class B Notes, as the case may be, next following the end of that Due Period. 

(d) Event of Default, Early Redemption Event, Other Optional or Mandatory Redemption. If any tranche of Notes has been
accelerated during a Due Period after the occurrence of an Event of Default, or if an Early Redemption Event with respect to any tranche of Notes occurs during such Due Period, or with respect to the Due Period immediately preceding any other date
fixed for any other mandatory or optional redemption of any tranche of Notes, the deposit targeted for that tranche of Notes with respect to that Due Period and each following Due Period is equal to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of that tranche of
Notes as of the Monthly Principal Date occurring immediately after that Due Period. Unless an earlier date is determined pursuant to Section 522, these deposits will be made on the Monthly Principal Date next following the end of that Due
Period. 

  
 59 

 SECTION 509. Payments Received from Derivative Counterparties for Principal; Other Deposits
to Principal Funding Accounts. The following additional amounts will be deposited into the Principal Funding Account on the following dates: 

(a) Payments Received from Derivative Counterparties. Payments received under Derivative Agreements for principal in
Dollars for any tranche of Notes will be deposited into the applicable Principal Funding sub-Account on the date of receipt. Payments received under Derivative Agreements for principal in foreign currencies for any tranche of Notes will be made
directly to the applicable Paying Agent for payment to the Holders of the applicable tranche of Notes, or as otherwise specified in the applicable Derivative Agreement or applicable terms document. 

(b) Class C Reserve Account. Withdrawals made from any Class C Reserve sub-Account pursuant to Section 519(b) will
be deposited into the applicable Principal Funding sub-Account on the date specified in Section 519(b). 
 (c)
Receivables Sale Proceeds. Receivables Sales Proceeds received pursuant to Section 523(i)(i) for any tranche of RSP Notes will be deposited into the applicable Principal Funding sub-Account on the date of receipt by the Issuer. 

(d) Reimbursements of Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Deficits. Any amounts relating to reimbursements of Receivables
Sales Proceeds Deposit Deficits with respect to any tranche of RSP Notes pursuant to Section 527 hereof and pursuant to Section 4.03(b), (c) or (d) of the Series 2000 Supplement will be deposited into the applicable Principal
Funding sub-Account on each Monthly Principal Date, or in months with a Principal Payment Date, on the preceding Business Day. 
 SECTION
510. Reallocations of Funds on Deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Accounts. The aggregate amount of the deposits to be made to the Principal Funding Account for each tranche of Notes (other than any tranche of RSP Notes) pursuant to
Section 508 for each Due Period will be allocated, and a portion deposited in the Principal Funding sub-Account for each tranche of Notes, as follows: 

(a) Principal Collections Equal to Targeted Amount. If the aggregate deposit of Principal Collections to the Principal
Funding Account is equal to the sum of the deposits of Principal Collections targeted by each tranche of Notes, then that targeted amount is deposited in the Principal Funding sub-Account established for each tranche. 

(b) Principal Collections Are Less Than Targeted Amounts. (i) Subject to clause (d), if the amount of Principal
Collections on deposit in any Principal Funding sub-Account for a tranche of Class A Notes of a series is less than the sum of the deposits of Principal Collections targeted with respect to that tranche (other than amounts targeted for deposit
with respect to an optional redemption of that tranche, to the extent specified in the applicable terms document) pursuant to Section 508, then amounts on deposit in Principal Funding sub-Accounts of Class B Notes and Class C Notes of that
series will be reallocated to the Class A Principal Funding sub-Account for that tranche of Class A Notes, to be reallocated first from the Class C Principal Funding sub-Accounts in that series and second from Class B
Principal Funding sub-Accounts in that series. If more than one tranche of Class A Notes requires a reallocation of amounts on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Accounts of the Class B Notes and the Class C Notes of that series, then the
reallocated amounts will be deposited in the Principal Funding sub-Account for each such tranche of Class A Notes of that series pro rata based on the ratio of (A) the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such tranche of Class A Notes, to
(B) the aggregate Nominal Liquidation 

  
 60 

 
Amounts of all tranches of Class A Notes of that series that require such reallocations, in each case calculated immediately before giving effect to such reallocations (but not more than the
amount of the deposit targeted for such tranche, with any excess to be reallocated among the other tranches of Class A Notes of that series that require reallocations pro rata based on the Nominal Liquidation Amount of those tranches). 

(ii) After giving effect to clause (b)(i), and subject to clause (d), if the amount on deposit in any applicable Principal
Funding sub-Account for a tranche of Class B Notes of a series is less than the sum of the deposits targeted pursuant to Section 508 with respect to that tranche (other than amounts targeted for deposit with respect to an optional redemption of
that tranche, to the extent specified in the applicable terms document), then amounts on deposit in Principal Funding sub-Accounts of the Class C Notes of that series will be reallocated to the Principal Funding sub-Account for that tranche of Class
B Notes. If more than one tranche of Class B Notes requires a reallocation of amounts on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Accounts of the Class C Notes of that series, then the reallocated amounts will be deposited in the Principal Funding
sub-Account for each such tranche of Class B Notes of that series pro rata based on the ratio of (A) the Nominal Liquidation Amount of such tranche of Class B Notes, to (B) the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amounts of all tranches of Class
B Notes of that series that require such reallocations, in each case as calculated immediately before giving effect to such reallocations (but not more than the amount of the deposit targeted for such tranche, with any excess to be reallocated among
the other tranches of Class B Notes of that series that require reallocations pro rata based on the Nominal Liquidation Amount of those tranches). 

(c) Limitations on Reallocations of Principal Collections. (i) If the Nominal Liquidation Amount of any tranche of
Notes of a subordinated class of a series has been reduced pursuant to clauses (b)(v) and (b)(vi) of the definition of Nominal Liquidation Amount and then reimbursed in whole or in part pursuant to clause (b)(iv) of the definition of Nominal
Liquidation Amount, the maximum amount that may be reallocated from the Principal Funding sub-Account for that tranche to the Principal Funding sub-Accounts of any senior class of that series that was Outstanding before the date of such reduction in
the Nominal Liquidation Amount is equal to the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such tranche of Notes of the subordinated class, less the cumulative amount of such reductions since the dates that senior class was issued. 

(ii) If amounts on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Account for more than one tranche of Notes of a subordinated class of a
series are required to be reallocated pursuant to clauses (b)(i) or (b)(ii), amounts will be withdrawn from the Principal Funding sub-Account for each such tranche of subordinated Notes pro rata based on the ratio of the Nominal Liquidation Amount
of that tranche of Notes to the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Notes of that class of that series; provided, however, that if any Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit of that tranche has been reimbursed in whole or in part
pursuant to clause (b)(iv) of the definition of Nominal Liquidation Amount, for purposes of calculating that ratio for allocating withdrawals of funds deposited into the Principal Funding sub-Account for senior classes of Notes of that series that
were Outstanding before the date of such reduction in the Nominal Liquidation Amount, the Nominal Liquidation Amount as used in that ratio will be calculated without giving effect to such reimbursements. 

  
 61 

 (d) Receivables Sales Proceeds. Receivables Sales Proceeds on deposit in
the Principal Funding sub-Account for any tranche of Notes (i) will not be reallocated to the Principal Funding sub-Account for any senior class of Notes, and (ii) will be reallocated to be treated as Finance Charge Collections pursuant
to, and only to the extent permitted by, Section 513. 
 (e) Reallocation of Other Funds. Funds deposited into
any Principal Funding sub-Account pursuant to Sections 509(a) and (b) will not be reallocated to any other Principal Funding sub-Account pursuant to this Section. 

SECTION 511. Withdrawals from Principal Funding Account. Withdrawals made pursuant to this Section with respect to any tranche
of Notes will be made from the Principal Funding sub-Accounts established for that tranche only after all allocations and reallocations have been made pursuant to Sections 508, 509 and 510, and reallocated on the same basis until those funds are
fully applied. In no event will the amount of the withdrawal be more than the amount on deposit in the applicable Principal Funding sub-Account. A single tranche may be entitled to more than one of the following withdrawals with respect to any Due
Period. 
 (a) Withdrawals for Dollar Notes with no Derivative Agreement for Principal. On each applicable Principal
Payment Date (or as much earlier as specified in the applicable terms document) with respect to each tranche of Dollar Notes which has no Derivative Agreement for principal, an amount equal to the principal due on the applicable tranche of Notes on
the applicable Principal Payment Date will be withdrawn from that Principal Funding sub-Account and remitted to the applicable Paying Agent or as otherwise provided by the applicable terms document. 

(b) Withdrawals for Notes with Performing Derivative Agreements for Principal. On each date on which a payment is to be
made under the applicable Derivative Agreement (or as much earlier as specified in the applicable terms document) with respect to any tranche of Notes which has a Performing Derivative Agreement for principal, an amount equal to the amount of the
payment to be made under the applicable Derivative Agreement will be withdrawn from that Principal Funding sub-Account and paid to the applicable Derivative Counterparty or as otherwise provided by the applicable terms document. The Issuer will
direct the applicable Derivative Counterparty to remit its payments under the applicable Derivative Agreement to the applicable Paying Agent or as otherwise provided by the applicable terms document. 

(c) Withdrawals for Foreign Currency Notes with non-Performing Derivative Agreements for Principal. On each Principal
Payment Date with respect to a tranche of foreign currency Notes that has a non-Performing Derivative Agreement for principal (or as much earlier as specified in the applicable terms document), an amount equal to the amount of Dollars necessary to
be converted at the applicable Spot Exchange Rate to pay the foreign currency principal due on that tranche of Notes on the applicable Principal Payment Date will be withdrawn from that sub-Account and converted to the applicable foreign currency at
the Spot Exchange Rate and remitted to the applicable Paying Agent. 
 (d) Withdrawal of Prefunding Excess Amount. If
the Issuer on any date determines as of the end of any Due Period with respect to any class of Class A Notes or Class B Notes of a series that, without giving effect to all allocations and payments with respect to that

  
 62 

 
Due Period, the Prefunding Excess Amount of that class is greater than zero, that amount will be withdrawn from the Principal Funding sub-Account of that class of Notes and treated as Principal
Collections pursuant to Section 502. Such withdrawals will be allocated among the Principal Funding sub-Account of the tranches of Notes of that class so that, after giving effect thereto, no such Principal Funding sub-Account will have an
amount on deposit less than the amount then targeted to be on deposit in such Principal Funding sub-Account. 
 (e)
Withdrawal of Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts. Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts reallocated pursuant to Section 502(a) (subject to Section 514) will be withdrawn from the applicable Principal Funding sub-Account
on the applicable Monthly Interest Date. Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts payable to the Master Trust pursuant to Section 526(e)(ii) will be withdrawn from the applicable Principal Funding sub-Account as soon as practicable after
determination of the amount to be withdrawn and paid to the Master Trust as provided in Section 526. 
 (f) Treatment
as Finance Charge Collections. Upon payment in full of any tranche of Notes, any remaining amount on deposit in the applicable Principal Funding sub-Account will be treated as Finance Charge Collections pursuant to Section 501(2). 

SECTION 512. Limit on Reallocations of Principal Collections and Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts Taken to Benefit Senior
Classes of Single Issuance Series. With respect to Single Issuance Series for any Due Period, the aggregate amount of Principal Collections and Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts reallocated pursuant to Section 502(a) to make
deposits pursuant to Section 501(b) will be subject to the following limitations: 
 (a) With respect to Class A
Notes of a Single Issuance Series, the aggregate amount of: 
 (i) all reallocations of Principal Collections that were
deposited into the Interest Funding sub-Account of Class A Notes or Class B Notes of that series pursuant to Section 502(a), to the extent such reallocation resulted in the reduction of the Nominal Liquidation Amount of Class C Notes of
that series; 
 (ii) all reallocations of Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts that were deposited into the Interest
Funding sub-Account of Class A Notes or Class B Notes of that series pursuant to Section 502(a), to the extent such reallocations resulted in the reduction of the Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of Class C Notes of that series;

 (iii) all reductions to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the Class C Notes of that series from allocations of
Investor Charge-Offs pursuant to Section 526; and 
 (iv) all reductions to the Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit
Amount of the Class C Notes of that series from allocations of Investor Charge-Offs pursuant to Section 526; 
 may not exceed the
Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of Class C Notes for that series. 

  
 63 

 (b) With respect to Class A Notes of a Single Issuance Series, the aggregate
amount of: 
 (i) all reallocations of Principal Collections that were deposited into the Interest Funding sub-Account of
Class A Notes of that series pursuant to Section 502(a), to the extent such reallocation resulted in the reduction of the Nominal Liquidation Amount of Class B Notes of that series; 

(ii) all reallocations of Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts that were deposited into the Interest Funding sub-Account
of Class A Notes of that series pursuant to Section 502(a), to the extent such reallocations resulted in the reduction of the Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of Class B Notes of that series; 

(iii) all reductions to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the Class B Notes of that series from allocations of Investor
Charge-Offs pursuant to Section 526; and 
 (iv) all reductions to the Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of the
Class B Notes of that series from allocations of Investor Charge-Offs pursuant to Section 526; 
 may not exceed the Outstanding Dollar
Principal Amount of Class B Notes for that series. 
 (c) With respect to Class B Notes of a Single Issuance Series, the
aggregate amount of: 
 (i) all reallocations of Principal Collections that were deposited into the Interest Funding
sub-Account of Class A Notes or Class B Notes of that series pursuant to Section 502(a), to the extent such reallocation resulted in the reduction of the Nominal Liquidation Amount of Class C Notes of that series; 

(ii) all reallocations of Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts that were deposited into the Interest Funding sub-Account
of Class A Notes or Class B Notes of that series pursuant to Section 502(a), to the extent such reallocations resulted in the reduction of the Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of Class C Notes of that series; 

(iii) all reductions to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the Class C Notes of that series from allocations of Investor
Charge-Offs pursuant to Section 526; and 
 (iv) all reductions to the Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts of the
Class C Notes of that series from allocations of Investor Charge-Offs pursuant to Section 526; 
 may not exceed the Outstanding Dollar
Principal Amount of Class C Notes for that series. 
 SECTION 513. Limit on Reallocations of Principal Collections and Receivables
Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts Taken to Benefit Senior Classes of Multiple Issuance Series. With respect to Multiple Issuance Series for any Due Period, the aggregate amount of the Principal 

  
 64 

 
Collections and Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts reallocated pursuant to Section 502(a) to make deposits pursuant to Section 501(b) will be subject to the following
limitations: 
 (a) Limit on Reallocations to a tranche of Class A Notes from Class C Notes. Principal
Collections, the reallocation of which results in the reduction of the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the Class C Notes of a series pursuant to Section 514, and the Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of any tranche of Class C Notes of
that series, may be reallocated pursuant to Section 502(a) to make deposits into the Interest Funding sub-Account for a tranche of Class A Notes of that series only to the extent, after giving effect to those deposits, that the sum of the
following amounts (such sum being the “Class A Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount”) is not greater than the Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes for that tranche of Class A Notes: 

(i) the cumulative sum of all Investor Charge-Offs initially allocated to that tranche of Class A Notes pursuant to
Section 526(a), and then reallocated to Class C Notes of that series pursuant to Section 526(b); 
 (ii) the
cumulative sum of all amounts determined pursuant to the following formula, computed on each date while that tranche of Class A Notes is Outstanding and there is an allocation of Investor Charge-Offs to any tranche of Class B Notes of that
series pursuant to Section 526(a): 
  

					
	 Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes for that tranche of Class A
Notes
	  	×	  	amount of Investor Charge-Offs initially allocated to Class B Notes of that series pursuant to Section 526(a), and then reallocated to Class C Notes of that series pursuant to Section 526(b) on that
date
	aggregate Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of all Class B Notes of that series	  	  

 (but not more than the amount of such reallocated Investor Charge-Offs); 

(iii) the cumulative sum of all amounts determined pursuant to the following formula, computed on each date while that tranche
of Class A Notes is Outstanding and there is an allocation of Investor Charge-Offs to any tranche of Class C Notes of that series pursuant to Section 526(a): 
  

					
	 Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes for that tranche of Class A
Notes
	  	×	  	amount of Investor Charge-Offs initially allocated to Class C Notes of that series pursuant to Section 526(a) on that date
	aggregate Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of all Class C Notes of that series	  	  

 (but not more than the amount of such Investor Charge-Offs); 

(iv) the cumulative sum of all Principal Collections and all Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts reallocated to the
Interest Funding sub-Account for that tranche of Class A Notes pursuant to Section 502(a) and deposited with respect to prior Due Periods and that Due Period that resulted in a reduction of the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables
Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of a tranche of Class C Notes of that series; and 

  
 65 

 (v) the cumulative sum of all amounts determined pursuant to the following
formula, computed on each date while that tranche of Class A Notes is Outstanding, and (A) Principal Collections are reallocated to the Interest Funding sub-Account for any tranche of Class B Notes of that series pursuant to
Section 502(a), and that reallocation reduces the Nominal Liquidation Amount of any tranche of Class C Notes of that series, or (B) any Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount that is reallocated from the Principal Funding sub-Account
for any tranche of Class C Notes of that series to the Interest Funding sub-Account for any tranche of Class B Notes of that series pursuant to Section 502(a): 
  

					
	 Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes for that tranche of Class A
Notes
	  	×	  	(a) amount of Principal Collections reallocated to the Interest Funding sub-Account for any tranche of Class B Notes of that series pursuant to Section 502(a) that reduces the Nominal Liquidation Amount
of any tranche of Class C Notes of that series, and (b) amount of Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount reallocated from the Principal Funding sub-Account for any tranche of Class C Notes of that series to the Interest Funding sub-Account for
any tranche of Class B Notes of that series pursuant to Section 502(a)
	aggregate Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of all Class B Notes of that series	  	  

 (but not more than the amount of such reallocated Investor Charge-Offs). 

(b) Limit on Reallocations to a tranche of Class A Notes from Class B Notes. Principal Collections, the
reallocation of which results in the reduction of the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the Class B Notes of a series pursuant to Section 514, and the Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of any tranche of Class B Notes of that series, may be
reallocated pursuant to Section 502(a) to make deposits into the Interest Funding sub-Account for a tranche of Class A Notes of that series only to the extent, after giving effect to those deposits, that the sum of the following amounts
(such sum being the “Class A Usage of Class B Required Subordinated Amount”) is not greater than the Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes for that tranche of Class A Notes: 

(i) the cumulative sum of all Investor Charge-Offs initially allocated to that tranche of Class A Notes pursuant to
Section 526(a), and then reallocated to Class B Notes of that series pursuant to Section 526(b); 
 (ii) the
cumulative sum of all amounts determined pursuant to the following formula, computed on each date while that tranche of Class A Notes is Outstanding and there is an allocation of Investor Charge-Offs to any tranche of Class B Notes of that
series pursuant to Section 526(a): 
  

					
	 Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes for that tranche of Class A
Notes
	  	×	  	amount of Investor Charge-Offs initially allocated to Class B Notes of that series pursuant to Section 526(a), and not then reallocated to Class C Notes of that series pursuant to Section
526(b)
	aggregate Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of all Class B Notes of that series	  	  

 (but not more than the amount of such unreallocated Investor Charge-Offs); and 

  
 66 

 (iii) the cumulative sum of all Principal Collections and all Receivables Sales
Proceeds Deposit Amounts reallocated to the Interest Funding sub-Account for that tranche of Class A Notes pursuant to Section 502(a) and deposited with respect to prior Due Periods and that Due Period that resulted in a reduction of the
Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of a tranche of Class B Notes of that series. 
 (c)
Limit on Reallocations to a tranche of Class B Notes from Class C Notes. Principal Collections, the reallocation of which results in the reduction of the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the Class C Notes of a series pursuant to
Section 514, and the Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of any tranche of Class C Notes of that series, may be reallocated pursuant to Section 502(a) to make deposits into the Interest Funding sub-Account for a tranche of Class B
Notes of that series only to the extent, after giving effect to those deposits, that the sum of the following amounts (such sum being the “Class B Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount”) is not greater than the Class B
Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes for that tranche of Class B Notes: 
 (i) the cumulative sum of all amounts
determined pursuant to the following formula, computed on each date while that tranche of Class B Notes is Outstanding and there is an allocation of Investor Charge-Offs to any tranche of Class A Notes of that series pursuant to
Section 526(a): 
  

					
	 the Nominal Liquidation Amount of that tranche of Class B Notes
	  	×	  	amount of Investor Charge Offs initially allocated to Class A Notes of that series pursuant to Section 526(a), and then reallocated to Class C Notes of that series pursuant to Section 526(b) on that
date
	the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Class B Notes of that series	  	  

 (but not more than the amount of such reallocated Investor Charge-Offs); 

(ii) the cumulative sum of all amounts determined pursuant to the following formula, computed on each date while that tranche
of Class B Notes is Outstanding and there is an allocation of Investor Charge-Offs to any tranche of Class C Notes of that series pursuant to Section 526(a): 
  

					
	 Class B Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes for that tranche of Class B
Notes
	  	×	  	amount of Investor Charge-Offs initially allocated to Class C Notes of that series pursuant to Section 526(a) on that date
	aggregate Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of all Class C Notes of that series	  	  

 (but not more than the amount of such Investor Charge-Offs); 

(iii) the cumulative sum of all Investor Charge-Offs initially allocated to that tranche of Class B Notes pursuant to
Section 526(a), and then reallocated to Class C Notes of that series pursuant to Section 526(b); 
 (iv) the
cumulative sum of all Principal Collections and all Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts reallocated to the Interest Funding sub-Account 

  
 67 

 
for that tranche of Class B Notes pursuant to Section 502(a) and deposited with respect to prior Due Periods and that Due Period that resulted in a reduction of the Nominal Liquidation
Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of a tranche of Class C Notes of that series; and 
 (v) the cumulative
sum of all amounts determined pursuant to the following formula, computed on each date while that tranche of Class B Notes is Outstanding, and (A) Principal Collections are reallocated to the Interest Funding sub-Account for any tranche of
Class A Notes of that series pursuant to Section 502(a), and that reallocation reduces the Nominal Liquidation Amount of any tranche of Class C Notes of that series, or (B) any Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount that is
reallocated from the Principal Funding sub-Account for any tranche of Class C Notes of that series to the Interest Funding sub-Account for any tranche of Class A Notes of that series pursuant to Section 502(a): 

 

					
	 the Nominal Liquidation Amount of that tranche of Class B Notes
	  	 ×
	  	(a) amount of Principal Collections reallocated to the Interest Funding sub-Account for any tranche of Class A Notes of that series pursuant to Section 502(a) that reduces the Nominal Liquidation Amount
of any tranche of Class C Notes of that series, and (b) amount of Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount reallocated from the Principal Funding sub-Account for any tranche of Class C Notes of that series to the Interest Funding sub-Account for
any tranche of Class A Notes of that series
	the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Class B Notes of that series	  		  
		  		  
		  		  

 SECTION 514. Computation of Amount of Reallocations of Principal Collections and Receivables Sales
Proceeds Deposit Amounts Taken from Subordinated Classes; Allocations of Reductions to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of Subordinated Classes from Reallocations of Principal Collections and Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts. The
aggregate amount of Principal Collections and Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts that may be reallocated pursuant to Section 502(a) with respect to any Due Period with respect to any series of Notes will be equal to the lesser of
(1) the largest amount that will not result in a violation of Section 512 or 513, as the case may be, and (2) the largest amount that may be reallocated to result in the reduction of the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales
Proceeds Deposit Amount of the subordinated classes of Notes of that series that will not result in a violation of this Section. 

(a) Each reallocation of Principal Collections and Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts deposited to the Interest Funding
sub-Account of a senior class of a series pursuant to Section 502(a) will reduce the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of each tranche of Class C Notes of that series pro rata based on the ratio of
(1) the Nominal Liquidation Amount and Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of such tranche of Class C Notes of that series to (2) the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of all tranches
of Class C Notes of that series; provided, however, that 
 (i) amounts reallocated to the Interest Funding
sub-Accounts for Class A Notes and Class B Notes of a series will be treated pro rata under this clause (a) based on the amounts reallocated; 

  
 68 

 (ii) in the case of any tranche of Class A Notes or Class B Notes that was
Outstanding before the date of any reimbursement of a reduction of the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of any tranche of Class C Notes of that series pursuant to Section 527, for purposes of applying
amounts of reallocations of Principal Collections or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts deposited into the Interest Funding sub-Account of that tranche of Class A Notes or Class B Notes, the ratio set forth in clauses (a)(1) and (a)(2)
of this clause will be determined without regard to that reimbursement; 
 (iii) any allocation of any such reduction that
would otherwise have reduced the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of a tranche of Class C Notes below zero will be reallocated to the remaining tranches of Class C Notes as set forth in this clause (a), but in
no event will the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of any tranche of Class C Notes be reduced below zero; and 

(iv) any portion of any reallocation of Principal Collections or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts deposited pursuant
to Section 502(a) that cannot be allocated to the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of Class C Notes pursuant to this clause (a) will be allocated to the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales
Proceeds Deposit Amount of Class B Notes of that series pursuant to clause (b) of this Section to the extent permitted by clause (b); 

(b) Each reallocation of Principal Collections and Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts deposited to the Interest Funding
sub-Accounts of the Class A Notes of a series pursuant to Section 502(a) which does not result in the reduction of the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of Class C Notes of that series will reduce the
Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of each tranche of Class B Notes of that series pro rata based on the ratio of (1) the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of such
tranche of Class B Notes of that series to (2) the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of all tranches of Class B Notes of that series; provided, however, that 

(i) in the case of any tranche of Class A Notes that was Outstanding before the date of any reimbursement of any reduction
of the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of any tranche of Class B Notes of that series pursuant to Section 527, for purposes of applying amounts of reallocations of Principal Collections or Receivables
Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts deposited into the Interest Funding sub-Account of that tranche of Class A Notes, the ratio set forth in clauses (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this clause will be determined without regard to that reimbursement; 

(ii) any allocation of any such reduction that would otherwise have reduced the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sale
Proceeds Deposit Amount of a tranche of Class B Notes below zero will be reallocated to the remaining tranches 

  
 69 

 
of Class B Notes as set forth in this clause (b), but in no event will the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sale Proceeds Deposit Amount of any tranche of Class B Notes be reduced below
zero. 
 SECTION 515. Limit on Repayments of Subordinated Classes of Single Issuance Series. (a) Subject to clause (b),
with respect to Single Issuance Series, 
 (i) no funds on deposit in a Principal Funding sub-Account will be applied to pay
principal on any Class B Note or to make a payment under a Derivative Agreement with respect to principal of any Class B Note (and no Class B Note will be canceled pursuant to Section 603) unless, immediately before giving effect to that
payment (or cancellation), no Class A Notes of that series are Outstanding, and 
 (ii) no funds on deposit in a
Principal Funding sub-Account will be applied to pay principal on any Class C Note or to make a payment under a Derivative Agreement with respect to principal of any Class C Note (and no Class C Note will be canceled pursuant to Section 603)
unless, immediately before giving effect to that payment (or cancellation), no Class A Notes or Class B Notes of that series are Outstanding. 

(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Indenture to the contrary, funds on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Account of any tranche of Notes
of a subordinated class of a Single Issuance Series may be applied to pay principal on that tranche or to make a payment under a Derivative Agreement with respect to principal of that tranche: 

(i) on any Principal Payment Date, if and to the extent that such funds have been deposited into the applicable Principal
Funding sub-Account pursuant to Section 509(a) or (b); 
 (ii) on any Principal Payment Date, if the Prefunding Target
Amount for each senior class of Notes of that series is zero; 
 (iii) on any Principal Payment Date, if and to the extent
that such payment is made from funds deposited into such Principal Funding sub-Account not consisting of Principal Collections or Receivables Sales Proceeds, including funds deposited pursuant to Section 509(a) or (b); 

(iv) on the Legal Maturity Date of such tranche, if after giving effect to any deposits, allocations, reallocations and sales
of Receivables to be made on that date, any amount is on deposit in such Principal Funding sub-Account; or 
 (v) to the
extent such funds relate to reimbursements of reductions of the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivable Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of the applicable tranche of subordinated Notes pursuant to Section 527. 

SECTION 516. Limit on Repayments of Subordinated Classes of Multiple Issuance Series. (a) With respect to Multiple Issuance
Series: 
 (i) Subject to clause (b), no funds on deposit in a Principal Funding sub-Account will be applied to pay principal
on any Class B Note or to 

  
 70 

 
make a payment under a Derivative Agreement with respect to principal of any Class B Note, and no Class B Note will be canceled pursuant to Section 603, unless, following that payment or
cancellation, the available subordinated amount of Class B Notes is at least equal to the Required Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes for the Outstanding Class A Notes. For this purpose, the available subordinated amount of Class B Notes is
equal to the sum of the following, after giving effect to any issuances, deposits, allocations or payments to be made on that date: 

(A) the aggregate amount of all Nominal Liquidation Amounts of all Class B Notes of that series which are Outstanding after
giving effect to the repayment or cancellation of those Class B Notes (and all other Class B Notes which are to be repaid or canceled with respect to that Due Period), 

plus 

(B) the aggregate amount on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Account for all Outstanding tranches of Class B Notes of that
series (other than any Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts of tranches of Class B Notes of that series) after giving effect to the repayment or cancellation of those Class B Notes (and all other Class B Notes which are to be repaid or
canceled with respect to that Due Period); 
 plus 

(C) the aggregate amount of all Class A Usage of Class B Required Subordinated Amount by any Outstanding tranche of
Class A Notes of that series. 
 (ii) Subject to clause (b), no funds on deposit in a Principal Funding sub-Account will
be applied to pay principal on any Class C Note or to make a payment under a Derivative Agreement with respect to principal of any Class C Note, and no Class C Note will be canceled pursuant to Section 603, unless, following that payment or
cancellation, the available subordinated amount of Class C Notes is at least equal to the Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes for the Outstanding Class A Notes. For this purpose, the available subordinated amount of Class C Notes is
equal to the sum of the following, after giving effect to any issuances, deposits, allocations or payments to be made on that date: 

(A) the aggregate amount of all Nominal Liquidation Amounts of all Class C Notes of that series which are Outstanding after
giving effect to the repayment or cancellation of those Class C Notes (and all other Class C Notes which are to be repaid or canceled with respect to that Due Period), 

plus 

(B) the aggregate amount on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Account for all Outstanding tranches of Class C Notes of that
series (other than any Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of tranches Class C Notes of that series) after giving effect to the repayment or cancellation of those Class C Notes (and all other Class C Notes which are to be repaid or canceled
with respect to that Due Period); 

  
 71 

 plus 

(C) the aggregate amount of all Class A Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount by any Outstanding tranche of
Class A Notes of that series. 
 (iii) Subject to clause (b), no funds on deposit in a Principal Funding sub-Account
will be applied to pay principal on any Class C Note or to make a payment under a Derivative Agreement with respect to principal of any Class C Note, and no Class C Note will be canceled pursuant to Section 603, unless, following that payment
or cancellation, the available subordinated amount of Class C Notes is at least equal to the Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes for the Outstanding Class B Notes. For this purpose, the available subordinated amount of Class C Notes is
equal to the sum of the following, after giving effect to any issuances, deposits, allocations or payments to be made on that date: 

(A) the aggregate amount of all Nominal Liquidation Amounts of all Class C Notes of that series which are Outstanding after
giving effect to the repayment or cancellation of those Class C Notes (and all other Class C Notes which are to be repaid or canceled with respect to that Due Period), 

plus 

(B) the aggregate on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Account for all Outstanding tranches of Class C Notes of that series
(other than any Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of Class C Notes of that series) after giving effect to the repayment or cancellation of those Class C Notes (and all other Class C Notes which are to be repaid or canceled with respect to
that Due Period); 
 plus 

(C) the aggregate amount of all Class B Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount under clauses (c)(iii) and (c)(iv) of
Section 513 by any Outstanding tranche of Class B Notes of that series. 
 (b) Notwithstanding anything in this
Indenture to the contrary, amounts on deposit in the Principal Funding sub-Account of any tranche of Notes of a subordinated class of a Multiple Issuance Series may be applied to pay principal of that tranche or to make a payment under a Derivative
Agreement with respect to principal of that tranche: 
 (i) on any Monthly Principal Date, if and to the extent that such
payment is not contrary to clause (a); 
 (ii) on any Monthly Principal Date, if the Prefunding Target Amount for each senior
class of Notes of that series is zero; 

  
 72 

 (iii) on any Monthly Principal Date, if and to the extent that such payment is
made from funds deposited into such Principal Funding sub-Account not consisting of Principal Collections or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts, including funds deposited pursuant to Section 509(a) or (b); 

(iv) on the Legal Maturity Date of such tranche, if after giving effect to any deposits, allocations, reallocations, sales of
Receivables or other payments to be made on that date, any amount is on deposit in such Principal Funding sub-Account. 
 SECTION 517.
Limit on Repayments of all Tranches. No Principal Collections on deposit in a Principal Funding sub-Account for any tranche of Notes will be applied to pay principal of that tranche or to make a payment under a Derivative Agreement
with respect to principal of that tranche in excess of the highest Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of that tranche minus any unreimbursed reductions in the Nominal Liquidation Amount of that tranche, plus, in the case of tranches
of Class C Notes, the cumulative amount deposited into the applicable Class C Reserve sub-Account. No Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount (or reimbursement of Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Deficits) on deposit in a Principal Funding
sub-Account of any tranche of Notes will be applied to pay principal on that tranche or to make a payment with respect to principal of that tranche that would result in a payment in excess of the highest Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of that
tranche. 
 SECTION 518. Targeted Deposits to the Class C Reserve Account. (a) The aggregate deposit targeted to be made to
the Class C Reserve Account with respect to each Due Period is an amount equal to the sum of Class C Reserve Account deposits targeted to be made for each tranche of Class C Notes. The amount of any such deposit and the circumstances that require
that a deposit to be made will be set forth in the terms document for that tranche of Class C Notes. Unless another time is specified for making that deposit in the terms document for a tranche of Class C Notes, these deposits will be made on each
applicable Monthly Interest Date. 
 (b) If the amount of funds available for a Due Period pursuant to Section 501(d) is at least equal
to the aggregate amount of the deposits targeted by clause (a), then the full amount of each such deposit will be made. 
 (c) (i) If
the amount of funds available for a Due Period pursuant to Section 501(d) is less than the aggregate amount of deposits targeted by clause (a), then the amount available will be allocated to each tranche of Class C Notes pro rata based on the
ratio of the Nominal Liquidation Amount of that tranche to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of all tranches of Class C Notes that have a targeted deposit amount with respect to that Due Period. (ii) Any amount in excess of the amount targeted to
be deposited to the Class C Reserve sub-Account for any tranche of Notes will be reallocated to tranches of Class C Notes that did not receive their targeted deposit pursuant to clause (i) pro rata the same basis until all available funds are
applied. 
 SECTION 519. Withdrawals from the Class C Reserve Account. Withdrawals made pursuant to this Section with respect
to any tranche of Class C Notes will be made from the Class C Reserve sub-Account established for that tranche of Class C Notes only after all allocations and reallocations have been made pursuant to Sections 501, 502, 503, 505, 508 and 510, but in
no event more than the amount on deposit in the applicable Class C Reserve sub-Account. Such withdrawals will be made first, as set forth in clause (a), and second, as set forth in clause (b). 

  
 73 

 (a) Interest; Payments with Respect to Derivative Agreements for Interest,
Accretion on Discount Notes. If the amount on deposit in the Interest Funding sub-Account for any tranche of Class C Notes is insufficient to pay in full the amounts for which withdrawals are required under Section 507(a), (b), (c),
(d) or (e), on each date specified in that Section, an amount equal to that deficiency will be withdrawn from that Class C Reserve sub-Account and deposited into that Interest Funding sub-Account. 

(b) Payments of Principal; Payments with Respect to Derivative Agreements for Principal. If the amount on deposit in the
Principal Funding sub-Account for any tranche of Class C Notes is insufficient to pay in full the amounts for which withdrawals are required under Section 511, an amount equal to the lesser of (i) that deficiency, and (ii) the amount
by which the Nominal Liquidation Amount of that tranche of Class C Notes is less than the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of that tranche of Class C Notes will be withdrawn from that Class C Reserve sub-Account and deposited into that
Principal Funding sub-Account on the Business Day before the date of the applicable withdrawal required pursuant to Section 511. 

(c) Amounts Treated as Finance Charge Collections. (i) If at any time a Class C Reserve sub-Account has an amount
of funds on deposit in excess of the amount targeted to be deposited pursuant to the applicable terms document, that excess may be withdrawn and treated as Finance Charge Collections pursuant to Section 501(2). (ii) Upon payment in full of
any tranche of Class C Notes, any amount on deposit in the applicable Class C Reserve sub-Account will be withdrawn and treated as Finance Charge Collections pursuant to Section 501(2). 

SECTION 520. Reinvestment in the Collateral Certificate. (a) The amount of principal accreted on any tranche of Discount Notes
available pursuant to Section 503(f) will be paid to the Master Trust to increase the Invested Amount of the Collateral Certificate pursuant to Section 4.03(e) of the Series 2000 Supplement. 

(b) Any Finance Charge Collections available pursuant to Section 501(c) which are allocated pursuant to Section 527(f)(i) to any
tranche of Notes will be paid to the Master Trust to increase the Invested Amount of the Collateral Certificate pursuant to Section 4.03(d) of the Series 2000 Supplement. 

(c) Any amount of Principal Collections available pursuant to Section 502(c) will be paid to the Master Trust to increase the Invested
Amount of the Collateral Certificate pursuant to Section 4.03(f) of the Series 2000 Supplement. 
 SECTION 521. Final Payment.
Each tranche of Notes will be considered to be paid in full, the Holders of such tranche of Notes will have no further right or claim, and the Issuer will have no further obligation or liability with respect to such tranche of Notes, on the
earliest to occur of 
 (a) the date of the payment in full of the stated principal amount of and all accrued interest on
that tranche of Notes; 
 (b) the date on which the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such Notes is reduced to zero, and
all accrued interested on such Notes is paid in full; or 

  
 74 

 (c) on the Legal Maturity Date of such Notes, after giving effect to all
deposits, allocations, reallocations, sales of Receivables and payments to be made on such date. 
 SECTION 522. Timing of
Deposits. So long as the Master Trust is permitted to make payments to the Issuer under Sections 4.02(a), (b) or (c) of the Series 2000 Supplement on the applicable Interest Deposit Date or Principal Deposit Date, the amounts
received by the Issuer pursuant to Sections 4.02(a), (b) and (c) of the Series 2000 Supplement will be allocated to and deposited into each applicable sub-Account for each tranche of Notes: 

(a) in months that do not have an Interest Payment Date or Principal Payment Date, as the case may be, for the applicable
tranche, on the applicable Monthly Interest Date or the applicable Monthly Principal Date, as the case may be; 
 (b) in
months that have an Interest Payment Date or Principal Payment Date, as the case may be, for the applicable tranche, one Business Day before such Interest Payment Date or Principal Payment Date; or 

(c) in any case, as provided in the applicable terms document or as much earlier as necessary to make timely payments to the
applicable Noteholders or Derivative Counterparties. 
 Otherwise, the funds received by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.02 of the Series 2000
Supplement will be allocated to and deposited into each applicable sub-Account as soon after receipt of the applicable funds as practicable. 

SECTION 523. Sale of Receivables. (a) (i) If a tranche of Notes has been accelerated pursuant to Section 702 following
an Event of Default, the Trustee may, and at the direction of the Majority Holders of that tranche of Notes will, cause the Master Trust to sell Principal Receivables and the related Finance Charge Receivables (or interests therein) as set forth in
this Section. 
 (ii) Such a sale will be permitted only if: 

(A) in the case of a sale of an Undivided Interest, the Issuer will have delivered to the Trustee and the Rating Agencies a
Master Trust Tax Opinion with respect to such sale; and 
 (B) in any case, at least one of the following conditions is met:

 (1) the Holders of 90% of the aggregate Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the accelerated tranche of Notes consent;
or 
 (2) the net proceeds of such sale would be sufficient to pay all Outstanding amounts due on the accelerated tranche of
Notes; or 
 (3) the Trustee determines that the Finance Charge Collections and Principal Collections allocable to the
accelerated tranche of Notes, payments to be received from any applicable Derivative Agreement and amounts on deposit in the applicable sub-Account will likely not be sufficient to make payments on the accelerated tranche of Notes when due and 66 2⁄3% of the Holders of the accelerated tranche of Notes consent to the sale. 

  
 75 

 (iii) In the case of an acceleration of a tranche of Notes of a subordinated
class, if (A) Receivables Sales Proceeds would be less than the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the accelerated tranche of Notes, and (B) the provisions of Section 515 or Section 516 would prevent the payment of the accelerated
tranche of subordinated Notes, such sale will be delayed until a level of prefunding of the Principal Funding sub-Accounts for the senior classes of Notes of that series has been reached such that the amount of such deficiency in Receivables Sales
Proceeds is no longer required to provide subordination protection for the senior classes of that series. 
 (b) If the Nominal Liquidation
Amount with respect to any tranche of Notes is greater than zero on its Legal Maturity Date (after giving effect to deposits, allocations, reallocations, payments and distributions otherwise to be made on that Legal Maturity Date), the Issuer will
cause the Master Trust to sell on that Legal Maturity Date Principal Receivables and the related Finance Charge Receivables (or interests therein). 

(c) The amount of Principal Receivables and the related Finance Charge Receivables (or interests therein) to be sold pursuant to this Section
will be in an amount of up to 110% of the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the affected tranche, but in no case will that amount of Principal Receivables and Finance Charge Receivables exceed the following amount: 

 

									
	 the Nominal Liquidation Amount of the affected tranche of Notes
	  	×	  	the Series 2000 Allocation Percentage (as defined in the Series 2000 Supplement) of the Collateral Certificate	  	×	  	the amount of Receivables in the Master Trust
	the Nominal Liquidation Amount of all Outstanding Notes	  	  	  	  

 (d) (i) The interest to be sold will be: 

(A) in the case of any affected tranche of Notes that are Class A Notes, that have reached their Legal Maturity Date by
the date of such sale, or are not prevented from being repaid by virtue of Section 515 or Section 516, either (1) an Absolute Ownership, or (2) an Amortizing Undivided Interest; and 

(B) in all other cases, a Revolving Undivided Interest. 

(ii) On earlier of (A) the Legal Maturity Date of the related tranche of Notes, and (B) the first date on which the
related tranche of Notes is no longer prevented from being repaid by virtue of Section 515 or Section 516 (the “Conversion Date”), each Revolving Undivided Interest will convert into either (1) an Absolute Ownership
of sale of Principal Receivables and Finance Charge Receivables or (2) an Amortizing Undivided Interest. 
 (e) In the case of each
Revolving Undivided Interest, with respect to each Due Period ending on or before the applicable Conversion Date, a pro rata amount of collections relating to Principal Receivables will be allocated to such Revolving Undivided Interest based on the
ratio of (i) the principal balance (as determined below) of such Revolving Undivided Interest as of the last day of such Due Period, to (ii) the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables in the Master Trust as of the last day of such Due
Period. Such allocation of collections relating to Principal Receivables for such Due Period will be treated as Principal Collections pursuant to Sections 502(b) and (c). 

  
 76 

 (f) In the case of each Amortizing Undivided Interest, a pro rata amount of collections relating
to Principal Receivables will be allocated to such Amortizing Undivided Interest based on the ratio of (i) the principal balance (as determined below) of such Undivided Interest as of the last day of the Due Period ending on or immediately
before the Conversion Date, to (ii) the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables in the Master Trust as of the last day of such Due Period ending after the Conversion Date. Such allocation of collections relating to Principal Receivables for
such Due Period will be paid to the purchaser of the Amortizing Undivided Interest in an amount equal to the lesser of (A) the amount of such allocation, and (B) the amount necessary to reduce the principal amount of such Amortizing
Undivided Interest to zero (after giving effect to any allocations of Defaulted Amount to such Undivided Interest for such Due Period pursuant to clause (h)(ii)), and any excess allocation will be treated as Principal Collections pursuant to
Sections 502(b) and (c). 
 (g) In the case of each Undivided Interest, with respect to each Due Period, a pro rata amount of collections
relating to Finance Charge Receivables will be allocated to such Undivided Interest based on the ratio of (i) the principal balance (as determined below) of such Undivided Interest as of the last day of such Due Period, to (ii) the
aggregate amount of Principal Receivables in the Master Trust as of the last day of such Due Period. Such allocation of collections relating to Finance Charge Receivables for such Due Period will be paid to the purchaser of the Undivided Interest.

 (h) The principal balance of each Undivided Interest as of the end of any Due Period will be equal to: 

(i) the initial amount of Principal Receivables comprising such Undivided Interest, 

less 
 (ii) the cumulative
amount, computed for each Due Period ended since the sale of such Undivided Interest, of an amount equal to the product of: 
  

					
	the Defaulted Amount for such Due Period	  	×	  	 the principal balance of such Undivided Interest as of the last day of the immediately
preceding Due Period (or in the case of the Due Period in which such Undivided Interest is sold, the initial principal balance of such Undivided Interest)

		  		  	the aggregate amount of all Principal Receivables in the Master Trust as of the last day of such Due Period

 less 

(iii) the amount of collections with respect to Principal Receivables previously paid to the purchaser of such Undivided
Interest pursuant to clause (f). 

  
 77 

 (i) Sales proceeds received with respect to a tranche of RSP Notes received pursuant to clause
(c) will be allocated in the following priority: 
 (i) first, to be deposited in the Principal Funding
sub-Account for that tranche of Notes, an amount up to the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount immediately before giving effect to such deposit; and 

(ii) second, to be deposited in the Interest Funding sub-Account of that tranche of Notes, the balance of such sales
proceeds. 
 (j) Any amount remaining on deposit in the Interest Funding sub-Account for a tranche of RSP Notes after final payment thereof
pursuant to Section 521, will be treated as Finance Charge Collections pursuant to Section 501(2). 
 SECTION 524. Netting
of Deposits and Payments. The Issuer, in its sole discretion, may make all deposits to Interest Funding sub-Account and Principal Funding sub-Account pursuant to Sections 503 and 508 with respect to any Due Period net of, and after giving
effect to, (a) all reallocations to be made pursuant to Section 502(a), (b) all payments to be made to Derivative Counterparties pursuant to Sections 507 and 511, and (c) all reinvestments in the Collateral Certificate to be made
pursuant to Section 520. 
 SECTION 525. Pro Rata Payments within a Tranche. All payments of principal, interest or other
amounts to Holders of the Notes of a single tranche will be made pro rata based on the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of their Notes. 

SECTION 526. Allocations of Reductions from Investor Charge-Offs to the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Amount
of Subordinated Classes. On each date when there is a computation of Investor Charge-Offs pursuant to Section 4.03(a) of the Series 2000 Supplement, that reduction will be allocated (and reallocated) on that date to each tranche of
Notes as set forth in this Section. 
 (a) Initially, the amount of all such reductions in the Invested Amount of the
Collateral Certificate will be allocated to each tranche of Outstanding Notes (other than any tranche of RSP Notes) pro rata based on the Nominal Liquidation Amount of that tranche. 

(b) Immediately afterwards, the amount of Investor Charge-Offs allocated to the Class A Notes and Class B Notes of a
series will be reallocated to the Class C Notes of that series (including RSP Notes) as set forth in clause (c), and the amount of Investor Charge-Offs allocated to the Class A Notes and not reallocated to the Class C Notes of that series will
be reallocated to the Class B Notes of that series (including RSP Notes) as set forth in clause (d), subject in each case to the limits of clauses (c) and (d). Any amount of Investor Charge-Offs which cannot be reallocated to a subordinated
class as a result of the limits in clauses (c) and (d) will reduce the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of the tranche of Notes to which it was initially allocated pursuant to clause (a). 

  
 78 

 (c) (i) The reallocation in clause (b) of Investor Charge-Offs from any
tranche of Class A Notes or Class B Notes of a series to the Class C Notes of that series is subject to the following limits: 

(A) After giving effect to such reallocation from that tranche of Class A Notes and reallocations from Class B Notes of
the same series, that tranche’s Class A Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount will not exceed that tranche’s Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes. 

(B) After giving effect to such reallocation from that tranche of Class B Notes and reallocations from Class A Notes of
the same series, that tranche’s Class B Usage of Class C Required Subordinated Amount will not exceed that tranche’s Class B Required Subordinated Amount of Class C Notes. 

(ii) The amount permitted to be reallocated to tranches of Class C Notes pursuant to this clause (c) will be applied to
each tranche of Class C Notes of that series pro rata based on the ratio of (A) the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of that tranche of Class C Notes to (B) the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount or
Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of all tranches of Class C Notes of that series (in each case computed after giving effect to the allocation to the Class C Notes pursuant to clause (a)). In the case of any tranche of Class A Notes or
Class B Notes that was Outstanding before the date of any reimbursement of any reduction in the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of any tranche of Class C Notes of that series pursuant to Section 527, for
purposes of applying amounts initially allocated to that tranche of Class A Notes or Class B Notes, the ratio set forth in clauses (ii)(A) and (ii)(B) of this clause will be determined without regard to that reimbursement. 

(iii) No such reallocation will reduce the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of any
tranche of Class C Notes below zero. 
 (d) (i) The reallocation in clause (b) of Investor Charge-Offs from any
tranche of Class A Notes of a series to the Class B Notes of that series is subject to the limit that after giving effect to such reallocation from that tranche of Class A Notes, that tranche’s Class A Usage of Class B Required
Subordinated Amount will not exceed that tranche’s Class A Required Subordinated Amount of Class B Notes. 
 (ii)
The amount permitted to be reallocated to tranches of Class B Notes pursuant to this clause (d) will be applied to each tranche of Class B Notes of that series pro rata based on the ratio of (A) the Nominal Liquidation Amount or
Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of that tranche of Class B Notes to (B) the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of all tranches of Class B Notes of that series (in each case computed after
giving effect to the allocation to the Class C Notes and Class B Notes pursuant to clause (a) and the reallocation pursuant to the Class C Notes pursuant to clause (c)). In the case of any tranche of Class A Notes that was Outstanding
before the date of any reimbursement of any reduction in the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of any tranche of Class B Notes of that series pursuant to Section 527, for purposes of applying amounts
initially allocated to that tranche of Class A Notes, the ratio set forth in clauses (ii)(A) and (ii)(B) of this clause will be determined without regard to that reimbursement. 

  
 79 

 (iii) No such reallocation will reduce the Nominal Liquidation Amount or
Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of any tranche of Class B Notes below zero. 
 (e) (i) In the case of each
tranche of Notes (other than any tranche of RSP Notes), the Nominal Liquidation Amount of each such tranche will be reduced by an amount equal to the Investor Charge-Offs which are allocated or reallocated to that tranche of Notes, and increased by
the amount of Investor Charge-Offs that are reallocated from that tranche of Notes to Notes of a subordinated class of Notes of that series. 

(ii) In the case of a tranche of RSP Notes, an amount equal to the Investor Charge-Offs which are reallocated to that tranche
of Notes will be withdrawn from the Principal Funding sub-Account for that tranche and paid to the Master Trust for application pursuant to Section 4.03(a)(ii) of the Series 2000 Supplement. 

SECTION 527. Allocations of Reimbursements of Reductions in the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds
Deposit Deficits. If, as of the end of any Due Period, 
 (1) there are Allocable
Miscellaneous Payments available pursuant to Section 4.03(b) of the Series 2000 Supplement or Investor Finance Charge Collections available pursuant to Sections 4.02(a)(ii)(C) and 4.03(c) of the Series 2000 Supplement to reimburse (A) any
Invested Amount Deficit or (B) any Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Deficits as of the last day of that Due Period, or 

(2) there are Finance Charge Collections available pursuant to Section 501(c) to reimburse (A) any Nominal
Liquidation Amount Deficits or (B) any Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Deficits as of the end of that Due Period remaining after giving effect to reimbursements pursuant to clause (1), 

such funds will be allocated to each tranche of Notes as follows: 

(a) first, to each tranche of Class A Notes of each series pro rata based on the ratio of the Nominal Liquidation
Amount Deficit thereof (or in the case of tranches of RSP Notes, the Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Deficit thereof) to the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficits and Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Deficits of all tranches of
Class A Notes of that series, but 
 (i) with respect to tranches of Notes that are not RSP Notes, in no event will the
Nominal Liquidation Amount of such a tranche of Notes be increased above the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such tranche, 

(ii) with respect to tranches of RSP Notes, in no event will the Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of such a tranche of
Notes be increased above the amount of Receivables Sales Proceeds of that tranche less the aggregate amount of any withdrawals of Receivables Sales Proceeds made pursuant to Section 511(a), (b) or (c), 

  
 80 

 and any allocation that would otherwise so increase the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables
Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of such tranche above such amount will be reallocated to the remaining tranches of Class A Notes of such series to the extent possible under this clause (a) and then pursuant to clause (b), 

(b) second, to each tranche of Class B Notes of each series pro rata based on the ratio of the Nominal Liquidation
Amount Deficit thereof (or in the case of tranches of RSP Notes, the Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Deficit thereof) to the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit and Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Deficits of all tranches of Class B
Notes of that series, but 
 (i) with respect to tranches of Notes that are not RSP Notes, in no event will the Nominal
Liquidation Amount of such a tranche of Notes be increased above the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such tranche, 

(ii) with respect to tranches of RSP Notes, in no event will the Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of such a tranche of
Notes be increased above the initial amount of Receivables Sales Proceeds of that tranche less the aggregate amount of any withdrawals of Receivables Sales Proceeds made pursuant to Section 511(a), (b) or (c), 

and any allocation that would otherwise so increase the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of such tranche
above such amount will be reallocated to the remaining tranches of Class B Notes of such series to the extent possible under this clause (b) and then pursuant to clause (c), and 

(c) third, to each tranche of Class C Notes of each series pro rata based on the ratio of the Nominal Liquidation Amount
Deficit thereof (or in the case of tranches of RSP Notes, the Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Deficit thereof) to the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount Deficit and Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Deficits of all tranches of Class C Notes of
that series, but 
 (i) with respect to tranches of Notes that are not RSP Notes, in no event will the Nominal Liquidation
Amount of such a tranche of Notes be increased above the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such tranche, 

(ii) with respect to tranches of RSP Notes, in no event will the Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of such a tranche of
Notes be increased above the amount of Receivables Sales Proceeds of that tranche less the aggregate amount of any withdrawals of Receivables Sales Proceeds made pursuant to Section 511(a), (b) or (c), 

and any allocation that would otherwise so increase the Nominal Liquidation Amount or Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amount of such tranche
above such amount will be reallocated to the remaining tranches of Class C Notes of such series to the extent possible under this clause (c), and any unallocated amount will be treated as Finance Charge Collections pursuant to Section 501(2).

  
 81 

 (d) Effect will be given to allocations in the following priority
(i) first, to allocations of Allocable Miscellaneous Payments pursuant to Section 4.03(b) of the Series 2000 Supplement, (ii) second, to allocations of Investor Finance Charge Collections pursuant to Sections
4.02(a)(ii)(C) and 4.03(c) of the Series 2000 Supplement, and (iii) third, to allocations of Finance Charge Collections pursuant to Section 501(c). 

(e) With respect to allocations of Allocable Miscellaneous Payments pursuant to Section 4.03(b) of the Series 2000
Supplement and allocations of Investor Finance Charge Collections pursuant to Sections 4.02(a)(ii)(C) and 4.03(c) of the Series 2000 Supplement, 

(i) in the case of tranches of Notes that are not RSP Notes, the aggregate amount of such funds allocated to those tranches
will be retained by the Master Trust to increase the Invested Amount of the Collateral Certificate pursuant to Section 4.03(b)(i) of the Series 2000 Supplement; and 

(ii) in the case of tranches of RSP Notes, the funds allocable to each such tranche will be deposited into the Principal
Funding sub-Account for that tranche pursuant to Section 509(d). 
 (f) With respect to allocations of Finance Charge
Collections pursuant to Section 501(c), 
 (i) in the case of tranches of Notes that are not RSP Notes, the aggregate
amount of such funds allocated to those tranches will be paid to the Master Trust to increase the Invested Amount of the Collateral Certificate pursuant to Section 4.03(d) of the Series 2000 Supplement, and 

(ii) in the case of tranches of RSP Notes, the funds allocable to each such tranche will be deposited into the Principal
Funding sub-Account for that tranche. 
 (g) Any Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Amounts on deposit in the Interest
Funding sub-Account of any tranche of RSP Notes will be withdrawn from such Interest Funding sub-Account on each applicable Interest Payment Date (after giving to any payment of interest on that tranche on that date), and deposited into the
applicable Principal Funding Account in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the amount of Receivables Sales Proceeds on deposit in that Interest Funding sub-Account, and (ii) the amount of any Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Deficit of
that tranche. 
 SECTION 528. Order of Giving Effect to Reductions and Reimbursements of Nominal Liquidation Amount. If on any
date the Nominal Liquidation Amount of any tranche of Notes is to be reduced or increased pursuant to clauses (b)(iv), (b)(v) and/or (b)(vi) of the definition of Nominal Liquidation Amount, such reductions and reimbursements will be allocated to the
Notes of that tranche in the following order: 
 (a) first, reductions pursuant to clause (b)(vi) (reductions from
allocations of Investor Charge-Offs pursuant to Section 526); 
 (b) second, reductions pursuant to clause (b)(v)
(reallocations of Principal Collections pursuant to Section 502(a)); and 

  
 82 

 (c) third, reimbursements pursuant to clause (b)(iv) (reimbursements of
earlier reductions with Finance Charge Collections). 
 ARTICLE VI 

Satisfaction and Discharge; Cancellation of Notes Held by the Issuer or the Banks 

SECTION 601. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. This Indenture will cease to be of further effect with respect to any
series, class or tranche of Notes (except as to any surviving rights of transfer or exchange of Notes of that series, class or tranche expressly provided for herein or in the form of Note for that series, class or tranche), and the Trustee, on
demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, will execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as to that series, class or tranche, when: 

(a) all Notes of that series, class or tranche theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Notes of that
series, class or tranche which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 306, and (ii) Notes of that series, class or tranche for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in
trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuer and thereafter repaid to the Issuer or discharged from that trust, as provided in Section 1103) have been delivered to the Trustee canceled or for cancellation; 

(b) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder (including payments to the Trustee pursuant to
Section 807) by the Issuer with respect to the Notes of that series, class or tranche; and 
 (c) the Issuer has
delivered to the Trustee an Issuer Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Notes of that series, class or
tranche have been complied with. 
 Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to any series, class or tranche of Notes,
the obligations of the Issuer to the Trustee with respect to that series, class or tranche under Section 807 will survive and the obligations of the Trustee under Sections 602 and 1103 will survive. 

SECTION 602. Application of Trust Money. All money and obligations deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 601 or
Section 603 and all money received by the Trustee in respect of such obligations will be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the series, class or tranche of Notes in respect of which it was deposited and this
Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal and interest for whose payment that money
and obligations have been deposited with or received by the Trustee; but that money and obligations need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. 

SECTION 603. Cancellation of Notes Held by the Issuer or the Banks. If the Issuer, the Banks or any of their Affiliates holds
any Notes, that Holder may, subject to Section 515 and 516, by notice from that Holder to the Trustee cause the Note to be canceled, whereupon (a) the Note will no longer be Outstanding, and (b) the Issuer will cause the Invested
Amount of the Collateral Certificate to be reduced by an amount equal to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of those canceled Notes. 

  
 83 

 ARTICLE VII 

Remedies 
 SECTION
701. Events of Default. “Event of Default”, wherever used herein, means with respect to any series, class or tranche of Notes any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether
it will be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body), unless such event is either inapplicable
to a particular series, class or tranche or it is specifically deleted or modified in the applicable terms document creating such series, class or tranche of Notes or in the form of Note for such series, class or tranche: 

(a) with respect to any tranche of Notes, a default in the payment by the Issuer of any interest upon such Notes when such
Notes become due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of five Business Days; 
 (b) with respect to any
tranche of Notes, a default in the payment by the Issuer of the principal amount of such Notes at its Legal Maturity Date; 

(c) a default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or warranty of the Issuer in this Indenture in respect of the
Notes of such series, class or tranche (other than a covenant or warranty in respect of the Notes of such series, class or tranche a default in the performance of which or the breach of which is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with),
all of such covenants and warranties in this Indenture which are not expressly stated to be for the benefit of a particular series, class or tranche of Notes being deemed to be in respect of the Notes of all series, classes or tranches for this
purpose, and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Issuer by the Trustee or to the Issuer and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 10% in Outstanding
Dollar Principal Amount of the Outstanding Notes of such series, class or tranche, a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder;

 (d) the entry of an order for relief against the Issuer under the Federal Bankruptcy Code by a court having jurisdiction
in the premises or a decree or order by a court having jurisdiction in the premises adjudging the Issuer a bankrupt or insolvent under any other applicable Federal or State law, or the entry of a decree or order approving as properly filed a
petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect of the Issuer under the Federal Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable Federal or State law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee,
sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Issuer or of any substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of any such decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 60
consecutive days; 

  
 84 

 (e) the consent by the Issuer to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency
proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking reorganization or relief under the Federal Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable Federal or State law, or the consent by it to the filing of any such petition
or to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Issuer or of any substantial part of its property, or the making by it of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the
admission by it in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or the taking of action by the Issuer in furtherance of any such action; or 

(f) with respect to any series, class or tranche of Notes, any additional Event of Default specified in the terms document for
such series, class or tranche as applying to such series, class or tranche, or specified in the form of Note for such series, class or tranche. 

SECTION 702. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment. (a) If an Event of Default described in clause (a), (b),
(c) or (f) (if the Event of Default under clause (c) or (f) is with respect to less than all series, classes or tranches of Notes then Outstanding) of Section 701 occurs and is continuing with respect to any series, class or
tranche, then in each such case, unless the principal of all the Notes of such series, class or tranche will have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 50% in aggregate Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount
of the Notes of such series, class or tranche then Outstanding hereunder (each such series, class or tranche acting as a separate class), by notice in writing to the Issuer (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), may declare the Outstanding Dollar
Principal Amount of all the Notes of such series, class or tranche then Outstanding and all interest accrued or principal accreted and unpaid (if any) thereon to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same will become and
will be immediately due and payable, anything in this Indenture or in the Notes of such series, class or tranche to the contrary notwithstanding. 

(b) If an Event of Default described in clause (c) or (f) (if the Event of Default under clause (c) or (f) is with respect
to all series, classes or tranches of Notes then Outstanding) of Section 701 occurs and is continuing, then in each such case, unless the principal of all the Notes will have already become due and payable, either the Trustee or the Holders of
not less than 50% in aggregate Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of all the Notes then Outstanding hereunder (treated as one class), by notice in writing to the Issuer (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), may declare the Outstanding Dollar
Principal Amount of all the Notes then Outstanding and all interest accrued or principal accreted and unpaid (if any) thereon to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same will become and will be immediately due and
payable, notwithstanding anything in this Indenture or in the Notes to the contrary. Such payments are subject to Article V. 
 (c) If an
Event of Default described in clause (d) or (e) of Section 701 occurs and is continuing, then the Notes will automatically be and become immediately due and payable by the Issuer, without notice, or demand to any Person and the Issuer
will automatically and immediately be obligated to pay off the Notes. 
 At any time after such a declaration of acceleration has been made
with respect to the Notes of any series, class or tranche and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter in this Article provided, the Majority Holders

  
 85 

 
of such series, class or tranche, by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if: 

(a) the Issuer has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay 

(i) all overdue installments of interest on the Notes of such series, class or tranche, 

(ii) the principal of any Notes of such series, class or tranche which have become due otherwise than by such declaration of
acceleration, and interest thereon at the rate or rates prescribed therefor by the terms of the Notes of such series, class or tranche, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, 

(iii) interest upon overdue installments of interest at the rate or rates prescribed therefor by the terms of the Notes of such
series, class or tranche to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, and 
 (iv) all sums paid by the Trustee
hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Trustee under Section 807; 

and 
 (b) all Events of Default
with respect to such series, class or tranche of Notes, other than the nonpayment of the principal of the Notes of such series, class or tranche which has become due solely by such acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in
Section 716. 
 No such rescission will affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon. 

SECTION 703. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee. The Issuer covenants that
if: 
 (a) the Issuer defaults in the payment of any installment of interest on any series, class or tranche of
Notes when such interest becomes due and payable, or 
 (b) the Issuer defaults in the payment of the principal of any
series, class or tranche of Notes at the Legal Maturity Date thereof, 
 and any such default continues for any period of grace provided with respect to
such series, class or tranche of Notes, the Issuer will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to it, for the benefit of the Holders of any such Notes the whole amount then due and payable on any such Notes for principal and interest (subject to Article
V), with interest, to the extent that payment of such interest will be legally enforceable, upon the overdue principal and upon overdue installments of interest, (i) in the case of Interest-bearing Notes, at the rate of interest applicable to
the stated principal amount thereof, unless otherwise specified in the applicable terms document; and (ii) in the case of Discount Notes, as specified in the applicable terms document; 

  
 86 

 and in addition thereto, such further amount as will be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection,
including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Trustee under Section 807. 

If the Issuer fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may
institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same against the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes of such series, class or
tranche and collect the money adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the Collateral or any other obligor upon such Notes, wherever situated. 

SECTION 704. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy,
reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes or the property of the Issuer or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of
whether the principal of the Notes will then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee will have made any demand on the Issuer for the payment of overdue principal or interest)
will be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceedings or otherwise, 
 (i) to file and prove a claim for the
whole amount of principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Notes and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary and advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Trustee under Section 807) and of the Noteholders allowed in such judicial proceeding, and 

(ii) to collect and receive any funds or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

 and any receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator (or other similar official) in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each
Noteholder to make such payment to the Trustee and in the event that the Trustee will consent to the making of such payments directly to the Noteholders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 807. 
 Nothing
herein contained will be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Noteholder any plan or reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder
thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Noteholder in any such proceeding. 
 SECTION 705. Trustee
May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes. All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Notes of any series, class or tranche may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes of
such series, class or tranche or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee will be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment will, after
provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agent and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes of the series, class or tranche in respect of which such
judgment has been recovered. 

  
 87 

 SECTION 706. Application of Money Collected. Any money or other property collected
by the Trustee with respect to a series, class or tranche of Notes pursuant to this Article will be applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal or
interest, upon presentation of the Notes of such series, class or tranche and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid: 

(a) first, to the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 807. 

(b) second, to the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon the Notes of that series, class or tranche for
principal and interest, in respect of which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind (but subject to the allocation provided in Article V), according to the amounts due and
payable on such Notes for principal and interest, respectively. 
 SECTION 707. Trustee May Elect to Hold the Collateral Certificate.
Following an acceleration of any tranche of Notes, the Trustee may elect to continue to hold the Collateral Certificate and apply distributions on the Collateral Certificate in accordance with the regular distribution provisions pursuant to
Article V of this Indenture, except that principal will be paid on the accelerated tranche of Notes to the extent funds are received from the Master Trust and allocated to the accelerated tranche, and payment is permitted by the subordination
provisions of the accelerated tranche. 
 SECTION 708. Sale of Receivables for Accelerated Notes. In the case of a tranche of
Notes that has been accelerated following an Event of Default, the Trustee may, and at the direction of the Majority Holders of that tranche of Notes will, cause the Master Trust to sell Principal Receivables and the related Finance Charge
Receivables (or interests therein) as provided in Section 523. 
 SECTION 709. Noteholders Have the Right to Direct the Time,
Method and Place of Conducting Any Proceeding for Any Remedy Available to the Trustee. The Majority Holders of any accelerated tranche of Notes have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy
available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee. This right may be exercised only if the direction provided by the Noteholders does not conflict with applicable law or this Indenture or has a substantial
likelihood of involving the Trustee in personal liability. 
 SECTION 710. Limitation on Suits. No Holder of any Note of any
series, class or tranche will have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless: 

(a) such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default with respect to Notes of
such series, class or tranche; 
 (b) the Holders of not less than 25% in Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the
Outstanding Notes of such series, class or tranche have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder; 

  
 88 

 (c) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity
against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request; 
 (d) the Trustee for 60 days
after its receipt of such notice, request and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and 
 (e) no
direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Majority Holders of such series, class or tranche; 

it being understood and intended that no one or more Holders of Notes of such series, class or tranche will have any right in any manner whatever by virtue
of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other Holders of Notes of such series, class or tranche, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other such Holders or
to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and proportionate benefit of all the Holders of all Notes of such series, class or tranche. 

SECTION 711. Unconditional Right of Noteholders to Receive Principal and Interest; Limited Recourse. Notwithstanding any other
provisions in this Indenture, the Holder of any Note will have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of and interest on such Note on the Legal Maturity Date expressed in such Note and to institute suit
for the enforcement of any such payment, and such right will not be impaired without the consent of such Holder; provided, however, that notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture to the contrary, the obligation to pay
principal of or interest on the Notes or any other amount payable to any Noteholder will be without recourse to the Issuer, the Banks, the Trustee, the Issuer Trustee or any affiliate, officer, employee or director of any of them, and the obligation
of the Issuer to pay principal of or interest on the Notes or any other amount payable to any Noteholder will be subject to Article V. 

SECTION 712. Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Trustee or any Noteholder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any
right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, then and in every such case the Issuer, the Trustee and the Noteholders will, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored
severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Noteholders will continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted. 

SECTION 713. Rights and Remedies Cumulative. No right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the
Noteholders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy will, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law
or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, will not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy. 

SECTION 714. Delay or Omission Not Waiver. No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any
right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default will impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an 

  
 89 

 
acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Noteholders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by
the Trustee or by the Noteholders, as the case may be. 
 SECTION 715. Control by Noteholders. The Majority Holders of any
series, class or tranche will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Notes of such
series, class or tranche, provided that: 
 (a) the Trustee will have the right to decline to follow any such
direction if the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that the action so directed may not lawfully be taken or would conflict with this Indenture or if the Trustee in good faith will, by a Trustee Authorized Officer, determine that the
proceedings so directed would involve it in personal liability or be unjustly prejudicial to the Holders not taking part in such direction, and 

(b) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction. 

SECTION 716. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Majority Holders of any series, class or tranche may on behalf of the Holders of all
the Notes of such series, class or tranche waive any past default hereunder with respect to such series, class or tranche and its consequences, except a default not theretofore cured: 

(a) in the payment of the principal of or interest on any Note of such series, class or tranche, or 

(b) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article X cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the
Holder of each Outstanding Note of such series, class or tranche. 
 Upon any such waiver, such default will cease to exist, and any Event
of Default arising therefrom will be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver will extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereon. 

SECTION 717. Undertaking for Costs. All parties to this Indenture agree, and each Holder of any Note by his acceptance thereof
will be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing
by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in such suit, having due
regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section will not apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any Noteholder or group of Noteholders,
holding in the aggregate more than 10% in Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Outstanding Notes of any series, class or tranche to which the suit relates, or to any suit instituted by any Noteholders for the enforcement of the payment of the
principal of or interest on any Note on or after the applicable Legal Maturity Date expressed in such Note. 

  
 90 

 SECTION 718. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. The Issuer covenants (to the extent
that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may
affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Issuer (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the
execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. 

ARTICLE VIII 

The Trustee 

SECTION 801. Certain Duties and Responsibilities. (a) The Trustee undertakes to perform any duties and only such duties as
are specifically set forth in this Indenture with respect to the Notes of any series, class or tranche of Notes, and no implied covenants or obligations will be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. 

(b) In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may, with respect to Notes of any series, class or tranche, conclusively rely, as to
the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions
which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee will be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture. 

(c) In case an Event of Default with respect to any series, class or tranche of Notes has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will
exercise with respect to the Notes of such series, class or tranche such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a fiduciary would exercise or use under the
circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs. 
 (d) No provision of this Indenture will be construed to relieve the
Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: 

(i) this clause will not be construed to limit the effect of clause (a) of this Section; 

(ii) the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trustee Authorized Officer, unless it
will be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; 
 (iii) the Trustee will not be liable
with respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the Majority Holders of any series, class or tranche relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy
available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture with respect to the Notes of such series, class or tranche; and 

  
 91 

 (iv) no provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk
its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it will have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or indemnity
satisfactory to the Trustee against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it. 
 (e) Whether or not therein expressly so
provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee will be subject to the provisions of this Section. 

SECTION 802. Notice of Defaults. Within 90 days after the occurrence of any default hereunder with respect to Notes of any
series, class or tranche, 
 (a) the Trustee will transmit by mail to all Noteholders of such series, class or tranche, as
their names and addresses appear in the Note Register, notice of such default hereunder known to the Trustee, 
 (b)
[RESERVED] and 
 (c) the Trustee will give prompt written notification thereof to the Rating Agencies, 

unless such default will have been cured or waived; provided, however, that, except in the case of a default in the payment of the principal of or
interest on any Note of such series, class or tranche, the Trustee will be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or Trustee Authorized Officers in
good faith determine that the withholding of such notice is in the interests of the Noteholders of such series, class or tranche; and provided, further, that in the case of any default of the character specified in Section 701(c) with
respect to Notes of such series, class or tranche no such notice to Noteholders of such series, class or tranche will be given until at least 90 days after the occurrence thereof. For the purpose of this Section, the term “default”,
with respect to Notes of any series, class or tranche, means any event which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default with respect to Notes of such series, class or tranche. 

SECTION 803. Certain Rights of Trustee. Except as otherwise provided in Section 801: 

(a) the Trustee may rely and will be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement,
instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties; 

(b) any request or direction of the Issuer mentioned herein will be sufficiently evidenced by an Issuer Certificate; 

(c) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee will deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established
before taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Issuer Certificate; 

  
 92 

 (d) the Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of such counsel
or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon; 

(e) the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the
request or direction of any of the Noteholders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Noteholders will have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in
compliance with such request or direction; 
 (f) the Trustee will not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or
matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or
investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee will determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it will be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or
attorney; 
 (g) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either
directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee will not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder; and 

(h) the Trustee will not be responsible for filing any financing statements or continuation statements in connection with the
Notes, but will cooperate with the Issuer in connection with the filing of such financing statements or continuation statements. 
 SECTION
804. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Notes. The recitals contained herein and in the Notes, except the certificates of authentication, will be taken as the statements of the Issuer, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility
for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Notes. The Trustee will not be accountable for the use or application by the Issuer of Notes or the proceeds thereof. 

SECTION 805. May Hold Notes. The Trustee, any Paying Agent, the Note Registrar or any other agent of the Issuer, in its
individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and, subject to Sections 808 and 813, may otherwise deal with the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee, Paying Agent, Note Registrar or such other
agent. 
 SECTION 806. Money Held in Trust. Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other
funds except to the extent required by law. The Trustee will be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed with the Issuer. 

SECTION 807. Compensation and Reimbursement, Limit on Compensation, Reimbursement and Indemnity. (a) The Issuer agrees,
solely with funds available pursuant to Section 501(a), 

  
 93 

 (i) to pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for all
services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation will not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust); 

(ii) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses,
disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement
or advance as may be attributable to its negligence or bad faith; and 
 (iii) to indemnify the Trustee for, and to hold it
harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or bad faith on its part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust, including the costs and expenses of defending itself against
any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder. 
 As security for the performance of the
obligations of the Issuer under this Section, the Issuer and the Noteholders agree that the Trustee will have a lien prior to the Notes upon all property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such pursuant to Section 501 or 502, except
funds held in the Accounts. 
 (b) The aggregate amount that the Issuer will pay with respect to any of the amounts payable to or for the
benefit of the Trustee pursuant to this Section or otherwise will in no event be greater than the lesser of (i) $400,000 per month, and (ii) 0.05% of the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amounts of the Outstanding Notes as of the end of the
preceding Due Period. The Trustee, in its capacity as trustee under this Indenture, will have no recourse to any asset of the Issuer other than funds available pursuant to Section 501(a) or to any Person other than the Issuer. 

(c) This Section will survive the termination of this Indenture and the resignation or replacement of the Trustee under Section 810. 

SECTION 808. Disqualification; Conflicting Interests. If the Trustee has or will acquire a conflicting interest within the
meaning of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee will, if so required by the Trust Indenture Act, either eliminate such interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the provisions of, the Trust Indenture Act and
this Indenture. Nothing herein will prevent the Trustee from filing with the Commission the application referred to in the second to last paragraph of Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act. 

SECTION 809. Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility. There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder with respect to each
series, class or tranche of Notes, which will be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any State, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and
surplus of at least $50,000,000, subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority, and having a rating of at least BBB- by Standard & Poor’s. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually,
pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation will be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set
forth in its most recent report of condition so published. The Issuer may not, nor may any Person directly or 

  
 94 

 
indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Issuer, serve as Trustee. If at any time the Trustee with respect to any series, class or tranche of Notes will cease to be
eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it will resign immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article. 

SECTION 810. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor. (a) No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no
appointment of a successor Trustee pursuant to this Article will become effective until the acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee under Section 811. 

(b) The Trustee may resign with respect to any series, class or tranche of Notes at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Issuer.
If an instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee will not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the
appointment of a successor Trustee. 
 (c) The Trustee may be removed with respect to any series, class or tranche of Notes at any time by
Act of the Majority Holders of that series, class or tranche, delivered to the Trustee and to the Issuer. 
 (d) If at any time: 

(i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act with respect to any series, class or
tranche of Notes after written request therefor by the Issuer or by any Noteholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note of that series, class or tranche for at least 6 months, or 

(ii) the Trustee ceases to be eligible under Section 809 with respect to any series, class or tranche of Notes and fails
to resign after written request therefor by the Issuer or by any such Noteholder, or 
 (iii) the Trustee becomes incapable
of acting with respect to any series, class or tranche of Notes, or 
 (iv) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent
or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property is appointed or any public officer takes charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation, 

then, in any such case, (A) the Issuer may remove the Trustee, with respect to the series, class or tranche, or in the case of clause (iv), with respect
to all series, classes or tranches, or (B) subject to Section 717, any Noteholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note of such series, class or tranche for at least 6 months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated,
petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the series, class or tranche, or, in the case of clause (iv), with respect to all series, classes or tranches.

 (e) If the Trustee resigns, is removed or becomes incapable of acting with respect to any series, class or tranche of Notes, or if a
vacancy will occur in the office of the Trustee with respect to any series, class or tranche of Notes for any cause, the Issuer will promptly appoint a successor 

  
 95 

 
Trustee for that series, class or tranche of Notes. If, within one year after such resignation, removal or incapacity, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee with respect to such
series, class or tranche of Notes is appointed by Act of the Majority Holders of such series, class or tranche delivered to the Issuer and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed will, forthwith upon its acceptance of such
appointment, become the successor Trustee with respect to such series, class or tranche and supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer with respect to such series, class or tranche. If no successor Trustee with respect to such series,
class or tranche will have been so appointed by the Issuer or the Noteholders of such series, class or tranche and accepted appointment in the manner hereinafter provided, any Noteholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note of that series,
class or tranche for at least 6 months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to such series, class or tranche. 

(f) The Issuer will give written notice of each resignation and each removal of the Trustee with respect to any series, class or tranche and
each appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to any series, class or tranche to each Noteholder as provided in Section 106 and to each Rating Agency. Each notice will include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its
principal Corporate Trust Office. 
 SECTION 811. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor. Every successor Trustee appointed
hereunder will execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Issuer and to the predecessor Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, with a copy to the Rating Agencies, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor Trustee will
become effective with respect to any series, class or tranche as to which it is resigning or being removed as Trustee, and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, will become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts
and duties of the predecessor Trustee with respect to any such series, class or tranche; but, on request of the Issuer or the successor Trustee, such predecessor Trustee will, upon payment of its reasonable charges, if any, execute and deliver an
instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the predecessor Trustee, and will duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by such predecessor Trustee hereunder
with respect to all or any such series, class or tranche, subject nevertheless to its lien, if any, provided for in Section 807. Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Issuer will execute any and all instruments for more fully and
certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts. 
 In case of the appointment hereunder of
a successor Trustee with respect to the Notes of one or more (but not all) series, classes or tranches, the Issuer, the predecessor Trustee and each successor Trustee with respect to the Notes of any applicable series, class or tranche will execute
and deliver a supplemental indenture which will contain such provisions as will be deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the predecessor Trustee with respect to the Notes of any series, class or
tranche as to which the predecessor Trustee is not being succeeded will continue to be vested in the predecessor Trustee, and will add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as will be necessary to provide for or facilitate the
administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in such supplemental indenture will constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust and that each such Trustee will be Trustee of a
trust or trusts hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee. 

  
 96 

 No successor Trustee with respect to any series, class or tranche of Notes will accept its
appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee will be qualified and eligible with respect to that series, class or tranche under this Article. 

SECTION 812. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business. Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged
or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee will be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust
business of the Trustee, will be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation will be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the
parties hereto. The Issuer will give prompt written notice of such merger, conversion, consolidation or succession to the Rating Agencies. In case any Notes will have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any
successor by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes. 

SECTION 813. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer. If and when the Trustee will be or become a creditor of the
Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes), the Trustee will be subject to the provisions of Section 311 of the Trust Indenture Act. A Trustee who has resigned or been removed will be subject to Section 311(a) of the Trust Indenture Act
to the extent provided therein. 
 SECTION 814. Appointment of Authenticating Agent. At any time when any of the Notes remain
Outstanding the Trustee, with the approval of the Issuer, may appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents with respect to one or more series, classes or tranches of Notes which will be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Notes
of such series, classes or tranches issued upon exchange, registration of transfer or partial redemption thereof or pursuant to Section 305, and Notes so authenticated will be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and will be valid and
obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Notes by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference
will be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent. Each Authenticating Agent will be acceptable
to the Issuer and will at all times be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as an Authenticating Agent, having a
combined capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000 and, if other than the Issuer itself, subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State authority. If such Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually,
pursuant to law or to the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such Authenticating Agent will be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set
forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time an Authenticating Agent will cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, such Authenticating Agent will resign immediately in the manner and with
the effect specified in this Section. The initial Authenticating Agent for the Notes of all series, classes and tranches will be Citibank. 

  
 97 

 Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or with which it
may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent will be a party, or any corporation succeeding to the corporate agency or corporate trust business of an Authenticating
Agent, will continue to be an Authenticating Agent, provided such corporation will be otherwise eligible under this Section, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent. 

An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to the Trustee and to the Issuer. The Trustee may at any time
terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such Authenticating Agent and to the Issuer. Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such Authenticating Agent
will cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee, with the approval of the Issuer, may appoint a successor Authenticating Agent which will be acceptable to the Issuer and will give notice to each Noteholder as
provided in Section 106. Any successor Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder will become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an
Authenticating Agent. No successor Authenticating Agent will be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section. 
 The
Trustee agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent (other than an Authenticating Agent appointed at the request of the Issuer from time to time) reasonable compensation for its services under this Section, and the Trustee will be entitled to be
reimbursed for such payments, subject to the provisions of Section 807. 
 If an appointment with respect to one or more series,
classes or tranches is made pursuant to this Section, the Notes of such series, classes or tranches may have endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication in the
following form: 
 This is one of the Notes of the series, classes or tranches designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned
Indenture. 
  

			
	[NAME OF INDENTURE TRUSTEE], as Trustee
		
	By:	 	  

	As Authenticating Agent
		
	By:	 	  

	Authorized Signatory

  
 98 

 SECTION 815. Tax Returns. (a) In the event the Issuer shall be required to file tax
returns, the Beneficiary and the Servicer shall prepare or shall cause to be prepared such tax returns and shall provide such tax returns to the Issuer Trustee or the Beneficiary for signature at least five (5) days before such tax returns are
due to be filed. The Issuer, in accordance with the terms of each Indenture Supplement, shall also prepare or shall cause to be prepared all tax information required by law to be distributed to Noteholders and shall deliver such information to
the Trustee at least five (5) days prior to the date it is required by law to be distributed to Noteholders. The Trustee, upon written request, will furnish the Beneficiary and the Servicer with all such information known to the Trustee as
may be reasonably requested and required in connection with the preparation of all tax returns of the Issuer, and shall, upon request, execute such returns. In no event shall the Trustee or the Issuer Trustee be personally liable for any
liabilities, costs or expenses of the Issuer or any Noteholder arising under any tax law, including without limitation, federal, state or local income or excise taxes or any other tax imposed on or measured by income (or any interest or penalty with
respect thereto arising from a failure to comply therewith). 
 (b) In the event that the Issuer is classified as a partnership for federal income tax
purposes, beginning with the first taxable year that Sections 6221 through 6241 of the Code (as amended by the Bipartisan Budget Act, P.L.                  ) apply
to the Issuer, the Seller (or an Affiliate of the Seller that is a United States person (within the meaning of the Code) if the Seller is ineligible) is hereby designated as the partnership representative under Section 6223(a) of the Code
to the extent allowed by law. The Issuer shall, to the extent eligible, make the election under Section 6221(b) of the Code with respect to determinations of adjustments at the partnership level and take any other action such as filings,
disclosures and notifications necessary to effectuate such election. If the election described in the preceding sentence is not available, the Issuer shall, to the extent eligible, make the election under Section 6226(a) of the Code with
respect to the alternative to payment of imputed underpayments by a partnership and take any other action such as filings, disclosures and notifications necessary to effectuate such election. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each of the Issuer, the
Seller and the Servicer are authorized, in its sole discretion, to make any available election related to Sections 6221 through 6241 of the Code and to take any action it deems necessary or appropriate to comply with the requirements of the Code and
conduct the Issuer’s affairs under Sections 6221 through 6241 of the Code. 

  
 99 

 ARTICLE IX 

Noteholders’ Meetings, Lists, Reports by Trustee, 

Issuer and Managing Beneficiary 

SECTION 901. Issuer To Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Noteholders. The Issuer will furnish or cause to be furnished to
the Trustee: 
 (a) semi-annually, not more than 15 days after each Record Date, in each year in such form as the Trustee may
reasonably require, a list of the names and addresses of the Noteholders of such series, classes or tranches as of such date, and 

(b) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days after the receipt by the Issuer of any such
request, a list of similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days before the time such list is furnished, excluding from any such list names and addresses received by the Trustee in its capacity as Note Registrar. 

SECTION 902. Preservation of Information; Communications to Noteholders. (a) The Trustee will preserve, in as current a
form as is reasonably practicable, the names and addresses of Noteholders contained in the most recent list furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 901 and the names and addresses of Noteholders received by the Trustee in its capacity
as Note Registrar. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 901 upon receipt of a new list so furnished. 

(b) If three or more Holders of Notes of any series, class or tranche (hereinafter referred to as “applicants”) apply in
writing to the Trustee, and furnish to the Trustee reasonable proof that each such applicant has owned a Note of such series, class or tranche for a period of at least six months preceding the date of such application, and such application states
that the applicants desire to communicate with other Holders of Notes of such series, class or tranche or with the Holders of all Notes with respect to their rights under this Indenture or under such Notes and is accompanied by a copy of the form of
proxy or other communication which such applicants propose to transmit, then the Trustee will, within five Business Days after the receipt of such application, at its election, either 

(i) afford such applicants access to the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with
Section 902(a), or 
 (ii) inform such applicants as to the approximate number of Holders of Notes of such series, class
or tranche or all Notes, as the case may be, whose names and addresses appear in the information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with Section 902(a), and as to the approximate cost of mailing to such Noteholders the form of
proxy or other communication, if any, specified in such application. 
 If the Trustee will elect not to afford such applicants access to
such information, the Trustee will, upon the written request of such applicants, mail to each Holder of a Note of such series, class or tranche or to all Noteholders, as the case may be, whose names and addresses appear in the information preserved
at the time by the Trustee in accordance with Section 902(a), a copy of the form of proxy or other communication which is specified in such 

  
 100 

 
request, with reasonable promptness after a tender to the Trustee of the material to be mailed and of payment, or provision for the payment, of the reasonable expenses of mailing, unless, within
five days after such tender, the Trustee will mail to such applicants and file with the Commission, together with a copy of the material to be mailed, a written statement to the effect that, in the opinion of the Trustee, such mailing would be
contrary to the best interests of the Holders of Notes of such series, class or tranche or all Noteholders, as the case may be, or would be in violation of applicable law. Such written statement will specify the basis of such opinion. If the
Commission, after opportunity for a hearing upon the objections specified in the written statement so filed, will enter an order refusing to sustain any of such objections or if, after the entry of an order sustaining one or more of such objections,
the Commission will find, after notice and opportunity for hearing, that all the objections so sustained have been met and will enter an order so declaring, the Trustee will mail copies of such material to all Noteholders of such series, class or
tranche or all Noteholders, as the case may be, with reasonable promptness after the entry of such order and the renewal of such tender; otherwise the Trustee will be relieved of any obligation or duty to such applicants respecting their
application. 
 (c) Every Holder of Notes, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the Issuer and the Trustee that neither the Issuer
nor the Trustee will be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes in accordance with Section 902(b), regardless of the source from which such information was
derived, and that the Trustee will not be held accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made under Section 902(b). 

SECTION 903. Reports by Trustee. (a) The term “reporting date” as used in this Section means
September 30. Within 60 days after the reporting date in each year, beginning in 2001, the Trustee will transmit to Noteholders, in the manner and to the extent provided in Section 313(c) of the Trust Indenture Act, a brief report dated as
of such reporting date if required by Section 313(a) of the Trust Indenture Act. 
 (b) To the extent required by the Trust Indenture
Act, the Trustee will mail each year to all Noteholders, with a copy to the Rating Agencies a report concerning: 
 (i) its
eligibility and qualifications to continue as trustee under this Indenture; 
 (ii) any amounts advanced by the Trustee under
this Indenture; 
 (iii) the amount, interest rate and maturity date or indebtedness owing by the Issuer to the Trustee in
the Trustee’s individual capacity; 
 (iv) the property and funds physically held by the Trustee as Trustee; 

(v) any release or release and substitution of Collateral subject to the lien of this Indenture which has not previously been
reported; and 
 (vi) any action taken by the Trustee that materially affects the Notes and that has not previously been
reported. 
 (c) The Trustee will comply with Sections 313(b) and 313(c) of the Trust Indenture Act. 

  
 101 

 (d) A copy of each such report will, at the time of such transmission to Noteholders, be filed by
the Trustee with each stock exchange upon which the Notes are listed, and also with the Commission. The Issuer will notify the Trustee when the Notes are admitted to trading on any national securities exchange. 

SECTION 904. Meetings of Noteholders; Amendments and Waivers. (a) The Trustee may call a meeting of the Noteholders of a
series, class or tranche at any time. The Trustee will call a meeting upon request of the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Outstanding Notes of such series, class or tranche. In any case,
a meeting will be called after notice is given to the Noteholders pursuant to Section 106. 
 (b) Except for any consent that must be
given by the Holders of each Outstanding Note affected or any action to be taken by the Issuer as holder of the Collateral Certificate, any resolution presented at any meeting at which a quorum is present may be adopted by the affirmative vote of
the Majority Holders of that series, class or tranche, as the case may be. For any vote, request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by the Series 2000 Supplement to be given or taken by the holder of
the Collateral Certificate, any resolution presented at any meeting at which the Majority Holders of all Outstanding Notes is present may be adopted by the affirmative vote of the Majority Holders of all Outstanding Notes. However, any resolution
with respect to any consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action which may be given by the Holders of not less than a specified percentage in aggregate Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of Outstanding Notes of
a series, class or tranche or all Notes may be adopted at any meeting at which a quorum is present only by the affirmative vote of the Holders of not less than the specified percentage in aggregate Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the
Outstanding Notes of that series, class or tranche or all Notes, as the case may be. Any resolution passed or decision taken at any meeting of Noteholders duly held in accordance with this Indenture will be binding on all Noteholders of the affected
series, class or tranche. 
 (c) The quorum at any meeting will be persons holding or representing the Majority Holders of a series, class
or tranche or all Notes, as the case may be; provided, however, that if any action is to be taken at that meeting concerning a consent, waiver, request, demand, notice, authorization, direction or other action that may be given by the
Holders of not less than a specified percentage in aggregate Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Outstanding Notes of a series, class or tranche or all Notes, as applicable, the persons holding or representing such specified percentage in
aggregate Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Outstanding Notes of such series, class or tranche or all Notes will constitute a quorum. 

(d) (i) The ownership of Notes will be proved by the Note Register. (ii) [RESERVED]. 

(e) The Issuer may make reasonable rules for other matters relating to action by or a meeting of Noteholders not otherwise covered by this
Section. 

  
 102 

 SECTION 905. Reports by Issuer to the Commission. The Issuer will: 

(a) file with the Trustee, within 15 days after the Issuer is required to file the same with the Commission, copies of the
annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may from time to time by rules and regulations prescribe) which the Issuer may be required to file with the
Commission pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act; or, if the Issuer is not required to file information, documents or reports pursuant to either of said Sections, then it will file with the Trustee and the
Commission, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such of the supplementary and periodic information, documents and reports which may be required pursuant to Section 13 of the Securities
Exchange Act in respect of a security listed and registered on a national securities exchange as may be prescribed from time to time in such rules and regulations; 

(b) file with the Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the
Commission, such additional information, documents and reports with respect to compliance by the Issuer with the conditions and covenants of this Indenture as may be required from time to time by such rules and regulations; and 

(c) transmit by mail to all Noteholders, as their names and addresses appear in the Note Register, within 30 days after the
filing thereof with the Trustee, such summaries of any information, documents and reports required to be filed by the Issuer pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section as may be required by rules and regulations prescribed from
time to time by the Commission. 
 SECTION 906. Reports by Trustee. The Trustee will report to the Issuer with respect to the
amount on deposit in the Accounts, and the identity of the investments included therein, as the Issuer may from time to time reasonably request which, absent the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder, will not occur more often than monthly.

 SECTION 907. Monthly Issuer’s Report. Each month, the Issuer will prepare, in cooperation with the Servicer of the
Master Trust, and deliver to the Trustee an Issuer’s Report, with a copy to the Rating Agencies. 
 SECTION 908. Payment Request
to Master Trust. From time to time, the Issuer will deliver a Payment Request to the Master Trust as necessary to request the payments required or targeted to be made hereunder. 

SECTION 909. Monthly Computation Statement. (a) Promptly after the receipt by the Issuer of each Monthly Performance
Statement under the Series 2000 Supplement, the Issuer, in cooperation with the Servicer of the Master Trust, will compute the information required by a Monthly Computation Statement with respect to the applicable Due Period. With respect to any Due
Period when either the Servicer of the Master Trust or the Managing Beneficiary is not an Affiliate of a Seller, the Issuer will deliver a copy of a completed Monthly Computation Statement for that Due Period to the Trustee. 

  
 103 

 (b) From time to time, the Issuer will notify the Servicer under the Series 2000 Supplement of
the information necessary to be provided by the Issuer under Section 5.01 of the Series 2000 Supplement to calculate the Invested Amount of the Collateral Certificate and the Series 2000 Adjusted Invested Amount of the Collateral Certificate.

 ARTICLE X 

Supplemental Indentures; Amendments to the Pooling and 

Servicing Agreement and Amendments to the Trust Agreement 

SECTION 1001. Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Noteholders. Without the consent of the Holders of any Notes, the
Issuer and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may amend this Indenture or enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes: 

(a) to evidence the succession of another Entity to the Issuer, and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of
the Issuer herein and in the Notes; or 
 (b) to add to the covenants of the Issuer, or to surrender any right or power
herein conferred upon the Issuer, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes of any or all series, classes or tranches (and if such covenants or the surrender of such right or power are to be for the benefit of less than all series, classes or
tranches of Notes, stating that such covenants are expressly being included or such surrenders are expressly being made solely for the benefit of one or more specified series, classes or tranches); or 

(c) to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may be inconsistent with any other provision
herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Indenture; or 
 (d) to add
to this Indenture such provisions as may be expressly permitted by the TIA, excluding, however, the provisions referred to in Section 316(a)(2) of the TIA as in effect at the date as of which this Indenture was executed or any corresponding
provision in any similar federal statute hereafter enacted; or 
 (e) to establish any form of Note, as provided in Article
II, and to provide for the issuance of any series, class or tranche of Notes as provided in Article III and to set forth the terms thereof, and/or to add to the rights of the Holders of the Notes of any series, class or tranche; or 

(f) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by another corporation as a successor Trustee hereunder with
respect to one or more series, classes or tranches of Notes and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as will be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee,
pursuant to Section 811; or 

  
 104 

 (g) to add any additional Early Redemption Events or Events of Default in respect
of the Notes of any or all series, classes or tranches (and if such additional Events of Default are to be in respect of less than all series, classes or tranches of Notes, stating that such Events of Default are expressly being included solely for
the benefit of one or more specified series, classes or tranches); or 
 (h) to provide for the consolidation of the Master
Trust and the Issuer into a single Entity after the termination of all series of Investor Certificates (other than the Collateral Certificate); or 

(i) if one or more Additional Sellers under (and as defined in) the Pooling and Servicing Agreement are added to the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement, or one or more additional Beneficiaries under the Trust Agreement are added to the Trust Agreement, to make any necessary changes to the Indenture or any other related document; or 

(j) as set forth in Section 312(b); or 

(k) to make any other amendment that could not reasonably be expected to have an Adverse Effect. 

No amendment of this Indenture or supplemental indenture for the purposes identified in clauses (a), (b) or (c) may be entered into
if to do so would adversely affect in any material respect the interests of the Holders of Notes of any series, class or tranche. Except for supplemental indentures entered into for purposes identified in clause (e), no supplemental indenture under
this Section may be entered into except upon delivery of a Master Trust Tax Opinion and an Issuer Tax Opinion and with written confirmation from each applicable Rating Agency that there will be no Ratings Effect. 

The Issuer may, without consent of the Noteholders, merge with the Master Trust upon (i) written notice to the Trustee and each Rating
Agency, (ii) delivery by the Issuer to the Trustee of an Issuer Certificate to the effect that the Issuer reasonably believes that such merger will not have an Adverse Effect and is not reasonably expected to have an Adverse Effect at any time
in the future and (iii) delivery by the Issuer to the Trustee and the Rating Agencies of a Master Trust Tax Opinion and an Issuer Tax Opinion. 

SECTION 1002. Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Noteholders. With written confirmation from each applicable Rating Agency
that there will be no Ratings Effect and the consent of the Majority Holders of the Outstanding Notes of each series, class or tranche affected by such amendment of this Indenture or supplemental indenture or indentures, by Act of said Holders
delivered to the Issuer and the Trustee, the Issuer and the Trustee may enter into an amendment of this Indenture or indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any
of the provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the Notes of each such series, class or tranche under this Indenture; provided, however, that no such amendment or supplemental indenture
will, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby: 
 (a) change the scheduled payment date
of any payment of interest on any Note, or change the Expected Principal Payment Date or Legal Maturity Date of, any Note; 

  
 105 

 (b) reduce the stated principal amount of, or the interest rate on, any Note; or
change the method of computing the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount, the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount or the Nominal Liquidation Amount in a manner that is adverse to the Holder of any Note; 

(c) reduce the amount of a Discount Note payable upon the occurrence of an Early Redemption Event or other optional or
mandatory redemption or upon the acceleration of its Legal Maturity Date; 
 (d) impair the right to institute suit for the
enforcement of any payment on any Note; 
 (e) reduce the percentage in Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the
Outstanding Notes of any series, class or tranche, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or
certain defaults hereunder and their consequences, provided for in this Indenture; 
 (f) modify any of the provisions of
this Section or Section 718, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby; 

(g) permit the creation of any lien or other encumbrance on the Collateral that secures any tranche of Notes that is prior to
the lien in favor of the Holders of the Notes of such tranche; 
 (h) change any Place of Payment where any principal of, or
interest on, any Note is payable, unless otherwise provided in the applicable terms document; 
 (i) change the method of
computing the amount of principal of, or interest on, any Note on any date; or 
 (j) make any other amendment not permitted
by Section 1001. 
 An amendment of this Indenture or supplemental indenture which changes or eliminates any covenant or other
provision of this Indenture which has expressly been included solely for the benefit of one or more particular series, class or tranche of Notes, or which modifies the rights of the Holders of Notes of such series, class or tranche with respect to
such covenant or other provision, will be deemed not to affect the rights under this Indenture of the Holders of Notes of any other series, class or tranche. No amendment or supplemental indenture under this Section may be entered into except upon
delivery of a Master Trust Tax Opinion and an Issuer Tax Opinion and with written confirmation from each applicable Rating Agency that there will be no Ratings Effect. 

It will not be necessary for any Act of Noteholders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or
supplemental indenture, but it will be sufficient if such Act will approve the substance thereof. 

  
 106 

 SECTION 1003. Execution of Supplemental Indentures. In executing, or accepting the
additional trusts created by, any amendment of this Indenture or supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to receive, and (subject to
Section 801) will be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and that all conditions precedent thereto have been
satisfied. The Trustee may, but will not (except to the extent required in the case of an amendment or supplemental indenture entered into under Section 1001(d) or 1001(f)) be obligated to, enter into any such amendment or supplemental
indenture which affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise. 
 SECTION 1004. Effect
of Supplemental Indentures. Upon the execution of any amendment of this Indenture or supplemental indenture under this Article, this Indenture will be modified in accordance therewith with respect to each series, class or tranche of Notes
affected thereby, or all Notes, as the case may be, and such amendment or supplemental indenture will form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Notes theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder will be
bound thereby to the extent provided therein. 
 SECTION 1005. Conformity with Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment of this
Indenture or supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article will conform to the requirements of the TIA as then in effect. 

SECTION 1006. Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures. Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution of any
amendment of this Indenture or supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and will if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture. If the Issuer will
so determine, new Notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Issuer, to any such amendment or supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange
for Outstanding Notes. 
 SECTION 1007. Amendments to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement; Amendments to the Asset Representations
Review Agreement; Treatment of Noteholders and Note Owners. By their acceptance of a Note, the Noteholders acknowledge that the Sellers and the Master Trust Trustee may amend the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and any supplement thereto
without the consent of the Holders of any Investor Certificates (including the Issuer) or any Noteholder, so long as such amendment or supplement would not materially adversely affect the interests of the Holders of any Investor Certificates. 

(a) For purposes of any vote or consent under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement: 

(i) that requires the consent or vote of each Investor Certificateholder, each Noteholder will be treated as an Investor
Certificateholder under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement; 
 (ii) that requires the consent or vote of any series of
Investor Certificates, each series of Notes will be treated as a series of Investor Certificates under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement; and 

  
 107 

 (iii) that requires the consent or vote of any class of Investor Certificates,
each class of Notes of a Single Issuance Series and each tranche of Notes of a Multiple Issuance Series will be treated as a class of Investor Certificates under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

(b) For purposes of subsection [3.10] of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, each Note Owner will be treated as a Certificate
Owner (as defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement). 
 (c) By their acceptance of a Note, the Noteholders acknowledge
that the Seller, the Servicer and the Asset Representations Reviewer may amend the Asset Representations Review Agreement, including the content of any Exhibit to the Asset Representations Review Agreement, without the consent of the Holders of any
Investor Certificates (including the Issuer) or any Noteholder; provided, that if such amendment takes effect after the issuance of any tranche of Notes that is registered with the Commission on Form SF-3, such amendment shall not, in the reasonable
belief of the Seller, adversely affect in any material respect the interests of the Holder of any Investor Certificates whose consent has not been obtained (as evidenced by an officer’s certificate of the Seller delivered to the Servicer and
the Master Trust Trustee). 
 For purposes of any vote or consent under the Asset Representations Review Agreement that requires the consent
or vote of Investor Certificateholders, each Noteholder will be treated as an Investor Certificateholder under the Asset Representations Review Agreement. 

SECTION 1008. Amendments to the Trust Agreement. (a) Without the consent of the Holders of any Notes, the Issuer Trustee
(at the written direction of the Managing Beneficiary) and the Banks may amend the Trust Agreement so long as such amendment will not adversely affect the interests of the Noteholders in any material respect and the Rating Agencies confirm in
writing that the amendment will not cause a Ratings Effect. 
 (b) With written confirmation from each applicable Rating Agency that there
will be no Ratings Effect and the consent of the Holders of not less than 66 2⁄3% in Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Outstanding Notes affected by
such amendment, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Master Trust Trustee, the Banks and the Issuer Trustee (at the written direction of the Managing Beneficiary) may amend the Trust Agreement for the purpose of adding, changing or eliminating
any provisions of the Trust Agreement or of modifying the rights of those Noteholders. 
 SECTION 1009. Notice. If the Issuer,
as holder of the Collateral Certificate for the benefit of the Noteholders, receives a request for a consent to any amendment, modification, waiver or supplement under this Indenture, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the
Asset Representation Review Agreement or other document contemplated herein, the Issuer will forthwith provide notice of such proposed amendment, modification, waiver or supplement, as provided in Section 106 to (i) each Noteholder that is
entitled to vote on such matter as of the date the Issuer receives the request specified above and (ii) each Rating Agency. The Issuer will request from such Noteholders directions as to (i) whether or not the Issuer should take or refrain
from taking any action which the holder of the Collateral Certificate has the option to direct, (ii) whether or not to give or execute any waivers, consents, amendments, modifications or supplements as a

  
 108 

 
holder of such Collateral Certificate and (iii) how to vote the Collateral Certificate if a vote has been called for with respect thereto; provided, that, in directing any action or
casting any vote or giving any consent as the holder of the Collateral Certificate, the Issuer will vote or consent with respect to such Collateral Certificate the applicable series, class or tranche, as the case may be, in the same proportion as
the Notes were actually voted by Holders thereof as notified by such Noteholders to the Issuer at least two Business Days before the Issuer takes such action or casts such vote or gives such consent. 

ARTICLE XI 

Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Issuer 

SECTION 1101. Payment of Principal and Interest. With respect to each series, class or tranche of Notes, the Issuer will duly
and punctually pay the principal of and interest on such Notes in accordance with their terms and this Indenture, and will duly comply with all the other terms, agreements and conditions contained in, or made in this Indenture for the benefit of,
the Notes of such series, class or tranche. 
 SECTION 1102. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Issuer will maintain an
office, agency or Paying Agent in each Place of Payment where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Notes may be surrendered for transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and
this Indenture may be served. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and of any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer will fail to maintain such office or agency or will fail
to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Issuer hereby appoints the Trustee its agent to receive all such
presentations, surrenders, notices and demands. 
 SECTION 1103. Money for Note Payments to be Held in Trust. The Paying
Agent, on behalf of the Trustee, will make distributions to Noteholders from the Collection Account or other applicable Account pursuant to the provisions of Article V of this Indenture or any supplement thereto and will report the amounts of such
distributions to the Trustee. Any Paying Agent will have the revocable power to withdraw funds from the Collection Account or other applicable Account for the purpose of making the distributions referred to above. The Trustee may revoke such power
and remove the Paying Agent if the Trustee determines in its sole discretion that the Paying Agent has failed to perform its obligations under this Indenture or any supplemental indenture in any material respect. The Paying Agent upon removal will
return all funds in its possession to the Trustee. 
 The Issuer will cause each Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) for any series, class
or tranche of Notes to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying Agent will agree with the Trustee (and if the Trustee acts as Paying Agent, it so agrees), subject to the provisions of this Section, that such Paying Agent
will: 
 (a) hold all sums held by it for the payment of principal of or interest on Notes of such series, class or tranche
in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums will be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided; 

  
 109 

 (b) if such Paying Agent is not the Trustee, give the Trustee notice of any
default by the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes of such series, class or tranche) in the making of any such payment of principal or interest on the Notes of such series, class or tranche; 

(c) if such Paying Agent is not the Trustee, at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request
of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent; 
 (d) immediately resign as a
Paying Agent and, if such Paying Agent is not the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums held by it in trust for the payment of Notes if at any time it ceases to meet the standards described in this Section required to be met by a Paying
Agent at the time of its appointment; and 
 (e) comply with all requirements of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to
the withholding from any payments made by it on any Notes of any applicable withholding taxes imposed thereon and with respect to any applicable reporting requirements in connection therewith. 

The Issuer may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to any series, class or
tranche of Notes or for any other purpose, pay, or by Issuer Certificate direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by the Issuer or such Paying Agent in respect of each and every series, class or tranche of Notes as to
which it seeks to discharge this Indenture or, if for any other purpose, all sums so held in trust by the Issuer in respect of all Notes, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Issuer
or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent will be released from all further liability with respect to such money. 

Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of or interest
on any Note of any series, class or tranche and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal or interest has become due and payable will be paid to the Issuer upon request in an Issuer Certificate, or (if then held by the Issuer) will be
discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all
liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease. The Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer give notice to the Holders of the Notes as to which the money to
be repaid was held in trust, as provided in Section 106, a notice that such funds remain unclaimed and that, after a date specified in the notice, which will not be less than 30 days from the date on which the notice was first mailed or
published to the Holders of the Notes as to which the money to be repaid was held in trust, any unclaimed balance of such funds then remaining will be paid to the Issuer free of the trust formerly impressed upon it. 

The Issuer initially authorizes Citibank to act as Paying Agent for the Notes on its behalf. The Issuer may at any time and from time to time
authorize one or more Persons (including the Trustee) to act as Paying Agent in addition to or in place of Citibank with respect to any series, class or tranche of Notes issued under this Indenture. 

  
 110 

 Each Paying Agent will at all times, have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000,
and be subject to supervision or examination by a United States Federal or State authority or be regulated by or subject to the supervision or examination of a governmental authority of a nation that is a member of the Organization for Economic
Co-operation and Development. If such Paying Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, the combined
capital and surplus of such Paying Agent will be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. 

SECTION 1104. Statement as to Compliance. The Issuer will deliver to the Trustee and the Rating Agencies, on or before
April 30 of each year, beginning in 2001, a written statement signed by an Issuer Authorized Officer, stating that: 

(a) a review of the activities of the Issuer during the prior year and of the Issuer’s performance under this Indenture
and under the terms of the Notes has been made under such Issuer Authorized Officer’s supervision; and 
 (b) to the
best of such Issuer Authorized Officer’s knowledge, based on such review, the Issuer has complied in all material respects with all conditions and covenants under this Indenture throughout such year, or, if there has been a default in the
fulfillment of any such condition or covenant (without regard to any grace period or requirement of notice), specifying each such default known to such Issuer Authorized Officer and the nature and status thereof. 

SECTION 1105. Legal Existence. The Issuer will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force
and effect its legal existence. 
 SECTION 1106. Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the Trustee, the Issuer will
execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture. 

SECTION 1107. Compliance with Laws. The Issuer will comply with the requirements of all applicable laws, the noncompliance with
which would, individually or in the aggregate, materially and adversely affect the ability of the Issuer to perform its obligations under the Notes or this Indenture. 

SECTION 1108. Notice of Events of Default. The Issuer agrees to give the Trustee and the Rating Agencies prompt written notice
of each Event of Default hereunder and each default on the part of the Master Trust or the Sellers of their respective obligations under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, and any default of a Derivative Counterparty. 

SECTION 1109. Certain Negative Covenants. The Issuer will not: 

(a) claim any credit on, or make any deduction from the principal or interest payable in respect of, the Notes (other than
amounts withheld in good faith from such payments under the Internal Revenue Code or other applicable tax law); 
 (b) permit
the validity or effectiveness of this Indenture to be impaired, or permit the lien in favor of the Secured Parties created by this Indenture to be amended, 

  
 111 

 
hypothecated, subordinated, terminated or discharged, or permit any Person to be released from any covenants or obligations with respect to the Notes under this Indenture except as may be
expressly permitted hereby; 
 (c) permit any lien, charge, excise, claim, security interest, mortgage or other encumbrance
(other than the lien in favor of the Secured Parties created by this Indenture) to be created on or extend to or otherwise arise upon or burden the Collateral or any part thereof or any interest therein or the proceeds thereof; or 

(d) permit the lien in favor of the Secured Parties created by this Indenture not to constitute a valid security interest in
the Collateral; or 
 (e) voluntarily dissolve or liquidate. 

SECTION 1110. No Other Business. The Issuer will not engage in any business other than as permitted under the Trust Agreement.

 SECTION 1111. No Borrowing. The Issuer will not issue, incur, assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable, directly or
indirectly, for any indebtedness for borrowed money except for the Notes. 
 SECTION 1112. Excluded Series. The Issuer will
notify the Master Trust with respect to each Due Period of the extent to which any series of Notes constitutes an Excluded Series under the Series 2000 Supplement. 

SECTION 1113. Rule 144A Information. For so long as any of the Notes of any series, class or tranche are “restricted
securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Securities Exchange Act, the Issuer agrees to provide to any Noteholder of such series, class or tranche and to any prospective purchaser of Notes designated by such Noteholder, upon
the request of such Noteholder or prospective purchaser, any information required to be provided to such Holder or prospective purchaser to satisfy the conditions set forth in Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Exchange Act. 

ARTICLE XII 

Early Redemption of Notes 

SECTION 1201. Applicability of Article. Pursuant to the terms of this Article, the Issuer will redeem and pay, provided that
funds are available, each affected series, class or tranche of Notes upon the occurrence of any Early Redemption Event. Unless otherwise specified in the applicable terms document creating a series, class or tranche of Notes, or in the form of Notes
for such series, class or tranche, the following are “Early Redemption Events”: 
 (a) with respect to any
tranche of Notes, the occurrence of the Expected Principal Payment Date of such Notes; 
 (b) the occurrence of any
Amortization Event as defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement with respect to the Collateral Certificate; 

  
 112 

 (c) mandatory prepayment of the entire Collateral Certificate resulting from a
breach of a representation or warranty by the Banks under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement; 
 (d) with respect to any
tranche of Notes, at any time a Payment Request with respect to a requested payment of Available Investor Principal Collections has been issued with respect to such tranche of Notes, the Portfolio Yield (as defined in the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement) for any Due Period will be less than the Weighted Average Interest Rates for all tranches of Notes of that Group as of the last day of such Due Period; 

(e) the amount of Surplus Finance Charge Collections averaged over any three consecutive Due Periods will be less than the
Required Surplus Finance Charge Amount for the last of such three consecutive Due Periods; 
 (f) the Issuer becomes an
investment company within the meaning of the Investment Company Act; 
 (g) with respect to any tranche of Notes (other than
a tranche of RSP Notes) that has funds on deposit in a Principal Funding sub-Account, with respect to any Due Period, the product of 

(i) the total amount of Principal Receivables in the Master Trust as of the last day of such Due Period, 

(ii) the Series 2000 Allocation Percentage (as defined in the Series 2000 Supplement) for such Due Period, expressed as a
decimal, and 
 (iii) the difference of 100% minus the Floating Allocation Percentage (as defined in the Series 2000
Supplement) for such Due Period, expressed as a decimal, 
 will fail to equal at least the amount on deposit in the Principal Funding
Account of all tranches of Notes (other than tranches of RSP Notes) as of the last day of such Due Period; or 
 (h) with
respect to any series, class or tranche of Notes, any additional Early Redemption Event specified in the terms document for such series, class or tranche as applying to such series, class or tranche, or specified in the form of Note for such series,
class or tranche. 
 The redemption price of a tranche of Notes so redeemed will equal the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such
tranche, plus interest accrued and unpaid or principal accreted and unpaid on such tranche to but excluding the date of redemption, the payment of which will be subject to Article V. 

If the Issuer is unable to pay the redemption price in full on the Monthly Principal Date following the end of the Due Period in which the
Early Redemption Event occurs, monthly payments on such tranche of Notes will thereafter be made on each following Monthly Principal Date until the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such tranche, plus all accrued and unpaid

  
 113 

 
interest, is paid in full or the Legal Maturity Date occurs, whichever is earlier, subject to Article V. Any funds in the Principal Funding Account, the Interest Funding Account and, in the case
of Class C Notes, the Class C Reserve Account for a redeemed tranche will be applied to make the principal and interest payments on that tranche on the redemption date, subject to Article V. Principal payments on redeemed tranches will be made first
to the Class A Notes until paid in full, then to the Class B Notes until paid in full and finally to the Class C Notes until paid in full. 

SECTION 1202. Optional Repurchase. (a) Unless otherwise provided in the applicable terms document for a tranche of Notes,
the Issuer has the right, but not the obligation, to redeem a tranche of Notes of a Multiple Issuance Series in whole but not in part on any day on or after the day on which the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of such tranche is reduced to less
than 5% of its Initial Dollar Principal Amount; provided, however, that if such tranche of Notes is of a subordinated class, the Issuer will not redeem such Notes if it will leave the senior classes of Notes of that series with less
than the applicable Required Subordinated Amount. If the Issuer elects to redeem a tranche of Notes of a Multiple Issuance Series, it will notify the Holders of such redemption at least 30 days prior to the redemption date. The redemption price of a
tranche so redeemed will equal the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such tranche, plus interest accrued and unpaid or principal accreted and unpaid on such tranche to but excluding the date of redemption, the payment of which will be subject
to Article V. 
 (b) Unless otherwise provided in the applicable terms document for a series of Notes of a Single Issuance Series, the
Issuer has the right, but not the obligation, to redeem Notes of a Single Issuance Series in whole but not in part on any day on or after the day on which the aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of such series is reduced to less than 5% of its
Initial Dollar Principal Amount. If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes of a Single Issuance Series, it will notify the Holders of such redemption at least 30 days prior to the redemption date. The redemption price of a series so redeemed will equal
the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such series, plus interest accrued and unpaid or principal accreted and unpaid on such tranche to but excluding the date of redemption, the payment of which will be subject to Article V. 

If the Issuer is unable to pay the redemption price in full on the redemption date, monthly payments on such tranche of Notes will thereafter
be made until the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such tranche, plus all accrued and unpaid interest, is paid in full or the Legal Maturity Date occurs, whichever is earlier, subject to Article V. Any funds in the Principal Funding Account,
the Interest Funding Account and, in the case of Class C Notes, the Class C Reserve Account for a redeemed tranche will be applied to make the principal and interest payments on that tranche on the redemption date, subject to Article V. Principal
payments on redeemed tranches will be made first to the Class A Notes until paid in full, then to the Class B Notes until paid in full and finally to the Class C Notes until paid in full. 

SECTION 1203. Notice. Promptly after the occurrence of any Early Redemption Event or a redemption pursuant to Section 1202,
the Issuer will notify the Trustee and the Rating Agencies in writing of the identity, stated principal amount and Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the affected series, class or tranche of Notes to be redeemed. Notice of redemption will
promptly be given as provided in Section 106. All notices of redemption will state (a) the date on which the redemption of the applicable series, class or tranche of Notes pursuant to this Article will begin, (b) the redemption price
for such series, class or tranche of Notes, which will be equal to the Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of such series, class or tranche plus interest accrued or principal accreted and unpaid (if any), the payment of which will be subject to
Article V and (c) the series, class or tranche of Notes to be redeemed pursuant to this Article. 

  
 114 

 ARTICLE XIII 

Collateral 

SECTION 1301. Recording, Etc. (a) The Issuer intends the Security Interest granted pursuant to this Indenture in favor of
the Secured Parties to be prior to all other liens in respect of the Collateral. Subject to Section 1303, the Issuer will take all actions necessary to obtain and maintain a perfected lien on and security interest in the Collateral in favor of
the Secured Parties. The Issuer will from time to time execute and deliver all such supplements and amendments hereto and all such financing statements (including amendments thereto), continuation statements, instruments of further assurance and
other instruments, all as prepared by the Issuer, and will take such other action necessary or advisable to: 
 (i) grant a
Security Interest more effectively in all or any portion of the Collateral; 

  
 115 

 (ii) maintain or preserve the Security Interest (and the priority thereof)
created by this Indenture or carry out more effectively the purposes hereof; 
 (iii) perfect, publish notice of or protect
the validity of any grant made or to be made by this Indenture; 
 (iv) enforce the Collateral Certificate, the Derivative
Agreements and each other instrument or agreement included in the Collateral; 
 (v) preserve and defend title to the
Collateral and the rights of the Secured Parties in such Collateral against the claims of all persons and parties; and 

(vi) pay all taxes or assessments levied or assessed upon the Collateral when due. 

(b) The Issuer will from time to time promptly pay and discharge all financing and continuation statement recording and/or filing fees,
charges and taxes relating to this Indenture, any amendments thereto and any other instruments of further assurance. The Issuer hereby designates the Trustee its agent and attorney-in-fact to execute, upon the Issuer’s failure to do so, any
financing statement, continuation statement or other instrument required by the Trustee pursuant to this Section. 
 (c) Without limiting
the generality of clauses (a)(ii) or (a)(iii): 
 (i) The Issuer will cause this Indenture, all amendments and supplements
hereto and/or all financing statements and continuation statements and any other necessary documents covering the Secured Parties’ right, title and interest to the Collateral to be promptly recorded, registered and filed, and at all times to be
kept recorded, registered and filed, all in such manner and in such places as may be required by law fully to preserve and protect the right, title and interest of the Trustee and the other Secured Parties to all property comprising the Collateral.
The Issuer will deliver to the Trustee file-stamped copies of, or filing receipts for, any document recorded, registered or filed as provided above, as soon as available following such recording, registration or filing. 

(ii) Within 30 days after the Issuer makes any change in its name, identity, corporate structure or jurisdiction of
organization which would make any financing statement or continuation statement filed in accordance with paragraph (d)(i) seriously misleading within the meaning of Section 9-506 (or any comparable provision) of the UCC, the Issuer will give
the Trustee notice of any such change and will file such financing statements or amendments as may be necessary to continue the perfection of the Secured Parties’ security interest in the Collateral. 

(d) The Issuer will give the Trustee prompt notice of any relocation of its principal executive office and whether, as a result of such
relocation, the applicable provisions of the UCC would require the filing of any amendment of any previously filed financing or continuation statement or of any new financing statement and will file such financing statements or amendments as may be
necessary to perfect or to continue the perfection of the Secured Parties’ security interest in the Collateral. The Issuer will at all times maintain its principal executive offices within the United States. 

  
 116 

 (e) The duty of the Trustee to execute any instrument required pursuant to this Section will
arise only if the Trustee has knowledge of the type described in Section 701(c) of any default of the Issuer in complying with the provisions of this Section. 

SECTION 1302. Trust Indenture Act Requirements. The release of any Collateral from the lien created by this Indenture, or the
release of, in whole or in part, such lien, will not be deemed to impair the Security Interests in contravention of the provisions hereof if and to the extent the Collateral or lien are released pursuant to the terms hereof. The Trustee and each of
the other Secured Parties acknowledge that a release of Collateral or lien strictly in accordance with the terms hereof will not be deemed for any purpose to be an impairment of the Security Interests in contravention of the terms of this Indenture.
To the extent applicable, without limitation, the Issuer and each other obligor on the Notes will cause TIA § 314(d) relating to the release of property or securities from the liens hereof to be complied with. Any certificate or opinion
required by TIA § 314(d) may be made by an officer of the appropriate obligor, except in cases in which TIA § 314(d) requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent person. 

SECTION 1303. Suits To Protect the Collateral. Subject to the provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee will have power to
institute and to maintain such suits and proceedings as it may deem expedient to prevent any impairment of the Collateral by any acts which may be unlawful or in violation of this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Trustee may deem
expedient to preserve or protect their interests and the interests of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes in the Collateral (including power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any
legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the Security Interests or be prejudicial to the
interests of the Holders of the Notes or the Trustee). No counterparty to a Derivative Agreement may direct the Trustee to enforce the Security Interest. Each counterparty’s rights consist solely of the right to receive Collections allocated
for its benefit pursuant to Article V. 
 SECTION 1304. Purchaser Protected. In no event will any purchaser in good faith of
any property purported to be released hereunder be bound to ascertain the authority of the Trustee to execute the release or to inquire as to the satisfaction of any conditions required by the provisions hereof for the exercise of such authority or
to see to the application of any consideration given by such purchaser or other transferee; nor will any purchaser or other transferee of any property or rights permitted by this Article to be sold be under any obligation to ascertain or inquire
into the authority of the Issuer or any other obligor, as applicable, to make any such sale or other transfer. 
 SECTION 1305. Powers
Exercisable by Receiver or Trustee. In case the Collateral will be in the possession of a receiver or trustee, lawfully appointed, the powers conferred in this Article upon the Issuer or any other obligor, as applicable, with respect to the
release, sale or other disposition of such property may be exercised by such receiver or trustee, and an instrument signed by such receiver or trustee will be deemed the equivalent of any similar instrument of the Issuer or any other obligor, as
applicable, or of any officer or officers thereof required by the provisions of this Article. 

  
 117 

 SECTION 1306. Determinations Relating to Collateral. In the event (i) the
Trustee will receive any written request from the Issuer or any other obligor for consent or approval with respect to any matter or thing relating to any Collateral or the Issuer’s or any other obligor’s obligations with respect thereto or
(ii) there will be due to or from the Trustee under the provisions hereof any performance or the delivery of any instrument or (iii) the Trustee will become aware of any nonperformance by the Issuer or any other obligor of any covenant or
any breach of any representation or warranty of the Issuer or any other obligor set forth in this Indenture, then, in each such event, the Trustee will be entitled to hire experts, consultants, agents and attorneys to advise the Trustee on the
manner in which the Trustee should respond to such request or render any requested performance or response to such nonperformance or breach (the expenses of which will be reimbursed to the Trustee pursuant to Section 807). The Trustee will be
fully protected in the taking of any action recommended or approved by any such expert, consultant, agent or attorney or agreed to by the Majority Holders of the Outstanding Notes. 

SECTION 1307. Release of Collateral. (a) Subject to the payment of its fees and expenses pursuant to Section 807, the
Trustee will, at the request of the Issuer or when otherwise required by the provisions of this Indenture, execute instruments to release property from the lien of this Indenture, or convey the Trustee’s interest in the same, in a manner and
under circumstances which are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture. No party relying upon an instrument executed by the Trustee as provided in this Article will be bound to ascertain the Trustee’s authority, inquire into the
satisfaction of any conditions precedent or see to the application of any funds. 
 (b) Upon delivery of an Issuer Certificate certifying
that the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture have been satisfied and discharged by complying with the provisions of this Article, the Trustee will (i) execute and deliver such releases, termination statements and other instruments
(in recordable form, where appropriate) as the Issuer or any other obligor, as applicable, may reasonably request evidencing the termination of the Security Interests created by this Indenture and (ii) not be deemed to hold the Security
Interests for the benefit of the Secured Parties. 
 (c) The Banks and the Noteholders will be entitled to receive at least 10 days written
notice when the Trustee proposes to take any action pursuant to clause (a), accompanied by copies of any instruments involved, and the Trustee will also be entitled to require, as a condition to such action, an Opinion of Counsel, stating the legal
effect of any such action, outlining the steps required to complete the same, and concluding that all conditions precedent to the taking of such action have been complied with. Counsel rendering any such opinion may rely, without independent
investigation, on the accuracy and validity of any certificate or other instrument delivered to the Trustee in connection with any such action. 

SECTION 1308. Certain Actions by Trustee. Any action taken by the Trustee pursuant to this Article in respect of the release of
Collateral will be taken by the Trustee as its interest in such Collateral may appear, and no provision of this Article is intended to, or will, excuse compliance with any provision hereof. 

SECTION 1309. Opinions as to Collateral. (a) On the Effective Date, the Issuer will furnish to the Trustee an Opinion of
Counsel either stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, such action has been taken with respect to the recording and filing of this Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto, and any other requisite documents, and with respect to the
execution and 

  
 118 

 
filing of any financing statements and continuation statements, as are necessary to create, continue, perfect and maintain the Security Interest granted by this Indenture in favor of the Secured
Parties and reciting the details of such action, or stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, no such action is necessary to do so. 

(b) On or before March 31 in each calendar year, beginning in 2001, the Issuer will furnish to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel with
respect to each Uniform Commercial Code financing statement which has been filed by the Issuer either stating that, (i) in the opinion of such counsel, such action has been taken with respect to the recording, filing, re-recording and refiling
of this Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto and any other requisite documents and with respect to the execution and filing of any financing statements and continuation statements as is necessary to maintain the lien and Security Interest
created by this Indenture and reciting the details of such action or (ii) in the opinion of such counsel no such action is necessary to maintain such lien and Security Interest. Such Opinion of Counsel will also describe the recording, filing,
re-recording and refiling of this Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto and any other requisite documents and the execution and filing of any financing statements and continuation statements that will, in the opinion of such counsel, be
required to maintain the lien and Security Interest of this Indenture until March 31 in the following calendar year. 
 SECTION 1310.
Delegation of Duties. The Issuer may contract with or appoint other Persons (including the Banks and their Affiliates) to assist it in performing its duties under this Indenture, and any performance of such duties by a Person
identified to the Trustee in an Issuer Certificate will be deemed to be action taken by the Issuer. 
 SECTION 1311. Additional
Representations Concerning Collateral. The Issuer represents as follows: 
 (a) This Indenture creates a valid and continuing
security interest (as defined in the applicable UCC) in the Collateral Certificate in favor of the Secured Parties, which security interest is prior to all other liens, and is enforceable as such as against creditors of and purchasers from the
Issuer. 
 (b) The Collateral Certificate constitutes either a “certificated security” or a “general intangible” within
the meaning of the applicable UCC. 
 (c) At the time the Issuer granted to the Secured Parties a security interest in the Collateral
Certificate, the Issuer owned and had good and marketable title to the Collateral Certificate free and clear of any lien, claim or encumbrance of any Person. 

(d) The Collateral Certificate has been delivered to the Trustee. The Issuer has caused the filing of all appropriate financing statements in
the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law in order to perfect the security interest in the Collateral Certificate granted to the Secured Parties under this Indenture to the extent that the Collateral Certificate
constitutes a “general intangible” within the meaning of the applicable UCC. The Collateral Certificate has been registered in the name of the Issuer. 

(e) Other than the security interest granted to the Secured Parties pursuant to this Indenture, the Issuer has not pledged, assigned, sold,
granted a security interest in, or otherwise 

  
 119 

 
conveyed any of the Collateral Certificate. The Issuer has not authorized the filing of and is not aware of any financing statements against the Issuer that include a description of collateral
covering the Collateral Certificate other than any financing statement (i) relating to the security interest granted to the Secured Parties pursuant to this Indenture, or (ii) that has been terminated or released. The Issuer is not aware
of any judgment or tax lien filings against it. The Collateral Certificate does not have any marks or notations indicating that is has been pledged, assigned or otherwise conveyed to any Person other than the Issuer. 

ARTICLE XIV 
 Miscellaneous

 SECTION 1401. No Petition. The Trustee, by entering into this Indenture, each Derivative Counterparty, by
designating that the obligations of the Issuer pursuant to the applicable Derivative Agreement are secured by the Collateral, and each Noteholder, by accepting a Note, agrees that it will not at any time institute against the Banks or the Issuer, or
join in any institution against the Banks or the Issuer of, any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other proceedings under any United States Federal or state bankruptcy or similar law in connection
with any obligations relating to the Notes, this Indenture or any Derivative Agreement. 
 SECTION 1402. Trust Obligations. No
recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer on the Notes or under this Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection herewith or therewith, against (i) the Issuer Trustee
in its individual capacity, (ii) any owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer, director, employee or agent of the Issuer Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a
beneficial interest in the Issuer or the Issuer Trustee or of any successor or assign of the Issuer Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed (it being understood that the Issuer Trustee has no such
obligations in its individual capacity). 
 SECTION 1403. Limitations on Liability. (a) It is expressly understood and agreed
by the parties hereto that (i) this Indenture is executed and delivered by the Managing Beneficiary not individually or personally but solely as Managing Beneficiary, in the exercise of the powers and authority conferred and vested in it,
(ii) each of the representations, undertakings and agreements herein made on the part of the Issuer is made and intended not as personal representations, undertakings and agreements by the Managing Beneficiary but is made and intended for the
purpose of binding only the Issuer, (iii) nothing herein contained will be construed as creating any liability on the Managing Beneficiary individually or personally, to perform any covenant of the Issuer either expressed or implied contained
herein, all such liability, if any, being expressly waived by the parties to this Indenture and by any Person claiming by, through or under them and (iv) under no circumstances will the Managing Beneficiary be personally liable for the payment
of any indebtedness or expenses of the Issuer or be liable for the breach or failure of any obligation, representation, warranty or covenant made or undertaken by the Issuer under this Indenture or any related documents. 

(b) Neither the Issuer Trustee nor the Banks, nor any other beneficiary of the Issuer nor any of their respective officers, directors,
employers or agents will have any liability with respect to this Indenture, and recourse may be had solely to the Collateral pledged to secure the Notes issued by Citibank Credit Card Issuance Trust. 

  
 120 

 SECTION 1404. Notes Treated as Debt. The Issuer and the Noteholders agree that the
Notes are intended to be debt of the Banks for federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes and agree to treat the Notes accordingly for all such purposes, unless otherwise required by a taxing authority. To the extent the Issuer,
notwithstanding the foregoing, is treated as a partnership for federal, state or local income or franchise purposes and a Noteholder is treated as a partner in such partnership, the Noteholders agree that any tax, penalty, interest or other
obligation imposed under the Internal Revenue Code with respect to the income tax items arising from such partnership shall be the sole obligation of the Noteholder to whom such items are allocated and not of such partnership. 

SECTION 1405. Actions Taken by the Issuer. Any and all actions that are to be taken by the Issuer will be taken by either the
Managing Beneficiary or the Issuer Trustee on behalf of the Issuer. 
 SECTION 1406. Derivative Counterparty as Third-Party
Beneficiary. Each Derivative Counterparty is a third-party beneficiary of this Indenture to the extent specified in the applicable Derivative Agreement or terms document. 

  
 121 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the
day and year first above written. 
  

									
		  		  	CITIBANK CREDIT CARD ISSUANCE TRUST,
			
		  		  	 by Citibank, N.A., as Managing Beneficiary

					
		  		  		  	By	  	  

		  		  		  	Name:	  	
		  		  		  	Title:	  	
					
	Attest:	  		  		  		  	
					
	  
	  		  		  		  	

							
			
		  		  	DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY
         AMERICAS, as Trustee,
				
		  		  	By	  	  

		  		  	Name:	  	
		  		  	Title:	  	
				
		  		  	By	  	  

		  		  	Name:	  	
		  		  	Title:	  	
				
	Attest:	  		  		  	
				
	  
	  		  		  	

 STATE OF SOUTH DAKOTA  ) 

                          
                           ) ss: 

COUNTY OF MINNEHAHA    ) 
 On
[        ] [    ], 2016, before me personally came
                                         
   , to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he resides at 701 East 60th Street North, Sioux Falls, SD 57117; and that he is a Vice President of Citibank, N.A., not acting in its individual capacity but
solely as Managing Beneficiary of Citibank Credit Card Issuance Trust, one of the parties described in and which executed the above instrument. 
  

	
	  

	Notary Public

  

	
	[Notarial Seal]
	
	My commission expires:                     

 STATE OF NEW
YORK                ) 

                          
                               ) ss: 

COUNTY OF NEW YORK            ) 

On [        ] [    ], 2016, before me personally came
                     and
                    , each to me known, who, each being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that she resides at 60 Wall Street, New York, New
York; and that she is a Vice President and                     , respectively, of Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, not acting in its
individual capacity but solely as Trustee, one of the parties described in and which executed the above instrument. 
  

	
	  

	Notary Public

  

	
	[Notarial Seal]
	
	My commission expires:                     

 ANNEX I 

Threshold Conditions 

Characteristics of Tranches of Notes 

Not Needing Separate Tax Opinions 

on Issuance Date 
  

	1.	At the time of issuance, the tranche of Notes will be rated no lower than the following ratings categories by at least one Rating Agency: 

 

			
	 Note
	  	 Rating

	Class A	  	AAA or its equivalent for long-term Notes, or A-1+/P-1 or its equivalent for commercial paper Notes
		
	Class B	  	A or its equivalent
		
	Class C	  	BBB or its equivalent

  

	2.	The tranche of Notes does not have a yield (based on its initial yield in the case of a tranche of floating rate Notes) in excess of the yield of United States Treasury obligations for a comparable maturity plus 500
basis points. 

  

	3.	The Initial Dollar Principal Amount of the tranche of Notes is less than $500,000,000 for Class A Notes, $250,000,000 for Class B Notes, or $250,000,000 for Class C Notes. 

 

	4.	The Expected Principal Payment Date of the tranche of Notes is no more than ten years after the issuance date for Class B Notes or Class C Notes, or twelve years after the issuance date for Class A Notes.

  

	5.	The tranche of Notes has a single Expected Principal Payment Date on which all principal of that tranche is expected to be paid. 

  

	6.	The Legal Maturity Date of the tranche of Notes is no more than two years after its Expected Principal Payment Date. 

  

	7.	Unless the Expected Principal Payment Date of the tranche of Notes is within one year of the issuance date, all interest is payable at least annually. 

 

	8.	 If the tranche of Notes does not bear interest at a single fixed rate, the tranche bears interest at a floating
rate, reset at least annually, equal to (i) 100% of a single market-based interest index such as LIBOR, the federal funds rate, or the 

	 	
prime rate, (ii) plus or minus a single fixed spread, if desired, and (iii) subject to a single fixed cap and/or single fixed floor, if desired. However, the interest rate for the first
period may be set at a rate approximating the rate that would be set by the formula. 

  

	9.	No payments of principal of or interest on the tranche of Notes are subject to any contingencies other, with respect to principal, than the availability of funds pursuant to the Indenture and subordination.

  

	10.	The issuance price of the tranche of Notes is at least 90% of the principal amount, and no more than 102% of the principal amount. 

  

	11.	[RESERVED]. 

  

	12.	Provisions for payments of the tranche of Notes after an Event of Default relating to a Derivative Agreement are as described in base Prospectus contained in the original effective registration statement filed with
respect to the Notes. 

  

	13.	At the time of issuance of the tranche of Notes, as to then Outstanding Notes or outstanding Master Trust investor certificates, (i) no Notes or Master Trust investor certificates have been downgraded (and continue
to have the downgraded rating) or are on credit watch with negative implications by any Rating Agency that rates the Notes or the Master Trust investor certificates; (ii) no series or class of Master Trust investor certificates has had an Early
Amortization Event (as defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement), and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time, would become an Early Amortization Event of any series or class of Master Trust investor certificates; (iii) no
series, class or tranche of Notes has had an Early Redemption Event or Event of Default, and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time, would become an Early Redemption Event or Event of Default of any series, class or tranche of Notes;
(iv) no unreimbursed draws have been made on any reserve account or cash collateral account for the benefit of any tranche of Notes or series of Master Trust investor certificates; and (v) neither the Issuer nor the Master Trust is in
default of any payment owed by it to a Derivative Counterparty or other derivative counterparty or third-party enhancer; provided, however, that clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) will not apply if (x) the event described
therein is due solely to the credit of a Derivative Counterparty or other derivative counterparty or third-party enhancer and/or the default of such Person in a payment obligation to the Issuer or the Master Trust, and (y) such Person is not a
Derivative Counterparty, other derivative counterparty or third-party enhancer with respect to the new issuance of Notes. 

  

	14.	The tranche of Notes has no material terms not described in the base Prospectus contained in the original effective registration statement filed with respect to the Notes, and that tranche’s subordination features,
acceleration provisions and remedies are as described in that Prospectus. 

  
 2 

	15.	The tranche of Notes meet any other conditions that may be added from time to time by a Rating Agency then rating the Notes of the Issuer. 

Any of the foregoing conditions may be eliminated or relaxed with the consent of the Rating Agencies then rating the Notes. 

  
 3 

 EXHIBIT A 
  

 
  

[FORM OF] PAYMENT REQUEST 
  

 
  

					
	From:	  	Citibank, N.A., as Series 2000 Certificate Representative under the Series 2000 Supplement and as Managing Beneficiary of the Citibank Credit Card Issuance Trust	  	
			
	To:	  	Citibank, N.A., as Servicer under Citibank Credit Card Master Trust I	  	
		
	Date:                     	  	

 Citibank Credit Card Master Trust I 

Series 2000 Certificates 

Due Period ending             , 20     

Reference is made to the Amended and Restated Series 2000 Supplement, dated as of August 9, 2011, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto dated as of
[        ] [    ], 2016 (as amended, supplemented and otherwise modified, the “Series 2000 Supplement”), between Citibank, N.A., as Seller and Servicer, and Deutsche Bank
Trust Company Americas, as Trustee on behalf of the Certificateholders, and the Second Amended and Restated Indenture, dated as of [        ] [    ], 2016 (as amended, supplemented and
otherwise modified, the “Indenture”), between Citibank Credit Card Issuance Trust, as Issuer, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders. Terms used herein have the meanings provided in the
Series 2000 Supplement or the Indenture, as applicable. 
 The Series 2000 Certificate Representative requests the following payments with respect to the
Series 2000 Certificates be made on the following dates: 
  

							
	A.	  	Allocations of Investor Finance Charge Collections available pursuant to Section 4.02 of the Series 2000 Supplement.	  	
				
		  	 1.      
	  	Required pursuant to Section 501(a) of the Indenture (to pay accrued and unpaid fees and expenses of, and other amounts due to, the Indenture Trustee pursuant to Section 807 of the Indenture, to be paid as soon as practicable
after the end of the applicable Due Period)	  	$            
				
		  	 2.      
	  	Required pursuant to Section 501(b) of the Indenture (to make the targeted deposits to the Interest Funding Account pursuant to Section 503 of the Indenture, to be paid on the applicable Interest Deposit Date)	  	

									
	 Tranche
	  	Interest Deposit Date	 	  	Amount	 
		  				  	$	            	  
		  				  	$	            	  
		  				  	$	            	  
		  				  	$	            	  
		  				  	$	            	  

  

							
		 		 	Total	  	$            
				
		 	3.	 	Required pursuant to Section 501(d) of the Indenture (to increase the Invested Amount of the Series 2000 Certificate or reimburse any Receivables Sales Proceeds Deposit Deficit pursuant to Section 527 of the Indenture, to be paid
to the Servicer as soon as practicable after the end of the applicable Due Period)	  	$            
				
		 	4.	 	Required pursuant to Section 501(c) of the Indenture (to make the targeted deposits to the Class C Reserve Account pursuant to Section 518 of the Indenture, on the applicable Monthly Interest Date)	  	

  

									
	 Tranche
	  	Interest Deposit Date	 	  	Amount	 
		  				  	$	            	  
		  				  	$	            	  
		  				  	$	            	  
		  				  	$	            	  
		  				  	$	            	  

  

							
		 		 	Total	  	$            
				
		 	5.	 	Required pursuant to Section 501(e) of the Indenture (to make any other payment or deposit required by the terms document of any series, class or tranche of Notes)	  	$            

  

									
	 Tranche
	  	Interest Deposit Date	 	  	Amount	 
		  				  	$	            	  
		  				  	$	            	  
		  				  	$	            	  
		  				  	$	            	  
		  				  	$	            	  

  

							
		 		  	Total	  	$            

  
 A-2 

							
				
		 	6.	 	Balance of the Investor Finance Charge Collections to be paid to the Issuer pursuant to Section 501(f) of the Indenture as soon as practicable after the end of the applicable Due Period	  	$            
			
	B.	 	Allocations of Available Investor Principal Collections available pursuant to Section 4.02 of the Series 2000 Supplement.	  	
				
		 	1.	 	Required pursuant to Section 502(a) of the Indenture (to be reallocated to pay deficiencies in targeted deposits to the Interest Funding Account pursuant to A2, subject to the limitations set forth in the Indenture, to be paid on
the applicable Interest Deposit Date)	  	

  

									
	 Tranche
	  	Interest Deposit Date	 	  	Amount	 
		  				  	$	            	  
		  				  	$	            	  
		  				  	$	            	  
		  				  	$	            	  
		  				  	$	            	  

  

							
		 		 	Total	  	$            
				
		 	2.	 	Required pursuant to Section 502(b) of the Indenture (to make the targeted deposits to the Principal Funding Account pursuant to Section 508 of the Indenture, to be paid on the applicable Principal Deposit Date)	  	$            

  

									
	 Tranche
	  	Interest Deposit Date	 	  	Amount	 
		  				  	$	            	  
		  				  	$	            	  
		  				  	$	            	  
		  				  	$	            	  
		  				  	$	            	  

  

									
		 		  	Total	  	$	            	  

  
 A-3 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has duly executed and delivered this Payment Request
on             , 20    . 
  

					
	CITIBANK CREDIT CARD ISSUANCE TRUST,
	    as Issuer
		
	By:	 	CITIBANK, N.A., as Series 2000 Certificate Representative and as Managing Beneficiary
			
		 	By:	 	  

		 	Name:	 	
		 	Title:	 	
		
	By:	 	CITIBANK, N.A., as Servicer
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  
 A-4 

 EXHIBIT B 
  

 
  

[FORM OF] MONTHLY COMPUTATION STATEMENT 

Date:                     

 Citibank Credit Card Master Trust I 

Series 2000 Certificate 

Due Period ending             , 20     

 
  

Reference is made to the Amended and Restated Series 2000 Supplement, dated as of August 9, 2011, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto, dated as of
[        ] [    ], 2016 (as amended, supplemented and otherwise modified, the “Series 2000 Supplement”), between Citibank, N.A., as Seller and Servicer, and Deutsche Bank
Trust Company Americas, as Trustee on behalf of the Certificateholders, and the Second Amended and Restated Indenture, dated as of [        ] [    ], 2016 (as amended, supplemented and
otherwise modified, the “Indenture”), between Citibank Credit Card Issuance Trust, as Issuer, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders. Terms used herein have the meanings provided in the
Series 2000 Supplement or the Indenture, as applicable. 
 The following computations are as of the end of the Due Period ending
            , 20     (the “applicable Due Period”): 
  

									
	A.	 	Increases in the components of the Series 2000 Invested Amount, the Series Adjusted Invested Amount for Series 2000 and the principal amount of the Series 2000 Certificates, as of the end of the applicable Due
Period	  			
				
		 	1.	  	The cumulative sum of the Initial Dollar Principal Amount of each tranche of Notes as of the end of the applicable Due Period pursuant to Section 5.01(a)(x)(i) of the Series 2000 Supplement and clause (a) of the definition of
“Nominal Liquidation Amount” in the Indenture	  			
				
		 		  	From all prior Due Periods	  	$	            	  
				
		 		  	From the applicable Due Period	  	$	            	  
				
		 		  	Total	  	$	            	  
				
		 	2(a).	  	The cumulative sum of accretions of principal on Discount Notes targeted to be deposited in the Interest Funding Account pursuant to Section 503(f) of the Indenture and Section 5.01(a)(x)(ii)(A) of the Series 2000
Supplement, whether or not actually deposited and paid by the Issuer to the Master Trust pursuant to Sections 507(b) and 520(a) of the Indenture for reinvestment in the Series 2000 Invested Amount pursuant to Sections 4.03(e)	  			
				
		 		  	From all prior Due Periods	  	$	            	  
				
		 		  	From the applicable Due Period	  	$	            	  
				
		 		  	Total	  	$	            	  

									
		 	2(b).	 	The cumulative sum of accretions of principal on Discount Notes actually paid by the Issuer to the Master Trust for reinvestment in the Series 2000 Invested Amount pursuant to Sections 4.03(e) and 5.01(a)(x)(ii)(B) of the Series
2000 Supplement and Sections 5.07(b) and 520(a) of the Indenture	  			
				
		 		 	From all prior Due Periods	  	$	            	  
				
		 		 	From the applicable Due Period	  	$	            	  
				
		 		 	Total	  	$	            	  
				
		 	3.	 	The cumulative sum of principal collections paid by the Issuer to the Master Trust for reinvestment in the Series 2000 Invested Amount pursuant to Sections 4.03(f) and 5.01(a)(x)(iii) of the Series 2000 Supplement and Sections
502(a) and 520(c) of the Indenture	  			
				
		 		 	From all prior Due Periods	  	$	            	  
				
		 		 	From the applicable Due Period	  	$	            	  
				
		 		 	Total	  	$	            	  
				
		 	4.	 	The cumulative sum of reimbursements of Series 2000 Invested Amount Deficit from Allocable Miscellaneous Payments retained by the Master Trust for reinvestment in the Series 2000 Invested Amount pursuant to Sections 4.03(b)(i)
and 5.01(a)(x)(iv) of the Series 2000 Supplement and Section 527(e)(i) of the Indenture	  			
				
		 		 	From all prior Due Periods	  	$	            	  
				
		 		 	From the applicable Due Period	  	$	            	  
				
		 		 	Total	  	$	            	  
				
		 	5.	 	The cumulative sum of reimbursements of Series 2000 Invested Amount Deficit made pursuant to Sections 4.02(a)(ii)(C), 4.03(c) and 5.01(a)(x)(v) of the Series 2000 Supplement and Sections 520(b) and 527(f)(i) of the Indenture	  			
				
		 		 	From all prior Due Periods	  	$	            	  
				
		 		 	 From the applicable Due Period
	  	$	            	  
				
		 		 	 Total
	  	$	            	  

  
 B-2 

					
	B.	 	Decreases in the components of the Series 2000 Invested Amount, the Series Adjusted Invested Amount for Series 2000, and the principal amount of the Series 2000 Certificates as of the end of the applicable Due Period	  	
			
	1(a).	 	The cumulative sum of all Principal Collections paid to the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.02(b)(ii) or Section 4.02(c)(ii) of the Series Supplement which are reallocated pursuant to Section 502(a) of the Indenture
and Section 5.01(a)(y)(i) of the Series 2000 Supplement to make targeted deposits to the Interest Funding Account	  	
			
		 	 From all prior Due Periods
	  	$            
			
		 	 From the applicable Due Period
	  	$            
			
		 	 Total
	  	$            
			
	1(b).	 	The cumulative sum of all Principal Collections paid to the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.02(b)(ii) or Section 4.02(c)(ii) of the Series Supplement which are reallocated pursuant to Section 502(a) of the Indenture
and Section 5.01(a)(y)(i) of the Series 2000 Supplement to make targeted deposits to the Interest Funding Account that in each case resulted in a reduction of the Nominal Liquidation Amount of Notes that were Revolving Notes at the time of such
reduction	  	
			
		 	 From all prior Due Periods
	  	$            
			
		 	 From the applicable Due Period
	  	$            
			
		 	 Total
	  	$            
			
	2(a).	 	The cumulative sum of all payments of Principal Collections paid to the Issuer (other than those referred to in item B1 above)	  	
			
		 	 From all prior Due Periods
	  	$            
			
		 	 From the applicable Due Period
	  	$            
			
		 	 Total
	  	$            
			
	2(b).	 	With respect to all tranches of Notes that were Revolving Notes at the time of such payment, the cumulative sum of all payments of principal collections to the Issuer (other than those referred to in item B1 above) on deposit in the
Principal Funding Account or withdrawn from the Principal Funding Account pursuant to Section 511(a), (b) or (c) of the Indenture	  	
			
		 	 From all prior Due Periods
	  	$            
			
		 	 From the applicable Due Period
	  	$            
			
		 	 Total
	  	$            

  
 B-3 

					
			
	3.	 	With respect to each tranche of RSP Notes, an aggregate amount equal to the Nominal Liquidation Amount of each such tranche immediately before giving effect to the applicable sale of Receivables pursuant to Sections
4.01(a)(y)(iii) 7.03 of the Series 2000 Supplement and Section 523 of the Indenture	  	
			
		 	 From all prior Due Periods
	  	$            
			
		 	 From the applicable Due Period
	  	$            
			
		 	 Total
	  	$            
			
	4(a).	 	Investor Charge-Offs allocated to the Series 2000 Certificate pursuant to Sections 4.03(a) and 5.02(a)(y)(iv) of the Series 2000 Supplement, to the extent that such Investor Charge-Offs reduce the aggregate Nominal Liquidation
Amount of the Notes pursuant to Section 526(e)(i) of the Indenture	  	
			
		 	 From all prior Due Periods
	  	$            
			
		 	 From the applicable Due Period
	  	$            
			
		 	 Total
	  	$            
			
	4(b).	 	Investor Charge-Offs allocated to the Series 2000 Certificate pursuant to Sections 4.03(a) and 5.02(a)(y)(iv) of the Series 2000 Supplement, to the extent that such Investor Charge-Offs reduce the aggregate Nominal Liquidation
Amount of the Notes pursuant to Section 526(e)(i) of the Indenture that were Revolving Notes at the time of such reduction	  	
			
		 	 From all prior Due Periods
	  	$            
			
		 	 From the applicable Due Period
	  	$            
			
		 	 Total
	  	$            
			
	4(c).	 	The Nominal Liquidation Amount of any Notes cancelled pursuant to Section 603 of the Indenture	  	
			
		 	 From all prior Due Periods
	  	$            
			
		 	 From the applicable Due Period
	  	$            
			
		 	 Total
	  	$            

  
 B-4 

									
			
	4(d).	 	The Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of any Notes cancelled pursuant to Section 603 of the Indenture	  			
				
		 		 	From all prior Due Periods	  	 	$            	  
				
		 		 	From the applicable Due Period	  	 	$            	  
				
		 		 	Total	  	 	$            	  
			
	C.	 	Series 2000 Invested Amount and aggregate Nominal Liquidation Amount of the Notes (sum of Items A1, A2(b), A3, A4 and A5, less Items B1(a), B2(a), B3 and B4(a))	  	 	$            	  
			
	D.	 	Series 2000 Adjusted Invested Amount (sum of Items A1, A2(b), A3, A4 and A5, less Items B1(b), B2(b), B3 and B4(b))	  	 	$            	  
				
	E.	 	1.	 	Principal amount of the Series 2000 Certificates and aggregate Adjusted Outstanding Principal Amount of the Notes (sum of Items A1, A2(a) and A3, less Item B2(a)) (but subject to Section 5.01(b) of the Series 2000
Supplement)	  	 	$            	  
				
		 	2.	 	Aggregate amount on deposit in the Principal Funding Account	  	 	$            	  
				
		 	3.	 	Aggregate Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Notes (sum of Items E1 and E2)	  	 	$            	  
			
	F.	 	Amount of Finance Charge Collections (and amounts to be treated as Finance Charge Collections) available pursuant to Section 501(d) of the Indenture to fund Class C Reserve sub-Accounts	  	 	$            	  
			
	G.	 	Portion of the Series 2000 Invested Amount to be considered as an Excluded Series	  	 	$            	  
			
	H.	 	The aggregate amount on deposit in the Principal Funding Account for each tranche of Notes, other than any tranche of RSP Notes (equal to the designated portion of the Sellers’ Interest)	  	 	$            	  

  
 B-5 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has duly executed and delivered this Monthly
Computation Statement on             , 20    . 
  

			
	CITIBANK, N.A., Servicer of Citibank Credit Card Master Trust I,
		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	
	
	 CITIBANK CREDIT CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, as
Issuer

 
			
		
	By:	 	CITIBANK, N.A., as Series 2000 Certificate Representative and as Managing Beneficiary

 
			
		
	 By:
	 	  

	 Name:
	 	
	 Title:
	 	

  
 B-6 

 EXHIBIT C 
  

 
  

[FORM OF ISSUER’S REPORT] 
  

 
 CITIBANK, N.A. 

 
  

 
 CITIBANK CREDIT CARD ISSUANCE TRUST
/ 
 CITIBANK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST I 

For the Due Period Ending              ,
20     
  
  

 
 This Report relates to the Due Period ending
             , 20     and the related Payment Dates for the Notes. 
  

							
	A.	  	Information Regarding the Master Trust portfolio	  		  	
				
	1.	  	Portfolio Yield for the Collateral Certificate	  		  	
				
		  	 Yield Component

Credit Loss Component
	  		  	    %
     %

				
	2.	  	New Purchase Rate	  		  	    %
				
	3.	  	Total Payment Rate	  		  	    %
				
	4.	  	Principal Payment Rate	  		  	    %
				
	5.	  	Aggregate Amount of Principal Receivables in the Master Trust:	  		  	    %
				
		  	 Beginning of Due Period

Average
 Lump Sum
Addition
 End of Due Period
	  	$            

$            

$            

$            
	  	
				
	6.	  	Delinquencies (Aggregate outstanding balances in the Accounts that were delinquent by the time periods listed below as of the close of business of the month preceding the Payment Dates, as a percentage of aggregate Receivables as
of the last day of the Due Period):	  		  	
				
		  	 Current
	  	$	  	
				
		  	 5-34 days delinquent
	  	$	  	
		  	 35-64 days delinquent
	  	$	  	
		  	 5-94 days delinquent
	  	$	  	
		  	 5-124 days delinquent
	  	$	  	
		  	 125-154 days delinquent
	  	$	  	
		  	 155-184 days delinquent
	  	$	  	
				
		  	 Current
	  		  	    %
				
		  	 5-34 days delinquent
	  		  	    %
		  	 35-64 days delinquent
	  		  	    %
		  	 65-94 days delinquent
	  		  	    %
		  	 95-124 days delinquent
	  		  	    %
		  	 125-154 days delinquent
	  		  	    %
		  	 155-184 days delinquent
	  		  	    %

 CITIBANK, N.A. 
  

 
  

CITIBANK CREDIT CARD ISSUANCE TRUST / 

CITIBANK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST I 

For the Due Period Ending              ,
20     
  
  

 
  

													
	 	 	 	  	 	  	Current Due
Period on an
Actual Basis1	 	 	Current Due
Period on a
Standard Basis1	 
	B.	 	 Information Regarding the Collateral Certificate
  

(Percentage Basis)
	  				 			
					
		 	1.	  	Portfolio Yield	  	 	    	% 	 	 	    	% 
					
		 	2.	  	Weighted Average Note Rate	  	 	    	% 	 	 	    	% 
					
		 	3.	  	Weighted Average Investor Fee Rates	  				 			
					
		 		  	 Fixed Servicing Fee
	  	 	    	% 	 	 	    	% 
					
		 		  	 Others
	  	 	    	% 	 	 	    	% 
					
		 	4.	  	Surplus Finance Charge Collections	  	 	    	% 	 	 	    	% 
					
		 	5.	  	Surplus Finance Charge Collections For Purposes of Funding Class C Reserve Account	  	 	    	% 	 	 	    	% 
					
		 	6.	  	Required Surplus Finance Charge Amount	  	 	    	% 	 	 	    	% 
					
		 	7.	  	Aggregate Surplus Finance Charge Amount minus Required Surplus Finance Charge Amount	  	 	    	% 	 	 	    	% 

  

	1 	Values for Current Due Period on an Actual Basis reflect, in the case of a first due period close of a tranche of Notes, activity from the close date until the first due period end, or, as in the case of Investor
Monthly Interest and certain fees, until the first Monthly Interest Date. Values for Current Due Period on a Standard Basis reflect activity for the entire current due period, as if all Notes had already been outstanding prior to the first day of
such due period. 

 All percents are based on actual cash revenue or expense for the period, converted to an annualized percent
using day counts appropriate for the item, either 30/360, actual/360, or actual/actual. Depending on the item, cash expenses may accrue from             ,
20     to             , 20    ,      days, or
            , 20     to             , 20    ,
     days (standard basis). 

  
 C-2 

 CITIBANK, N.A. 

 
  

 
 CITIBANK CREDIT CARD ISSUANCE TRUST
/ 
 CITIBANK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST I 

For the Due Period Ending              ,
20     
  
  

 
  

									
	C.	  	 Information Regarding the Collateral Certificate

 
 (Dollar Basis)

					
		  	 1.
	 	 Total Investor Collections
  

Principal Collections
  

Finance Charge Collections
	  	 $ 
 $

 
 $
	  	 $ 
 $

 
 $

					
		  	2.	 	 Investor Default Amount
	  	$            	  	$            
					
		  	3.	 	 Investor Monthly Interest
	  	$	  	$
					
		  	4.	 	 Investor Monthly Fees
	  		  	
					
		  		 	 Fixed Servicing Fees
	  	$	  	$
					
		  		 	 Others
	  	$	  	$
					
		  	5.	 	 Surplus Finance Charge Collections
	  	$	  	$
					
		  	6.	 	 Required Surplus Finance Charge Collections
	  	$	  	$
					
		  	7.	 	Aggregate Surplus Finance Charge Amount minus Required Surplus Finance Charge Amount	  	$	  	$
				
	D.	  	Information Regarding Sellers’ Participation Amount	  		  	
			
		  	1.	 	 Sellers’ Participation Amount on the last day of the prior Due Period
                    

			
		  	2.	 	 Sellers’ Participation Amount on the last day of the Due Period
                    

				
	E.	  	 Information Regarding Notes of [Series]2
  
 (Aggregate Basis)
	  		  	
				
		  	1a.	 	 Class A Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount
	  	$
				
		  	1b.	 	 Class B Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount
	  	$
				
		  	1c.	 	 Class C Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount
	  	$
				
		  	2a.	 	 Targeted Deposit to Class A Interest Funding Account
	  	$
				
		  	2b.	 	 Targeted Deposit to Class B Interest Funding Account
	  	$
				
		  	2c.	 	 Targeted Deposit to Class C Interest Funding Account
	  	$
				
		  	3a.	 	 Balance in the Class A Interest Funding Account
	  	$
				
		  	3b.	 	 Balance in the Class B Interest Funding Account
	  	$
				
		  	3c.	 	 Balance in the Class C Interest Funding Account
	  	$

  

	2 	The information reported is for the Due Period ending              , 20    , 

  
 C-3 

 CITIBANK, N.A. 

 
  

 
 CITIBANK CREDIT CARD ISSUANCE TRUST
/ 
 CITIBANK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST I 

For the Due Period Ending              ,
20     
  
  

 
  

													
		 	and giving effect to all deposits, allocations, reallocations and payments to be made in the month after the end of this Due Period.	   	  			
					
		 	4a.	  	Targeted Deposit to Class A Principal Funding Account	  	$	            	  	  			
					
		 	4b.	  	Targeted Deposit to Class B Principal Funding Account	  	$	 	  	  			
					
		 	4c.	  	Targeted Deposit to Class C Principal Funding Account	  	$	 	  	  			
					
		 	5a.	  	Balance in the Class A Principal Funding Account	  	$	 	  	  			
					
		 	5b.	  	Balance in the Class B Principal Funding Account	  	$	 	  	  			
					
		 	5c.	  	Balance in the Class C Principal Funding Account	  	$	 	  	  			
					
		 	6.	  	Targeted Deposit to Class C Reserve Account	  	$	 	  	  			
					
		 	7.	  	Balance in the Class C Reserve Account	  	$	 	  	  			
					
		 	8a.	  	Maximum enhance amount available to Outstanding Class A Notes from Class B Notes	  	$	 	  	  			
					
		 	8b.	  	As a Percentage of Class A Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount	  				  	 	    	% 
					
		 	8c.	  	Maximum enhancement amount available to Outstanding Class A Notes from Class C Notes	  	$	 	  	  			
					
		 	8d.	  	As a Percentage of Class A Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount	  				  	 	    	% 
					
		 	8e.	  	Maximum enhancement amount available to Outstanding Class B Notes from Class C Notes	  	$	 	  	  			
					
		 	8f.	  	As a Percentage of Class B Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount	  				  	 	    	% 
					
		 	9a.	  	Reduction in the Class A Nominal Liquidation Amount resulting from an allocation of Investor Charge-Offs	  	$	 	  	  			
					
		 	9b.	  	Reduction in the Class B Nominal Liquidation Amount resulting from an allocation of Investor Charge-Offs or a reallocation of Principal Collections to pay interest on Class A Notes	  	$	 	  	  			
					
		 	9c.	  	Reduction in the Class C Nominal Liquidation Amount resulting from an allocation of Investor Charge-Offs or a reallocation of Principal Collections to pay interest on Class A or Class B Notes	  	$	 	  	  			
					
		 	10a.	  	Reimbursement of Class A Nominal Liquidation Amount	  	$	 	  	  			
					
		 	10b.	  	Reimbursement of Class B Nominal Liquidation Amount	  	$	 	  	  			
					
		 	10c.	  	Reimbursement of Class C Nominal Liquidation Amount	  	$	 	  	  			

  
 C-4 

 CITIBANK, N.A. 

 
  

 
 CITIBANK CREDIT CARD ISSUANCE TRUST
/ 
 CITIBANK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST I 

For the Due Period Ending              ,
20     
  
  

 
  

											
	F.	 	 Information Regarding Distributions to Noteholders of [Series]3

 
 (Aggregate Basis)
	   
 

  
	  	
					
		 	1a.	  	The total amount of the distribution to Class A Noteholders on the applicable Payment Dates	  	$	 	  	  	
					
		 	1b.	  	The total amount of the distribution to Class B Noteholders on the applicable Payment Dates	  	$	 	  	  	
					
		 	1c.	  	The total amount of the distribution to Class C Noteholders on the applicable Payment Dates	  	$	            	  	  	
					
		 	2a.	  	The amount of the distribution set forth in item 1(a) above in respect of principal on the Class A Notes	  	$	 	  	  	
					
		 	2b.	  	The amount of the distribution set forth in item 1(b) above in respect of principal on the Class B Notes	  	$	 	  	  	
					
		 	2c.	  	The amount of the distribution set forth in item 1(c) above in respect of principal on the Class C Notes	  	$	 	  	  	
					
		 	3a.	  	The amount of the distribution set forth in item 1(a) above in respect of interest on the Class A Notes	  	$	 	  	  	
					
		 	3b.	  	The amount of the distribution set forth in item 1(b) above in respect of interest on the Class B Notes	  	$	 	  	  	
					
		 	3c.	  	The amount of the distribution set forth in item 1(c) above in respect of interest on the Class C Notes	  	$	 	  	  	
					
		 	4a.	  	The amount, if any, by which the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Class A Notes exceeds the Class A Nominal Liquidation Amount as of the Record Date with respect to the applicable Payment Dates	  	$	 	  	  	
					
		 	4b.	  	The amount, if any, by which the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Class B Notes exceeds the Class B Nominal Liquidation Amount as of the Record Date with respect to the applicable Payment Dates	  	$	 	  	  	
					
		 	4c.	  	The amount, if any, by which the Adjusted Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount of the Class C Notes exceeds the Class C Nominal Liquidation Amount as of the Record Date with respect to the applicable Payment Dates	  	$	 	  	  	

  

	3 	The information reported is for the Due Period ending              , 20    , and giving effect to all deposits,
allocations, reallocations and payments to be made in the month after the end of this Due Period. 

  
 C-5 

 CITIBANK, N.A. 

 
  

 
 CITIBANK CREDIT CARD ISSUANCE TRUST
/ 
 CITIBANK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST I 

For the Due Period Ending              ,
20     
  
  

 
  

	G.	Information Regarding Notes of [Series]4 

(Individual Tranche Basis) 
  

	 	1.	Outstanding Dollar Principal Amount; Interest Payments and Deposits to Interest Funding Sub-Accounts 

  

															
	 Class/Tranche
	 	 Outstanding
Dollar Principal
Amount
	 	 Monthly

Accretion
	 	 Targeted

Interest
 Monthly

Deposit
	 	 Actual

Interest
 Monthly

Deposit
	 	 Cumulative
Shortfall
in
Interest Funding
Sub-Account
	 	
Interest
Funding Sub-

Account
 Balance
	 	
Interest
Payment On
Payment Date

		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 		 		 		 	

  

	 	2.	Principal Payments and Deposits to Principal Funding Sub-Accounts 

  

											
	 Class/Tranche
	 	 Targeted Principal
Monthly Deposit
	 	 Actual Principal
Monthly Deposit
	 	 Cumulative Shortfall

in Principal Funding

Sub-Account
	 	 Principal Funding

Sub-Account
 Balance
	 	 Principal Payment

On Payment Date

		 		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 		 	

  

	4 	The information reported is for the Due Period ending              , 20    , and giving effect to all deposits,
allocations, reallocations and payments to be made in the month after the end of this Due Period. 

  
 C-6 

 CITIBANK, N.A. 

 
  

 
 CITIBANK CREDIT CARD ISSUANCE TRUST
/ 
 CITIBANK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST I 

For the Due Period Ending              ,
20     
  
  

 
  

	 	3.	Deposits to and Withdrawals from Class C Reserve Sub-Accounts 

  

											
	 Class/Tranche
	 	 Targeted Deposit to
Class C Reserve

Sub-Account
	 	 Actual Deposit to

Class C Reserve
 Sub-Account
	 	 Cumulative

Shortfall in Class C
Reserve Sub-

Account
	 	 Withdrawals from

Class C Reserve
 Sub-Account
	 	 Class C Reserve

Sub-Account
 Balance

		 		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 		 	

  

	 	4.	Maximum Enhancement Amount Available to Class A Notes; Class A Usage of Class B and Class C Subordinated Amounts 

  

													
	 Class/Tranche
	 	 Maximum

Enhancement
Amount
Available from

Class B Notes
	 	 Maximum

Enhancement
 Amount

Available from
 Class C Notes
	 	 Class A Usage of

Class B
 Subordinated

Amount for this
 Due Period
	 	 Class A Usage of

Class C
 Subordinated

Amount for this
 Due Period
	 	 Cumulative

Class A Usage
 of Class B

Subordinated
 Amount
	 	 Cumulative

Class A Usage
 of Class C

Subordinated
 Amount

		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 		 		 	

  

	 	5.	Maximum Enhancement Amount Available to Class B Notes; Class B Usage of Class C Subordinated Amount 

  

							
	 Class/Tranche
	 	 Maximum Enhancement

Amount Available from Class

C Notes
	 	 Class B Usage of Class C

Subordinated Amount for

this Due Period
	 	 Cumulative Class B Usage of

Class C Subordinated Amount

		 		 		 	
		 		 		 	
		 		 		 	
		 		 		 	
		 		 		 	

  
 C-7 

 CITIBANK, N.A. 

 
  

 
 CITIBANK CREDIT CARD ISSUANCE TRUST
/ 
 CITIBANK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST I 

For the Due Period Ending              ,
20     
  
  

 
  

	 	6.	Reductions of and Reimbursements to Nominal Liquidation Amount 

  

											
	 Class/Tranche
	 	 Reduction

Resulting from an

Allocation of
 Investor

Chargeoffs for this
 Due
Period
	 	 Reduction

Resulting from a

Reallocation of
 Principal

Collections to pay
 interest
on senior
 classes of Notes

for this Due Period
	 	 Cumulative

Reduction Resulting
 from an
Allocation
 of Investor Charge-

offs (net of
 Reimbursements)
	 	 Cumulative Reduction

Resulting from a
 Reallocation of

Principal Collections to

pay interest on senior
 classes of
Notes (net of
 Reimbursements)
	 	 Reimbursement of

prior reductions of

Nominal
 Liquidation

Amount for this
 Due
Period

		 		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 		 	
		 		 		 		 		 	

  

	H.	Information Regarding the [Sponsor’s] [or] [Sellers’] or Affiliates Interest in Securities during the Due Period 

  

									
	
Citiseries Notes Held by the
[Sponsor] [or] [Sellers] or 
an
Affiliate
	 	As of Last Day of Previous Monthly Period	 	As of Last Day of Monthly Period
	 	 	Tranche	 	Amount	 	Tranche	 	Amount
		 	[Class [    ](20[    ])]	 		 	[Class [    ](20[    ])]	 	
					
		 	[Class [    ](20[    ])]	 		 	[Class [    ](20[    ])]	 	
					
		 	[Class [    ](20[    ])]	 		 	[Class [    ](20[    ])]	 	
					
		 	[Class [    ](20[    ])]	 		 	[Class [    ](20[    ])]	 	

  
 C-8 

 CITIBANK, N.A. 

 
  

 
 CITIBANK CREDIT CARD ISSUANCE TRUST
/ 
 CITIBANK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST I 

For the Due Period Ending              ,
20     
  
  

 
  

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed and delivered this Report this day of
             20    . 
  

			
	[CITIBANK, N.A., as Managing Beneficiary of Citibank Credit Card Issuance Trust and as Servicer of Citibank Credit Card Master Trust I]
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  
 C-9 

 EXHIBIT D 

[FORM OF] INVESTMENT LETTER 

[Date] 
 Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as
Trustee 
 60 Wall Street 
 New York, New York 10005 

Attention: Global Securities Services—Structured Finance Services 

Citibank Credit Card Issuance Trust 
 c/o Citibank, N.A., as
Managing Beneficiary 
 701 East 60th Street, North 
 Mail Code
1251 
 Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57117 
 Citigroup –
Corporate Law Department 
 One Court Square (45th Floor) 
 Long
Island City, New York 11120 
 Citibank, N.A. 
 388 Greenwich
Street, 14th Floor 
 New York, New York 10013 
 Attention:
Corporate Agency and Trust 
  

	 	Re:	Purchase of $        1 principal amount of Citibank Credit Card Issuance Trust Series [    ]
Class [    ] Notes 

 Ladies and Gentlemen: 

In connection with our purchase of the above Notes (the “Notes”) we confirm that: 

(1) We understand that the Notes are not being registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities
Act”), and are being sold to us in a transaction that is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. 

(2) Any information we desire concerning the Notes or any other matter relevant to our decision to purchase the Notes is or has
been made available to us. 
 (3) We have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of
evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Notes, and we 
  

	1 	 Not less than $250,000 minimum principal amount.

 
(and any account for which we are purchasing under paragraph (iv) below) are able to bear the economic risk of an investment in the Notes. We (and any account for which we are purchasing
under paragraph (iv) below) are an “accredited investor” (as such term is defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2) or (3) of Regulation D under the Securities Act). 

(4) We are acquiring the Notes for our own account or for accounts as to which we exercise sole investment discretion and not
with a view to any distribution of the Notes, subject, nevertheless, to the understanding that the disposition of our property shall at all times be and remain within our control; 

(5) We agree that the Notes must be held indefinitely by us unless subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an
exemption from any registration requirements of the Securities Act and any applicable state securities law is available; 

(6) We agree that in the event that at some future time we wish to dispose of or exchange any of the Notes (such disposition or
exchange not being currently foreseen or contemplated), we will not transfer or exchange any of the Notes unless: 
 (a) (i)
the sale is of at least U.S. $250,000 principal amount of Notes to an Eligible Purchaser (as defined below), (ii) a letter to substantially the same effect as paragraphs (1), (2), (3), (4), (5) and (6) of this letter is executed
promptly by the purchaser and (iii) all offers or solicitations in connection with the sale, whether directly or through any agent acting on our behalf, are limited only to Eligible Purchasers and are not made by means of any form of general
solicitation or general advertising whatsoever; or 
 (b) the Notes are transferred pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities
Act by us after we have held them for more than three years; or 
 (c) the Notes are sold in any other transaction that does
not require registration under the Securities Act and, if the Issuer, the Trustee or the Note Registrar so requests, we theretofore have furnished to such party an opinion of counsel satisfactory to such party, in form and substance satisfactory to
such party, to such effect; or 
 (d) the Notes are transferred pursuant to an exception from the registration requirements
of the Securities Act under Rule 144A under the Securities Act; and 
 (7) We understand that the Notes will bear a legend to
substantially the following effect: 
 “THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED
(THE “SECURITIES ACT”). NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY PORTION HEREOF MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF ANY
STATE BLUE SKY OR SECURITIES LAWS OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM SUCH PROVISIONS. THE TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN.” 

  
 D-2 

 This legend may be removed if the Issuer, the Trustee and the Note Registrar have received an opinion of counsel
satisfactory to them, in form and substance satisfactory to them, to the effect that the legend may be removed. 
 “Eligible
Purchaser” means either an Eligible Dealer or a corporation, partnership or other entity which we have reasonable grounds to believe and do believe can make representations with respect to itself to substantially the same effect as the
representations set forth herein. “Eligible Dealer” means any corporation or other entity the principal business of which is acting as a broker and/or dealer in securities. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have
the meanings given to such terms in the Second Amended and Restated Indenture dated as of [        ] [    ], 2016, between Citibank Credit Card Issuance Trust and Deutsche Bank Trust
Company Americas, as trustee, as further amended, restated, supplemented and otherwise modified. 
  

			
	Very truly yours,
	
	  

		 	(Name of Purchaser)
		
	By	 	  

		 	(Authorized officer)

  
 D-3 

 EXHIBIT E-1 
  

 
  

[FORM OF CLEARANCE SYSTEM CERTIFICATE 

TO BE GIVEN TO THE TRUSTEE BY 

EUROCLEAR OR CLEARSTREAM, LUXEMBOURG FOR 

DELIVERY OF DEFINITIVE NOTES IN EXCHANGE FOR A PORTION OF A 

TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE] 
 CITIBANK
CREDIT CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, 
 Series [    ] Class [    ] Notes 

[Insert title or sufficient description 

of Notes to be delivered] 
  

 
 We refer to that portion of the
Temporary Global Note in respect of the Series [    ] Class [    ] Notes to be exchanged for definitive Notes (the “Submitted Portion”) pursuant to this certificate (the
“Notes”) as provided in the Second Amended and Restated Indenture dated as of [    ] [    ], 2016 (as further amended, supplemented and otherwise modified, the “Indenture”) in
respect of such issue. This is to certify that (i) we have received a certificate or certificates, in writing, with respect to each of the persons appearing in our records as being entitled to a beneficial interest in the Submitted Portion and
with respect to such person’s beneficial interest, substantially in the form of Exhibit E-2 to the Indenture, and (ii) the Submitted Portion includes no part of the Temporary Global Note excepted in such certificates. 

We further certify that as of the date hereof we have not received any notification from any of the persons giving such certificates to the
effect that the statements made by them with respect to any part of the Submitted Portion are no longer true and cannot be relied on as of the date hereof. 

We understand that this certificate is required in connection with certain securities and tax laws in the United States of America. If
administrative or legal proceedings are commenced or threatened in connection with which this certificate is or would be relevant, we irrevocably authorize you to produce this certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in such proceedings.

  

							
	Dated:             , 20    1	 		 	 [Euroclear Bank, as operator of the Euroclear System]

[Clearstream, Luxembourg]

				
		 		 	By	 	  

  
  

	1 	To be dated on the date of the proposed exchange. 

 EXHIBIT E-2 
  

 
  

[FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED 

TO EUROCLEAR OR CLEARSTREAM, LUXEMBOURG 

BY [                    ] WITH RESPECT TO
NOTES SOLD TO 
 QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYERS] 

 
  

CITIBANK CREDIT CARD ISSUANCE TRUST, 

SERIES [    ] CLASS [    ] NOTES 

In connection with the initial issuance and placement of the Series [    ] Class [    ] Notes (the
“Notes”), an institutional investor in the United States (an “institutional investor”) is purchasing [U.S.$/£/€/CHF    ] aggregate principal amount of the Notes held in our account at
[Euroclear Bank, as operator of the Euroclear System] [Clearstream, Luxembourg] on behalf of such investor. 
 We reasonably believe that
such institutional investor is a qualified institutional buyer as such term is defined under Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

[We understand that this certificate is required in connection with United States laws. We irrevocably authorize you to produce this
certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered by this certificate.] 

The Definitive Notes in respect of this certificate are to be issued in registered form in the minimum denomination of
[U.S.$/£/i/CHF    ] and such Definitive Notes (and, unless the Indenture or terms document relating to the Notes otherwise provides, any Notes issued in exchange or substitution for or on registration of transfer of Notes)
shall bear the following legend: 
 “THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933. NEITHER THIS NOTE
NOR ANY PORTION HEREOF MAY BE OFFERED OR SOLD, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO U.S. PERSONS (EACH AS DEFINED HEREIN), EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF SUCH ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM
SUCH REGISTRATION PROVISIONS. THE TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO HEREIN.” 
  

	
	Dated:             , 20    

 

			
	[                                    
                                         
     ]
	By	 	  

		 	Authorized officerEX-4.2

 EXHIBIT 4.2 
  

 
 CITIBANK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST I

 FORM OF THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED 

POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT 

between 
 CITIBANK, N.A., 

Seller and Servicer, 
 and 

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, 

Trustee 
 Dated as of May 29,
1991 
 As Amended and Restated as of October 5, 2001 

As Further Amended and Restated as of August 9, 2011 

As Further Amended and Restated as of              , 2016 

 
  

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

 

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	 ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS
	  	 	2	  
	 Section 1.01.
	 	 Definitions
	  	 	2	  
	 Section 1.02.
	 	 Other Definitional Provisions
	  	 	21	  
	 ARTICLE II CONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES
	  	 	22	  
	 Section 2.01.
	 	 Conveyance of Receivables
	  	 	22	  
	 Section 2.02.
	 	 Acceptance by Trustee
	  	 	24	  
	 Section 2.03.
	 	 Representations and Warranties of the Sellers Relating to the Sellers
	  	 	25	  
	 Section 2.04.
	 	 Representations and Warranties of the Sellers Relating to the Agreement and any Supplement
and the Receivables
	  	 	26	  
	 Section 2.05.
	 	 Reassignment of Ineligible Receivables
	  	 	27	  
	 Section 2.06.
	 	 Reassignment of Certificateholders’ Interest in Trust Portfolio
	  	 	28	  
	 Section 2.07.
	 	 Covenants of the Sellers
	  	 	29	  
	 Section 2.08.
	 	 Covenants of Citibank, Additional Sellers, and Account Owners
	  	 	29	  
	 Section 2.09.
	 	 Addition of Accounts
	  	 	31	  
	 Section 2.10.
	 	 Removal of Accounts
	  	 	34	  
	 Section 2.11.
	 	 Account Allocations
	  	 	36	  
	 Section 2.12.
	 	 Dispute Resolution
	  	 	37	  
	 ARTICLE III ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING OF RECEIVABLES
	  	 	41	  
	 Section 3.01.
	 	 Acceptance of Appointment and Other Matters Relating to the Servicer
	  	 	41	  
	 Section 3.02.
	 	 Servicing Compensation
	  	 	42	  
	 Section 3.03.
	 	 Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Servicer
	  	 	42	  
	 Section 3.04.
	 	 Reports and Records for the Trustee
	  	 	45	  
	 Section 3.05.
	 	 Annual Certificate of Servicer
	  	 	45	  
	 Section 3.06.
	 	 Annual Servicing Report of Independent Public Accountants; Copies of Reports
Available
	  	 	45	  
	 Section 3.07.
	 	 Tax Treatment
	  	 	46	  
	 Section 3.08.
	 	 Notices to Citibank
	  	 	46	  
	 Section 3.09.
	 	 Adjustments
	  	 	46	  
	 Section 3.10.
	 	 Reporting Request to Communicate
	  	 	47	  
	 ARTICLE IV RIGHTS OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS AND ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF
COLLECTIONS
	  	 	47	  
	 Section 4.01.
	 	 Rights of Certificateholders
	  	 	47	  
	 Section 4.02.
	 	 Establishment of Collection Account
	  	 	48	  
	 Section 4.03.
	 	 Collections and Allocations
	  	 	49	  
	 Section 4.04.
	 	 Unallocated Principal Collections
	  	 	49	  
	 Section 4.05.
	 	 Additional Withdrawals from the Collection Account
	  	 	50	  
	 ARTICLE V DISTRIBUTIONS AND REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS
	  	 	50	  
	 ARTICLE VI THE CERTIFICATES
	  	 	50	  
	 Section 6.01.
	 	 The Certificates
	  	 	50	  
	 Section 6.02.
	 	 Authentication of Certificates
	  	 	51	  
	 Section 6.03.
	 	 New Issuances
	  	 	51	  

  
 i 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(cont’d) 
  

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	 Section 6.04.
	 	 Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Certificates
	  	 	52	  
	 Section 6.05.
	 	 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates
	  	 	55	  
	 Section 6.06.
	 	 Persons Deemed Owners
	  	 	55	  
	 Section 6.07.
	 	 Appointment of Paying Agent
	  	 	56	  
	 Section 6.08.
	 	 Access to List of Registered Certificateholders’ Names and Addresses
	  	 	56	  
	 Section 6.09.
	 	 Authenticating Agent
	  	 	57	  
	 Section 6.10.
	 	 Book-Entry Certificates
	  	 	58	  
	 Section 6.11.
	 	 Notices to Clearing Agency
	  	 	58	  
	 Section 6.12.
	 	 Definitive Certificates
	  	 	58	  
	 Section 6.13.
	 	 Global Certificate; Exchange Date
	  	 	59	  
	 Section 6.14.
	 	 Meetings of Certificateholders
	  	 	60	  
	 ARTICLE VII OTHER MATTERS RELATING TO THE SELLERS
	  	 	62	  
	 Section 7.01.
	 	 Liability of the Sellers
	  	 	62	  
	 Section 7.02.
	 	 Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of, the Sellers
	  	 	62	  
	 Section 7.03.
	 	 Limitations on Liability of the Sellers
	  	 	63	  
	 Section 7.04.
	 	 Liabilities
	  	 	63	  
	 ARTICLE VIII OTHER MATTERS RELATING TO THE SERVICER
	  	 	64	  
	 Section 8.01.
	 	 Liability of the Servicer
	  	 	64	  
	 Section 8.02.
	 	 Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of, the Servicer
	  	 	64	  
	 Section 8.03.
	 	 Limitation on Liability of the Servicer and Others
	  	 	64	  
	 Section 8.04.
	 	 Servicer Indemnification of the Trust and the Trustee
	  	 	65	  
	 Section 8.05.
	 	 The Servicer Not To Resign
	  	 	65	  
	 Section 8.06.
	 	 Access to Certain Documentation and Information Regarding the Receivables
	  	 	65	  
	 Section 8.07.
	 	 Delegation of Duties
	  	 	65	  
	 Section 8.08.
	 	 Examination of Records
	  	 	66	  
	 ARTICLE IX AMORTIZATION EVENTS
	  	 	66	  
	 Section 9.01.
	 	 Amortization Events
	  	 	66	  
	 Section 9.02.
	 	 Additional Rights upon the Occurrence of Certain Events
	  	 	67	  
	 ARTICLE X SERVICER DEFAULTS
	  	 	68	  
	 Section 10.01.
	 	 Servicer Defaults
	  	 	68	  
	 Section 10.02.
	 	 Trustee To Act; Appointment of Successor
	  	 	70	  
	 Section 10.03.
	 	 Notification to Certificateholders
	  	 	71	  
	 ARTICLE XI THE TRUSTEE
	  	 	72	  
	 Section 11.01.
	 	 Duties of Trustee
	  	 	72	  
	 Section 11.02.
	 	 Certain Matters Affecting the Trustee
	  	 	73	  
	 Section 11.03.
	 	 Trustee Not Liable for Recitals in Certificates
	  	 	74	  
	 Section 11.04.
	 	 Trustee May Own Certificates
	  	 	75	  
	 Section 11.05.
	 	 The Servicer To Pay Trustee’s Fees and Expenses
	  	 	75	  
	 Section 11.06.
	 	 Eligibility Requirements for Trustee
	  	 	75	  
	 Section 11.07.
	 	 Resignation or Removal of Trustee
	  	 	75	  
	 Section 11.08.
	 	 Successor Trustee
	  	 	76	  
	 Section 11.09.
	 	 Merger or Consolidation of Trustee
	  	 	76	  
	 Section 11.10.
	 	 Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee
	  	 	76	  
	 Section 11.11.
	 	 Tax Returns
	  	 	77	  
	 Section 11.12.
	 	 Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Certificates
	  	 	78	  

  
 ii 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(cont’d) 
  

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	 Section 11.13.
	 	 Suits for Enforcement
	  	 	78	  
	 Section 11.14.
	 	 Rights of Certificateholders To Direct Trustee
	  	 	79	  
	 Section 11.15.
	 	 Representations and Warranties of Trustee
	  	 	79	  
	 Section 11.16.
	 	 Maintenance of Office or Agency
	  	 	80	  
	 ARTICLE XII TERMINATION
	  	 	80	  
	 Section 12.01.
	 	 Termination of Trust
	  	 	80	  
	 Section 12.02.
	 	 Final Distribution
	  	 	80	  
	 Section 12.03.
	 	 Sellers’ Termination Rights
	  	 	81	  
	 ARTICLE XIII MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
	  	 	82	  
	 Section 13.01.
	 	 Amendment; Waiver of Past Defaults
	  	 	82	  
	 Section 13.02.
	 	 Protection of Right, Title and Interest to Trust
	  	 	83	  
	 Section 13.03.
	 	 Limitation on Rights of Certificateholders
	  	 	84	  
	 Section 13.04.
	 	 GOVERNING LAW
	  	 	85	  
	 Section 13.05.
	 	 Notices; Payments
	  	 	85	  
	 Section 13.06.
	 	 Rule 144A Information
	  	 	87	  
	 Section 13.07.
	 	 Severability of Provisions
	  	 	87	  
	 Section 13.08.
	 	 Assignment
	  	 	87	  
	 Section 13.09.
	 	 Certificates Nonassessable and Fully Paid
	  	 	87	  
	 Section 13.10.
	 	 Further Assurances
	  	 	87	  
	 Section 13.11.
	 	 Nonpetition Covenant
	  	 	88	  
	 Section 13.12.
	 	 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies
	  	 	88	  
	 Section 13.13.
	 	 Counterparts
	  	 	88	  
	 Section 13.14.
	 	 Third-Party Beneficiaries
	  	 	88	  
	 Section 13.15.
	 	 Actions by Certificateholders
	  	 	88	  
	 Section 13.16.
	 	 Merger and Integration
	  	 	88	  
	 Section 13.17.
	 	 Headings
	  	 	88	  
	 Section 13.18.
	 	 Sale; Security Interest
	  	 	89	  
	 Section 13.19.
	 	 Additional Representations, Warranties and Covenants Relating to UCC Article 9
	  	 	89	  
	 Section 13.20.
	 	 Intent of Parties Concerning Receivables Sold by Citibank
	  	 	90	  
	 ARTICLE XIV ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEW TRIGGERS
	  	 	90	  
	 Section 14.01.
	 	 Delinquency Trigger
	  	 	90	  
	 Section 14.02.
	 	 Investor Action to Initiate an Asset Representations Review
	  	 	91	  
	
	EXHIBITS	  
			
	 Exhibit A
	 	 Form of Bank Certificate
	  			
	 Exhibit B
	 	 Form of Assignment of Receivables in Additional Accounts
	  			
	 Exhibit C
	 	 Form of Reassignment of Receivables in Removed Accounts
	  			
	 Exhibit D
	 	 Form of Annual Servicer’s Certificate
	  			
	 Exhibit E-1
	 	 Private Placement Legend
	  			
	 Exhibit E-2
	 	 Representation Letter
	  			
	 Exhibit E-3
	 	 ERISA Legend
	  			
	 Exhibit F
	 	 Form of Receivables Purchase Agreement
	  			
	 Exhibit G-1
	 	 Form of Certificate of Foreign Clearing Agency
	  			
	 Exhibit G-2
	 	 Form of Alternate Certificate to be delivered to Foreign Clearing Agency
	  			

  
 iii 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS 

(cont’d) 
  

					
	 	 	 	  	Page
	 Exhibit H-1
	 	 Form of Opinion of Counsel with respect to Amendments
	  	
	 Exhibit H-2
	 	 Form of Opinion of Counsel with respect to Accounts
	  	
	
	SCHEDULES
			
	 Schedule 1
	 	 List of Accounts [Intentionally Omitted]
	  	

  
 iv 

 THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT, dated as of May 29, 1991, as
amended and restated as of October 5, 2001 and as further amended and restated as of August 9, 2011, and as further amended and restated as of              , 2016,
between CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association, Seller and Servicer and DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, a New York banking corporation, Trustee. 

W I T N E S S E T H: 

WHEREAS, Citibank (South Dakota), National Association (“Citibank (South Dakota)”), as Seller and Servicer, Citibank (Nevada),
National Association, as Seller, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (formerly known as Bankers Trust Company), as successor to Yasuda Bank and Trust Company (U.S.A.), as Trustee, entered into that certain Amended and Restated Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, dated as of May 29, 1991, as amended and restated as of October 5, 2001, as further amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto dated as of December 31, 2003 and Amendment No. 2 thereto dated as of
December 19, 2005 and as supplemented by the Supplemental Agreement thereto dated as of October 1, 2006 (as further amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time prior to the date hereof, the “Prior Pooling
and Servicing Agreement”); and 
 WHEREAS, on October 1, 2006, Citibank (Nevada), National Association merged with and into
Citibank (South Dakota), with Citibank (South Dakota) being the surviving entity, and Citibank (South Dakota) assumed the performance of every covenant and obligation of Citibank (Nevada), National Association, as Seller, under the Prior Pooling and
Servicing Agreement; and 
 WHEREAS, on July 1, 2011, Citibank (South Dakota) merged with and into Citibank, N.A.
(“Citibank”), with Citibank being the surviving entity (the “Bank Merger”) and, by operation of law as a result of the Bank Merger, Citibank is obligated for the performance of every covenant and obligation of Citibank (South
Dakota) as Seller and Servicer under the Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement; and 
 WHEREAS, in accordance with Section 7.02(a) and
Section 8.02(a) of the Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement, Citibank and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas entered into that certain Supplemental Agreement, dated as of July 1, 2011, pursuant to which Citibank expressly assumed the
performance of every covenant and obligation of Citibank (South Dakota) as Seller and Servicer under the Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement; and 

WHEREAS, Citibank, as Seller and Servicer and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee, entered into that certain Second Amended and
Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2011 (the “Second Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement”). 

 WHEREAS, this Agreement shall not constitute a novation and shall in no way adversely affect or
impair the effectiveness of the sales and assignments made, or the priority of the liens granted, prior to the date of this Agreement with respect to the Receivables sold to the Trust pursuant to the Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement and/or the
Second Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement; and 
 WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend certain provisions of the
Second Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement; and 
 WHEREAS, the parties hereto intend that this amendment and restatement
not result in the creation of a new Trust, but rather that the Trust as created pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of May 29, 1991 and continued pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, dated as of October 5, 2001, and continued pursuant to that certain Second Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement, shall continue to exist pursuant to this amendment and restatement. 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, the parties hereby amend and restate the Second Amended and
Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement in its entirety and further agree as follows for the benefit of the other parties, the Certificateholders and any Series Enhancer (as defined below) to the extent provided herein and in any Supplement: 

ARTICLE I 
 DEFINITIONS 

Section 1.01. Definitions Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings, and
the definitions of such terms are applicable to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such terms. 

“60+-Day Delinquency Rate” shall mean, for any Due Period, the delinquency rate calculated as a ratio (expressed as a
percentage) of the aggregate dollar amount of Receivables that are 60 or more days delinquent to the aggregate dollar amount of all of the Receivables, measured as of the end of such Due Period. 

“AAA” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.12(b)(i). 

“Account” shall mean (a) each Initial Account, (b) each Additional Account (but only from and after the Addition
Date with respect thereto), (c) each Related Account and (d) each Transferred Account, but shall exclude any Account all the Receivables in which are either reassigned or assigned to the Sellers or their designee or the Servicer in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement. 
 “Account Owner” shall mean any Seller, Additional Seller, or any Affiliate
of a Seller which is the issuer of the credit card relating to an Account established pursuant to a Credit Card Agreement. 

“Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

  
 2 

 “Addition Date” shall mean (a) with respect to Lump Addition Accounts, the
date from and after which such Lump Addition Accounts are to be included as Accounts pursuant to Section 2.09(a) or (b), (b) with respect to Participation Interests, the date from and after which such Participation Interests are to be
included as assets of the Trust pursuant to Section 2.09(a) or (b), and (c) with respect to New Accounts, the first Distribution Date following the calendar month in which such New Accounts are originated. 

“Additional Account” shall mean each New Account and each Lump Addition Account. 

“Additional Cut-Off Date” shall mean (a) with respect to Lump Addition Accounts or Participation Interests, the date
specified as such in the notice delivered with respect thereto pursuant to Section 2.09(d) and (b) with respect to New Accounts, the date on which such New Accounts are originated. 

“Additional Seller” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.09(f). 

“Adjustment Payment” shall have the meaning specified in Section 3.09(a). 

“Adverse Effect” shall mean, with respect to any action, that such action will (a) result in the occurrence of an
Amortization Event or (b) adversely affect the amount of distributions to be made to the Investor Certificateholders of any Series or Class pursuant to this Agreement and the related Supplement or the timing of such distributions. 

“Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person controlling or controlled by or under common
control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” shall mean the power to direct the management and policies of a Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing. 

“Agreement” shall mean this Pooling and Servicing Agreement and all amendments hereof and supplements hereto, including, with
respect to any Series or Class, the related Supplement. 
 “Amendment Date” shall mean
             , 2016. 
 “American Express” shall
mean American Express Company. 
 “Amortization Event” shall have the meaning specified in Section 9.01 and, with
respect to any Series, shall also mean any Amortization Event specified in the related Supplement. 
 “Applicants” shall
have the meaning specified in Section 6.08. 
 “Appointment Date” shall have the meaning specified in
Section 9.02(a). 
 “APR” shall mean the annual percentage rate or rates determined in the manner described in the
Credit Card Agreement applicable to each Account. 

  
 3 

 “Asset Representations Review” shall have the meaning assigned to the term
“Review” in the Asset Representations Review Agreement. 
 “Asset Representations Review Agreement” shall mean
that certain Asset Representations Review Agreement, dated as of [             , 2016], among Citibank, N.A., as Seller and Servicer and the Asset Representations
Reviewer. 
 “Asset Representations Reviewer” shall mean
[                    ], a
[                    ], and its successors and any entity resulting from or surviving any consolidation or merger to which it or its
successors may be a party, and any successor asset representations reviewer appointed as provided in the Asset Representations Review Agreement. 

“Asset Review Quorum” shall mean Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing at least 5% of the aggregate unpaid principal
amount of Investor Certificates outstanding. 
 “Assignment” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.09(g). 

“Authorized Newspaper” shall mean any newspaper or newspapers of general circulation in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of
New York, printed in the English language (and, with respect to any Series or Class, if and so long as the Investor Certificates of such Series or Class are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and such exchange shall so require, in Luxembourg,
printed in any language satisfying the requirements of such exchange) and customarily published on each business day at such place, whether or not published on Saturdays, Sundays or holidays. 

“Average Rate” shall mean the percentage equivalent of a decimal equal to the sum of the amounts for each outstanding Series
and Class obtained by multiplying (a) the sum of the Certificate Rate for such Series or Class plus the Net Servicing Fee Rate for such Series or Class, by (b) a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate unpaid principal amount of
the Investor Certificates of such Series or Class and the denominator of which is the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Investor Certificates. 

“Bank Certificate” shall mean the certificate executed by the Bank and authenticated by or on behalf of the Trustee,
substantially in the form of Exhibit A. 
 “Bank” shall mean Citibank and, as the context requires, any of its
predecessors. 
 “Bank Merger” shall have the meaning specified in the recitals hereto. 

“Bank’s Interest” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.09(a). 

“Benefit Plan” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.04(c). 

“Book-Entry Certificates” shall mean beneficial interests in the Investor Certificates, ownership and transfers of which
shall be made through book entries by a Clearing Agency as described in Section 6.10. 

  
 4 

 “Business Day” shall mean any day other than (a) a Saturday or Sunday or
(b) any other day on which national banking associations or state banking institutions in New York, New York or South Dakota, or any other State in which the principal executive offices of any Additional Seller are located, are authorized or
obligated by law, executive order or governmental decree to be closed. 
 “Cash Advance Fees” shall mean cash advance
transaction fees as specified in the Credit Card Agreement applicable to each Account. 
 “Certificate” shall mean any one
of the Investor Certificates or the Sellers’ Certificate. 
 “Certificateholder” or “Holder” shall
mean an Investor Certificateholder or a Person in whose name any one of the Sellers’ Certificate is registered. 

“Certificateholders’ Interest” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.01. 

“Certificate Owner” shall mean, with respect to a Book-Entry Certificate, the Person who is the owner of such Book-Entry
Certificate, as reflected on the books of the Clearing Agency, or on the books of a Person maintaining an account with such Clearing Agency (directly or as an indirect participant, in accordance with the rules of such Clearing Agency). 

“Certificate Rate” shall mean, with respect to any Series or Class, the certificate rate specified therefor in the related
Supplement. 
 “Certificate Register” shall mean the register maintained pursuant to Section 6.04, providing for the
registration of the Registered Certificates and transfers and exchanges thereof. 
 “Citibank” shall mean Citibank, N.A., a
national banking association, and its successors. 
 “Class” shall mean, with respect to any Series, any one of the classes
of Investor Certificates of that Series. 
 “Clearing Agency” shall mean an organization registered as a “clearing
agency” pursuant to Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 
 “Clearing Agency
Participant” shall mean a broker, dealer, bank, other financial institution or other Person for whom from time to time a Clearing Agency effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the Clearing Agency. 

“Clearstream” shall mean Clearstream Banking, société anonyme. 

“Closing Date” shall mean, with respect to any Series, the closing date specified in the related Supplement. 

“Collection Account” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.02. 

“Collections” shall mean all payments by or on behalf of Obligors (including Insurance Proceeds generally, but excluding
Insurance Proceeds and other amounts constituting Recoveries of Principal Receivables) received in respect of the Receivables, in the form of cash, checks, 

  
 5 

 
wire transfers, electronic transfers, ATM transfers or any other form of payment in accordance with a Credit Card Agreement in effect from time to time. Collections shall also include
(a) all Recoveries with respect to Finance Charge Receivables previously charged off as uncollectible and (b) a portion, determined pursuant to Section 2.08(e), of the Interchange paid or payable to Citibank or any Additional Seller.

 “Common Depositary” shall mean the Person specified in the applicable Supplement, in its capacity as common depositary
for the respective accounts of any Foreign Clearing Agencies. 
 “Corporate Trust Office” shall have the meaning specified
in Section 11.16. 
 “Credit Card Agreement” shall mean, with respect to a revolving credit card account, the
agreements between Citibank or any Additional Seller or other Account Owner, as the case may be, and the Obligor governing the terms and conditions of such account, as such agreements may be amended, modified or otherwise changed from time to time
and as distributed (including any amendments and revisions thereto) to holders of such account. 
 “Credit Card Guidelines”
shall mean the policies and procedures of Citibank or any Additional Seller or other Account Owner, as the case may be, as such policies and procedures may be amended from time to time, (a) relating to the operation of its credit card business,
which generally are applicable to its entire portfolio of revolving credit card accounts and are consistent with prudent practice, including the policies and procedures for determining the creditworthiness of credit card customers and the extension
of credit to credit card customers, and (b) relating to the maintenance of credit card accounts and collection of credit card receivables. 

“Date of Processing” shall mean, with respect to any transaction, the date on which such transaction is first recorded on the
Servicer’s computer file of revolving credit card accounts (without regard to the effective date of such recordation). 

“Defaulted Amount” shall mean, with respect to any Due Period, an amount (which shall not be less than zero) equal to
(a) the amount of Principal Receivables which became Defaulted Receivables in such Due Period, minus (b) the sum of (i) the amount of Recoveries received in such Due Period with respect to Principal Receivables previously charged off
as uncollectible, (ii) the amount of any Defaulted Receivables of which the Sellers or the Servicer became obligated to accept reassignment or assignment in accordance with the terms of this Agreement during such Due Period and (iii) the
excess, if any, for the immediately preceding Due Period of the sum computed pursuant to this clause (b) for such Due Period over the amount of Principal Receivables which became Defaulted Receivables in such Due Period; provided,
however, that, if an Insolvency Event occurs with respect to any of the Sellers, the amount of such Defaulted Receivables which are subject to reassignment to the Sellers in accordance with the terms of this Agreement shall not be added to
the sum so subtracted and, if any of the events described in Section 10.01(d) occur with respect to the Servicer, the amount of such Defaulted Receivables which are subject to reassignment or assignment to the Servicer in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement shall not be added to the sum so subtracted. 
 “Defaulted Receivables” shall mean, with respect to
any Due Period, all Principal Receivables which are charged off as uncollectible in such Due Period. A Principal Receivable 

  
 6 

 
shall become a Defaulted Receivable on the day on which such Principal Receivable is recorded as charged off on the Servicer’s computer file of revolving credit card accounts in accordance
with the Credit Card Guidelines but, in any event, shall be deemed a Defaulted Receivable no later than the earlier of (a) the day it becomes 180 days delinquent unless the Obligor has made a payment with respect to the Account which satisfies
the criteria for curing delinquencies set forth in the Credit Card Guidelines and (b) 60 days after receipt of notice by the Servicer that the Obligor has filed for bankruptcy or has had a bankruptcy petition filed against it. 

“Definitive Certificates” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.10. 

“Definitive Euro-Certificates” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.13. 

“Delinquency Trigger” shall mean each occurrence, as determined by the Servicer, where the Three-Month Average 60+-Day
Delinquency Rate equals or exceeds the then-current Delinquency Trigger Rate. 
 “Delinquency Trigger Rate” shall mean,
initially, [    %], which percentage will be reviewed and may be adjusted from time to time as set forth in Sections 14.01(b) and 14.01(c). 

“Deposit Date” shall mean each day on which the Servicer deposits Collections in the Collection Account. 

“Depository Agreement” shall mean, with respect to any Series or Class, the agreement among the Sellers, the Trustee and the
Clearing Agency in the form prescribed by such Clearing Agency from time to time. 
 “Determination Date” shall mean the
earlier of the fifth Business Day and the eighth calendar day preceding each Distribution Date. 
 “Distribution Date”
shall mean the seventh day of each calendar month, or, if such seventh day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day. 

“Document Delivery Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.09(g). 

“Due Period” shall mean, with respect to each Distribution Date, the period beginning at the close of business on the
fourth-to-last Business Day of the second month preceding such Distribution Date and ending at the close of business on the fourth-to-last Business Day of the month immediately preceding such Distribution Date. 

“Early Amortization Period” shall mean, with respect to any Series, the period beginning at the close of business on the
Business Day immediately preceding the day on which an Amortization Event is deemed to have occurred, and ending upon the earlier to occur of (i) the payment in full to the Investor Certificateholders of such Series of the Invested Amount with
respect to such Series and (ii) the Termination Date with respect to such Series. 
 “Eligible Account” shall mean a
revolving credit card account owned by Citibank, in the case of the Initial Accounts, or Citibank or any Additional Seller or other Account Owner, in the case of Additional Accounts which, as of the Trust Cut-Off Date with respect to an Initial
Account or as of the Additional Cut-Off Date with respect to an Additional Account: 
 (a) is in existence and maintained by
Citibank, in the case of the Initial Accounts, or Citibank or any Additional Seller or other Account Owner, in the case of Additional Accounts; 

  
 7 

 (b) is payable in United States dollars; 

(c) in the case of the Initial Accounts, has a cardholder who has provided, as his most recent billing address, an address
located in the United States or its territories or possessions or a military address; 
 (d) has a cardholder who has not
been identified by Citibank or the applicable Additional Seller or other Account Owner in its computer files as being involved in a voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceeding; 

(e) has not been identified as an Account with respect to which the related card has been lost or stolen; 

(f) has not been sold or pledged to any other party except for any sale to any Seller, Additional Seller or other Account
Owner; 
 (g) does not have receivables which have been sold or pledged to any other party other than any sale of receivables
to a Seller or Additional Seller pursuant to a Receivables Purchase Agreement; and 
 (h) in the case of the Initial
Accounts, is a “VISA” or “MasterCard” revolving credit card account.* 
 “Eligible Deposit Account”
shall mean either (a) a segregated account with an Eligible Institution or (b) a segregated trust account with the corporate trust department of a depository institution organized under the laws of the United States or any one of the
states thereof, including the District of Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank), and acting as a trustee for funds deposited in such account, so long as any of the securities of such depository institution shall have a credit rating
from each Rating Agency in one of its generic credit rating categories which signifies investment grade. 
 “Eligible
Institution” shall mean a depository institution organized under the laws of the United States or any one of the states thereof, including the District of Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank), which at all times (a) has
(i) a long-term unsecured debt rating of A2 or better by Moody’s and (ii) a certificate of deposit rating of P-1 by Moody’s, (b) has (i) in the case of the Collection Account, if such depository institution is an
Affiliate of Citigroup Inc., a certificate of deposit rating of A-1 or better by Standard & Poor’s or (ii) for any other depository institution (or for any Affiliate of Citigroup Inc., in the case of any Series Account), either
(x) a long-term unsecured debt rating of AAA by Standard & Poor’s or (y) a certificate of deposit rating of A-1+ by Standard & Poor’s and (c) is a member of the FDIC. If so qualified, the Trustee or the
Servicer may be considered an Eligible Institution for the purposes of this definition. 
  

 

	*	“MasterCard” and “VISA” are registered trademarks of MasterCard International Incorporated and of VISA U.S.A., Inc., respectively. 

  
 8 

 “Eligible Investments” shall mean book-entry securities, negotiable instruments
or securities represented by instruments in registered form which evidence: 
 (a) direct obligations of, and obligations
fully guaranteed as to timely payment by, the United States of America; 
 (b) demand deposits, time deposits or certificates
of deposit (having original maturities of no more than 365 days) of depository institutions or trust companies incorporated under the laws of the United States of America or any state thereof (or domestic branches of foreign banks) and subject to
supervision and examination by federal or state banking or depository institution authorities; provided that at the time of the Trust’s investment or contractual commitment to invest therein, the short-term debt rating of such depository
institution or trust company shall be in the highest investment category of each Rating Agency; 
 (c) commercial paper
(having remaining maturities of no more than 30 days) having, at the time of the Trust’s investment or contractual commitment to invest therein, a rating from each Rating Agency in its highest investment category; 

(d) investments in money market funds rated in the highest investment category by each Rating Agency or otherwise approved in
writing by each Rating Agency; 
 (e) demand deposits, time deposits and certificates of deposit which are fully insured by
the FDIC; 
 (f) notes or bankers’ acceptances (having original maturities of no more than 365 days) issued by any
depository institution or trust company referred to in (b) above; 
 (g) time deposits (having maturities of no more
than 30 days), other than as referred to in clause (e) above, with a Person the commercial paper of which has a credit rating from each Rating Agency in its highest investment category or notes which are payable on demand issued by Citigroup
Inc. or an Affiliate thereof; provided that such notes will constitute Eligible Investments only for so long as the commercial paper of Citigroup Inc. or such Affiliate, as the case may be, has a credit rating from each Rating Agency in its
highest investment category; or 
 (h) any other investments approved in writing by each Rating Agency. 

The Trustee (or the Servicer) may, but is not required to, purchase Eligible Investments from a registered broker-dealer which is an Affiliate
of the Trustee or Citibank. 
 “Eligible Receivable” shall mean each Receivable: 

(a) which has arisen in an Eligible Account; 

  
 9 

 (b) which was created in compliance in all material respects with all applicable
Requirements of Law and pursuant to a Credit Card Agreement which complies in all material respects with all applicable Requirements of Law; 

(c) with respect to which all material consents, licenses, approvals or authorizations of, or registrations or declarations
with, any Governmental Authority required to be obtained, effected or given in connection with the creation of such Receivable or the execution, delivery and performance (other than by the Obligor) of the Credit Card Agreement pursuant to which such
Receivable was created, have been duly obtained, effected or given and are in full force and effect; 
 (d) as to which at
the time of the transfer of such Receivable to the Trust, the Sellers or the Trust will have good and marketable title thereto free and clear of all Liens arising prior to the transfer or arising at any time; 

(e) which has been the subject of either a valid transfer and assignment from the Sellers to the Trust of all the Sellers’
right, title and interest therein (including any proceeds thereof), or the grant of a first priority perfected security interest therein (and in the proceeds thereof), effective until the termination of the Trust; 

(f) which will at all times be the legal, valid and binding payment obligation of the Obligor thereon enforceable against such
Obligor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws, now or hereafter in effect, affecting the enforcement of creditors’
rights in general and except as such enforceability may be limited by general principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or in equity); 

(g) which, at the time of transfer to the Trust, has not been waived or modified except for a Receivable which has been waived
or modified as permitted in accordance with the Credit Card Guidelines and which waiver or modification is reflected in the applicable Seller’s and/or Account Owner’s computer file of revolving credit card accounts; 

(h) which, at the time of transfer to the Trust, is not subject to any right of rescission, setoff, counterclaim or any other
defense (including defenses arising out of violations of usury laws) of the Obligor, other than defenses arising out of applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’
rights in general; 
 (i) as to which, at the time of transfer to the Trust, the Sellers or other Account Owners, as the case
may be, have satisfied all their obligations required to be satisfied by such time; 
 (j) as to which, at the time of
transfer to the Trust, neither the Sellers nor other Account Owners, as the case may be, have taken any action which would impair, or omitted to take any action the omission of which would impair, the rights of the Trust or the Certificateholders
therein; and 

  
 10 

 (k) which constitutes an “account” under and as defined in Article 9 of
the UCC as then in effect. 
 “Eligible Servicer” shall mean the Trustee or an entity which, at the time of its appointment
as Servicer, (a) is servicing a portfolio of revolving credit card accounts, (b) is legally qualified and has the capacity to service the Accounts, (c) in the sole determination of the Trustee, which determination shall be conclusive
and binding, has demonstrated the ability to service professionally and competently a portfolio of similar accounts in accordance with high standards of skill and care, (d) is qualified to use the software that is then being used to service the
Accounts or obtains the right to use or has its own software which is adequate to perform its duties under this Agreement, (e) has a net worth of at least $50,000,000 as of the end of its most recent fiscal quarter and (f) has a long-term
debt rating of at least Baa3 by Moody’s and BBB- by Standard & Poor’s. 
 “Enhancement Agreement” shall
mean any agreement, instrument or document governing the terms of any Series Enhancement or pursuant to which any Series Enhancement is issued or outstanding. 

“ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. 

“Euroclear Operator” shall mean Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V, as operator of the Euroclear System. 

“Excess Principal Collections” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.04. 

“Exchange Date” shall mean, with respect to any Series, any date that is after the related Series Issuance Date. 

“Excluded Receivables” shall mean all amounts payable by cardholders under any Account which are recorded on the books and
records of the applicable Account Owner as “Charges” as defined under the Telecommunications Card Service Agreement, dated as of April 2, 1998, between Citicorp and AT&T Corp., as amended to the date hereof and as such agreement
may be amended from time to time hereafter. 
 “FDIC” shall mean the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any
successor. 
 “Finance Charge Receivables” shall mean all amounts billed to the Obligors on any Account in respect of
(a) Periodic Rate Finance Charges, (b) Cash Advance Fees, (c) Late Payment Fees, (d) annual membership fees with respect to the Accounts, (e) any other fees with respect to the Accounts designated by the Sellers by notice to
the Trustee at any time and from time to time to be included as Finance Charge Receivables and (f) the amount of all Principal Receivables Discounts. All Recoveries with respect to Finance Charge Receivables previously charged off as
uncollectible will be treated as Finance Charge Receivables. Finance Charge Receivables with respect to any Due Period shall include a portion, determined pursuant to Section 2.08(e), of the Interchange paid or payable to Citibank or any
Additional Seller with respect to such Due Period. 

  
 11 

 “FIRREA” shall mean the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement
Act of 1989, as amended. 
 “Foreign Clearing Agency” shall mean Clearstream and the Euroclear Operator. 

“Global Certificate” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.13. 

“Governmental Authority” shall mean the United States of America, any state or other political subdivision thereof and any
entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government. 

“Group” shall mean, with respect to any Series, the group of Series, if any, in which the related Supplement specifies such
Series is to be included. 
 “Inactive Account” shall mean any Account (i) that has been open for a period of at least
twenty-four months, (ii) the Receivables balance of which has been equal to $0.00 for a period of at least twenty-four months, (iii) that has been placed in a status that, in accordance with customary and usual servicing procedures and in
accordance with the Credit Card Guidelines, prevents future Receivables authorizations from being granted, and (iv) that has remained inactive with no monetary activity for a period of at least twenty-four months. 

“Inactive Account Removal Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.10(b)(i). 

“Ineligible Receivables” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.05(a). 

“Initial Account” shall mean each “MasterCard” and “VISA” account established pursuant to a Credit Card
Agreement between Citibank and any Person, which account is identified in the computer file or microfiche list delivered to the Trustee by the Sellers pursuant to Section 2.01. 

“Insolvency Event” shall have the meaning specified in Section 9.01(c). 

“Insolvency Proceeds” shall have the meaning specified in Section 9.02(b). 

“Insurance Proceeds” shall mean any amounts received pursuant to any credit life insurance policies, credit disability or
unemployment insurance policies covering any Obligor with respect to Receivables under such Obligor’s Account. 

“Interchange” shall mean interchange fees payable to Citibank or any Additional Seller or other Account Owner, in its
capacity as credit card issuer, through VISA, MasterCard, American Express or any other similar entity or organization with respect to any other type of revolving credit card accounts included as Accounts (except as otherwise provided in the initial
Assignment with respect to any such other type of Accounts), in connection with cardholder charges for goods and services. 

“Internal Revenue Code” or “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 

  
 12 

 “Invested Amount” shall mean, with respect to any Series and for any date, an
amount equal to the invested amount specified in the related Supplement. 
 “Investment Company Act” shall mean the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. 
 “Investor Certificateholder” shall mean the Person in whose name a
Registered Certificate or Global Certificate is registered in the Certificate Register. 
 “Investor Certificates” shall
mean any one of the certificates (including the Registered Certificates or any Global Certificate) executed by the Bank and authenticated by or on behalf of the Trustee, substantially in the form attached to the related Supplement, other than the
Sellers’ Certificate. 
 “Late Payment Fees” shall have the meaning specified in the Credit Card Agreement applicable
to each Account or any similar term but shall not include Cash Advance Fees. 
 “Lien” shall mean any mortgage, deed of
trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), preference, priority or other security agreement or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever, including any conditional sale or
other title retention agreement, any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing and the filing of any financing statement under the UCC or comparable law of any jurisdiction to evidence any of the
foregoing; provided, however, that any assignment permitted by Section 7.02 and the lien created by this Agreement shall not be deemed to constitute a Lien. 

“Lump Addition” shall mean the designation of additional Eligible Accounts to be included as Accounts or of Participation
Interests to be included as Trust Assets pursuant to Section 2.09(a) or (b). 
 “Lump Addition Account” shall mean
each revolving credit card account established pursuant to a Credit Card Agreement, which account is designated pursuant to Section 2.09(a) or (b) to be included as an Account and is identified in the computer file or microfiche list
delivered to the Trustee by the Sellers pursuant to Sections 2.01 and 2.09(g). 
 “Manager” shall mean the lead manager,
manager or co-manager or person performing a similar function with respect to an offering of Definitive Euro-Certificates. 

“MasterCard” shall mean MasterCard International Incorporated. 

“Miscellaneous Payments” shall mean, with respect to any Due Period, the sum of (a) Adjustment Payments and Transfer
Deposit Amounts deposited in the Collection Account on the related Distribution Date and (b) Unallocated Principal Collections on such Distribution Date available to be treated as Miscellaneous Payments pursuant to Section 4.04. 

“Moody’s” shall mean Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or its successor. 

  
 13 

 “Net Servicing Fee Rate” shall mean, with respect to any Series, the net
servicing fee rate, if any, specified in the related Supplement. 
 “New Account” shall mean each revolving credit card
account established pursuant to a Credit Card Agreement, which account is designated pursuant to Section 2.09(c) to be included as an Account and is identified in the computer file or microfiche list delivered to the Trustee by the Sellers
pursuant to Sections 2.01 and 2.09(g). 
 “Obligor” shall mean, with respect to any Account, the Person or Persons
obligated to make payments with respect to such Account, including any guarantor thereof. 
 “Officer’s Certificate”
shall mean, unless otherwise specified in this Agreement, a certificate delivered to the Trustee signed by the President, any Vice President or the Treasurer of a Seller or the Servicer, as the case may be, or by the President, any Vice President or
the financial controller (or an officer holding an office with equivalent or more senior responsibilities) of a Successor Servicer. 

“Opinion of Counsel” shall mean a written opinion of counsel, who may be counsel for, or an employee of, the Person providing
the opinion and who shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee and, in the case of an opinion to be delivered to any Series Enhancer, to such Series Enhancer. 

“Participation Interests” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.09(a). 

“Paying Agent” shall mean any paying agent and co-paying agent appointed pursuant to Section 6.07. 

“Periodic Rate” shall mean the periodic rate or rates determined in the manner described in the Credit Card Agreement
applicable to each Account. 
 “Periodic Rate Finance Charges” shall have the meaning specified in the Credit Card
Agreement applicable to each Account for finance charges (due to periodic rate) or any similar term. 
 “Person” shall mean
any legal person, including any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, governmental entity or other entity of similar nature. 

“Portfolio Yield” shall mean with respect to any Due Period, the annualized percentage equivalent of a fraction, the
numerator of which is the amount of Collections of Finance Charge Receivables during the immediately preceding Due Period calculated on a cash basis, after subtracting therefrom (a) the excess, if any, of the amount of Principal Receivables
which were charged off as uncollectible in such immediately preceding Due Period over the aggregate amount of recoveries on charged-off Principal Receivables for such immediately preceding Due Period and (b) the aggregate amount of Servicer
Interchange with respect to all outstanding Series for such immediately preceding Due Period, and the denominator of which is the total amount of Principal Receivables as of the last day of such immediately preceding Due Period; provided,
however, that, with respect to any Due Period in which a Lump Addition occurs or a removal of Accounts pursuant to Section 2.10 occurs, the denominator of such fraction shall be 

  
 14 

 
the weighted average amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust on the date on which such Lump Addition or removal of Accounts occurs (after giving effect thereto) and the last day of such
immediately preceding Due Period. 
 “Principal Receivables” shall mean amounts (other than such amounts, including the
amounts of any Principal Receivables Discounts, which represent Finance Charge Receivables) billed to the Obligor on any Account in respect of (a) purchases of goods or services, (b) cash advances and (c) all other fees and charges
billed to cardholders on the Accounts. Any Principal Receivables which the Sellers are unable to transfer as provided in Section 2.11 shall not be included in calculating the amount of Principal Receivables. 

“Principal Receivables Discount” shall mean, with respect to any Account designated by the Sellers, the portion of the
related Principal Receivables which represents a discount from the face value thereof. The amount of any Principal Receivables Discount shall be equal to a specified percentage (determined by the Sellers in their sole discretion) of the amounts
billed to the Obligor on any such Account in respect of purchases of goods and services and cash advances. Such percentage shall be deemed to be zero with respect to all the Accounts, unless and until the Sellers shall give the Trustee notice of any
Accounts (or types of Accounts) to be subject to any such discount and the applicable discount percentage. 
 “Principal
Shortfalls” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.04. 
 “Principal Terms” shall mean, with respect
to any Series, (i) the name or designation; (ii) the initial principal amount (or method for calculating such amount); (iii) the Certificate Rate (or method for the determination thereof); (iv) the payment date or dates and the
date or dates from which interest shall accrue; (v) the method for allocating collections to Investor Certificateholders; (vi) the designation of any Series Accounts and the terms governing the operation of any such Series Accounts;
(vii) the Servicing Fee Rate, if any, the Net Servicing Fee Rate, if any, and the method of calculating Servicer Interchange, if any; (viii) the issuer and terms of any form of Series Enhancements with respect thereto; (ix) the terms
on which the Investor Certificates of such Series may be exchanged for Investor Certificates of another Series, repurchased by the Bank or remarketed to other investors; (x) the Termination Date; (xi) the number of Classes of Investor
Certificates of such Series and, if more than one Class, the rights and priorities of each such Class; (xii) the extent to which the Investor Certificates of such Series will be issuable in temporary or permanent global form (and, in such case,
the depositary for such global certificate or certificates, the terms and conditions, if any, upon which such global certificate may be exchanged, in whole or in part, for Definitive Certificates, and the manner in which any interest payable on a
temporary or global certificate will be paid); (xiii) [RESERVED]; (xiv) the priority of such Series with respect to any other Series; (xv) whether such Series will be part of a Group; and (xvi) any other terms of such Series.

 “Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement” shall have the meaning specified in the recitals hereto. 

“Qualified Dispute Resolution Professional” shall mean an attorney or retired judge that is independent, impartial,
knowledgeable about and experienced with the laws of the State of New York, specializing in commercial litigation with at least 15 years of experience and whose name is on a list of neutral parties maintained by the AAA. 

  
 15 

 “Rating Agency” shall mean, with respect to any outstanding Series or Class,
each statistical rating agency selected by the Sellers to rate the Investor Certificates of such Series or Class. 
 “Rating Agency
Condition” shall mean, with respect to any action, that each Rating Agency shall have notified the Sellers, the Servicer and the Trustee in writing that such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the rating of any
outstanding Series or Class with respect to which it is a Rating Agency. 
 “Reassignment” shall have the meaning specified
in Section 2.10. 
 “Receivables” shall mean all amounts shown on the Servicer’s records as amounts payable by
Obligors on any Account from time to time, other than Excluded Receivables. Receivables which become Defaulted Receivables will cease to be included as Receivables as of the day on which they become Defaulted Receivables. 

“Receivables Purchase Agreement” shall mean a receivables purchase agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit F, between
an Account Owner and a Seller or Additional Seller pursuant to which a Seller or Additional Seller acquires Receivables or interests in Receivables; provided, however, that (a) the Rating Agency Condition is satisfied with respect
to the applicable Account Owner entering into such Receivables Purchase Agreement, and (b) the applicable Seller or Additional Seller shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that such officer reasonably
believes that the execution, delivery and performance of such Receivables Purchase Agreement will not have an Adverse Effect. 

“Record Date” shall mean, with respect to any Distribution Date, the last day of the calendar month immediately preceding
such Distribution Date. 
 “Recoveries” shall mean all amounts received (net of out-of-pocket costs of collection),
including Insurance Proceeds, with respect to Receivables which have previously become Defaulted Receivables, including the net proceeds of any sale of such Defaulted Receivables by the Sellers. 

“Registered Certificateholder” shall mean the Holder of a Registered Certificate. 

“Registered Certificates” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.01. 

“Related Account” shall mean an Account with respect to which a new credit account number has been issued by the Servicer or
the applicable Seller or other Account Owner under circumstances resulting from a lost or stolen credit card and not requiring standard application and credit evaluation procedures under the Credit Card Guidelines. 

“Removal Date” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.10(a). 

“Removed Accounts” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.10. 

“Representing Party” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.12(a). 

  
 16 

 “Requesting Party” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.12(a).

 “Required Minimum Principal Balance” with respect to any date, shall mean an amount equal to the greater of 

(a) 105% of the aggregate Invested Amounts for all outstanding Series on such date; and 

(b) 102% of the aggregate initial Invested Amounts for all Series outstanding on such date; 

provided, however, that the Sellers may, upon (x) 30 days’ prior notice to the Trustee, each Rating Agency and each Series Enhancer,
(y) satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition with respect thereto and (z) delivery to the Trustee and each Series Enhancer of a certificate of a Vice President or more senior officer of each Seller stating that such Seller reasonably
believes that such reduction will not have an Adverse Effect and is not reasonably expected to have an Adverse Effect at any time in the future, reduce the Required Minimum Principal Balance; provided further that the Required Minimum
Principal Balance shall not at any time be less than 102% of the initial Invested Amounts for all outstanding Series on any date. 

“Requirements of Law” shall mean any law, treaty, rule or regulation, or determination of an arbitrator or Governmental
Authority, whether Federal, state or local (including any usury law, the Federal Truth-in-Lending Act and Regulation Z of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), and, when used with respect to any Person, the certificate of
incorporation and by-laws or other charter or governing documents of such Person. 
 “Responsible Officer” shall mean, when
used with respect to the Trustee, any officer within the Corporate Trust & Agency Services group (or any successor group) of the Trustee including any vice president, assistant vice president, associate or any other officer of the Trustee
customarily performing functions similar to those performed by the persons who at the time shall be such officers or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred at the Corporate Trust Office because of such officer’s knowledge of and
familiarity with the particular subject. 
 “Rules” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.12(b)(i). 

“Sellers” shall mean Citibank and, as the context requires, any of its predecessors and any Additional Seller. 

“Sellers’ Certificate” shall mean, collectively, the Bank Certificate and any outstanding Supplemental Certificates.

 “Sellers’ Interest” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.01. 

“Sellers’ Participation Amount” shall mean at any time of determination an amount equal to the total amount of Principal
Receivables in the Trust at such time minus the aggregate Invested Amounts for all outstanding Series at such time. 

“Series” shall mean any series of Investor Certificates established pursuant to a Supplement. 

  
 17 

 “Series Account” shall mean any deposit, trust, escrow or similar account
maintained for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders of any Series or Class, and as specified in any Supplement. 
 “Series
Adjusted Invested Amount” shall mean, with respect to any Series and for any Due Period, the initial principal amount of the Investor Certificates of such Series after subtracting therefrom the excess, if any, of the cumulative amount
(calculated in accordance with the terms of the related Supplement) of investor charge-offs for such Series as of the last day of the immediately preceding Due Period over the aggregate reimbursement of such investor charge-offs as of such last day.

 “Series Allocable Defaulted Amount” shall mean, with respect to any Series and for any Due Period, the product of the
Series Allocation Percentage and the Defaulted Amount with respect to such Due Period. 
 “Series Allocable Finance Charge
Collections” shall mean, with respect to any Series and for any Due Period, the product of the Series Allocation Percentage and the amount of Collections of Finance Charge Receivables deposited in the Collection Account for such Due Period.

 “Series Allocable Miscellaneous Payments” shall mean, with respect to any Series and for any Due Period, the product of
the Series Allocation Percentage and the amount of Miscellaneous Payments for such Due Period. 
 “Series Allocable Principal
Collections” shall mean, with respect to any Series and for any Due Period, the product of the Series Allocation Percentage and the amount of Collections of Principal Receivables deposited in the Collection Account for such Due Period. 

“Series Allocation Percentage” shall mean, with respect to any Series and for any Due Period, the percentage equivalent of a
fraction, the numerator of which is the Series Adjusted Invested Amount as of the last day of the immediately preceding Due Period and the denominator of which is the Trust Adjusted Invested Amount as of such last day. 

“Series Enhancement” shall mean the rights and benefits provided to the Investor Certificateholders of any Series or Class
pursuant to any letter of credit, surety bond, cash collateral account, spread account, guaranteed rate agreement, maturity liquidity facility, tax protection agreement, interest rate swap agreement or other similar arrangement. The subordination of
any Series or Class to another Series or Class shall be deemed to be a Series Enhancement. 
 “Series Enhancer” shall mean
the Person or Persons providing any Series Enhancement, other than the Investor Certificateholders of any Series or Class which is subordinated to another Series or Class. 

“Series Issuance Date” shall mean, with respect to any Series, the date on which the Investor Certificates of such Series are
to be originally issued in accordance with Section 6.03 and the related Supplement. 

  
 18 

 “Service Transfer” shall have the meaning specified in Section 10.01. 

“Servicer” shall mean Citibank, in its capacity as Servicer pursuant to this Agreement, and, as the context requires, its
predecessor as Servicer and, after any Service Transfer, the Successor Servicer. 
 “Servicer Default” shall have the
meaning specified in Section 10.01. 
 “Servicer Interchange” shall mean, with respect to any Series and a specified
Due Period, the amount, if any, determined in accordance with the related Supplement. 
 “Servicing Fee Rate” shall mean,
with respect to any Series, the servicing fee rate, if any, specified in the related Supplement. 
 “Servicing Officer”
shall mean any officer of the Servicer or an attorney-in-fact of the Servicer who in either case is involved in, or responsible for, the administration and servicing of the Receivables and whose name appears on a list of servicing officers furnished
to the Trustee by the Servicer, as such list may from time to time be amended. 
 “Small Balances” shall have the meaning
established in accordance with the Credit Card Guidelines. 
 “Standard & Poor’s” shall mean
Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services or its successor. 
 “Successor Servicer” shall have the meaning specified
in Section 10.02(a). 
 “Supplement” shall mean, with respect to any Series, a Supplement to this Agreement, executed
and delivered in connection with the original issuance of the Investor Certificates of such Series pursuant to Section 6.03, and all amendments thereof and supplements thereto. 

“Supplemental Certificate” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.03. 

“Tax Opinion” shall mean, with respect to any action, an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, for Federal and South Dakota
(and any other State where substantial servicing activities in respect of credit card accounts are conducted by any Additional Seller, or the Banks, if there is a substantial change from present servicing activities) state income and franchise tax
purposes, (a) such action will not adversely affect the characterization of the Investor Certificates of any outstanding Series or Class as debt, (b) such action will not cause a taxable event to any Investor Certificateholder,
(c) following such action the Trust will not be treated as an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a corporation and (d) in the case of Section 6.03(b)(vi), the Investor Certificates of the new Series will properly
be characterized as debt; provided that the opinions required by clauses (a) and (b) need not be given with respect to any Investor Certificates that, under the terms of the related Supplements, are not considered to be Investor
Certificates for purposes of this definition and need not be given at all as long as the only Investor Certificates outstanding are Investor Certificates meeting that criteria. 

“Termination Date” shall mean, with respect to any Series, the termination date specified in the related Supplement. 

  
 19 

 “Termination Notice” shall have the meaning specified in Section 10.01.

 “Termination Proceeds” shall have the meaning specified in Section 12.02(c). 

“Three-Month Average 60+-Day Delinquency Rate” shall mean, as of any date of determination, (a) the sum of the 60+-Day
Delinquency Rates for the three Due Periods immediately preceding such date of determination divided by (b) three. 
 “Transfer
Agent and Registrar” shall have the meaning specified in Section 6.04. 
 “Transfer Date” shall mean the
Business Day immediately preceding each Distribution Date. 
 “Transfer Deposit Amount” shall mean, with respect to any
Distribution Date, the amount, if any, deposited into the Collection Account on such Distribution Date in connection with the reassignment of an Ineligible Receivable pursuant to Section 2.05, 2.07(a) or 2.09(c) or the reassignment or
assignment of a Receivable pursuant to Section 3.03. 
 “Transfer Restriction Event” shall have the meaning specified
in Section 2.11. 
 “Transferred Account” shall mean each account into which an Account is transferred, provided that
(i) such transfer is made in accordance with the Credit Card Guidelines and (ii) such account can be traced or identified as an account into which an Account has been transferred. 

“Trust” shall mean the Citibank Credit Card Master Trust I (originally known as Standard Credit Card Master Trust I) created
by the Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement and continued by the Second Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement and this Agreement. 

“Trust Adjusted Invested Amount” shall mean, with respect to any Due Period, the aggregate Series Adjusted Invested Amounts
for all outstanding Series for such Due Period. 
 “Trust Assets” shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.01.

 “Trust Cut-Off Date” shall mean January 11, 1991. 

“Trustee” shall mean Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas (formerly known as Bankers Trust Company), in its capacity as
trustee on behalf of the Trust, or its successor in interest, or any successor trustee appointed as herein provided. 

“UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code, as amended from time to time, as in effect in the State of South Dakota and in
any other State where the filing of a financing statement is required to perfect the Trust’s interest in the Receivables and the proceeds thereof or in any other specified jurisdiction. 

“Unallocated Principal Collections” shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.04. 

“United States” shall mean the United States of America (including the States and the District of Columbia), its territories,
its possessions and other areas subject to its jurisdiction. 

  
 20 

 “United States Arbitration Act” shall mean the United States Arbitration Act of
1925, as amended. 
 “U.S. Alien” or “United States Alien” shall mean any corporation, partnership,
individual or fiduciary that, as to the United States, and for United States income tax purposes, is (i) a foreign corporation, (ii) a foreign partnership one or more of the members of which is, as to the United States, a foreign
corporation, a nonresident alien individual or a nonresident alien fiduciary of a foreign estate or trust, (iii) a nonresident alien individual or (iv) a nonresident alien fiduciary of a foreign estate or trust. 

“U.S. person” or “United States person” shall mean a citizen or resident of the United States, a
corporation, partnership or other entity created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, or an estate or trust the income of which is subject to United States Federal income taxation regardless of its source. 

“VISA” shall mean VISA U.S.A., Inc. 

Section 1.02. Other Definitional Provisions. (a) With respect to any Series, all terms used herein and not otherwise defined
herein shall have meanings ascribed to them in the related Supplement. 
 (b) All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined
meanings when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein. 
 (c) As used
in this Agreement and in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, accounting terms not defined in this Agreement or in any such certificate or other document, and accounting terms partly defined in this
Agreement or in any such certificate or other document to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under generally accepted accounting principles or regulatory accounting principles, as applicable. To the extent that
the definitions of accounting terms in this Agreement or in any such certificate or other document are inconsistent with the meanings of such terms under generally accepted accounting principles or regulatory accounting principles, the definitions
contained in this Agreement or in any such certificate or other document shall control. 
 (d) The agreements, representations and
warranties of Citibank and any Additional Seller in this Agreement in each of their respective capacities as Sellers and Servicer shall be deemed to be the agreements, representations and warranties of Citibank and such Additional Seller solely in
each such capacity for so long as Citibank and such Additional Seller act in each such capacity under this Agreement. 
 (e) The words
“hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; references to any Section,
Schedule or Exhibit are references to Sections, Schedules and Exhibits in or to this Agreement unless otherwise specified; and the term “including” means “including without limitation.” 

  
 21 

 ARTICLE II 

CONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES 

Section 2.01. Conveyance of Receivables. By execution of this Agreement, each of the Sellers does hereby sell, transfer, assign,
set over and otherwise convey to the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, for the benefit of the Certificateholders, all its right, title and interest in, to and under the Receivables existing at the close of business on the Trust Cut-Off Date, in the
case of Receivables arising in the Initial Accounts, and on each Additional Cut-Off Date, in the case of Receivables arising in the Additional Accounts, and in each case thereafter created from time to time until the termination of the Trust, all
monies due or to become due and all amounts received with respect thereto and all proceeds (including “proceeds” as defined in the UCC) thereof. Such property, together with all monies on deposit in the Collection Account, the Series
Accounts, any Series Enhancement and the right to receive certain Interchange attributed to cardholder charges for merchandise and services in the Accounts shall constitute the assets of the Trust (the “Trust Assets”). The foregoing does
not constitute and is not intended to result in the creation or assumption by the Trust, the Trustee, any Investor Certificateholder or any Series Enhancer of any obligation of the Servicer, Citibank, any Additional Seller, any other Account Owner
or any other Person in connection with the Accounts or the Receivables or under any agreement or instrument relating thereto, including any obligation to Obligors, merchant banks, merchants clearance systems, VISA, MasterCard, American Express or
insurers. 
 The Sellers agree to record and file, at their own expense, financing statements (and continuation statements when applicable)
with respect to the Receivables now existing and hereafter created meeting the requirements of applicable state law in such manner and in such jurisdictions as are necessary to perfect, and maintain the perfection of, the sale and assignment of the
Receivables to the Trust, and to deliver a file stamped copy of each such financing statement or other evidence of such filing to the Trustee on or prior to the first Closing Date, in the case of Receivables arising in the Initial Accounts, and (if
any additional filing is so necessary) the applicable Addition Date, in the case of Receivables arising in Additional Accounts. The Trustee shall be under no obligation whatsoever to file such financing or continuation statements or to make any
other filing under the UCC in connection with such sale and assignment. 
 The Sellers further agree, at their own expense, (a) on or
prior to (x) the first Closing Date, in the case of the Initial Accounts, (y) the applicable Addition Date, in the case of Additional Accounts, and (z) the applicable Removal Date, in the case of Removed Accounts, to indicate in the
appropriate computer files that Receivables created in connection with the Accounts (other than Removed Accounts) have been conveyed to the Trust pursuant to this Agreement for the benefit of the Certificateholders and (b) on or prior to
(x) the first Closing Date, in the case of the Initial Accounts, (y) the date that is ten Business Days after the applicable Addition Date, in the case of Lump Additions, and (z) the date that is 90 days after the applicable Addition
Date, in the case of New Accounts, to deliver to the Trustee a computer file or microfiche list containing a true and complete list of all such Accounts (other than Removed Accounts) specifying for each such Account, as of the Trust Cut-Off Date, in
the case of the Initial Accounts, and the applicable Additional Cut-Off Date, in the case of Additional Accounts, its account number and, other than in the case of New Accounts, the aggregate amount outstanding in such Account and the aggregate
amount of Principal Receivables outstanding in 

  
 22 

 
such Account. Such file or list, as supplemented from time to time to reflect Additional Accounts and Removed Accounts, shall be marked as Schedule 1 to this Agreement and is hereby incorporated
into and made a part of this Agreement. 
 The parties hereto intend that each transfer of Receivables and other property to the Trust
pursuant to this Agreement (including each Assignment) constitute a sale, and not a secured borrowing, including under generally accepted accounting principles in effect for reporting periods before November 15, 2009. 

By executing this Agreement, the parties hereto do not intend to (i) cancel, release or in any way impair the conveyances made by
(A) Citibank (South Dakota), National Association in its capacity as Seller under the Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement, (B) Citibank (Nevada), National Association in its capacity as Seller under the Prior Pooling and Servicing
Agreement or (C) Citibank, in its capacity as Seller under the Second Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement or (ii) impair or negate the legal effect of [(A) the Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement prior to the
execution of the Second Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement or (B)] the Second Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement prior to the execution of this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, the parties hereto
acknowledge and agree as follows: 
 (a) The Trust created under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of May 29, 1991, between
Citibank (South Dakota), National Association, Citibank (Nevada), National Association and the Trustee and maintained under the Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the Second Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement shall continue
to exist and be maintained under this Agreement. 
 (b) The sale and assignment of Receivables and other Trust Assets from Citibank (South
Dakota), National Association, as Seller, Citibank (Nevada), National Association, as Seller and Citibank, as Seller, in each case to the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, for the benefit of the Certificateholders, made prior to the date of this
Agreement pursuant to the Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement and/or the Second Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as applicable, shall remain in full force and effect. 

(c) Citibank hereby ratifies, confirms and continues all sales and assignments made and all security interests granted under the Prior Pooling
and Servicing Agreement and/or the Second Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as applicable, prior to the date of this Agreement. 

(d) All series of investor certificates issued under the Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement shall constitute Series issued and outstanding
under this Agreement, and any supplement executed in connection with such series shall constitute a Supplement executed hereunder. 
 (e)
This Agreement is intended to amend, restate and modify the Second Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement in its entirety, and, from and after the Amendment Date, all references to the Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement and/or
Second Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement in any other instruments or documents shall be deemed to constitute references to this Agreement. All references in such instruments or documents to (i) Citibank (South Dakota),
National Association or Citibank (Nevada), National 

  
 23 

 
Association in its capacity as Seller of receivables and related assets under the Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement shall, by operation of law as a result of the Bank Merger (and the merger
of Citibank (Nevada), National Association into Citibank (South Dakota)), or (ii) Citibank in its capacity as Seller of receivables and related assets under the Second Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement, shall,
in each case, as applicable, continue to be deemed to be references to Citibank in its capacity as Seller of receivables and related assets hereunder. 

(f) By operation of law as a result of the Bank Merger (and the merger of Citibank (Nevada), National Association into Citibank (South
Dakota)), Citibank is obligated to perform all of the covenants and obligations of each of Citibank (South Dakota), National Association and Citibank (Nevada), National Association in its capacity as Seller under or in connection with the Prior
Pooling and Servicing Agreement and any Supplements to the Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement including its obligations under Section 7.04. 

(g) This Agreement shall not constitute a novation and shall in no way adversely affect or impair the effectiveness of the sales and
assignments or the priority of the liens granted by the Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement or the Second Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as applicable. 

(h) To the extent this Agreement requires that certain actions are to be taken as of a date prior to the Amendment Date, Citibank (South
Dakota)’s (or, if applicable, Citibank (Nevada)’s) or Citibank’s taking of such action under the Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement or the Second Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement, as applicable, shall constitute
satisfaction of such requirement. 
 Section 2.02. Acceptance by Trustee. (a) The Trustee hereby acknowledges its
acceptance on behalf of the Trust of all right, title and interest to the property, now existing and hereafter created, conveyed to the Trust pursuant to Section 2.01 and declares that it shall maintain such right, title and interest, upon the
trust herein set forth, for the benefit of all Certificateholders. The Trustee further acknowledges that, prior to or simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Sellers delivered to the Trustee the computer file or
microfiche list relating to the Initial Accounts described in the third paragraph of Section 2.01. 
 (b) The Trustee hereby agrees not
to disclose to any Person any of the account numbers or other information contained in the computer files or microfiche lists marked as Schedule 1 delivered to the Trustee from time to time, except (i) to a Successor Servicer or as required by
a Requirement of Law applicable to the Trustee, (ii) in connection with the performance of the Trustee’s duties hereunder or (iii) in enforcing the rights of Certificateholders. The Trustee agrees to take such measures as shall be
reasonably requested by the Sellers to protect and maintain the security and confidentiality of such information and, in connection therewith, will allow the Sellers to inspect the Trustee’s security and confidentiality arrangements from time
to time during normal business hours. The Trustee shall provide the Sellers with notice five Business Days prior to any disclosure pursuant to this Section. 

(c) The Trustee shall have no power to create, assume or incur indebtedness or other liabilities in the name of the Trust other than as
contemplated in this Agreement. 

  
 24 

 Section 2.03. Representations and Warranties of the Sellers Relating to the Sellers.
Each of the Sellers hereby represents and warrants to the Trust as of the Amendment Date and as of each Closing Date thereafter that: 

(a) Organization and Good Standing. Such Seller is a national banking association or corporation validly existing under
the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization or incorporation and has, in all material respects, full power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as presently owned or conducted, and to execute, deliver and perform its
obligations under this Agreement and each Supplement and, in the case of the Bank, to execute and deliver to the Trustee the Certificates. 

(b) Due Qualification. Such Seller is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation (or
is exempt from such requirements), and has obtained all necessary licenses and approvals, in each jurisdiction in which failure to so qualify or to obtain such licenses and approvals would render any Credit Card Agreement relating to an Account or
any Receivable unenforceable by such Seller or the Trust or would have a material adverse effect on the Investor Certificateholders; provided, however, that no representation or warranty is made with respect to any qualifications,
licenses or approvals which the Trustee would have to obtain to do business in any jurisdiction in which the Trustee seeks to enforce directly any Account or any Receivable. 

(c) Due Authorization. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and each Supplement by such Seller and, in the case
of the Bank, the execution and delivery to the Trustee of the Certificates and the consummation by such Seller of the transactions provided for in this Agreement and each Supplement, have been duly authorized by such Seller by all necessary action
on the part of such Seller. 
 (d) No Conflict. The execution and delivery by such Seller of this Agreement, each
Supplement and, in the case of the Bank, the Certificates, the performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and each Supplement and the fulfillment of the terms hereof and thereof applicable to such Seller, will not conflict with
or violate any Requirements of Law applicable to such Seller or conflict with, result in any breach of any of the material terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a material default under, any
indenture, contract, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument to which such Seller is a party or by which it or its properties are bound. 

(e) No Proceedings. There are no proceedings or investigations, pending or, to the best knowledge of such Seller,
threatened against such Seller before any Governmental Authority (i) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement, any Supplement or the Certificates, (ii) seeking to prevent the issuance of any of the Certificates or the consummation of any
of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, any Supplement or the Certificates, (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that, in the reasonable judgment of such Seller, would materially and adversely affect the performance by such
Seller of its obligations under this Agreement or any Supplement, (iv) seeking any determination or ruling that would materially and adversely affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement, any Supplement or the Certificates or
(v) seeking to affect adversely the income or franchise tax attributes of the Trust under the United States Federal or any State income or franchise tax systems. 

  
 25 

 (f) All Consents. All authorizations, consents, orders or approvals of or
registrations or declarations with any Governmental Authority required to be obtained, effected or given by such Seller in connection with the execution and delivery by such Seller of this Agreement, each Supplement and, in the case of the Bank, the
Certificates and the performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and each Supplement by such Seller have been duly obtained, effected or given and are in full force and effect. 

Section 2.04. Representations and Warranties of the Sellers Relating to the Agreement and any Supplement and the Receivables.
(a) Representations and Warranties. Each of the Sellers hereby represents and warrants to the Trust as of the Amendment Date and, thereafter, as of the date of each Supplement, as of each Closing Date and, with respect to Additional
Accounts, as of the related Addition Date, that: 
 (i) this Agreement, each Supplement and, in the case of Additional
Accounts, the related Assignment, each constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Seller enforceable against such Seller in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect; 

(ii) as of the Amendment Date and, as of the related Addition Date with respect to Additional Accounts, Schedule 1 to this
Agreement, as supplemented to such date, is an accurate and complete listing in all material respects of all the Accounts as of the Amendment Date or such Additional Cut-Off Date, as the case may be, and the information contained therein with
respect to the identity of such Accounts and the Receivables existing thereunder is true and correct in all material respects as of the Amendment Date or such Additional Cut-Off Date, as the case may be; 

(iii) each Receivable has been conveyed to the Trust free and clear of any Lien; 

(iv) all authorizations, consents, orders or approvals of or registrations or declarations with any Governmental Authority
required to be obtained, effected or given by such Seller in connection with the conveyance of each Receivable to the Trust have been duly obtained, effected or given and are in full force and effect; 

(v) either this Agreement or, in the case of Additional Accounts, the related Assignment constitutes a valid sale, transfer and
assignment to the Trust of all right, title and interest of such Seller in the Receivables and the proceeds thereof or, if this Agreement or, in the case of Additional Accounts, the related Assignment does not constitute a sale of such property, it
constitutes a grant of a first priority perfected “security interest” (as defined in the UCC) in such property to the Trust, which, in the case of existing Receivables and the proceeds thereof, is enforceable upon execution and delivery of
this Agreement, or, with respect to then existing Receivables in Additional Accounts, as of the applicable Addition Date, and which will be enforceable with respect to such Receivables hereafter and thereafter created and the proceeds thereof upon
such creation. Upon the filing of the financing statements and, in the case of Receivables hereafter created and the proceeds thereof, upon the creation thereof, the Trust shall have a first priority perfected security or ownership interest in such
property and proceeds; 

  
 26 

 (vi) except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or any Supplement,
neither the Sellers nor any Person claiming through or under the Sellers has any claim to or interest in the Collection Account, any Series Account or any Series Enhancement; 

(vii) on the date of its designation under the Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement, each Initial Account was an Eligible
Account and, on the applicable Additional Cut-Off Date, each related Additional Account is an Eligible Account; 
 (viii) on
the date on which the applicable Initial Account was designated under the Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement, each Receivable then existing in such Initial Account was an Eligible Receivable and, on the applicable Additional Cut-Off Date, each
Receivable contained in the related Additional Accounts is an Eligible Receivable; 
 (ix) as of the date of the creation of
any new Receivable, such Receivable is an Eligible Receivable; and 
 (x) no selection procedures believed by such Seller to
be adverse to the interests of the Investor Certificateholders have been used in selecting the Initial Accounts. 
 (b) Notice of
Breach. The representations and warranties set forth in Section 2.03, this Section 2.04 and Section 2.09(e) shall survive the transfers and assignments of the Receivables to the Trust and the issuance of the Certificates. Upon
discovery by any of the Sellers, the Servicer or the Trustee of a breach of any of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 2.03, this Section 2.04 or Section 2.09(e), the party discovering such breach shall give notice
to the other parties and to each Series Enhancer within three Business Days following such discovery. 
 Section 2.05. Reassignment
of Ineligible Receivables. (a) Reassignment of Receivables. In the event (i) any representation or warranty contained in Section 2.04(a)(ii), (iii), (iv), (vii), (viii) or (ix) is not true and correct in any
material respect as of the date specified therein with respect to any Receivable or the related Account and such breach has a material adverse effect on the Certificateholders’ Interest in any Receivable (which determination shall be made
without regard to whether funds are then available pursuant to any Series Enhancement), unless cured within 60 days (or such longer period, not in excess of 150 days, as may be agreed to by the Trustee) after the earlier to occur of the discovery
thereof by the Sellers or receipt by the Sellers of notice thereof given by the Trustee, or (ii) it is so provided in Section 2.07(a) or 2.09(c)(iii) with respect to any Receivables, then the Sellers shall accept reassignment of the
Certificateholders’ Interest in all Receivables in the related Account (“Ineligible Receivables”) on the terms and conditions set forth in paragraph (b) below. 

(b) Price of Reassignment. The Servicer shall deduct the portion of the Ineligible Receivables reassigned to the Sellers which are
Principal Receivables from the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables used to calculate the Sellers’ Participation Amount, the Sellers’ Interest and the Floating Allocation Percentage and the Principal Allocation Percentage applicable
to any Series. In the event that, following the exclusion of such Principal Receivables from the calculation of the Sellers’ Participation Amount, the Sellers’ Participation Amount would be a negative number, not later than 12:00 noon, New
York City time, on the first Distribution Date following the Due Period in which such reassignment obligation arises, the Sellers shall make a 

  
 27 

 
deposit into the Collection Account in immediately available funds in an amount equal to the amount by which the Sellers’ Participation Amount would be below zero (up to the amount of such
Principal Receivables). In the event that at the time of the reassignment of any such Ineligible Receivables to the Sellers the Invested Amount for any outstanding Series is less than the unpaid principal amount of the Investor Certificates of such
Series, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the first Distribution Date following the Due Period in which such reassignment obligation arises, the Sellers will make a deposit into the Collection Account in immediately available funds
in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the excess of the portion of such Ineligible Receivables which are Principal Receivables over the amount to be deposited into the Collection Account pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence and
(ii) the excess of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Investor Certificates over the aggregate Invested Amounts for all outstanding Series. Any amount deposited into the Collection Account in connection with the reassignment of an
Ineligible Receivable shall be considered a Transfer Deposit Amount and shall be applied in accordance with Article IV and the terms of each Supplement. 

Upon reassignment of Ineligible Receivables, the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, shall automatically and without further action be deemed to
sell, transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to the Sellers or their designee, without recourse, representation or warranty, all the right, title and interest of the Trust in and to such Ineligible Receivables, all monies due or to become
due and all amounts received with respect thereto and all proceeds thereof. The Trustee shall execute such documents and instruments of transfer or assignment and take such other actions as shall reasonably be requested by the Sellers to effect the
conveyance of such Ineligible Receivables pursuant to this Section. The obligation of the Sellers to accept reassignment of any Ineligible Receivables, and to make the deposits, if any, required to be made to the Collection Account as provided in
this Section, shall constitute the sole remedy respecting the event giving rise to such obligation available to Certificateholders (or the Trustee on behalf of the Certificateholders) or any Series Enhancer, except as provided in Section 7.04.

 Section 2.06. Reassignment of Certificateholders’ Interest in Trust Portfolio. In the event any representation or
warranty set forth in Section 2.03(a) or (c) or Section 2.04(a)(i), (v) or (vi) is not true and correct in any material respect and such breach has a material adverse effect on the Certificateholders’ Interest in the
Receivables or the availability of the proceeds thereof to the Trust (which determination shall be made without regard to whether funds are then available pursuant to any Series Enhancement), then either the Trustee or the Holders of Investor
Certificates evidencing not less than 50% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Investor Certificates, by notice then given to the Sellers and the Servicer (and to the Trustee if given by the Investor Certificateholders), may
direct the Sellers to accept a reassignment of the Certificateholders’ Interest in the Receivables if such breach and any material adverse effect caused by such breach is not cured within 60 days of such notice (or within such longer period,
not in excess of 150 days, as may be specified in such notice), and upon those conditions the Sellers shall be jointly and severally obligated to accept such reassignment on the terms set forth below. 

The Sellers shall deposit in the Collection Account in immediately available funds not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the first
Distribution Date following the Due Period in which such reassignment obligation arises, in payment for such reassignment, an amount equal to the sum of the amounts specified therefor with respect to each outstanding Series in the related
Supplement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, 

  
 28 

 
such amounts shall be distributed to the Investor Certificateholders on such Distribution Date in accordance with Article IV and the terms of each Supplement. If the Trustee or the Investor
Certificateholders give notice directing the Sellers to accept a reassignment of the Certificateholders’ Interest in the Receivables as provided above, the obligation of the Sellers to accept such reassignment pursuant to this Section and to
make the deposit required to be made to the Collection Account as provided in this paragraph shall constitute the sole remedy respecting an event of the type specified in the first sentence of this Section available to the Certificateholders (or the
Trustee on behalf of the Certificateholders) or any Series Enhancer, except as provided in Section 7.04. 
 Section 2.07.
Covenants of the Sellers. Each Seller hereby covenants that: 
 (a) Receivables Not To Be Evidenced by Promissory
Notes. Except in connection with its enforcement or collection of an Account, such Seller will take no action to cause any Receivable to be evidenced by any instrument (as defined in the UCC) and if any Receivable is so evidenced it shall be
deemed to be an Ineligible Receivable in accordance with Section 2.05(a) and shall be reassigned to the Sellers in accordance with Section 2.05(b). 

(b) Security Interests. Except for the conveyances hereunder, such Seller will not sell, pledge, assign or transfer to
any other Person, or grant, create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien on, any Receivable, whether now existing or hereafter created, or any interest therein, and such Seller shall defend the right, title and interest of the Trust in, to and
under the Receivables, whether now existing or hereafter created, against all claims of third parties claiming through or under such Seller. 

(c) Sellers’ Interest. Except for the conveyances hereunder, in connection with any transaction permitted by
Section 7.02 and as provided in Section 6.03, such Seller agrees not to transfer, assign, exchange or otherwise convey or pledge, hypothecate or otherwise grant a security interest in the Sellers’ Interest represented by the Bank
Certificate or any Supplemental Certificate and any such attempted transfer, assignment, exchange, conveyance, pledge, hypothecation or grant shall be void. 

(d) Delivery of Collections. In the event that such Seller receives Collections or Recoveries, such Seller agrees to pay
the Servicer all such Collections and Recoveries as soon as practicable after receipt thereof. 
 (e) Notice of Liens.
Such Seller shall notify the Trustee and each Series Enhancer promptly after becoming aware of any Lien on any Receivable other than the conveyances hereunder and the conveyances under any Receivables Purchase Agreement. 

Section 2.08. Covenants of Citibank, Additional Sellers, and Account Owners. Citibank, in its capacity as a Seller, each
Additional Seller and each other Account Owner hereby covenants that: 
 (a) Periodic Rate Finance Charges.
(i) Except (x) as otherwise required by any Requirements of Law or (y) as is deemed by Citibank or such Additional Seller or such other Account Owner to be necessary in order for it to maintain its credit card business on a
competitive basis based on a good faith assessment by it of the nature of the 

  
 29 

 
competition in the credit card business and only if the change giving rise to such reduction is made applicable to the comparable segment of revolving credit card accounts owned or serviced by it
which have characteristics similar to the Accounts which are the subject of such change, it shall not at any time permit the Portfolio Yield to be less than the Average Rate and (ii) except as otherwise required by any Requirements of Law, it
shall not permit the Portfolio Yield to be less than the highest Certificate Rate for any outstanding Series or Class. 
 (b)
Credit Card Agreements and Guidelines. Subject to compliance with all Requirements of Law and paragraph (a) above, Citibank and such Additional Seller or such other Account Owner may change the terms and provisions of the Credit Card
Agreements or the Credit Card Guidelines in any respect (including the calculation of the amount or the timing of charge-offs and the Periodic Rate Finance Charges to be assessed thereon) only if such change is made applicable to the comparable
segment of revolving credit card accounts owned or serviced by it which have the same or substantially similar characteristics as the Accounts which are the subject of such change. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless required by Requirements of
Law or as permitted by Section 2.08(a), an Account Owner will take no action with respect to the applicable Credit Card Agreements or the applicable Credit Card Guidelines, which, at the time of such action, such Account Owner reasonably
believes will have a material adverse effect on the Investor Certificateholders. No Seller will enter into any amendments to a Receivables Purchase Agreement or enter into a new Receivables Purchase Agreement unless the Rating Agency Condition has
been satisfied. 
 (c) MasterCard, VISA and American Express. Citibank, such Additional Seller and such other Account
Owner shall, to the extent applicable to Accounts owned or serviced by it, use its best efforts to remain, either directly or indirectly, a member in good standing of the MasterCard System, the VISA System, the American Express System and any other
similar entity’s or organization’s system relating to any other type of revolving credit card accounts included as Accounts. 

(d) Additional Accounts. Citibank and the Additional Sellers shall at all times ensure that they retain the ownership of
the Receivables arising in, and the right to transfer to the Trust the Receivables arising in, Eligible Accounts which include Principal Receivables sufficient to enable Citibank and the Additional Sellers to meet the Sellers’ obligation to
designate Additional Accounts in accordance with Section 2.09(a). In furtherance of the foregoing, Citibank agrees not to transfer, assign, exchange or otherwise pledge or convey any “VISA,” “MasterCard” or “American
Express” revolving credit card account or the Receivables therein (other than any transfer, assignment, exchange, pledge or conveyance of Receivables to the Trust pursuant to this Agreement) if as a result of such pledge or conveyance, the
principal receivables owned by the Sellers in such “VISA,” “MasterCard” or “American Express” revolving credit card accounts at such time would be reduced to less than $50,000,000. 

(e) Interchange. On or prior to each Determination Date, the Sellers shall notify the Servicer of the amount of
Interchange to be included as Collections of Finance Charge Receivables with respect to the preceding Due Period, which shall be equal to (i) the amount of Interchange paid or payable to Citibank with respect to such Due Period multiplied by a
fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate amount of cardholder 

  
 30 

 
charges for goods and services in the Accounts maintained by Citibank with respect to such Due Period and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount of cardholder charges for goods and
services in all the “MasterCard,” “VISA” and “American Express” revolving credit card accounts and all other types of revolving credit card accounts included as Accounts (except as otherwise provided in the Assignment
with respect to any such other types of Accounts), in each case maintained by Citibank with respect to such Due Period and (ii) the amount of Interchange paid or payable to each Additional Seller or other Account Owner with respect to such Due
Period calculated in the manner described in clause (i). Not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on each Distribution Date, the Sellers shall deposit into the Collection Account in immediately available funds the amount of Interchange to be
so included as Collections of Finance Charge Receivables with respect to the preceding Due Period. 
 (f) Information
Provided to Rating Agencies. The Sellers will use their best efforts to cause all information provided to any Rating Agency pursuant to this Agreement or in connection with any action required or permitted to be taken under this Agreement to be
complete and accurate in all material respects. 
 (g) Enforcement of Receivables Purchase Agreements. In its capacity
as a purchaser of Receivables or interests in Receivables under a Receivables Purchase Agreement, each Seller and Additional Seller will at all times enforce the covenants and agreements of the applicable Account Owner under such Receivables
Purchase Agreement. 
 Section 2.09. Addition of Accounts. (a) Required Lump Additions. (i) If, as of the close
of business on the last Business Day of any calendar week, (A) the total amount of Principal Receivables is less than the Required Minimum Principal Balance on such date, the Sellers shall on or prior to the close of business on the earlier of
(x) the fortieth calendar day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day) following the last Business Day of such calendar week or (y) if any Series is in its Accumulation Period, amortization period or Early
Amortization Period, the tenth Business Day following the last Business Day of the Due Period in which such calendar week occurs (in the case of (x) or (y), the “Required Designation Date”), or (B) the result obtained by
multiplying (x) the Sellers’ Participation Amount by (y) the percentage equivalent of the portion of the Sellers’ Interest represented by the Bank Certificate (such result being the “Bank’s Interest”) is less than
2% of the total amount of Principal Receivables on such date, the Sellers shall on or prior to the close of business on the Required Designation Date, designate additional Eligible Accounts to be included as Accounts as of the Required Designation
Date or any earlier date in a sufficient amount such that, after giving effect to such addition, the total amount of Principal Receivables as of the close of business on the Addition Date is at least equal to the Required Minimum Principal Balance
on such date or the Bank’s Interest is not less than 2% of the total amount of Principal Receivables as of the close of business on the Addition Date, as the case may be. The failure of any condition set forth in paragraph (d) below shall
not relieve the Sellers of their obligation pursuant to this paragraph; provided, however, that the failure of the Sellers to transfer Receivables to the Trust as provided in this paragraph solely as a result of the unavailability of a
sufficient amount of Eligible Receivables shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement; provided further that any such failure will nevertheless result in the occurrence of an Amortization Event described in Section 9.01(e).

  
 31 

 (ii) In lieu of, or in addition to, designating Additional Accounts pursuant to clause
(i) above, the Sellers may, subject to the conditions specified in paragraph (d) below, convey to the Trust participations representing undivided interests in a pool of assets primarily consisting of revolving credit card accounts and
collections thereon (“Participation Interests”). The addition of Participation Interests in the Trust pursuant to this paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) below shall be effected by an amendment hereto, dated the applicable Addition
Date, pursuant to Section 13.01(a). 
 (b) Permitted Lump Additions. The Sellers may from time to time, at their sole
discretion, subject to the conditions specified in paragraph (d) below, voluntarily designate additional Eligible Accounts to be included as Accounts or Participation Interests to be included as Trust Assets, in either case as of the applicable
Additional Cut-Off Date. 
 (c) New Accounts. (i) The Sellers may from time to time, at their sole discretion, subject to and in
compliance with the limitations specified in clause (ii) below and the conditions specified in paragraph (d) below, voluntarily designate newly originated Eligible Accounts to be included as Accounts. For purposes of this paragraph,
Eligible Accounts shall be deemed to include only types of revolving credit card accounts which were included as Initial Accounts or which have previously been included in any Lump Addition if the Assignment related to such Lump Addition expressly
provides that such type of revolving credit card account is permitted to be designated as a New Account. 
 (ii) The Sellers shall not be
permitted to designate New Accounts pursuant to clause (i) above with respect to any of the three consecutive Due Periods commencing in January, April, July and October of each calendar year, commencing in July 1991, unless on or before the
first Business Day of such three consecutive Due Periods, the Sellers shall have requested each Rating Agency to notify, and each Rating Agency shall have notified, the Sellers, the Servicer and the Trustee of the limitations, if any, to the right
of the Sellers to designate New Accounts during such three consecutive Due Periods. Unless each Rating Agency otherwise consents, the number of New Accounts designated with respect to any such three consecutive Due Periods shall not exceed 15% of
the number of Accounts as of the first day of the calendar year during which such Due Periods commence (or the Trust Cut-Off Date, in the case of 1991) and the number of New Accounts designated during any such calendar year shall not exceed 20% of
the number of Accounts as of the first day of such calendar year (or the Trust Cut-Off Date, in the case of 1991). 
 (iii) On or before
April 30, July 31, October 31 and January 31 of each calendar year, beginning with July 31, 1991, the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with respect to the addition of all New Accounts included as
Accounts during the three consecutive Due Periods ending in the calendar months of March, June, September and December preceding such date; provided, that if no New Accounts were included as Accounts during any such period, no such Rating Agency
Condition shall be imposed with respect to such period. On or before January 31 and July 31 of each calendar year (or, if the short-term rating of the Bank is not in one of the generic rating categories of each Rating Agency which
signifies investment grade, on or before the last day of each calendar month), beginning with January 31, 1992, the Sellers shall have delivered to the Trustee, each Rating Agency and each Series Enhancer an Opinion of Counsel, in accordance
with Section 13.02(d), with respect to the New Accounts included as Accounts during the preceding six months; provided, that if no New Accounts were included as Accounts during the preceding six months, no such Opinion of Counsel need be
delivered with 

  
 32 

 
respect to such period. The failure of the Rating Agency Condition or of the Sellers to so deliver any such required Opinion of Counsel shall result in all Receivables arising in the New Accounts
to which such failure relates to be deemed to be Ineligible Receivables in accordance with Section 2.05(a) and all such Receivables shall be reassigned to the Sellers in accordance with Section 2.05(b). 

(d) Conditions to Addition. On the Addition Date with respect to any Additional Accounts or Participation Interests, the Trust shall
purchase the Receivables in such Additional Accounts (and such Additional Accounts shall be deemed to be Accounts for purposes of this Agreement) or shall purchase such Participation Interests as of the close of business on the applicable Additional
Cut-Off Date, subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions: 
 (i) in the case of Lump Additions, on or before the
fifth Business Day immediately preceding the Addition Date, the Sellers shall have given the Trustee, the Servicer, each Rating Agency and each Series Enhancer notice (which may be delivered via facsimile or other means of electronic transmission
with receipt confirmed) that the Additional Accounts or Participation Interests will be included and specifying the applicable Addition Date and Additional Cut-Off Date; 

(ii) in the case of Additional Accounts, the Additional Accounts shall all be Eligible Accounts; 

(iii) in the case of Additional Accounts, the Sellers shall have delivered to the Trustee copies of UCC-1 financing statements
covering such Additional Accounts, if necessary to perfect the Trust’s interest in the Receivables arising therein; 

(iv) in the case of Additional Accounts, to the extent required by Section 4.03, the Sellers shall have deposited in the
Collection Account all Collections with respect to such Additional Accounts since the Additional Cut-Off Date; 
 (v) as of
each of the Additional Cut-Off Date and the Addition Date, no Insolvency Event with respect to any of the Sellers or any applicable Account Owner shall have occurred nor shall the transfer of the Receivables arising in the Additional Accounts or of
the Participation Interests to the Trust have been made in contemplation of the occurrence thereof; 
 (vi) in the case of
Lump Additions, the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied; 
 (vii) in the case of Lump Additions, the Sellers
shall each have delivered to the Trustee and each Series Enhancer a certificate of a Vice President or more senior officer, dated the Addition Date, confirming, to the extent applicable, the items set forth in clauses (ii) through
(vi) above; 
 (viii) in the case of Lump Additions, the Sellers shall have delivered to the Trustee, each Rating Agency
and each Series Enhancer an Opinion of Counsel, dated the Addition Date, to the effect that addition of the Receivables arising in the Lump Addition Accounts or of the Participation Interests in the Trust will not result in the Trust being
considered an “investment company” for purposes of the Investment Company Act; 

  
 33 

 (ix) the addition of the Receivables arising in the Additional Accounts or of the
Participation Interests to the Trust will not result in the occurrence of an Amortization Event and, in the case of Lump Additions, the Sellers shall each have delivered to the Trustee and each Series Enhancer a certificate of a Vice President or
more senior officer, dated the Addition Date, stating that such Seller reasonably believes that the addition of the Receivables arising in the Additional Accounts or of the Participation Interests to the Trust will not have an Adverse Effect and is
not reasonably expected to have an Adverse Effect at any time in the future, and that, in the case of Participation Interests added pursuant to paragraph (a) above, such addition is no less favorable in any material respect to the interests of
any Investor Certificateholder or any Series Enhancer than would be the addition of Lump Addition Accounts; and 
 (x) in the
case of Lump Additions, the Sellers shall have delivered to the Trustee, each Rating Agency and each Series Enhancer (A) an Opinion of Counsel, dated the Addition Date, in accordance with Section 13.02(d) and (B) other than in the
case of a Lump Addition of Accounts pursuant to paragraph (a) (unless such Lump Addition includes a new type of Account), a Tax Opinion, dated the Addition Date, with respect to such Lump Addition. 

(e) Representations and Warranties. Each of the Sellers hereby represents and warrants to the Trust as of the related Addition Date as
to the matters set forth in paragraph (d)(v) and (ix) above and that, in the case of Additional Accounts, the list delivered pursuant to paragraph (g) below is, as of the applicable Additional Cut-Off Date, true and complete in all
material respects. 
 (f) Additional Sellers. The Bank may designate Affiliates of the Bank to be included as Sellers
(“Additional Sellers”) under this Agreement by an amendment hereto pursuant to Section 13.01(a) and each Additional Seller shall be issued a Supplemental Certificate pursuant to Section 6.03(c) reflecting such Additional
Seller’s interest in the Sellers’ Interest; provided, however, that prior to any such designation and issuance the conditions set forth in Section 6.03(c) shall have been satisfied with respect thereto. 

(g) Delivery of Documents. In the case of the designation of Additional Accounts, the Sellers shall deliver to the Trustee (i) the
computer file or microfiche list required to be delivered pursuant to Section 2.01 with respect to such Additional Accounts on the date such file or list is required to be delivered pursuant to Section 2.01 (the “Document Delivery
Date”) and (ii) a duly executed, written Assignment (including an acceptance by the Trustee for the benefit of the Certificateholders), substantially in the form of Exhibit B (the “Assignment”), on the Document Delivery Date. In
addition, in the case of the designation of New Accounts, the Sellers shall deliver to the Trustee on the Document Delivery Date the certificates described in paragraph (d)(vii) and (ix) above with respect to such New Accounts. 

Section 2.10. Removal of Accounts. (a) On any day of any Due Period the Sellers shall have the right to require the
reassignment to them or their designee of all the Trust’s right, title and interest in, to and under the Receivables then existing and thereafter created, all monies due or to become due and all amounts received with respect thereto and all
proceeds thereof in or with respect to the Accounts designated by the Sellers, upon satisfaction of all the following conditions: 

(i) on or before the fifth Business Day immediately preceding the Removal Date, the Sellers shall have given the Trustee, the
Servicer, each Rating Agency and each Series Enhancer notice of such removal and specifying the date for removal of the Removed Accounts (the “Removal Date”); 

  
 34 

 (ii) on or prior to the date that is ten Business Days after the Removal Date,
the Sellers shall have amended Schedule 1 by delivering to the Trustee a computer file or microfiche list containing a true and complete list of the Removed Accounts specifying for each such Account, as of the date notice of the Removal Date is
given, its account number, the aggregate amount outstanding in such Account and the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables outstanding in such Account; 

(iii) the Sellers shall have represented and warranted as of the Removal Date that the list of Removed Accounts delivered
pursuant to paragraph (ii) above, as of the Removal Date, is true and complete in all material respects; 
 (iv) the
Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with respect to such removal; 
 (v) such removal will not result in the
occurrence of an Amortization Event and each of the Sellers shall have delivered to the Trustee and each Series Enhancer a certificate of a Vice President or more senior officer, dated the Removal Date, to the effect that such Seller reasonably
believes that such removal will not have an Adverse Effect and is not reasonably expected to have an Adverse Effect at any time in the future; 

(vi) the Sellers shall have delivered to the Trustee, each Rating Agency and each Series Enhancer a Tax Opinion, dated the
Removal Date, with respect to such removal; and 
 (vii) such removal of the Removed Accounts would not have precluded
transfers of Receivables to the Trust from being accounted for as sales under generally accepted accounting principles in accordance with FASB Statement No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments
of Liabilities, as in effect for reporting periods before November 15, 2009 and each of the Sellers shall have delivered to the Trustee a certificate of a Vice President or more senior officer, dated the Removal Date, to that effect. 

Upon satisfaction of all of the above conditions, the Trustee shall execute and deliver to the Sellers a written reassignment in substantially the form of
Exhibit C (the “Reassignment”) and shall, without further action, be deemed to sell, transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to the Sellers or their designee, effective as of the Removal Date, without recourse,
representation or warranty, all the right, title and interest of the Trust in and to the Receivables arising in the Removed Accounts, all monies due and to become due and all amounts received with respect thereto and all proceeds thereof. 

  
 35 

 (b) On any day of any Due Period, the Sellers shall have the right to designate Inactive Accounts
and to remove such Inactive Accounts from Schedule 1 hereto and from its documents and records, including appropriate computer files, upon satisfaction of the following conditions: 

(i) on or before the fifth Business Day immediately preceding the Inactive Account Removal Date (as defined below), the Sellers
shall have given the Trustee, the Servicer and each Rating Agency notice (which may be delivered via facsimile or other means of electronic transmission with receipt confirmed) of such removal (A) specifying the date for removal of the
applicable Inactive Accounts (such date, the “Inactive Account Removal Date”), (B) certifying that the Sellers reasonably believe that such removal will not result in the occurrence of an Amortization Event and that such
removal will not have an Adverse Effect, and (C) certifying that such removal would not have precluded transfers of Receivables to the Trust from being accounted for as sales under generally accepted accounting principles in accordance with
FASB Statement No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities, as in effect for reporting periods before November 15, 2009; and 

(ii) on or prior to the date that is ten Business Days after the Inactive Account Removal Date, the Sellers shall have amended
Schedule 1 by delivering to the Trustee a computer file or microfiche list containing a true and complete list of the removed Inactive Accounts specifying for each such removed Inactive Account, as of the Inactive Account Removal Date, its account
number. 
 Accounts designated by the Sellers pursuant to Section 2.10(a) or 2.10(b) are referred to herein as “Removed
Accounts.” 
 In addition to the foregoing, on the date when any Receivable in an Account becomes a Defaulted Receivable the Trust
shall automatically and without further action or consideration be deemed to transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to the applicable Seller, without recourse, representation or warranty, all right, title and interest of the Trust in and to
the Defaulted Receivables arising in such Account, all monies due and to become due with respect thereto and all proceeds thereof, provided, that Recoveries of such Account shall be applied as provided herein. 

Section 2.11. Account Allocations. In the event that any of the Sellers is unable for any reason to transfer Receivables to the
Trust in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, including by reason of the application of the provisions of Section 9.02 or any order of any Governmental Authority (a “Transfer Restriction Event”), then, in any such event,
(a) the Sellers and the Servicer agree (except as prohibited by any such order) to allocate and pay to the Trust, after the date of such inability, all Collections, including Collections of Receivables transferred to the Trust prior to the
occurrence of such event, and all amounts which would have constituted Collections but for such Seller’s inability to transfer Receivables (up to an aggregate amount equal to the amount of Receivables transferred to the Trust by such Seller in
the Trust on such date), (b) the Sellers and the Servicer agree that such amounts will be applied as Collections in accordance with Article IV and the terms of each Supplement and (c) for so long as the allocation and application of all
Collections and all amounts that would have constituted Collections are made in accordance with clauses (a) and (b) above, Principal Receivables and all amounts which would have constituted Principal Receivables but for such Seller’s
inability to transfer Receivables to the Trust which are written off as uncollectible in accordance with this Agreement shall continue to be allocated in accordance with Article IV and the terms of each Supplement. For the purpose of the immediately
preceding sentence, the Sellers and the Servicer shall treat the first received Collections with respect to the Accounts as allocable to the Trust until the Trust shall have been allocated and paid Collections in an amount equal to the aggregate

  
 36 

 
amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust as of the date of the occurrence of such event. If any of the Sellers or the Servicer is unable pursuant to any Requirements of Law to allocate
Collections as described above, the Sellers and the Servicer agree that, after the occurrence of such event, payments on each Account with respect to the principal balance of such Account shall be allocated first to the oldest principal balance of
such Account and shall have such payments applied as Collections in accordance with Article IV and the terms of each Supplement. The parties hereto agree that Finance Charge Receivables, whenever created, accrued in respect of Principal Receivables
which have been conveyed to the Trust shall continue to be a part of the Trust notwithstanding any cessation of the transfer of additional Principal Receivables to the Trust and Collections with respect thereto shall continue to be allocated and
paid in accordance with Article IV and the terms of each Supplement. 
 Section 2.12. Dispute Resolution. (a) If any
Receivable is subject to repurchase pursuant to Section 2.05(a)[(i)], of this Agreement, which repurchase is not resolved in accordance with the terms of this Agreement within 180 days after notice is delivered to the Seller as specified in any
such Section, the party providing such notice (the “Requesting Party”) will have the right to refer the matter, at its discretion, to either third-party mediation (including nonbinding arbitration) or arbitration pursuant to this
Section 2.12 and the Seller is hereby deemed to consent to the selected resolution method. At the end of the 180-day period described above, the Representing Party (as defined below) may provide notice informing the Requesting Party of the
status of its request or, in the absence of any such notice, the Requesting Party may presume that its request remains unresolved. The Requesting Party will provide written notice of its intention to refer the matter to mediation or arbitration
to the Seller (in such capacity, the “Representing Party”) within 30 calendar days following such 180th day. The Seller agrees to participate in the resolution method selected by the Requesting Party. 

(b) If the Requesting Party selects mediation as the resolution method, the following provisions will apply: 

(i) The mediation will be administered by the American Arbitration Association (the “AAA”) pursuant to its Commercial
Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures in effect on the date of this Agreement (the “Rules”); provided, that if any of the Rules are inconsistent with the procedures for the mediation or arbitration stated in this Agreement or the
Series 2000 Supplement, the procedures in such applicable document will control. 
 (ii) The mediator must be a Qualified
Dispute Resolution Professional. Upon being supplied a list, by the AAA, of at least ten potential mediators that are each Qualified Dispute Resolution Professionals, each of the Requesting Party and the Representing Party will have the right
to exercise two peremptory challenges within 14 days and to rank the remaining potential mediators in order of preference. The AAA will select the mediator from the remaining potential mediators on the list respecting the preference choices of
the parties to the extent possible. 
 (iii) Each of the Requesting Party and the Representing Party will use commercially
reasonable efforts to begin the mediation within [                    ] Business Days of the selection of the mediator and to conclude the mediation
within [                    ] days of the start of the mediation. 

  
 37 

 (iv) The fees and expenses of the mediation will be allocated as mutually agreed
by the Requesting Party and the Representing Party as part of the mediation. 
 (v) A failure by the Requesting Party and the
Representing Party to resolve a disputed matter through mediation shall not preclude either party from seeking a resolution of such matter through the initiation of a judicial proceeding in a court of competent jurisdiction, subject to
Section 2.12(d) below. 
 (c) If the Requesting Party selects arbitration as the resolution method, the following provisions will
apply: 
 (i) The arbitration will be held in accordance with the United States Arbitration Act, notwithstanding any choice
of law provision in this Agreement, and under the auspices of the AAA and in accordance with the Rules. 
 (ii) If the
repurchase request specified in Section 2.12(a) involves the repurchase of an aggregate amount of Receivables of less than 5% of the total Principal Receivables in the Trust as of the date of such repurchase request, a single arbitrator will be
used. That arbitrator must be a Qualified Dispute Resolution Professional. Upon being supplied a list of at least ten potential arbitrators that are each Qualified Dispute Resolutions Professionals by the AAA, each of the Requesting Party
and the Representing Party will have the right to exercise two peremptory challenges within 14 days and to rank the remaining potential arbitrators in order of preference. The AAA will select the arbitrator from the remaining potential
arbitrators on the list respecting the preference choices of the parties to the extent possible. 
 (iii) If the repurchase
request specified in Section 2.12(a) involves the repurchase of an aggregate amount of Receivables equal to or in excess of 5% of the total Principal Receivables in the Trust as of the date of such repurchase request, a three-arbitrator panel
will be used. The arbitral panel will consist of three Qualified Dispute Resolution Professionals, (A) one to be appointed by the Requesting Party within five Business Days of providing notice to the Representing Party of its selection of
arbitration, (B) one to be appointed by the Representing Party within five Business Days of the Requesting Party’s appointment of an arbitrator, and (C) the third, who will preside over the arbitral panel, to be chosen by the two
party-appointed arbitrators within five Business Days of the Representing Party’s appointment. If any party fails to appoint an arbitrator or the two party-appointed arbitrators fail to appoint the third within the relevant time periods,
then the appointments will be made by the AAA pursuant to the Rules. 
 (iv) Each arbitrator selected for any arbitration
will abide by the Code of Ethics for Arbitrators in Commercial Disputes in effect as of the date of this Agreement. Prior to accepting an appointment, each arbitrator must promptly disclose any circumstances likely to create a reasonable
inference of bias or conflict of interest or likely to preclude completion of the hearings within the prescribed time schedule. Any arbitrator selected may be removed by the AAA for cause consisting of actual bias, conflict of interest or other
serious potential for conflict. 

  
 38 

 (v) The Requesting Party and the Representing Party each agree that it is their
intention that after consulting with the parties, the arbitrator or arbitral panel, as applicable, will devise procedures and deadlines for the arbitration, to the extent not already agreed to by the parties, with the goal of expediting the
proceeding and completing the arbitration within 30 days after appointment of the arbitrator or arbitral panel, as applicable. The arbitrator or the arbitral panel, as applicable, will have the authority to schedule, hear, and determine any and
all motions, including dispositive and discovery motions, in accordance with New York law then in effect (including prehearing and post hearing motions), and will do so on the motion of any party to the arbitration. Notwithstanding any other
discovery that may be available under the Rules, unless otherwise agreed by the parties, each party to the arbitration will be limited to the following discovery in the arbitration: 

(A) Consistent with the expedited nature of arbitration, the Requesting Party and the Representing Party will, upon the written
request of the other party, promptly provide the other with copies of documents relevant to the issues raised by any claim or counterclaim on which the producing party may rely in support of or in opposition to the claim or defense. 

(B) At the request of a party, the arbitrator or arbitral panel, as applicable, shall have the discretion to order examination
by deposition of witnesses to the extent the arbitrator or arbitral panel deems such additional discovery relevant and appropriate. Depositions shall be limited to a maximum of three (3) per party and shall be held within thirty
(30) calendar days of the making of a request. Additional depositions may be scheduled only with the permission of the arbitrator or arbitral panel, and for good cause shown. Each deposition shall be limited to a maximum of three
(3) hours’ duration. All objections are reserved for the arbitration hearing except for objections based on privilege and proprietary or confidential information. 

(C) Any dispute regarding discovery, or the relevance or scope thereof, shall be determined by the arbitrator or arbitral
panel, which determination shall be conclusive. 
 (D) All discovery shall be completed within sixty (60) calendar days
following the appointment of the arbitrator or the arbitral panel, as applicable; provided, that the arbitrator or the arbitral panel, as applicable, will have the ability to grant the parties, or either of them, additional discovery to the extent
that the arbitrator or the arbitral panel, as applicable, determines good cause is shown that such additional discovery is reasonable and necessary. 

(vi) The Requesting Party and the Representing Party each agree that it is their intention that the arbitrator or the arbitral
panel, as applicable, will resolve the dispute in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and may not modify or change this Agreement in any way. The arbitrator or the arbitral panel, as applicable, will not have the power to award
punitive damages or consequential damages in any arbitration conducted. The Requesting Party and the Representing Party each agree that it is their intention that in its final determination, the arbitrator or the arbitral panel, as applicable,
will determine and award the costs of the arbitration (including the fees of the arbitrator or the arbitral panel, as applicable, cost of any record or transcript of the 

  
 39 

 
arbitration, and administrative fees) and reasonable attorneys’ fees to the parties as determined by the arbitrator or the arbitral panel, as applicable, in its reasonable
discretion. The determination of the arbitrator or the arbitral panel, as applicable, must be consistent with the provisions of this Agreement, including Section 7.01 and Section 13.11, and will be in writing and counterpart copies
will be promptly delivered to the parties. The determination of the arbitrator or the arbitral panel, as applicable, may be reconsidered once by the arbitrator or the arbitral panel, as applicable, upon the motion and at the expense of either
party. Following that single reconsideration, the determination of the arbitrator or the arbitral panel, as applicable, will be final and non-appealable and may be entered in and may be enforced in, any court of competent jurisdiction. 

(vii) By selecting arbitration, the Requesting Party is giving up the right to sue in court, including the right to a trial by
jury. 
 (viii) No Person may bring a putative or certified class action to arbitration. 

(d) The following provisions will apply to both mediations and arbitrations: 

(i) Any mediation or arbitration will be held in New York, New York. 

(ii) Notwithstanding this dispute resolution provision, the parties will have the right to seek provisional or ancillary relief
from a competent court of law, including a temporary restraining order, preliminary injunction or attachment order, provided such relief would otherwise be available by law. 

(iii) The details and/or existence of any unfulfilled repurchase request specified in Section 2.12(a) above, any informal
meetings, mediations or arbitration proceedings, including all offers, promises, conduct and statements, whether oral or written, made in the course of the parties’ attempt to informally resolve an unfulfilled repurchase request, and any
discovery taken in connection with any arbitration, will be confidential, privileged and inadmissible for any purpose, including impeachment, in any mediation, arbitration or litigation, or other proceeding; provided, however, that any discovery
taken in any arbitration will be admissible in that particular arbitration. Such information will be kept strictly confidential and will not be disclosed or discussed with any third party (excluding a party’s attorneys, experts,
accountants and other agents and representatives, as reasonably required in connection with the related resolution procedure), except as otherwise required by law, regulatory requirement or court order. If any party to a resolution procedure
receives a subpoena or other request for information from a third party (other than a governmental regulatory body) for such confidential information, the recipient will promptly notify the other party to the resolution procedure and will provide
the other party with the opportunity to object to the production of its confidential information. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.12 to the contrary, any discovery taken in connection with any arbitration pursuant to
Section 2.12(c) above will be admissible in such arbitration. 

  
 40 

 ARTICLE III 

ADMINISTRATION AND SERVICING 
 OF
RECEIVABLES 
 Section 3.01. Acceptance of Appointment and Other Matters Relating to the Servicer. (a) Citibank agrees to
act as the Servicer under this Agreement and the Certificateholders by their acceptance of Certificates consent to Citibank acting as Servicer. 

(b) The Servicer shall service and administer the Receivables, shall collect payments due under the Receivables and shall charge-off as
uncollectible Receivables, all in accordance with its customary and usual servicing procedures for servicing credit card receivables comparable to the Receivables and in accordance with the Credit Card Guidelines. The Servicer shall have full power
and authority, acting alone or through any party properly designated by it hereunder, to do any and all things in connection with such servicing and administration which it may deem necessary or desirable. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing and subject to Section 10.01 and provided Citibank is the Servicer and the Collection Account is maintained with Citibank, the Servicer or its designee is hereby authorized and empowered (i) to make withdrawals and payments or to
instruct the Trustee to make withdrawals and payments from the Collection Account and any Series Account, as set forth in this Agreement or any Supplement, and (ii) to take any action required or permitted under any Series Enhancement, as set
forth in this Agreement or any Supplement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and subject to Section 10.01, the Servicer or its designee is hereby authorized and empowered to make any filings, reports, notices, applications and
registrations with, and to seek any consents or authorizations from, the Securities and Exchange Commission and any state or foreign securities authority on behalf of the Trust as may be necessary or advisable to comply with any Federal, state or
foreign securities laws or reporting requirements. The Trustee shall furnish the Servicer with any documents necessary or appropriate to enable the Servicer to carry out its servicing and administrative duties hereunder. 

(c) The Servicer shall not be obligated to use separate servicing procedures, offices, employees or accounts for servicing the Receivables
from the procedures, offices, employees and accounts used by the Servicer in connection with servicing other credit card receivables. 
 (d)
The Servicer shall comply with and perform its servicing obligations with respect to the Accounts and Receivables in accordance with the Credit Card Agreements relating to the Accounts and the Credit Card Guidelines and all applicable rules and
regulations of VISA, MasterCard, American Express and any other similar entity or organization relating to any other type of revolving credit card accounts included as Accounts, except insofar as any failure to so comply or perform would not
materially and adversely affect the Trust or the Investor Certificateholders. 
 (e) The Servicer shall pay out of its own funds, without
reimbursement, all expenses incurred in connection with the Trust and the servicing activities hereunder including expenses related to enforcement of the Receivables, fees and disbursements of the Trustee (including the reasonable fees and expenses
of its counsel) and independent accountants and all other fees and expenses, including the costs of filing UCC continuation statements and the costs and expenses relating to obtaining and maintaining the listing of any Investor Certificates on any
stock exchange, that are not expressly stated in this Agreement to be payable by the Trust or the Sellers (other than Federal, state, local and foreign income and franchise taxes, if any, or any interest or penalties with respect thereto, assessed
on the Trust). 

  
 41 

 (f) The Servicer agrees that upon a request by the Sellers or the Trustee it will use its best
efforts to obtain and maintain the listing of the Investor Certificates of any Series or Class on any specified securities exchange. If any such request is made, the Servicer shall give notice to the Sellers and the Trustee on the date on which such
Investor Certificates are approved for such listing and within three Business Days following receipt of notice by the Servicer of any actual, proposed or contemplated delisting of such Investor Certificates by any such securities exchange. The
Trustee or the Servicer, each in its sole discretion, may terminate any listing on any such securities exchange at any time subject to the notice requirements set forth in the preceding sentence. 

(g) This Agreement is intended to amend, restate and modify the Second Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement in its entirety,
and, from and after the Amendment Date, all references to the Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement and/or the Second Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement in any other instruments or documents shall be deemed to constitute references
to this Agreement. All references in such instruments or documents to Citibank (South Dakota), National Association in its capacity as Servicer of receivables and related assets under the Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement shall, by operation of
law as a result of the Bank Merger, be references to Citibank in its capacity as Servicer of receivables and related assets hereunder. All references in such instruments or document to Citibank in its capacity as Servicer or receivable and related
assets under the Second Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement shall be references to Citibank in its capacity as Servicer of receivables and related assets hereunder. 

(h) By operation of law as a result of the Bank Merger, Citibank is obligated to perform all of the obligations of Citibank (South Dakota),
National Association, in its capacity as Servicer, under or in connection with the Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement and any Supplement to the Prior Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

Section 3.02. Servicing Compensation. As full compensation for its servicing activities hereunder and as reimbursement for any
expense incurred by it in connection therewith, the Servicer shall be entitled to receive the Servicing Fee specified in any Supplement. 

Section 3.03. Representations, Warranties and Covenants of the Servicer. Citibank, as initial Servicer, hereby makes, and any
Successor Servicer by its appointment hereunder shall make, on each Closing Date (and on the date of any such appointment), the following representations, warranties and covenants: 

(a) Organization and Good Standing. The Servicer is a national banking association or corporation validly existing under
the applicable law of the jurisdiction of its organization or incorporation and has, in all material respects, full power and authority to own its properties and conduct its credit card business as presently owned or conducted, and to execute,
deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement and each Supplement. 
 (b) Due Qualification. The Servicer
is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation (or is exempt from such requirements) and has 

  
 42 

 
obtained all necessary licenses and approvals in each jurisdiction in which the servicing of the Receivables as required by this Agreement requires such qualification except where the failure to
so qualify or obtain licenses or approvals would not have a material adverse affect on its ability to perform its obligations as Servicer under this Agreement. 

(c) Due Authorization. The execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and each Supplement, and the other
agreements and instruments executed or to be executed by the Servicer as contemplated hereby, have been duly authorized by the Servicer by all necessary action on the part of the Servicer. 

(d) Binding Obligation. This Agreement and each Supplement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the
Servicer, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in
effect. 
 (e) No Conflict. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and each Supplement by the Servicer, and the
performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and each Supplement and the fulfillment of the terms hereof and thereof applicable to the Servicer, will not conflict with or violate any Requirements of Law applicable to the Servicer
or conflict with, violate or result in any breach of any of the material terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a material default under, any indenture, contract, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust
or other instrument to which the Servicer is a party or by which it or its properties are bound. 
 (f) No
Proceedings. There are no proceedings or investigations pending or, to the best knowledge of the Servicer, threatened against the Servicer before any Governmental Authority seeking to prevent the consummation of any of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement or any Supplement or seeking any determination or ruling that, in the reasonable judgment of the Servicer, would materially and adversely affect the performance by the Servicer of its obligations under this Agreement
or any Supplement. 
 (g) Compliance with Requirements of Law. The Servicer shall duly satisfy all obligations on its
part to be fulfilled under or in connection with each Receivable and the related Account, will maintain in effect all qualifications required under Requirements of Law in order to service properly each Receivable and the related Account and will
comply in all material respects with all other Requirements of Law in connection with servicing each Receivable and the related Account the failure to comply with which would have a material adverse effect on the Investor Certificateholders or any
Series Enhancer. 
 (h) No Rescission or Cancellation. The Servicer shall not permit any rescission or cancellation of
any Receivable except in accordance with the Credit Card Guidelines or as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Authority. 

(i) Protection of Certificateholders’ Rights. The Servicer shall take no action which, nor omit to take any action
the omission of which, would impair the rights of Certificateholders in any Receivable or the related Account or the rights of any Series Enhancer, nor shall it reschedule, revise or defer payments due on any Receivable except in accordance with the
Credit Card Guidelines. 

  
 43 

 (j) Receivables Not To Be Evidenced by Promissory Notes. Except in
connection with its enforcement or collection of an Account, the Servicer will take no action to cause any Receivable to be evidenced by any instrument (as defined in the UCC) and if any Receivable is so evidenced it shall be reassigned or assigned
to the Servicer as provided in this Section. 
 (k) All Consents. All authorizations, consents, orders or approvals of
or registrations or declarations with any Governmental Authority required to be obtained, effected or given by the Servicer in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement and each Supplement by the Servicer and the performance of
the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and each Supplement by the Servicer, have been duly obtained, effected or given and are in full force and effect. 

In the event (x) any of the representations, warranties or covenants of the Servicer contained in paragraph (g), (h) or
(i) with respect to any Receivable or the related Account is breached, and such breach has a material adverse effect on the Certificateholders’ Interest in such Receivable (which determination shall be made without regard to whether funds
are then available to any Investor Certificateholders pursuant to any Series Enhancement) and is not cured within 60 days (or such longer period, not in excess of 150 days, as may be agreed to by the Trustee) of the earlier to occur of the discovery
of such event by the Servicer, or receipt by the Servicer of notice of such event given by the Trustee, or (y) as provided in paragraph (j) with respect to any Receivable, all Receivables in the Account or Accounts to which such event
relates shall be reassigned or assigned to the Servicer on the terms and conditions set forth below. 
 If Citibank is the Servicer, such
reassignment or assignment shall be accomplished in the manner set forth in Section 2.05(b) as if the reassigned or assigned Receivables were Ineligible Receivables (including the requirement, if applicable, to reduce the Sellers’
Participation Amount and the Sellers’ Interest and the Floating Allocation Percentage and the Principal Allocation Percentage applicable to any Series and to make deposits into the Collection Account) and any amounts deposited into the
Collection Account in connection with such reassignment or assignment pursuant to this Section shall be considered a Transfer Deposit Amount and shall be applied in accordance with Article IV and the terms of each Supplement. If Citibank is not the
Servicer, the Servicer shall effect such assignment by making a deposit into the Collection Account in immediately available funds on the Transfer Date following the Due Period in which such assignment obligation arises in an amount equal to the
amount of such Receivables. 
 Upon each such reassignment or assignment to the Servicer, the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, shall
automatically and without further action be deemed to sell, transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to the Servicer or its designee, without recourse, representation or warranty, all right, title and interest of the Trust in and to such
Receivables, all monies due or to become due and all amounts received with respect thereto and all proceeds thereof. The Trustee shall execute such documents and instruments of transfer or assignment and take such other actions as shall be
reasonably requested by the Servicer to effect the conveyance of any such Receivables pursuant to this Section. The obligation of the Servicer to accept reassignment or assignment of such Receivables, and to make the deposits, if any, required to be
made to the 

  
 44 

 
Collection Account as provided in the preceding paragraph, shall constitute the sole remedy respecting the event giving rise to such obligation available to Certificateholders (or the Trustee on
behalf of Certificateholders) or any Series Enhancer, except as provided in Section 8.04. 
 Section 3.04. Reports and Records
for the Trustee. (a) Daily Records. On each Business Day, the Servicer shall make or cause to be made available at the office of the Servicer for inspection by the Trustee upon request a record setting forth (i) the Collections
in respect of Principal Receivables and in respect of Finance Charge Receivables processed by the Servicer on the second preceding Business Day in respect of each Account and (ii) the amount of Receivables as of the close of business on the
second preceding Business Day in each Account. The Servicer shall, at all times, maintain its computer files with respect to the Accounts in such a manner so that the Accounts may be specifically identified and shall make available to the Trustee at
the office of the Servicer on any Business Day any computer programs necessary to make such identification. 
 (b) Monthly
Servicer’s Certificate. On or about the 15th day of each month but in no event later than the 15th calendar day after each
Distribution Date, the Servicer shall, with respect to each outstanding Series, deliver to the Trustee, the Paying Agent, each Rating Agency and each Series Enhancer a certificate of a Servicing Officer in substantially the form set forth in the
related Supplement. 
 Section 3.05. Annual Certificate of Servicer. The Servicer shall deliver to the Trustee, each Rating
Agency and each Series Enhancer on or before March 31 of each calendar year, beginning with March 31, 1992, an Officer’s Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D. 

Section 3.06. Annual Servicing Report of Independent Public Accountants; Copies of Reports Available. (a) On or before
March 31 of each calendar year, beginning with March 31, 1992, the Servicer shall cause a firm of nationally recognized independent public accountants (who may also render other services to the Servicer or the Sellers) to furnish a report
(addressed to the Trustee) to the Trustee, the Servicer, each Rating Agency and each Series Enhancer to the effect that they have examined certain documents and records relating to the servicing of Accounts under this Agreement and each Supplement,
compared the information contained in the Servicer’s certificates delivered pursuant to Section 3.04(b) during the period covered by such report with such documents and records and that, on the basis of such examination, such accountants
are of the opinion that the servicing has been conducted in compliance with the terms and conditions as set forth in Article III, Article IV and Section 8.08 of this Agreement and the applicable provisions of each Supplement, except for such
exceptions as they believe to be immaterial and such other exceptions as shall be set forth in such statement. 
 (b) On or before
March 31 of each calendar year, beginning with March 31, 1992, the Servicer shall cause a firm of nationally recognized independent public accountants (who may also render other services to the Servicer or Sellers) to furnish a report to
the Trustee, the Servicer, each Rating Agency and each Series Enhancer to the effect that they have compared the mathematical calculations of each amount set forth in the Servicer’s certificates delivered pursuant to Section 3.04(b) during
the period covered by such report with the Servicer’s computer reports which were the source of such amounts and that on the basis of such comparison, such accountants are of the opinion that such amounts are in agreement, except for such
exceptions as they believe to be immaterial and such other exceptions as shall be set forth in such statement. 

  
 45 

 (c) A copy of each certificate and report provided pursuant to Section 3.04(b),
Section 3.05 or Section 3.06 may be obtained by any Investor Certificateholder or Certificate Owner by a request to the Trustee addressed to the Corporate Trust Office. 

Section 3.07. Tax Treatment. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Sellers have entered into this
Agreement, and the Certificates will be issued, with the intention that, for Federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes only, the Investor Certificates will qualify as indebtedness of the Sellers secured by the Receivables. The
Sellers, by entering into this Agreement, and each Certificateholder, by the acceptance of its Certificate (and each Certificate Owner, by its acceptance of an interest in the applicable Certificate), agree to treat the Investor Certificates for
Federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes as indebtedness of the Sellers. 
 Section 3.08. Notices to Citibank.
In the event that Citibank is no longer acting as Servicer, any Successor Servicer shall deliver to Citibank each certificate and report required to be provided thereafter pursuant to Section 3.04(b), Section 3.05 or Section 3.06.

 Section 3.09. Adjustments. (a) If the Servicer adjusts downward the amount of any Receivable because of a rebate,
refund, unauthorized charge or billing error to a cardholder, because such Receivable was created in respect of merchandise which was refused or returned by a cardholder, or because the Servicer charges off as uncollectible Small Balances, or if the
Servicer otherwise adjusts downward the amount of any Receivable without receiving Collections therefor or charging off such amount as uncollectible, then, in any such case, the amount of Principal Receivables used to calculate the Sellers’
Participation Amount, the Sellers’ Interest and the Floating Allocation Percentage and the Principal Allocation Percentage applicable to any Series will be reduced by the amount of the adjustment. Similarly, the amount of Principal Receivables
used to calculate the Sellers’ Participation Amount, the Sellers’ Interest and the Floating Allocation Percentage and the Principal Allocation Percentage applicable to any Series will be reduced by the amount of any Receivable which was
discovered as having been created through a fraudulent or counterfeit charge or with respect to which the covenant contained in Section 2.07(b) was breached. Any adjustment required pursuant to either of the two preceding sentences shall be
made on or prior to the end of the Due Period in which such adjustment obligation arises. In the event that, following the exclusion of such Principal Receivables from the calculation of the Sellers’ Participation Amount, the Sellers’
Participation Amount would be a negative number, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the Distribution Date following the Due Period in which such adjustment obligation arises, the Sellers shall make a deposit into the Collection
Account in immediately available funds in an amount equal to the amount by which the Sellers’ Participation Amount would be below zero (up to the amount of such Principal Receivables). In the event that at the time of the adjustment of any
Receivable the Invested Amount for any outstanding Series is less than the unpaid principal amount of the Investor Certificates of such Series, not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the Distribution Date following the Due Period in which
such adjustment obligation arises, the Sellers will make a deposit into the Collection Account in immediately available funds in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) the excess of the portion of such adjusted Receivable which is a Principal
Receivable over the amount to be deposited into the Collection Account pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence and (ii) the excess of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Investor Certificates over the aggregate Invested Amounts
for all outstanding Series. Any amount deposited into the Collection Account in connection with the adjustment of a Receivable shall be considered an Adjustment Payment and shall be applied in accordance with Article IV and the terms of each
Supplement. 

  
 46 

 (b) If (i) the Servicer makes a deposit into the Collection Account in respect of a
Collection of a Receivable and such Collection was received by the Servicer in the form of a check which is not honored for any reason or (ii) the Servicer makes a mistake with respect to the amount of any Collection and deposits an amount that
is less than or more than the actual amount of such Collection, the Servicer shall appropriately adjust the amount subsequently deposited into the Collection Account to reflect such dishonored check or mistake. Any Receivable in respect of which a
dishonored check is received shall be deemed not to have been paid. Notwithstanding the first two sentences of this paragraph, no adjustments shall be made pursuant to this paragraph that will change any amount previously reported pursuant to
Section 3.04(b). 
 Section 3.10. Reporting Request to Communicate. With respect to any Due Period in which the Servicer or
the Seller receives a request from any Certificate Owner to communicate with another Certificate Owner, the Servicer or the Seller, as applicable, shall include the following information in the related distribution report on Form 10-D: 

(i) the name of the Certificate Owner making such request; 

(ii) the date the Servicer or the Seller, as applicable, received such request; 

(iii) a statement to the effect that the Servicer or the Seller, as applicable, has received a request from such Certificate
Owner stating that it is interested in communicating with other such Certificate Owners with regard to the possible exercise of rights under this Agreement and the other transaction documents; and 

(iv) a description of the method other such Certificate Owners may use to contact the requesting Certificate Owner; 

provided, however, that prior to disclosing the information listed above on Form 10-D, the Servicer or the Seller, as applicable, shall be
entitled to verify the identity of such requesting Certificate Owner by requiring it to provide written certification that it is such a Certificate Owner and one other form of documentation, such as a trade confirmation, an account statement, a
letter from such Certificate Owner’s broker or dealer, or another similar document. 
 ARTICLE IV 

RIGHTS OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS AND 

ALLOCATION AND APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS 

Section 4.01. Rights of Certificateholders. The Investor Certificates shall represent fractional undivided interests in the Trust,
which, with respect to each Series, shall consist of the right to receive, to the extent necessary to make the required payments with respect to the Investor Certificates of such Series at the times and in the amounts specified in the related
Supplement, the portion of Collections allocable to Investor Certificateholders of such Series pursuant to this Agreement and such Supplement, funds on deposit in the Collection Account 

  
 47 

 
allocable to Certificateholders of such Series pursuant to this Agreement and such Supplement, funds on deposit in any related Series Account and funds available pursuant to any related Series
Enhancement (collectively, with respect to all Series, the “Certificateholders’ Interest”), it being understood that the Investor Certificates of any Series or Class shall not represent any interest in any Series Account or Series
Enhancement for the benefit of any other Series or Class. The Sellers’ Certificate shall represent the ownership interest in the remainder of the Trust Assets not allocated pursuant to this Agreement or any Supplement to the Investor
Certificateholders’ Interest, including the right to receive Collections with respect to the Receivables and other amounts at the times and in the amounts specified in any Supplement to be paid to the Seller on behalf of all holders of the
Sellers’ Certificate (the “Sellers’ Interest”); provided, however, that the Sellers’ Certificate shall not represent any interest in the Collection Account, any Series Account or any Series Enhancement, except
as specifically provided in this Agreement or any Supplement. 
 Section 4.02. Establishment of Collection Account. The
Servicer, for the benefit of the Certificateholders, shall establish and maintain in the name of the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, an Eligible Deposit Account bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for
the benefit of the Certificateholders (the “Collection Account”). The Trustee shall possess all right, title and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Collection Account and in all proceeds thereof. The Collection
Account shall be under the sole dominion and control of the Trustee for the benefit of the Certificateholders. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the Servicer agrees that it shall have no right of setoff or banker’s lien against,
and no right to otherwise deduct from, any funds held in the Collection Account for any amount owed to it by the Trustee, the Trust, any Certificateholder or any Series Enhancer. If, at any time, the Collection Account ceases to be an Eligible
Deposit Account, the Trustee (or the Servicer on its behalf) shall within 10 Business Days (or such longer period, not to exceed 30 calendar days, as to which each Rating Agency may consent) establish a new Collection Account meeting the conditions
specified above, transfer any cash and/or any investments to such new Collection Account and from the date such new Collection Account is established, it shall be the “Collection Account.” 

Unless otherwise agreed by each Rating Agency, if at any time neither Citibank nor any other affiliate of Citigroup Inc. is the Servicer, the
Collection Account will be moved from Citibank if then maintained there. 
 Funds on deposit in the Collection Account (other than
investment earnings and amounts deposited pursuant to Sections 2.06, 9.02, 10.01 or 12.02) shall at the direction of the Servicer be invested by the Trustee in Eligible Investments selected by the Servicer. All such Eligible Investments shall be
held by the Trustee for the benefit of the Certificateholders. Investments of funds representing Collections collected during any Due Period shall be invested in Eligible Investments that will mature so that funds will be available at the close of
business on the Transfer Date following such Due Period in amounts sufficient to make the required distributions on the following Distribution Date. Funds deposited in the Collection Account on a Transfer Date with respect to the next following
Distribution Date are not required to be invested overnight. On each Distribution Date, all interest and other investment earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) on funds on deposit in the Collection Account shall be paid to the Sellers,
except as otherwise specified in any Supplement. 

  
 48 

 Section 4.03. Collections and Allocations. (a) The Servicer will apply or will
instruct the Trustee to apply all funds on deposit in the Collection Account as described in this Article IV and in each Supplement. Except as otherwise provided below, the Servicer shall deposit Collections into the Collection Account as promptly
as possible after the Date of Processing of such Collections, but in no event later than the second Business Day following the Date of Processing. Subject to the express terms of any Supplement, but notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement to
the contrary, for so long as Citibank remains the Servicer and maintains a certificate of deposit rating of A-1 or better by Standard & Poor’s and P-1 by Moody’s, and for five Business Days following any reduction or withdrawal of
either such rating, the Servicer need not make the daily deposits of Collections into the Collection Account as provided in the preceding sentence, but may make a single deposit in the Collection Account in immediately available funds not later than
12:00 noon, New York City time, on the Distribution Date. Subject to the first proviso in Section 4.04, but notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement to the contrary, with respect to any Due Period, whether the Servicer is required to
make deposits of Collections pursuant to the first or the second preceding sentence, (i) the Servicer will only be required to deposit Collections into the Collection Account up to the aggregate amount of Collections required to be deposited
into any Series Account or, without duplication, distributed on or prior to the related Distribution Date to Investor Certificateholders or to any Series Enhancer pursuant to the terms of any Supplement or Enhancement Agreement and (ii) if at
any time prior to such Distribution Date the amount of Collections deposited in the Collection Account exceeds the amount required to be deposited pursuant to clause (i) above, the Servicer will be permitted to withdraw the excess from the
Collection Account. 
 (b) Collections of Finance Charge Receivables and Principal Receivables and Defaulted Receivables and Miscellaneous
Payments will be allocated to each Series on the basis of such Series’ Series Allocable Finance Charge Collections, Series Allocable Principal Collections, Series Allocable Defaulted Amount and Series Allocable Miscellaneous Payments and
amounts so allocated to any Series will not, except as specified in the related Supplement, be available to the Investor Certificateholders of any other Series. Allocations thereof between the Certificateholders’ Interest and the Sellers’
Interest, among the Series in any Group and among the Classes in any Series shall be set forth in the related Supplement or Supplements. 

Section 4.04. Unallocated Principal Collections. On each Distribution Date, (a) the Servicer shall allocate Excess Principal
Collections (as described below) to each Series as set forth in the related Supplement and (b) the Servicer shall withdraw from the Collection Account and pay to the Sellers (i) an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (x) the
aggregate amount for all outstanding Series of Collections of Principal Receivables which the related Supplements specify are to be treated as “Excess Principal Collections” for such Distribution Date over (y) the aggregate amount for
all outstanding Series which the related Supplements specify are “Principal Shortfalls” for such Distribution Date and, without duplication, (ii) the aggregate amount for all outstanding Series of that portion of Series Allocable
Principal Collections which the related Supplements specify are to be allocated and paid to the Sellers with respect to such Distribution Date; provided, however, that, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), such amounts shall be
paid to the Sellers only if the Sellers’ Participation Amount for such Distribution Date (determined after giving effect to any Principal Receivables transferred to the Trust on such date) exceeds zero. The amount held in the Collection Account
as a result of the proviso in the preceding sentence (“Unallocated Principal Collections”) shall be paid to the Sellers at the time the Sellers’ Participation Amount exceeds zero; provided, however, that any Unallocated
Principal Collections on deposit in the Collection Account at any time during which any Series is in its 

  
 49 

 
Accumulation Period, amortization period or Early Amortization Period shall be deemed to be “Miscellaneous Payments” and shall be allocated and distributed in accordance with
Section 4.03 and the terms of each Supplement. 
 Section 4.05. Additional Withdrawals from the Collection Account. On or
before the Determination Date with respect to any Due Period, the Servicer shall determine the amounts payable to any Account Owner with respect to such Due Period under the applicable Receivables Purchase Agreement, if any, in respect of amounts on
deposit in the Collection Account that were not transferred to the Trust hereunder, and the Servicer shall withdraw such amounts from the Collection Account and pay such amounts to such Account Owner. Amounts paid by or on behalf of any Obligor with
respect to any Account will be attributed first to Excluded Receivables to the extent applicable to such Account, and then to Receivables. 

ARTICLE V 
 DISTRIBUTIONS AND
REPORTS TO 
 CERTIFICATEHOLDERS 

Distributions shall be made to, and reports shall be provided to, Certificateholders as set forth in the applicable Supplement. 

ARTICLE VI 
 THE CERTIFICATES 

Section 6.01. The Certificates. The Investor Certificates of any Series or Class shall be issued in fully registered form
(“Registered Certificates”) and shall be substantially in the form of the exhibits with respect thereto attached to the applicable Supplement. Prior to the date hereof, the Bank Certificate was issued in registered form, substantially in
the form of Exhibit A, and upon issue, was executed and delivered by the Bank to the Trustee for authentication and redelivery and the Trustee did authenticate and redeliver the Bank Certificate; such Bank Certificate remains outstanding under this
Agreement. Except as otherwise provided in any Supplement, Registered Certificates shall be issued in minimum denominations of $1,000 and in integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. If specified in any Supplement, the Investor Certificates of
any Series or Class shall be issued upon initial issuance as a single certificate evidencing the aggregate original principal amount of such Series or Class as described in Section 6.13. The Bank Certificate shall be a single certificate and
shall initially represent the entire Sellers’ Interest. Each Certificate shall be executed by manual or facsimile signature on behalf of the Bank by its President or any Vice President. Certificates bearing the manual or facsimile signature of
an individual who was, at the time when such signature was affixed, authorized to sign on behalf of the Bank shall not be rendered invalid, notwithstanding that such individual ceased to be so authorized prior to the authentication and delivery of
such Certificates or does not hold such office at the date of such Certificates. No Certificates shall be entitled to any benefit under this Agreement, or be valid for any purpose, unless there appears on such Certificate a certificate of
authentication substantially 

  
 50 

 
in the form provided for herein executed by or on behalf of the Trustee by the manual signature of a duly authorized signatory, and such certificate upon any Certificate shall be conclusive
evidence, and the only evidence, that such Certificate has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. All Registered Certificates and the Sellers’ Certificate shall be dated the date of their authentication. 

Section 6.02. Authentication of Certificates. The Trustee shall authenticate and deliver the Investor Certificates of each Series
and Class that are issued upon original issuance to or upon the order of the Sellers against payment to the Sellers of the purchase price therefor. The Trustee shall authenticate and deliver the Bank Certificate to the Sellers simultaneously with
its delivery of the Investor Certificates of the first Series to be issued hereunder. If specified in the related Supplement for any Series or Class, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver outside the United States the Global Certificate that is
issued upon original issuance thereof. 
 Section 6.03. New Issuances. (a) The Sellers may from time to time direct the
Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, to issue one or more new Series of Investor Certificates. The Investor Certificates of all outstanding Series shall be equally and ratably entitled as provided herein to the benefits of this Agreement without
preference, priority or distinction, all in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and the applicable Supplement except, with respect to any Series or Class, as provided in the related Supplement. 

(b) On or before the Series Issuance Date relating to any new Series, the parties hereto will execute and deliver a Supplement which will
specify the Principal Terms of such new Series. The terms of such Supplement may modify or amend the terms of this Agreement solely as applied to such new Series. The obligation of the Trustee to issue the Investor Certificates of such new Series
and to execute and deliver the related Supplement is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions: 
 (i) on or
before the fifth Business Day immediately preceding the Series Issuance Date, the Sellers shall have given the Trustee, the Servicer, each Rating Agency and each Series Enhancer notice of such issuance and the Series Issuance Date; 

(ii) the Sellers shall have delivered to the Trustee the related Supplement, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, executed by
each party hereto other than the Trustee; 
 (iii) the Sellers shall have delivered to the Trustee any related Enhancement
Agreement executed by each of the parties thereto, other than the Trustee; 
 (iv) the Rating Agency Condition shall have
been satisfied with respect to such issuance; 
 (v) such issuance will not result in the occurrence of an Amortization Event
and the Sellers shall have delivered to the Trustee and any Series Enhancer a certificate of a Vice President or more senior officer, dated the Series Issuance Date, to the effect that such Seller reasonably believes that such issuance will not have
an Adverse Effect and is not reasonably expected to have an Adverse Effect at any time in the future; 

  
 51 

 (vi) the Sellers shall have delivered to the Trustee, each Rating Agency and each
Series Enhancer a Tax Opinion, dated the Series Issuance Date, with respect to such issuance; and 
 (vii) the Bank’s
Interest shall not be less than 2% of the total amount of Principal Receivables, in each case as of the Series Issuance Date, and after giving effect to such issuance. 

Upon satisfaction of the above conditions, the Trustee shall execute the Supplement and issue to the Bank the Investor Certificates of such Series for
execution and redelivery to the Trustee for authentication. 
 (c) The Bank may surrender the Bank Certificate to the Trustee in exchange
for a newly issued Bank Certificate and a second certificate (a “Supplemental Certificate”), the terms of which shall be defined in a supplement to this Agreement (which supplement shall be subject to Section 13.01 to the extent that
it amends any of the terms of this Agreement), to be delivered to or upon the order of the Bank (or the holder of a Supplemental Certificate, in the case of the transfer or exchange thereof, as provided below), upon satisfaction of the following
conditions: 
 (i) the Bank’s Interest shall not be less than 2% of the total amount of Principal Receivables, in each
case as of the date of, and after giving effect to, such exchange; 
 (ii) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been
satisfied with respect to such exchange (or transfer or exchange as provided below); and 
 (iii) the Sellers shall have
delivered to the Trustee, each Rating Agency and each Series Enhancer a Tax Opinion, dated the date of such exchange (or transfer or exchange as provided below), with respect thereto. 

The Bank Certificate will at all times be beneficially owned by Citibank. Any Supplemental Certificate may be transferred or exchanged only upon satisfaction
of the conditions set forth in clauses (ii) and (iii) above. The conditions set forth above shall also apply to the designation of an Additional Seller pursuant to Section 2.09(f). 

Section 6.04. Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Certificates. (a) The Trustee shall cause to be kept at the office or
agency to be maintained in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.16 a register (the “Certificate Register”) in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, a transfer agent and registrar (which may be the
Trustee) (the “Transfer Agent and Registrar”) shall provide for the registration of the Registered Certificates and of transfers and exchanges of the Registered Certificates as herein provided. The Transfer Agent and Registrar shall
initially be Citibank and any co-transfer agent and co-registrar chosen by Citibank and acceptable to the Trustee, including, if and so long as any Series or Class is listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and such exchange shall so require, a
co-transfer agent and co-registrar in Luxembourg. So long as any Investor Certificates are outstanding, the Sellers shall maintain a co-transfer agent and co-registrar in New York City. Any reference in this Agreement to the Transfer Agent and
Registrar shall include any co-transfer agent and co-registrar unless the context requires otherwise. 

  
 52 

 The Trustee may revoke such appointment and remove Citibank as Transfer Agent and Registrar if
the Trustee determines in its sole discretion that Citibank failed to perform its obligations under this Agreement in any material respect. Citibank shall be permitted to resign as Transfer Agent and Registrar upon 30 days’ notice to the
Sellers, the Trustee and the Servicer; provided, however, that such resignation shall not be effective and Citibank shall continue to perform its duties as Transfer Agent and Registrar until the Trustee has appointed a successor
Transfer Agent and Registrar reasonably acceptable to the Sellers. 
 Subject to paragraph (c) below, upon surrender for registration
of transfer of any Registered Certificate at any office or agency of the Transfer Agent and Registrar maintained for such purpose, one or more new Registered Certificates (of the same Series and Class) in authorized denominations of like aggregate
fractional undivided interests in the Certificateholders’ Interest shall be executed, authenticated and delivered, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees. 

At the option of a Registered Certificateholder, Registered Certificates (of the same Series and Class) may be exchanged for other Registered
Certificates of authorized denominations of like aggregate fractional undivided interests in the Certificateholders’ Interest, upon surrender of the Registered Certificates to be exchanged at any such office or agency. 

The preceding provisions of this Section notwithstanding, the Trustee or the Transfer Agent and Registrar, as the case may be, shall not be
required to register the transfer or exchange of any Certificate for a period of 15 days preceding the due date for any payment with respect to the Certificate. 

Whenever any Investor Certificates are so surrendered for exchange, the Sellers shall execute, the Trustee shall authenticate and the Transfer
Agent and Registrar shall deliver the Investor Certificates which the Investor Certificateholder making the exchange is entitled to receive. Every Investor Certificate presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be
accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in a form satisfactory to the Trustee or the Transfer Agent and Registrar duly executed by the Investor Certificateholder or the attorney-in-fact thereof duly authorized in writing. 

No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or exchange of Investor Certificates, but the Transfer Agent and Registrar
may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any such transfer or exchange. 

  
 53 

 All Investor Certificates surrendered for registration of transfer and exchange or for payment
shall be canceled and disposed of in a manner satisfactory to the Trustee. The Trustee shall cancel and destroy any Global Certificate upon its exchange in full for Definitive Euro-Certificates and shall deliver a certificate of destruction to the
Sellers. Such certificate shall also state that a certificate or certificates of a Foreign Clearing Agency to the effect referred to in Section 6.13 was received with respect to each portion of the Global Certificate exchanged for Definitive
Euro-Certificates. 
 The Sellers shall execute and deliver to the Trustee Registered Certificates in such amounts and at such times as are
necessary to enable the Trustee to fulfill its responsibilities under this Agreement, each Supplement and the Certificates. 
 (b) The
Transfer Agent and Registrar will maintain at its expense in each of the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, and, if and so long as any Series or Class is listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, Luxembourg, an office or agency where
Investor Certificates may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange. 
 (c)(i) Registration of transfer of Investor
Certificates containing a legend to the effect set forth on Exhibit E-1 shall be effected only if such transfer (x) is made pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act, or is exempt from the registration requirements under the
Act, and (y) is made to a Person which is not an employee benefit plan, trust or account, including an individual retirement account, that is subject to ERISA or that is described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Code or an entity whose
underlying assets include plan assets by reason of a plan’s investment in such entity (a “Benefit Plan”). In the event that registration of a transfer is to be made in reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements
under the Act, the transferor or the transferee shall deliver, at its expense, to the Sellers, the Servicer and the Trustee, an investment letter from the transferee, substantially in the form of the investment and ERISA representation letter
attached hereto as Exhibit E-2, and no registration of transfer shall be made until such letter is so delivered. 
 Investor Certificates
issued upon registration or transfer of, or Investor Certificates issued in exchange for, Investor Certificates bearing the legend referred to above shall also bear such legend unless the Sellers, the Servicer, the Trustee and the Transfer Agent and
Registrar receive an opinion of counsel, satisfactory to each of them, to the effect that such legend may be removed. 
 Whenever an
Investor Certificate containing the legend referred to above is presented to the Transfer Agent and Registrar for registration of transfer, the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall promptly seek instructions from the Servicer regarding such transfer
and shall be entitled to receive instructions signed by a Servicing Officer prior to registering any such transfer. The Sellers hereby agree to indemnify the Transfer Agent and Registrar and the Trustee and to hold each of them harmless against any
loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or bad faith on their part arising out of or in connection with actions taken or omitted by them in relation to any such instructions furnished pursuant to this clause (i). 

  
 54 

 (ii) Registration of transfer of Investor Certificates containing a legend to the effect set
forth on Exhibit E-3 shall be effected only if such transfer is made to a Person which is not a Benefit Plan. By accepting and holding any such Investor Certificate, an Investor Certificateholder shall be deemed to have represented and warranted
that it is not a Benefit Plan. By acquiring any interest in a Book-Entry Certificate, a Certificate Owner shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that it is not a Benefit Plan. 

(iii) If so requested by the Sellers, the Trustee will make available to any prospective purchaser of Investor Certificates who so requests, a
copy of a letter provided to the Trustee by or on behalf of the Seller relating to the transferability of any Series or Class to a Benefit Plan. 

Section 6.05. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates. If (a) any mutilated Certificate is surrendered to the
Transfer Agent and Registrar, or the Transfer Agent and Registrar receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Certificate and (b) there is delivered to the Transfer Agent and Registrar and the Trustee such
security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Trustee that such Certificate has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Sellers shall execute, the Trustee shall authenticate
and the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Certificate, a new Certificate of like tenor and aggregate fractional undivided interest. In connection with the issuance
of any new Certificate under this Section, the Trustee or the Transfer Agent and Registrar may require the payment by the Certificateholder of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and
any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee and Transfer Agent and Registrar) connected therewith. Any duplicate Certificate issued pursuant to this Section shall constitute complete and indefeasible evidence of ownership in
the Trust, as if originally issued, whether or not the lost, stolen or destroyed Certificate shall be found at any time. 

Section 6.06. Persons Deemed Owners. The Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent and Registrar and any agent of any of them
may, prior to due presentation of a Registered Certificate for registration of transfer, treat the Person in whose name any Registered Certificate is registered as the owner of such Registered Certificate for the purpose of receiving
distributions pursuant to the terms of the applicable Supplement and for all other purposes whatsoever, and neither the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Transfer Agent and Registrar nor any agent of any of them shall be affected by any notice to the
contrary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in determining whether the Holders of the requisite Investor Certificates have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Certificates owned by any of the
Sellers, the Servicer, any other holder of a Sellers’ Certificate or any Affiliate thereof, and in addition, in the case of such determination pursuant to Section 14.02(a) or 14.02(b), Investor Certificates owned by the
Asset Representations Reviewer or any Affiliate thereof, shall be disregarded and deemed not to be outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Certificates which the Trustee knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded. Certificates so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be

  
 55 

 
disregarded and may be regarded as outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to such Certificates and that the
pledgee is not any Seller, the Servicer, any other holder of a Sellers’ Certificate or any Affiliate thereof, and in the case of Section 14.02(a) or 14.02(b), the pledgee is not the Asset Representations Reviewer or any Affiliate thereof.

 Section 6.07. Appointment of Paying Agent. The Paying Agent shall make distributions to Investor Certificateholders from the
Collection Account or applicable Series Account pursuant to the provisions of the applicable Supplement and shall report the amounts of such distributions to the Trustee. Any Paying Agent shall have the revocable power to withdraw funds from the
Collection Account or applicable Series Account for the purpose of making the distributions referred to above. The Trustee may revoke such power and remove the Paying Agent if the Trustee determines in its sole discretion that the Paying Agent shall
have failed to perform its obligations under this Agreement or any Supplement in any material respect. The Paying Agent shall initially be Citibank and any co-paying agent chosen by Citibank and acceptable to the Trustee, including, if and so long
as any Series or Class is listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and such exchange so requires, a co-paying agent in Luxembourg or another western European city. Citibank shall be permitted to resign as Paying Agent upon 30 days’ notice to the
Trustee. In the event that Citibank shall no longer be the Paying Agent, the Trustee shall appoint a successor to act as Paying Agent. The Trustee shall cause each successor or additional Paying Agent to execute and deliver to the Trustee an
instrument in which such successor or additional Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee that it will hold all sums, if any, held by it for payment to the Investor Certificateholders in trust for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders
entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Investor Certificateholders. The Paying Agent shall return all unclaimed funds to the Trustee and upon removal shall also return all funds in its possession to the Trustee. The provisions of
Sections 11.01, 11.02, 11.03 and 11.05 shall apply to the Trustee also in its role as Paying Agent, for so long as the Trustee shall act as Paying Agent. Any reference in this Agreement to the Paying Agent shall include any co-paying agent unless
the context requires otherwise. 
 Section 6.08. Access to List of Registered Certificateholders’ Names and Addresses. The
Trustee will furnish or cause to be furnished by the Transfer Agent and Registrar to the Servicer or the Paying Agent, within five business days after receipt by the Trustee of a request therefor, a list in such form as the Servicer or the Paying
Agent may reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Registered Certificateholders. If any Holder or group of Holders of Investor Certificates of any Series or all outstanding Series, as the case may be, evidencing not less than 10% of
the aggregate unpaid principal amount of such Series or all outstanding Series, as applicable (the “Applicants”), apply to the Trustee, and such application states that the Applicants desire to communicate with other Investor
Certificateholders with respect to their rights under this Agreement or any Supplement or under the Investor Certificates and is accompanied by a copy of the communication which such Applicants propose to transmit, then the Trustee, after having
been adequately indemnified by such Applicants for its costs and expenses, shall afford or shall cause the Transfer Agent and Registrar to afford such Applicants access during normal business hours to the most recent list of Registered
Certificateholders of such Series or all outstanding Series, as applicable, held by the Trustee, within five Business Days after the receipt of such application. Such list shall be as of a date no more than 45 days prior to the date of receipt of
such Applicants’ request. 

  
 56 

 Every Registered Certificateholder, by receiving and holding a Registered Certificate, agrees
with the Trustee that neither the Trustee, the Transfer Agent and Registrar, nor any of their respective agents, shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names and addresses of the Registered
Certificateholders hereunder, regardless of the sources from which such information was derived. 
 Section 6.09. Authenticating
Agent. (a) The Trustee may appoint one or more authenticating agents with respect to the Certificates which shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee in authenticating the Certificates in connection with the issuance, delivery,
registration of transfer, exchange or repayment of the Certificates. Whenever reference is made in this Agreement to the authentication of Certificates by the Trustee or the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such reference shall be
deemed to include authentication on behalf of the Trustee by an authenticating agent and certificate of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an authenticating agent. Each authenticating agent must be acceptable to the Sellers and the
Servicer. The initial authenticating agent shall be Citibank. 
 (b) Any institution succeeding to the corporate agency business of an
authenticating agent shall continue to be an authenticating agent without the execution or filing of any power or any further act on the part of the Trustee or such authenticating agent. An authenticating agent may at any time resign by giving
notice of resignation to the Trustee and to the Sellers. The Trustee may at any time terminate the agency of an authenticating agent by giving notice of termination to such authenticating agent and to the Sellers. Upon receiving such a notice of
resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time an authenticating agent shall cease to be acceptable to the Trustee or the Sellers, the Trustee promptly may appoint a successor authenticating agent. Any successor authenticating agent
upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an authenticating agent. No successor authenticating agent shall be
appointed unless acceptable to the Trustee and the Sellers. The Sellers agree to pay to each authenticating agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services under this Section. The provisions of Sections 11.01, 11.02 and 11.03 shall
be applicable to any authenticating agent. 
 (c) Pursuant to an appointment made under this Section, the Certificates may have endorsed
thereon, in lieu of the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication in substantially the following form: 

This is one of the Certificates described in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

 

			
	  

	
	  

		 	as Authenticating Agent for the Trustee,
		
	By	 	  

		 	Authorized Officer

  
 57 

 Section 6.10. Book-Entry Certificates. Unless otherwise specified in the related
Supplement for any Series or Class, the Investor Certificates, upon original issuance, shall be issued in the form of one or more typewritten Investor Certificates representing the Book-Entry Certificates, to be delivered to the Clearing Agency, by,
or on behalf of, the Sellers. The Investor Certificates shall initially be registered on the Certificate Register in the name of the Clearing Agency or its nominee, and no Certificate Owner will receive a definitive certificate representing such
Certificate Owner’s interest in the Investor Certificates, except as provided in Section 6.12. Unless and until definitive, fully registered Investor Certificates (“Definitive Certificates”) have been issued to the applicable
Certificate Owners pursuant to Section 6.12 or as otherwise specified in any such Supplement: 
 (a) the provisions of
this Section shall be in full force and effect; 
 (b) the Sellers, the Servicer and the Trustee may deal with the Clearing
Agency and the Clearing Agency Participants for all purposes (including the making of distributions) as the authorized representatives of the respective Certificate Owners; 

(c) to the extent that the provisions of this Section conflict with any other provisions of this Agreement, the provisions of
this Section shall control; and 
 (d) the rights of the respective Certificate Owners shall be exercised only through the
Clearing Agency and the Clearing Agency Participants and shall be limited to those established by law and agreements between such Certificate Owners and the Clearing Agency and/or the Clearing Agency Participants. Pursuant to the Depository
Agreement, unless and until Definitive Certificates are issued pursuant to Section 6.12, the Clearing Agency will make book-entry transfers among the Clearing Agency Participants and receive and transmit distributions of principal and interest
on the related Investor Certificates to such Clearing Agency Participants. 
 For purposes of any provision of this Agreement requiring or
permitting actions with the consent of, or at the direction of, Investor Certificateholders evidencing a specified percentage of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of Investor Certificates, such direction or consent may be given by Certificate
Owners (acting through the Clearing Agency and the Clearing Agency Participants) owning Investor Certificates evidencing the requisite percentage of principal amount of Investor Certificates. 

Section 6.11. Notices to Clearing Agency. Whenever any notice or other communication is required to be given to Investor
Certificateholders of any Series or Class with respect to which Book-Entry Certificates have been issued, unless and until Definitive Certificates shall have been issued to the related Certificate Owners, the Trustee shall give all such notices and
communications to the applicable Clearing Agency. 
 Section 6.12. Definitive Certificates. If Book-Entry Certificates have been
issued with respect to any Series or Class and (a) the Sellers advise the Trustee that the Clearing Agency is no longer willing or able to discharge properly its responsibilities under the Depository Agreement with respect to such Series or
Class and the Trustee or the Sellers are unable to locate a qualified successor, (b) the Sellers, at their option, advise the Trustee that they elect to terminate the book-entry system with respect to such Series or Class through the Clearing
Agency or (c) after the occurrence of a Servicer Default, Certificate Owners of such Series or 

  
 58 

 
Class evidencing not less than 50% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of such Series or Class advise the Trustee and the Clearing Agency through the Clearing Agency Participants that the
continuation of a book-entry system with respect to the Investor Certificates of such Series or Class through the Clearing Agency is no longer in the best interests of the Certificate Owners with respect to such Certificates, then the Trustee shall
notify all Certificate Owners of such Certificates, through the Clearing Agency, of the occurrence of any such event and of the availability of Definitive Certificates to Certificate Owners requesting the same. Upon surrender to the Trustee of any
such Certificates by the Clearing Agency, accompanied by registration instructions from the Clearing Agency for registration, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver such Definitive Certificates. Neither the Sellers nor the Trustee shall be
liable for any delay in delivery of such instructions and may conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on, such instructions. Upon the issuance of such Definitive Certificates all references herein to obligations imposed upon or to be
performed by the Clearing Agency shall be deemed to be imposed upon and performed by the Trustee, to the extent applicable with respect to such Definitive Certificates and the Trustee shall recognize the Holders of such Definitive Certificates as
Investor Certificateholders hereunder. 
 Section 6.13. Global Certificate; Exchange Date. (a) If specified in the related
Supplement for any Series or Class, the Investor Certificates will initially be issued in the form of a single temporary global Certificate (the “Global Certificate”) in registered form, without interest coupons, in the denomination of the
entire aggregate principal amount of such Series or Class and substantially in the form set forth in the exhibit with respect thereto attached to the related Supplement. The Global Certificate will be authenticated by the Trustee upon the same
conditions, in substantially the same manner and with the same effect as the Definitive Certificates. The Global Certificate may be exchanged as described below for Registered Certificates in definitive form (the “Definitive
Euro-Certificates”). 
 (b) The Manager shall, upon its determination of the date of completion of the distribution of the Investor
Certificates of such Series or Class, so advise the Trustee, the Sellers, the Common Depositary, and each Foreign Clearing Agency forthwith. Without unnecessary delay, but in any event not prior to the Exchange Date, the Bank will execute and
deliver to the Trustee at its London office or its designated agent outside the United States the Global Certificate in an aggregate principal amount equal to the entire aggregate principal amount of such Series or Class. The Global Certificate may
be exchanged for an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Euro-Certificates only on or after the Exchange Date. A United States institutional investor may exchange the portion of the Global Certificate beneficially owned by it only for an
equal aggregate principal amount of Registered Certificates bearing the applicable legend set forth in the form of Registered Certificate attached to the related Supplement and having a minimum denomination of $500,000, which may be in temporary
form if the Sellers so elect. The Sellers may waive the $500,000 minimum denomination requirement if they so elect. Upon any demand for exchange for Definitive Euro-Certificates in accordance with this paragraph, the Sellers shall cause the Trustee
to authenticate and deliver the Definitive Euro-Certificates to the Holder according to the instructions of the Holder, but only upon presentation to the Trustee of a written statement substantially in the form of Exhibit G-1 with respect to the
Global Certificate or portion thereof being exchanged signed by a Foreign Clearing Agency and dated on the Exchange Date or a subsequent date, to the effect that it has received in writing a certification substantially in the form of (i) in the
case of beneficial ownership 

  
 59 

 
of the Global Certificate or a portion thereof being exchanged by a United States institutional investor pursuant to the second preceding sentence, the certificate in the form of Exhibit G-2
signed by the Manager which sold the relevant Certificates or (ii) in all other cases, any certificate or other form referred to in this clause (ii) being dated on the earlier of the first actual payment of interest in respect of such
Certificates and the date of the delivery of such Certificate in definitive form. Upon receipt of such certification or other form, the Trustee shall cause the Global Certificate to be endorsed in accordance with paragraph (d) below. Any
exchange as provided in this Section shall be made free of charge to the holders and the beneficial owners of the Global Certificate and to the beneficial owners of the Definitive Euro-Certificates issued in exchange, except that a person receiving
Definitive Euro-Certificates must bear the cost of insurance, postage, transportation and the like in the event that such person does not receive such Definitive Euro-Certificates in person at the offices of a Foreign Clearing Agency. 

(c) The delivery to the Trustee by a Foreign Clearing Agency of any written statement referred to above may be relied upon by the Sellers and
the Trustee as conclusive evidence that a corresponding certification or certifications has or have been delivered to such Foreign Clearing Agency pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. 

(d) Upon any such exchange of all or a portion of the Global Certificate for a Definitive Euro-Certificate or Certificates, such Global
Certificate shall be endorsed by or on behalf of the Trustee to reflect the reduction of its principal amount by an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of such Definitive Euro-Certificate or Certificates. Until so exchanged in full, such
Global Certificate shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Agreement as Definitive Euro-Certificates authenticated and delivered hereunder except that the beneficial owners of such Global Certificate shall not be entitled
to receive payments of interest on the Certificates until they have exchanged their beneficial interests in such Global Certificate for Definitive Euro-Certificates. 

Section 6.14. Meetings of Certificateholders. (a) If at the time any Certificates are issued and outstanding with respect to
any Series or Class to which any meeting described below relates, the Servicer or the Trustee may at any time call a meeting of Investor Certificateholders of any Series or Class or of all Series, to be held at such time and at such place as the
Servicer or the Trustee, as the case may be, shall determine, for the purpose of approving a modification of or amendment to, or obtaining a waiver of any covenant or condition set forth in, this Agreement, any Supplement or the Investor
Certificates or of taking any other action permitted to be taken by Investor Certificateholders hereunder or under any Supplement. Notice of any meeting of Investor Certificateholders, setting forth the time and place of such meeting and in general
terms the action proposed to be taken at such meeting, shall be given in accordance with Section 13.05, the first mailing and publication to be not less than 20 nor more than 180 days prior to the date fixed for the meeting. To be entitled to
vote at any meeting of Investor Certificateholders a person shall be (i) a Holder of one or more Investor Certificates of the applicable Series or Class or (ii) a person appointed by an instrument in writing as proxy by the Holder of one
or more such Investor Certificates. The only persons who shall be entitled to be present or to speak at any meeting of Investor Certificateholders shall be the persons entitled to vote at such meeting and their counsel and any representatives of the
Sellers, the Servicer and the Trustee and their respective counsel. 

  
 60 

 (b) At a meeting of Investor Certificateholders, persons entitled to vote Investor Certificates
evidencing a majority of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the applicable Series or Class or all outstanding Series, as the case may be, shall constitute a quorum. No business shall be transacted in the absence of a quorum, unless a quorum is
present when the meeting is called to order. In the absence of a quorum at any such meeting, the meeting may be adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days; in the absence of a quorum at any such adjourned meeting, such adjourned meeting may be
further adjourned for a period of not less than 10 days; at the reconvening of any meeting further adjourned for lack of a quorum, the persons entitled to vote Investor Certificates evidencing at least 25% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of
the applicable Series or Class or all outstanding Series, as the case may be, shall constitute a quorum for the taking of any action set forth in the notice of the original meeting. Notice of the reconvening of any adjourned meeting shall be given
as provided above except that such notice must be given not less than five days prior to the date on which the meeting is scheduled to be reconvened. Notice of the reconvening of an adjourned meeting shall state expressly the percentage of the
aggregate principal amount of the outstanding applicable Investor Certificates which shall constitute a quorum. 
 (c) Any Investor
Certificateholder who has executed an instrument in writing appointing a person as proxy shall be deemed to be present for the purposes of determining a quorum and be deemed to have voted; provided that such Investor Certificateholder shall
be considered as present or voting only with respect to the matters covered by such instrument in writing. Subject to the provisions of Section 13.01, any resolution passed or decision taken at any meeting of Investor Certificateholders duly
held in accordance with this Section shall be binding on all Investor Certificateholders whether or not present or represented at the meeting. 

(d) [RESERVED] 
 (e) The Trustee
shall appoint a temporary chairman of the meeting. A permanent chairman and a permanent secretary of the meeting shall be elected by vote of the holders of Investor Certificates evidencing a majority of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of
Investor Certificates of the applicable Series or Class or all outstanding Series, as the case may be, represented at the meeting. No vote shall be cast or counted at any meeting in respect of any Investor Certificate challenged as not outstanding
and ruled by the chairman of the meeting to be not outstanding. The chairman of the meeting shall have no right to vote except as an Investor Certificateholder or proxy. Any meeting of Investor Certificateholders duly called at which a quorum is
present may be adjourned from time to time, and the meeting may be held as so adjourned without further notice. 

  
 61 

 (f) The vote upon any resolution submitted to any meeting of Investor Certificateholders shall be
by written ballot on which shall be subscribed the signatures of Investor Certificateholders or proxies and on which shall be inscribed the serial number or numbers of the Investor Certificates held or represented by them. The permanent chairman of
the meeting shall appoint two inspectors of votes who shall count all votes cast at the meeting for or against any resolution and who shall make and file with the secretary of the meeting their verified written reports in duplicate of all votes cast
at the meeting. A record in duplicate of the proceedings of each meeting of Investor Certificateholders shall be prepared by the secretary of the meeting and there shall be attached to said record the original reports of the inspectors of votes on
any vote by ballot taken thereat and affidavits by one or more persons having knowledge of the facts setting forth a copy of the notice of the meeting and showing that said notice was published as provided above. The record shall be signed and
verified by the permanent chairman and secretary of the meeting and one of the duplicates shall be delivered to the Servicer and the other to the Trustee to be preserved by the Trustee, the latter to have attached thereto the ballots voted at the
meeting. Any record so signed and verified shall be conclusive evidence of the matters therein stated. 
 ARTICLE VII 

OTHER MATTERS RELATING TO THE SELLERS 

Section 7.01. Liability of the Sellers. The Sellers (including any Additional Sellers) shall be jointly and severally liable for
all obligations, covenants, representations and warranties of the Sellers arising under or related to this Agreement or any Supplement. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, the Sellers shall be liable only to the extent of the obligations
specifically undertaken by them in their capacities as Sellers. Each other Seller hereby authorizes and empowers Citibank to execute and deliver, on behalf of such Seller, as attorney-in-fact or otherwise, all documents and other instruments
required or permitted to be delivered by such Seller under this Agreement or any Supplement, and to do and accomplish all other acts and things required or permitted to be done or accomplished by such Seller hereunder or thereunder. 

Section 7.02. Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the Obligations of, the Sellers. (a) None of the Sellers shall
consolidate with or merge into any other entity or convey or transfer its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person unless: 

(i)(x) the entity formed by such consolidation or into which such Seller is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance
or transfer the properties and assets of such Seller substantially as an entirety shall be, if such Seller is not the surviving entity, organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State or the District of Columbia,
and shall be a savings and loan association, a national banking association, a bank or other entity which is not subject to Title 11 of the United States Code and, if such Seller is not the surviving entity, shall expressly assume, by an agreement
supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the performance of every covenant and obligation of such Seller hereunder, including its obligations under Section 7.04; and (y) such Seller
has 

  
 62 

 
delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer and such supplemental agreement comply with
this Section, that such supplemental agreement is a valid and binding obligation of such surviving entity enforceable against such surviving entity in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect, and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with; 

(ii) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with respect to such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer;
and 
 (iii) the Sellers shall have delivered to the Trustee, each Rating Agency and each Series Enhancer, a Tax Opinion,
dated the date of such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer, with respect thereto. 
 (b) The obligations of the Sellers hereunder
shall not be assignable nor shall any Person succeed to the obligations of the Sellers hereunder except in each case in accordance with the provisions of the foregoing paragraph. 

Section 7.03. Limitations on Liability of the Sellers. Subject to Sections 7.01 and 7.04, none of the Sellers nor any of the
directors, officers, employees or agents of any of the Sellers acting in their capacities as Sellers shall be under any liability to the Trust, the Trustee, the Certificateholders, any Series Enhancer or any other Person for any action taken or for
refraining from the taking of any action in good faith in their capacities as Sellers pursuant to this Agreement; provided, however, that this provision shall not protect any Seller or any such person against any liability which would
otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of duties or by reason of reckless disregard of obligations and duties hereunder. The Sellers and any director, officer, employee or agent of any
of the Sellers may rely in good faith on any document of any kind prima facie properly executed and submitted by any Person (other than the Sellers) respecting any matters arising hereunder. 

Section 7.04. Liabilities. Notwithstanding Section 7.03 (and notwithstanding Sections 8.03 and 8.04), by entering into this
Agreement, the Sellers agree to be liable, directly to the injured party, for the entire amount of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (other than those incurred by an Investor Certificateholder in the capacity of an investor in the Investor
Certificates) arising out of or based on the arrangement created by this Agreement and the actions of the Servicer taken pursuant hereto as though this Agreement created a partnership under the New York Uniform Partnership Act in which the Sellers
were general partners. The Sellers agree to pay, indemnify and hold harmless each Investor Certificateholder against and from any and all such losses, claims, damages and liabilities except to the extent that they arise from any action by such
Investor Certificateholder. In the event of a Service Transfer, the Successor Servicer will indemnify and hold harmless the Sellers against and from any losses, claims, damages and liabilities of the Sellers as described in this Section arising from
the actions or omissions of such Successor Servicer. 

  
 63 

 ARTICLE VIII 

OTHER MATTERS RELATING TO THE SERVICER 

Section 8.01. Liability of the Servicer. The Servicer shall be liable under this Article only to the extent of the obligations
specifically undertaken by the Servicer in its capacity as Servicer. 
 Section 8.02. Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of
the Obligations of, the Servicer. The Servicer shall not consolidate with or merge into any other entity or convey or transfer its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, unless: 

(a)(i) the entity formed by such consolidation or into which the Servicer is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance
or transfer the properties and assets of the Servicer substantially as an entirety shall be, if the Servicer is not the surviving entity, an entity organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any State or the District of
Columbia, and shall be a savings and loan association, a national banking association, a bank or other entity which is not subject to Title 11 of the United States Code and, if the Servicer is not the surviving entity, such entity shall expressly
assume, by an agreement supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the performance of every covenant and obligation of the Servicer hereunder; 

(ii) the Servicer has delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such
consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer comply with this Section and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with; 

(b) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with respect to such assignment and succession; and 

(c) the entity formed by such consolidation or into which the Servicer is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or
transfer the properties and assets of the Servicer substantially as an entirety shall be an Eligible Servicer. 
 Section 8.03.
Limitation on Liability of the Servicer and Others. Except as provided in Section 8.04, neither the Servicer nor any of the directors, officers, employees or agents of the Servicer in its capacity as Servicer shall be under any liability
to the Trust, the Trustee, the Certificateholders, any Series Enhancer or any other person for any action taken or for refraining from the taking of any action in good faith in its capacity as Servicer pursuant to this Agreement; provided,
however, that this provision shall not protect the Servicer or any such Person against any liability which would otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence in the performance of duties or by reason of
reckless disregard of obligations and duties hereunder. The Servicer and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Servicer may rely in good faith on any document of any kind prima facie properly executed and submitted by any Person (other
than the Servicer) respecting any matters arising hereunder. The Servicer shall not be under any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action which is not incidental to its duties as Servicer in accordance with this Agreement and
which in its reasonable 

  
 64 

 
judgment may involve it in any expense or liability. The Servicer may, in its sole discretion, undertake any such legal action which it may deem necessary or desirable for the benefit of the
Certificateholders with respect to this Agreement and the rights and duties of the parties hereto and the interests of the Certificateholders hereunder. 

Section 8.04. Servicer Indemnification of the Trust and the Trustee. The Servicer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Trust and
the Trustee from and against any loss, liability, expense, damage or injury suffered or sustained by reason of any acts or omissions of the Servicer with respect to the Trust pursuant to this Agreement, including any judgment, award, settlement,
reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs or expenses incurred in connection with the defense of any action, proceeding or claim. Indemnification pursuant to this Section shall not be payable from the Trust Assets. 

Section 8.05. The Servicer Not To Resign. The Servicer shall not resign from the obligations and duties hereby imposed on it
except (a) upon determination that (i) the performance of its duties hereunder is no longer permissible under applicable law and (ii) there is no reasonable action which the Servicer could take to make the performance of its duties
hereunder permissible under applicable law or (b) upon the assumption, by an agreement supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, of the obligations and duties of the Servicer hereunder by
any of its Affiliates that is a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Citigroup Inc. and that qualifies as an Eligible Servicer. Any determination permitting the resignation of the Servicer shall be evidenced as to clause (a) above by
an Opinion of Counsel to such effect delivered to the Trustee. No resignation shall become effective until the Trustee or a Successor Servicer shall have assumed the responsibilities and obligations of the Servicer in accordance with
Section 10.02 hereof. If within 120 days of the date of the determination that the Servicer may no longer act as Servicer under clause (a) above the Trustee is unable to appoint a Successor Servicer, the Trustee shall serve as Successor
Servicer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee shall, if it is legally unable so to act, petition a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint any established institution having a net worth of not less than $100,000,000 and whose regular
business includes the servicing of “VISA,” “MasterCard” and “American Express” credit card accounts as the Successor Servicer hereunder. The Trustee shall give prompt notice to each Rating Agency and each Series
Enhancer upon the appointment of a Successor Servicer. 
 Section 8.06. Access to Certain Documentation and Information Regarding
the Receivables. The Servicer shall provide to the Trustee access to the documentation regarding the Accounts and the Receivables in such cases where the Trustee is required in connection with the enforcement of the rights of Certificateholders
or by applicable statutes or regulations to review such documentation, such access being afforded without charge but only (a) upon reasonable request, (b) during normal business hours, (c) subject to the Servicer’s normal
security and confidentiality procedures and (d) at reasonably accessible offices in the continental United States designated by the Servicer. Nothing in this Section shall derogate from the obligation of the Sellers, the Trustee and the
Servicer to observe any applicable law prohibiting disclosure of information regarding the Obligors and the failure of the Servicer to provide access as provided in this Section as a result of such obligation shall not constitute a breach of this
Section. 
 Section 8.07. Delegation of Duties. In the ordinary course of business, the Servicer may at any time delegate its
duties hereunder with respect to the Accounts and the Receivables to any of its Affiliates that agrees to conduct such duties in accordance with the Credit Card Guidelines 

  
 65 

 
and this Agreement. Such delegation shall not relieve the Servicer of its liability and responsibility with respect to such duties, and shall not constitute a resignation within the meaning of
Section 8.05. 
 Section 8.08. Examination of Records. The Sellers and the Servicer shall indicate generally in their
computer files or other records that the Receivables arising in the Accounts have been conveyed to the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, pursuant to this Agreement for the benefit of the Certificateholders. The Sellers and the Servicer shall, prior
to the sale or transfer to a third party of any receivable held in its custody, examine its computer and other records to determine that such receivable is not a Receivable. 

ARTICLE IX 
 AMORTIZATION EVENTS

 Section 9.01. Amortization Events. If any one of the following events shall occur: 

(a) failure on the part of the Sellers (i) to make any payment or deposit required by the terms of this Agreement or any
Supplement on or before the date occurring five Business Days after the date such payment or deposit is required to be made, or (ii) duly to observe or perform any other covenants or agreements of the Sellers set forth in this Agreement or any
Supplement, which failure has a material adverse effect on the Investor Certificateholders of any Series and which continues unremedied for a period of 60 days after the date on which notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall
have been given to the Sellers by the Trustee, or to the Sellers and the Trustee by an Investor Certificateholder; 
 (b) any
representation or warranty made by the Sellers in this Agreement or any Supplement or any information to identify the Accounts required to be delivered by the Sellers pursuant to Section 2.01 or 2.09 (i) shall prove to have been incorrect
in any material respect when made or when delivered, which continues to be incorrect in any material respect for a period of 60 days after the date on which notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given to the
Sellers by the Trustee, or to the Sellers and the Trustee by an Investor Certificateholder, and (ii) as a result of such incorrectness the interests of the Investor Certificateholders of any Series are materially and adversely affected;
provided, however, that an Amortization Event shall not be deemed to have occurred under this paragraph if the Sellers have repurchased the related Receivables or all such Receivables, if applicable, during such period in accordance
with the provisions of this Agreement; 
 (c) any of the Sellers shall consent to the appointment of a conservator, receiver
or liquidator in any insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings of or relating to such Seller or of or relating to all or substantially all its property, or a decree or order of a court or agency
or supervisory authority having jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of a conservator, receiver or liquidator in any insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings, or for the winding-up or
liquidation of its affairs, shall have been entered against such Seller; or any of the Sellers shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts 

  
 66 

 
generally as they become due, file a petition to take advantage of any applicable insolvency or reorganization statute, make an assignment for the benefit of its creditors or voluntarily suspend
payment of its obligations (any such act or occurrence being an “Insolvency Event”); 
 (d) the Trust shall become
an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act; 
 (e) a failure by the Sellers to convey
Receivables in Additional Accounts or Participation Interests to the Trust within five Business Days after the day on which they are required to convey such Receivables or Participation Interests pursuant to Section 2.09(a); 

(f) a Servicer Default shall occur; or 

(g) a Transfer Restriction Event shall occur; 

then, in the case of any event described in paragraph (a), (b) or (f), either the Trustee or the Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing more than
50% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of any Series of Investor Certificates to which such event relates by notice then given to the Sellers and the Servicer (and to the Trustee if given by the Investor Certificateholders) may declare that an
amortization event (an “Amortization Event”) has occurred with respect to such Series as of the date of such notice, and, in the case of any event described in paragraph (c), (d), (e) or (g), subject to applicable law, an Amortization
Event shall occur with respect to all outstanding Series without any notice or other action on the part of the Trustee or the Certificateholders immediately upon the occurrence of such event. 

Section 9.02. Additional Rights upon the Occurrence of Certain Events. (a) If an Insolvency Event occurs with respect to any
of the Sellers or any of the Sellers violates Section 2.07(c) for any reason, the Sellers shall on the day any such Insolvency Event or violation occurs (the “Appointment Date”), immediately cease to transfer Principal Receivables to
the Trust and shall promptly give notice to the Trustee thereof. Notwithstanding any cessation of the transfer to the Trust of additional Principal Receivables, Principal Receivables transferred to the Trust prior to the occurrence of such
Insolvency Event and Collections in respect of such Principal Receivables and Finance Charge Receivables whenever created, accrued in respect of such Principal Receivables, shall continue to be a part of the Trust. Within 15 days of the Appointment
Date, the Trustee shall (i) publish a notice in an Authorized Newspaper that an Insolvency Event or violation has occurred and that the Trustee intends to sell, dispose of or otherwise liquidate the Receivables on commercially reasonable terms
and in a commercially reasonable manner and (ii) give notice to Investor Certificateholders describing the provisions of this Section and requesting instructions from such Holders. Unless the Trustee shall have received instructions within 90
days from the date notice pursuant to clause (i) above is first published from (x) Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing more than 50% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of each Series or, with respect to any Series with two or
more Classes, of each Class, to the effect that such Investor Certificateholders disapprove of the liquidation of the Receivables and wish to continue having Principal Receivables transferred to the Trust as before such Insolvency Event or
violation, and (y) each of the Sellers (other than the Seller that is the subject of such Insolvency Event or violation), including any Additional Seller, any holder of a Supplemental Certificate and any permitted assignee or successor under
Section 7.02, to 

  
 67 

 
such effect, the Trustee shall promptly sell, dispose of or otherwise liquidate the Receivables in a commercially reasonable manner and on commercially reasonable terms, which shall include the
solicitation of competitive bids. The Trustee may obtain a prior determination from any such conservator, receiver or liquidator that the terms and manner of any proposed sale, disposition or liquidation are commercially reasonable. The provisions
of Sections 9.01 and 9.02 shall not be deemed to be mutually exclusive. 
 (b) The proceeds from the sale, disposition or liquidation of the
Receivables pursuant to paragraph (a) (“Insolvency Proceeds”) shall be immediately deposited in the Collection Account. The Trustee shall determine conclusively the amount of the Insolvency Proceeds which are deemed to be Finance
Charge Receivables and Principal Receivables. The Insolvency Proceeds shall be allocated and distributed to Investor Certificateholders in accordance with Article IV and the terms of each Supplement and the Trust shall terminate immediately
thereafter. 
 ARTICLE X 

SERVICER DEFAULTS 

Section 10.01. Servicer Defaults. If any one of the following events (a “Servicer Default”) shall occur and be
continuing: 
 (a) any failure by the Servicer to make any payment, transfer or deposit or to give instructions or to give
notice to the Trustee to make such payment, transfer or deposit on or before the date occurring five Business Days after the date such payment, transfer or deposit or such instruction or notice is required to be made or given, as the case may be,
under the terms of this Agreement or any Supplement; 
 (b) failure on the part of the Servicer duly to observe or perform in
any material respect any other covenants or agreements of the Servicer set forth in this Agreement or any Supplement which has a material adverse effect on the Investor Certificateholders of any Series (which determination shall be made without
regard to whether funds are then available pursuant to any Series Enhancement) and which continues unremedied for a period of 60 days after the date on which notice of such failure, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given to the
Servicer by the Trustee, or to the Servicer and the Trustee by Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing not less than 10% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Investor Certificates (or, with respect to any such failure that does not
relate to all Series, 10% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Series to which such failure relates); or the Servicer shall assign or delegate its duties under this Agreement, except as permitted by Sections 8.02 and 8.07; 

(c) any representation, warranty or certification made by the Servicer in this Agreement or any Supplement or in any
certificate delivered pursuant to this Agreement or any Supplement shall prove to have been incorrect when made, which has a material adverse effect on the rights of the Investor Certificateholders of any Series (which determination shall be made
without regard to whether funds are then available pursuant to any Series Enhancement) and which material adverse effect continues for a period of 60 days after the date on which notice thereof, requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been
given to the Servicer by the Trustee, or to the Servicer and the Trustee by the 

  
 68 

 
Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing not less than 10% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Investor Certificates (or, with respect to any such representation, warranty or
certification that does not relate to all Series, 10% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Series to which such representation, warranty or certification relates); or 

(d) the Servicer shall consent to the appointment of a conservator or receiver or liquidator in any insolvency, readjustment of
debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings of or relating to the Servicer or of or relating to all or substantially all its property, or a decree or order of a court or agency or supervisory authority having jurisdiction in
the premises for the appointment of a conservator or receiver or liquidator in any insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceedings, or the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, shall have been
entered against the Servicer and such decree or order shall have remained in force undischarged or unstayed for a period of 60 days; or the Servicer shall admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, file a petition
to take advantage of any applicable insolvency or reorganization statute, make any assignment for the benefit of its creditors or voluntarily suspend payment of its obligations; 

then, in the event of any Servicer Default, so long as the Servicer Default shall not have been remedied, either the Trustee, or the Holders of Investor
Certificates evidencing more than 50% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Investor Certificates, by notice then given to the Servicer (and to the Trustee and any Series Enhancement if given by the Investor Certificateholders) (a
“Termination Notice”), may terminate all but not less than all the rights and obligations of the Servicer as Servicer under this Agreement and in and to the Receivables and the proceeds thereof; provided, however, if within
60 days of receipt of a Termination Notice the Trustee does not receive any bids from Eligible Servicers in accordance with Section 10.02(c) to act as a Successor Servicer and receives an Officer’s Certificate of the Sellers to the effect
that the Servicer cannot in good faith cure the Servicer Default which gave rise to the Termination Notice, the Trustee shall grant a right of first refusal to the Sellers which would permit the Sellers at their option to purchase the
Certificateholders’ Interest on the Distribution Date in the next calendar month. The purchase price for the Certificateholders’ Interest shall be equal to the sum of the amounts specified therefor with respect to each outstanding Series
in the related Supplement. The Sellers shall notify the Trustee prior to the Record Date for the Distribution Date of the purchase if they are exercising such right of first refusal. If they exercise such right of first refusal, the Sellers shall
(x) deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (which must be an independent outside counsel) to the effect that, in reliance on certain certificates to the effect that the Receivables constitute fair value for consideration paid therefor and
as to the solvency of the Sellers, the purchase would not be considered a fraudulent conveyance and (y) deposit the purchase price into the Collection Account not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on such Distribution Date in
immediately available funds. The purchase price shall be allocated and distributed to Investor Certificateholders in accordance with Article IV and the terms of each Supplement. 

After receipt by the Servicer of a Termination Notice, and on the date that a Successor Servicer is appointed by the Trustee pursuant to
Section 10.02, all authority and power of the Servicer under this Agreement shall pass to and be vested in the Successor Servicer (a “Service Transfer”); and, without limitation, the Trustee is hereby authorized and empowered (upon
the failure of the Servicer to cooperate) to execute and deliver, on behalf of the Servicer, as attorney-in-fact 

  
 69 

 
or otherwise, all documents and other instruments upon the failure of the Servicer to execute or deliver such documents or instruments, and to do and accomplish all other acts or things necessary
or appropriate to effect the purposes of such Service Transfer. The Servicer agrees to cooperate with the Trustee and such Successor Servicer in effecting the termination of the responsibilities and rights of the Servicer to conduct servicing
hereunder, including the transfer to such Successor Servicer of all authority of the Servicer to service the Receivables provided for under this Agreement, including all authority over all Collections which shall on the date of transfer be held by
the Servicer for deposit, or which have been deposited by the Servicer, in the Collection Account, or which shall thereafter be received with respect to the Receivables, and in assisting the Successor Servicer. The Servicer shall within 20 Business
Days transfer its electronic records relating to the Receivables to the Successor Servicer in such electronic form as the Successor Servicer may reasonably request and shall promptly transfer to the Successor Servicer all other records,
correspondence and documents necessary for the continued servicing of the Receivables in the manner and at such times as the Successor Servicer shall reasonably request. To the extent that compliance with this Section shall require the Servicer to
disclose to the Successor Servicer information of any kind which the Servicer reasonably deems to be confidential, the Successor Servicer shall be required to enter into such customary licensing and confidentiality agreements as the Servicer shall
deem necessary to protect its interest. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, a delay in or failure of performance referred to in paragraph
(a) above for a period of 10 Business Days after the applicable grace period or under paragraph (b) or (c) above for a period of 60 Business Days after the applicable grace period, shall not constitute a Servicer Default if such delay
or failure could not be prevented by the exercise of reasonable diligence by the Servicer and such delay or failure was caused by an act of God or the public enemy, acts of declared or undeclared war (including acts of terrorism), public disorder,
rebellion or sabotage, epidemics, landslides, lightning, fire, hurricanes, earthquakes, floods or similar causes. The preceding sentence shall not relieve the Servicer from using its best efforts to perform its obligations in a timely manner in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Servicer shall provide the Trustee, the Sellers, any Series Enhancer and the Investor Certificateholders with an Officer’s Certificate giving prompt notice of such failure or delay by it,
together with a description of its efforts so to perform its obligations. 
 Section 10.02. Trustee To Act; Appointment of
Successor. (a) On and after the receipt by the Servicer of a Termination Notice pursuant to Section 10.01, the Servicer shall continue to perform all servicing functions under this Agreement until the date specified in the Termination
Notice or otherwise specified by the Trustee or until a date mutually agreed upon by the Servicer and Trustee. The Trustee shall as promptly as possible after the giving of a Termination Notice appoint an Eligible Servicer as a successor servicer
(the “Successor Servicer”), and such Successor Servicer shall accept its appointment by a written assumption in a form acceptable to the Trustee. In the event that a Successor Servicer has not been appointed or has not accepted its
appointment at the time when the Servicer ceases to act as Servicer, the Trustee without further action shall automatically be appointed the Successor Servicer. The Trustee may delegate any of its servicing obligations to an Affiliate or agent in
accordance with Section 3.01(b) and 8.07. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee shall, if it is legally unable so to act, petition a court of competent jurisdiction to appoint any established institution having a net worth of not less than
$100,000,000 and whose regular business includes the servicing of “VISA,” “MasterCard” and “American Express” credit card receivables as the Successor Servicer hereunder. The Trustee shall give prompt notice to each
Rating Agency and each Series Enhancer upon the appointment of a Successor Servicer. 

  
 70 

 (b) Upon its appointment, the Successor Servicer shall be the successor in all respects to the
Servicer with respect to servicing functions under this Agreement and shall be subject to all the responsibilities, duties and liabilities relating thereto placed on the Servicer by the terms and provisions hereof, and all references in this
Agreement to the Servicer shall be deemed to refer to the Successor Servicer. 
 Notwithstanding the foregoing, any provision of this
Agreement which requires the Servicer to make a deposit into the Collection Account not later than 12:00 noon, New York City time, on a Distribution Date shall be deemed to require a Successor Servicer to make such deposit into the Collection
Account on the Transfer Date immediately preceding such Distribution Date. 
 (c) In connection with any Termination Notice, the Trustee
will review any bids which it obtains from Eligible Servicers and shall be permitted to appoint any Eligible Servicer submitting such a bid as a Successor Servicer for servicing compensation not in excess of the aggregate Servicing Fees for all
Series plus any amounts payable to the Sellers or the Servicer pursuant to the terms of any Enhancement Agreement; provided, however, that the Sellers shall be responsible for payment of the Sellers’ portion of such aggregate
Servicing Fees and all other amounts in excess of such aggregate Servicing Fees and that no such monthly compensation paid out of Collections shall be in excess of such aggregate Servicing Fees. Citibank, as holder of the Sellers’ Certificate,
agrees that, if Citibank (or any Successor Servicer) is terminated as Servicer hereunder, the portion of the Collections in respect of Finance Charge Receivables that the Seller is entitled to receive pursuant to this Agreement or any Supplement
shall be reduced by an amount sufficient to pay the Seller’s share of the compensation of the Successor Servicer. 
 (d) All authority
and power granted to the Successor Servicer under this Agreement shall automatically cease and terminate upon termination of the Trust pursuant to Section 12.01, and shall pass to and be vested in the Sellers and, without limitation, the
Sellers are hereby authorized and empowered to execute and deliver, on behalf of the Successor Servicer, as attorney-in-fact or otherwise, all documents and other instruments, and to do and accomplish all other acts or things necessary or
appropriate to effect the purposes of such transfer of servicing rights. The Successor Servicer agrees to cooperate with the Sellers in effecting the termination of the responsibilities and rights of the Successor Servicer to conduct servicing of
the Receivables. The Successor Servicer shall transfer its electronic records relating to the Receivables to Citibank or its designee in such electronic form as it may reasonably request and shall transfer all other records, correspondence and
documents to it in the manner and at such times as it shall reasonably request. To the extent that compliance with this Section shall require the Successor Servicer to disclose to Citibank information of any kind which the Successor Servicer deems
to be confidential, Citibank shall be required to enter into such customary licensing and confidentiality agreements as the Successor Servicer shall deem necessary to protect its interests. 

Section 10.03. Notification to Certificateholders. Within two Business Days after the Servicer becomes aware of any Servicer
Default, the Servicer shall give notice thereof to the Trustee, each Rating Agency and each Series Enhancer and the Trustee shall give notice to the Investor Certificateholders. Upon any termination or appointment of a Successor Servicer pursuant to
this Article, the Trustee shall give prompt notice thereof to the Investor Certificateholders. 

  
 71 

 ARTICLE XI 

THE TRUSTEE 
 Section 11.01.
Duties of Trustee. (a) The Trustee, prior to the occurrence of a Servicer Default of which it has actual knowledge and after the curing of all Servicer Defaults which may have occurred, undertakes to perform such duties and only such
duties as are specifically set forth in this Agreement. If a Servicer Default to the actual knowledge of the Trustee has occurred (which has not been cured or waived), the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this
Agreement and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs. 

(b) The Trustee, upon receipt of all resolutions, certificates, statements, opinions, reports, documents, orders or other instruments
furnished to the Trustee which are specifically required to be furnished pursuant to any provision of this Agreement, shall examine them to determine whether they substantially conform to the requirements of this Agreement. The Trustee shall give
prompt notice to the Investor Certificateholders of any material lack of conformity of any such instrument to the applicable requirements of this Agreement discovered by the Trustee which would entitle a specified percentage of Investor
Certificateholders to take any action pursuant to this Agreement. 
 (c) Subject to paragraph (a), no provision of this Agreement shall be
construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its own willful misconduct; provided, however, that: 

(i) the Trustee shall not be personally liable for an error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or
Responsible Officers of the Trustee, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; 

(ii) the Trustee shall not be personally liable with respect to any action taken, suffered or omitted to be taken by it in good
faith in accordance with the direction of the Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing more than 50% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Investor Certificates (or, with respect to any such action that does not relate to all Series,
50% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Investor Certificates of all Series to which such action relates) relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any
trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Agreement; and 
 (iii) the Trustee shall not be charged with
knowledge of any failure by the Servicer to comply with the obligations of the Servicer referred to in Section 10.01(a) or (b) unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee obtains actual knowledge of such failure or the Trustee receives
notice of such failure from the Servicer or any Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing not less than 10% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Investor Certificates (or, with respect to any such failure that does not relate to all
Series, 10% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Investor Certificates of all Series to which such failure relates). 

  
 72 

 (d) The Trustee shall not be required to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur
financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if there is reasonable ground for believing that the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or
liability is not reasonably assured to it, and none of the provisions contained in this Agreement shall in any event require the Trustee to perform, or be responsible for the manner of performance of, any obligations of the Servicer under this
Agreement except during such time, if any, as the Trustee shall be the successor to, and be vested with the rights, duties, powers and privileges of, the Servicer in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. 

(e) Except for actions expressly authorized by this Agreement, the Trustee shall take no actions reasonably likely to impair the interests of
the Trust in any Receivable now existing or hereafter created or to impair the value of any Receivable now existing or hereafter created. 

(f) Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the Trustee shall have no power to vary the corpus of the Trust including by
(i) accepting any substitute obligation for a Receivable initially assigned to the Trust under Section 2.01 or 2.09, (ii) adding any other investment, obligation or security to the Trust or (iii) withdrawing from the Trust any
Receivables. 
 (g) In the event that the Paying Agent or the Transfer Agent and Registrar shall fail to perform any obligation, duty or
agreement in the manner or on the day required to be performed by the Paying Agent or the Transfer Agent and Registrar, as the case may be, under this Agreement, the Trustee shall be obligated promptly upon its knowledge thereof to perform such
obligation, duty or agreement in the manner so required. 
 (h) If any of the Sellers has agreed to transfer any of its credit card
receivables (other than the Receivables) to another Person, then upon the request of such Seller, the Trustee will enter into such intercreditor agreements (which shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee) with the transferee of
such receivables as are customary and necessary to separately identify the rights of the Trust and such other Person in such Seller’s credit card receivables; provided, however, that the Trustee shall not be required to enter into
any intercreditor agreement which could adversely affect the interests of the Investor Certificateholders or the Trustee and, upon the request of the Trustee, such Seller will deliver an Opinion of Counsel on any matters reasonably requested by the
Trustee relating to such intercreditor agreement. The Servicer will give the Rating Agencies notice thereof five Business Days prior to the Trustee entering into any such intercreditor agreement. 

Section 11.02. Certain Matters Affecting the Trustee. Except as otherwise provided in Section 11.01: 

(a) the Trustee may rely on and shall be protected in acting on, or in refraining from acting in accord with, any resolution,
certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, appraisal, approval, bond or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented to it pursuant to this Agreement by the
proper party or parties; 

  
 73 

 (b) the Trustee may consult with counsel and any Opinion of Counsel shall be full
and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken or suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with such Opinion of Counsel; 

(c) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Agreement, or to
institute, conduct or defend any litigation hereunder or in relation hereto, or institute or conduct any proceeding (including, but without limitation, any arbitration or mediation provided for under Section 2.10) at the request, order or
direction of any of the Certificateholders, pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement, unless such Certificateholders (in all cases other than those specified in Section 14.02) or the Servicer (in cases specified in Section 14.02) shall
have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities which may be incurred therein or thereby; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall relieve the Trustee of the
obligations, upon the occurrence of a Servicer Default (which has not been cured or waived), to exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Agreement, and to use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent man
would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs; 
 (d) the Trustee shall not be personally
liable for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Agreement; 

(e) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts of matters stated in any resolution, certificate,
statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, appraisal, approval, bond or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine, unless requested so to do by Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing more than 25% of the
aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Investor Certificates (or, with respect to any such matters that do not relate to all Series, 25% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Investor Certificates of all Series to which such matters
relate); 
 (f) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly
or by or through agents or attorneys or a custodian, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent, attorney or custodian appointed with due care by it hereunder; and 

(g) except as may be required by Section 11.01(a), the Trustee shall not be required to make any initial or periodic
examination of any documents or records related to the Receivables or the Accounts for the purpose of establishing the presence or absence of defects, the compliance by the Sellers with their representations and warranties or for any other purpose.

 Section 11.03. Trustee Not Liable for Recitals in Certificates. The Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness of
the recitals contained herein and in the Certificates (other than the certificate of authentication on the Certificates). Except as set forth in Section 11.15, the Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this
Agreement or any Supplement or of the Certificates (other than the certificate of authentication on the Certificates) or of any Receivable or related document. The Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or

  
 74 

 
application by the Sellers of any of the Certificates or of the proceeds of such Certificates, or for the use or application of any funds paid to the Sellers in respect of the Receivables or
deposited in or withdrawn from the Collection Account, any Series Accounts or any other accounts hereafter established to effectuate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. 

Section 11.04. Trustee May Own Certificates. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee
of Investor Certificates with the same rights as it would have if it were not the Trustee. 
 Section 11.05. The Servicer To Pay
Trustee’s Fees and Expenses. The Servicer covenants and agrees to pay to the Trustee from time to time, and the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, reasonable compensation (which shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to
the compensation of a trustee of an express trust) for all services rendered by it in the execution of the trust hereby created and in the exercise and performance of any of the powers and duties hereunder of the Trustee, and the Servicer will pay
or reimburse the Trustee upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any of the provisions of this Agreement or any Enhancement Agreement (including the reasonable fees
and expenses of its agents, any co-trustee and counsel) except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may arise from its negligence or bad faith and except as provided in the following sentence. If the Trustee is appointed Successor Servicer
pursuant to Section 10.02, the provision of this Section shall not apply to expenses, disbursements and advances made or incurred by the Trustee in its capacity as Successor Servicer, which shall be paid out of the Servicing Fee. The
Servicer’s covenant to pay the expenses, disbursements and advances provided for in this Section shall survive the termination of this Agreement. 

Section 11.06. Eligibility Requirements for Trustee. The Trustee hereunder shall at all times be a corporation organized and doing
business under the laws of the United States or any State thereof authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000, be subject to supervision or examination by Federal or
State authority and maintain any credit or deposit rating required by any Rating Agency. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining
authority, then, for the purpose of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. In case at any time the
Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, the Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in Section 11.07. 

Section 11.07. Resignation or Removal of Trustee. (a) The Trustee may at any time resign and be discharged from the trust
hereby created by giving notice thereof to the Sellers and the Servicer. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the Sellers shall promptly appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be
delivered to the resigning Trustee and one copy to the successor trustee. If no successor trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may
petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor trustee. 
 (b) If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be
eligible in accordance with the provisions of Section 11.06 and shall fail to resign after request therefor by the Servicer, or if at any time 

  
 75 

 
the Trustee shall be legally unable to act, or shall be adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent, or if a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any public officer shall take
charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation, then the Servicer may remove the Trustee and promptly appoint a successor trustee by written instrument, in duplicate, one
copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the Trustee so removed and one copy to the successor trustee. 
 (c) Any resignation or
removal of the Trustee and appointment of successor trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section shall not become effective until acceptance of appointment by the successor trustee as provided in Section 11.08. 

Section 11.08. Successor Trustee. (a) Any successor trustee appointed as provided in Section 11.07 shall execute,
acknowledge and deliver to the Sellers, to the Servicer and to its predecessor Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment hereunder, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor Trustee shall become effective and such successor
trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become fully vested with all the rights, powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as Trustee herein. The predecessor Trustee
shall deliver, at the expense of the Servicer, to the successor trustee all documents or copies thereof and statements held by it hereunder; and the Sellers and the predecessor Trustee shall execute and deliver such instruments and do such other
things as may reasonably be required for fully and certainly vesting and confirming in the successor trustee all such rights, powers, duties and obligations. 

(b) No successor trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this Section unless at the time of such acceptance such successor trustee
shall be eligible under the provisions of Section 11.06. 
 (c) Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor trustee as provided in
this Section, such successor trustee shall provide notice of such succession hereunder to all Investor Certificateholders and the Servicer shall provide such notice to each Rating Agency and each Series Enhancer. 

Section 11.09. Merger or Consolidation of Trustee. Any Person into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it
may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the
successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be eligible under the provisions of Section 11.06, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto, anything herein to
the contrary notwithstanding. 
 Section 11.10. Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee. (a) Notwithstanding any
other provisions of this Agreement, at any time, for the purpose of meeting any legal requirements of any jurisdiction in which any part of the Trust may at the time be located, the Trustee shall have the power and may execute and deliver all
instruments to appoint one or more persons to act as a co-trustee or co-trustees, or separate trustee or separate trustees, of all or any part of the Trust, and to vest in such Person or Persons, in such capacity and for the benefit of the
Certificateholders, such title to the Trust, or any part thereof, and, subject to the other provisions of this Section, such powers, duties, obligations, rights and trusts as the Trustee may consider necessary or desirable. No co-trustee or separate
trustee hereunder shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor trustee under Section 11.06 and no notice to Certificateholders of the appointment of any co-trustee or separate trustee shall be required under
Section 11.08. 

  
 76 

 (b) Every separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted by law, be appointed and
act subject to the following provisions and conditions: 
 (i) all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or
imposed upon the Trustee shall be conferred or imposed upon and exercised or performed by the Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee jointly (it being understood that such separate trustee or co-trustee is not authorized to act separately
without the Trustee joining in such act), except to the extent that under any law of any jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be performed (whether as Trustee hereunder or as Successor Servicer), the Trustee shall be incompetent
or unqualified to perform such act or acts, in which event such rights, powers, duties and obligations (including the holding of title to the Trust or any portion thereof in any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised and performed singly by such
separate trustee or co-trustee, but solely at the direction of the Trustee; 
 (ii) no trustee hereunder shall be personally
liable by reason of any act or omission of any other trustee hereunder; and 
 (iii) the Trustee may at any time accept the
resignation of or remove any separate trustee or co-trustee. 
 (c) Any notice, request or other writing given to the Trustee shall be
deemed to have been given to each of the then separate trustees and co-trustees, as effectively as if given to each of them. Every instrument appointing any separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Agreement and the conditions of this
Article. Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon its acceptance of the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property specified in its instrument of appointment, either jointly with the Trustee or separately, as may be provided
therein, subject to all the provisions of this Agreement, specifically including every provision of this Agreement relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Trustee. Every such instrument shall be filed
with the Trustee and a copy thereof given to the Servicer. 
 (d) Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time constitute the Trustee,
its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to the extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of this Agreement on its behalf and in its name. If any separate trustee or co-trustee shall die, become
incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all its estates, properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new or successor trustee. 

Section 11.11. Tax Returns. (a) In the event the Trust shall be required to file tax returns, the Servicer shall prepare or
shall cause to be prepared such tax returns and shall provide such tax returns to the Trustee for signature at least five days before such tax returns are due to be filed. The Servicer, in accordance with the terms of each Supplement, shall also
prepare or shall cause to be prepared all tax information required by law to be distributed to Investor Certificateholders and shall deliver such information to the Trustee at least five days prior to the date it is required by law to be distributed
to Investor Certificateholders. The Trustee, upon request, will furnish the Servicer with all such information known to the Trustee as may be reasonably required in connection with the preparation of all tax returns of the Trust, and shall, upon
request, execute such returns. 

  
 77 

 (b) In the event that the Trust is classified as a partnership for federal income tax purposes,
beginning with each taxable year after December 31, 2017, or if later, the date that Sections 6221 through 6241 of the Code apply to the Trust, the Seller (or an Affiliate of the Seller if the Seller that is a U.S. person is ineligible) is
hereby designated as the partnership representative under Section 6223(a) of the Code to the extent allowed under the law, and the Seller agrees to cause the Trust to make such elections and take such other actions as may be required of it by
this Section 11.11(b). The Trust shall, to the extent eligible, make the election under Section 6221(b) of the Code with respect to determinations of adjustments at the partnership level and take any other action such as filings,
disclosures and notifications necessary to effectuate such election. If the election described in the preceding sentence is not available, the Trust shall, to the extent eligible, make the election under Section 6226(a) of the Code with respect
to the alternative to payment of imputed underpayments by a partnership and take any other action such as filings, disclosures and notifications necessary to effectuate such election. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each of the Trust, the Seller and
the Servicer are authorized, in its sole discretion, to make any available election related to Sections 6221 through 6241 of the Code and take any action it deems necessary or appropriate to comply with the requirements of the Code and conduct the
Trust’s affairs under Sections 6221 through 6241 of the Code. 
 Section 11.12. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession
of Certificates. All rights of action and claims under this Agreement or the Certificates may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Certificates or the production thereof in any proceeding relating
thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee. Any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the
Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Certificateholders in respect of which such judgment has been obtained. 

Section 11.13. Suits for Enforcement. (a) If a Servicer Default shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee, in its discretion
may, subject to the provisions of Sections 11.01 and 11.14, proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Certificateholders under this Agreement by suit, action or proceeding in equity or at law or otherwise, whether for the
specific performance of any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or in aid of the execution of any power granted in this Agreement or for the enforcement of any other legal, equitable or other remedy as the Trustee, being advised by
counsel, shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any of the rights of the Trustee or the Certificateholders. 
 (b) If the FDIC or
any equivalent governmental agency or instrumentality or any designee of any of them shall have been appointed as receiver, conservator, assignee, trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization, liquidator, sequestrator or custodian with respect to any
Seller (the “receiver”), the Trustee shall, irrespective of whether the principal of any Series or Class of Investor Certificates shall then be due and payable: 

(i) unless prohibited by applicable law or regulation or unless under FIRREA the receiver is required to participate in the
process as a defendant or otherwise, promptly take or cause to be taken any and all necessary or advisable commercially reasonable action as a secured creditor on behalf of the Certificateholders to recover, repossess,

  
 78 

 
collect or liquidate the Receivables or any other Trust Assets on a “self-help” basis or otherwise and exercise any rights or remedies of a secured party under the applicable UCC and
take any other appropriate action to protect and enforce the rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Certificateholders; 

(ii) promptly, and in any case within any applicable claims bar period specified under FIRREA or otherwise, file and prove a
claim or claims under FIRREA or otherwise, by filing proofs of claim, protective proofs of claim or otherwise, for the whole amount of unpaid principal and interest in respect of the Investor Certificates and to file such other papers or documents
as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee and the Certificateholders allowed in any judicial, administrative, corporate or other proceedings relating to such Seller, its creditors or its property, including any
actions relating to the preservation of deficiency claims or for the protection against loss of any claim in the event the Trustee’s or the Certificateholders’ status as secured creditors are successfully challenged; and 

(iii) collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and distribute all amounts
with respect to the claims of the Certificateholders to the Certificateholders. 
 (c) Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize
the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Certificateholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Investor Certificates or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize
the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Certificateholder in any such proceeding. 
 Section 11.14. Rights of
Certificateholders To Direct Trustee. Subject to Sections 2.12 and 14.02, Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing more than 50% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Investor Certificates (or, with respect to any remedy, trust or
power that does not relate to all Series, 50% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Investor Certificates of all Series to which such remedy, trust or power relates) shall have the right to direct the time, method, and place of conducting
any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee; provided, however, that, subject to Section 11.01, the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such
direction if the Trustee after being advised by counsel determines that the action so directed may not lawfully be taken, or if the Trustee in good faith shall, by a Responsible Officer or Responsible Officers of the Trustee, determine that the
proceedings so directed would be illegal or involve it in personal liability or be unduly prejudicial to the rights of Investor Certificateholders not parties to such direction; and provided further that nothing in this Agreement shall impair
the right of the Trustee to take any action deemed proper by the Trustee and which is not inconsistent with such direction of the Investor Certificateholders. 

Section 11.15. Representations and Warranties of Trustee. The Trustee represents and warrants that: 

(i) the Trustee is a banking corporation organized, existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of New York; 

  
 79 

 (ii) the Trustee has full power, authority and right to execute, deliver and
perform this Agreement and each Supplement, and has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance by it of this Agreement and each Supplement; and 

(iii) this Agreement and each Supplement have been duly executed and delivered by the Trustee. 

Section 11.16. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Trustee will maintain at its expense an office or agency (the “Corporate
Trust Office”) where notices and demands to or upon the Trustee in respect of the Certificates and this Agreement may be served in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, in the case of Registered Certificates and Holders thereof. The
Trustee initially appoints 60 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005, Attention: Global Securities Services—Structured Finance Services as such office in the case of clause (a). The Trustee will give prompt notice to the Servicer and to Investor
Certificateholders of any change in the location of the Certificate Register or any such office or agency. 
 ARTICLE XII 

TERMINATION 
 Section 12.01.
Termination of Trust. The Trust and the respective obligations and responsibilities of the Sellers, the Servicer and the Trustee created hereby (other than the obligation of the Trustee to make payments to Investor Certificateholders as
hereinafter set forth) shall terminate, except with respect to the duties described in Sections 7.04, 8.04 and 12.02(b), upon the earliest of (i) the expiration of 21 years from the death of the last survivor of the descendants of Joseph P.
Kennedy, the late Ambassador of the United States to the Court of Saint James, living on May 29, 1991, (ii) the day following the Distribution Date on which the Invested Amount for each Series is zero and (iii) the time provided in
Section 9.02(b). 
 Section 12.02. Final Distribution. (a) The Servicer shall give the Trustee at least 30 days prior
notice of the Distribution Date on which the Investor Certificateholders of any Series or Class may surrender their Investor Certificates for payment of the final distribution on and cancellation of such Investor Certificates (or, in the event of a
final distribution resulting from the application of Section 2.06, 9.01 or 10.01, notice of such Distribution Date promptly after Servicer has determined that a final distribution will occur, if such determination is made less than 30 days
prior to such Distribution Date). Such notice shall be accompanied by an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the information specified in Section 3.05 covering the period during the then-current calendar year through the date of such
notice. Not later than the fifth day of the month in which the final distribution in respect of such Series or Class is payable to Investor Certificateholders, the Trustee shall provide notice to Investor Certificateholders of such Series or Class
specifying (i) the date upon which final payment of such Series or Class will be made upon presentation and surrender of Investor Certificates of such Series or Class at the office or offices therein designated, (ii) the amount of any such
final payment and (iii) that the Record Date otherwise applicable to such payment date is not applicable, payments being made only upon presentation and surrender of such Investor Certificates at the office or offices therein specified. The
Trustee shall give such notice to the Transfer Agent and Registrar and the Paying Agent at the time such notice is given to Investor Certificateholders. 

  
 80 

 (b) Notwithstanding a final distribution to the Investor Certificateholders of any Series or
Class (or the termination of the Trust), except as otherwise provided in this paragraph, all funds then on deposit in the Collection Account and any Series Account allocated to such Investor Certificateholders shall continue to be held in trust for
the benefit of such Investor Certificateholders and the Paying Agent or the Trustee shall pay such funds to such Investor Certificateholders upon surrender of their Investor Certificates (and any excess shall be paid in accordance with the terms of
any Enhancement Agreement). In the event that all such Investor Certificateholders shall not surrender their Investor Certificates for cancellation within six months after the date specified in the notice from the Trustee described in paragraph (a),
the Trustee shall give a second notice to the remaining such Investor Certificateholders to surrender their Investor Certificates for cancellation and receive the final distribution with respect thereto. If within one year after the second notice
all such Investor Certificates shall not have been surrendered for cancellation, the Trustee may take appropriate steps, or may appoint an agent to take appropriate steps, to contact the remaining such Investor Certificateholders concerning
surrender of their Investor Certificates, and the cost thereof shall be paid out of the funds in the Collection Account or any Series Account held for the benefit of such Investor Certificateholders. The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the
Sellers any monies held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years. After payment to the Sellers, Investor Certificateholders entitled to the money must look to the Sellers for payment as general creditors
unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another Person. 
 (c) In the event that the Invested Amount with respect to any
Series is greater than zero on its Termination Date (after giving effect to deposits and distributions otherwise to be made on such Termination Date), the Trustee will sell or cause to be sold on such Termination Date Principal Receivables and the
related Finance Charge Receivables (or interests therein) in an amount equal to 110% of the Invested Amount with respect to such Series on such Termination Date (after giving effect to such deposits and distributions; provided,
however, that in no event shall such amount exceed such Series’ Series Allocation Percentage of Receivables on such Termination Date). The proceeds (the “Termination Proceeds”) from such sale shall be immediately deposited into
the Collection Account for the benefit of the Investor Certificateholders of such Series. The Termination Proceeds shall be allocated and distributed to Investor Certificateholders of such Series in accordance with the terms of the applicable
Supplement. 
 Section 12.03. Sellers’ Termination Rights. Upon the termination of the Trust pursuant to Section 12.01
and the surrender of the Sellers’ Certificate, the Trustee shall sell, assign and convey to the Sellers or their designee, without recourse, representation or warranty, all right, title and interest of the Trust in the Receivables, whether then
existing or thereafter created, all monies due or to become due and all amounts received with respect thereto and all proceeds thereof, except for amounts held by the Trustee pursuant to Section 12.02(b). The Trustee shall execute and deliver
such instruments of transfer and assignment, in each case without recourse, as shall be reasonably requested by the Sellers to vest in the Sellers or their designee all right, title and interest which the Trust had in the Receivables. 

  
 81 

 ARTICLE XIII 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 

Section 13.01. Amendment; Waiver of Past Defaults. (a) This Agreement or any Supplement may be amended from time to time
(including in connection with the issuance of a Supplemental Certificate or to change the definition of Due Period) by the Servicer, the Sellers and the Trustee without the consent of any of the Certificateholders, provided that (i) such action
shall not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel for the Sellers, addressed and delivered to the Trustee, adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Investor Certificateholder or (ii) in the case of an amendment to change the
definition of Due Period, the Sellers shall each have delivered to the Trustee and each Series Enhancer a certificate of a Vice President or more senior officer, dated the date of any such amendment, stating that such Seller reasonably believes that
such amendment will not have an Adverse Effect and is not reasonably expected to have an Adverse Effect at any time in the future; provided, however, that the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with respect to any such
amendment. 
 (b) This Agreement or any Supplement may also be amended from time to time (including in connection with the issuance of a
Supplemental Certificate) by the Servicer, the Sellers and the Trustee, with the consent of the Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing not less than 66-2/3% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Investor Certificates of all adversely
affected Series, for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Agreement or any Supplement or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Certificateholders; provided,
however, that no such amendment shall (i) reduce in any manner the amount of or delay the timing of any distributions to be made to Investor Certificateholders or deposits of amounts to be so distributed or the amount available under any
Series Enhancement without the consent of each affected Certificateholder, (ii) change the definition of or the manner of calculating the interest of any Investor Certificateholder without the consent of each affected Investor
Certificateholder, (iii) reduce the aforesaid percentage required to consent to any such amendment without the consent of each Investor Certificateholder or (iv) adversely affect the rating of any Series or Class by each Rating Agency
without the consent of the Holders of Investor Certificates of such Series or Class evidencing not less than 66-2/3% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Investor Certificates of such Series or Class. Any amendment to be effected pursuant
to this paragraph shall be deemed to adversely affect all outstanding Series, other than any Series with respect to which such action shall not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel for the Sellers, addressed and delivered to the Trustee, adversely
affect in any material respect the interests of any Investor Certificateholder of such Series. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such amendment which affects the Trustee’s rights, duties or immunities under this
Agreement or otherwise. 
 (c) Promptly after the execution of any such amendment or consent (other than an amendment pursuant to paragraph
(a)), the Trustee shall furnish notification of the substance of such amendment to each Investor Certificateholder, and the Servicer shall furnish notification of the substance of such amendment to each Rating Agency and each Series Enhancer. 

(d) It shall not be necessary for the consent of Investor Certificateholders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed
amendment, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall approve the substance thereof. The manner of obtaining such consents and of evidencing the authorization of the execution thereof by Investor Certificateholders shall be subject to such
reasonable requirements as the Trustee may prescribe. 

  
 82 

 (e) Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, no amendment may be made to this
Agreement or any Supplement which would adversely affect in any material respect the interests of any Series Enhancer without the consent of such Series Enhancer. 

(f) Any Supplement executed in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.03 shall not be considered an amendment to this Agreement for
the purposes of this Section. 
 (g) The Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing more than 66-2/3% of the aggregate unpaid principal
amount of the Investor Certificates of each Series, or, with respect to any Series with two or more Classes, of each Class (or, with respect to any default that does not relate to all Series, 66-2/3% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the
Investor Certificates of each Series to which such default relates or, with respect to any such Series with two or more classes, of each Class) may, on behalf of all Certificateholders, waive any default by the Sellers or the Servicer in the
performance of their obligations hereunder and its consequences, except the failure to make any distributions required to be made to Investor Certificateholders or to make any required deposits of any amounts to be so distributed. Upon any such
waiver of a past default, such default shall cease to exist, and any default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been remedied for every purpose of this Agreement. No such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or impair any
right consequent thereon except to the extent expressly so waived. 
 Section 13.02. Protection of Right, Title and Interest to
Trust. (a) The Servicer shall cause this Agreement, all amendments and supplements hereto and/or all financing statements (including amendments thereto) and continuation statements and any other necessary documents covering the
Certificateholders’ and the Trustee’s right, title and interest to the Trust to be promptly recorded, registered and filed, and at all times to be kept recorded, registered and filed, all in such manner and in such places as may be
required by law fully to preserve and protect the right, title and interest of the Certificateholders and the Trustee hereunder to all property comprising the Trust. The Servicer shall deliver to the Trustee file-stamped copies of, or filing
receipts for, any document recorded, registered or filed as provided above, as soon as available following such recording, registration or filing. The Sellers shall cooperate fully with the Servicer in connection with the obligations set forth above
and will execute any and all documents reasonably required to fulfill the intent of this paragraph. 
 (b) Within 30 days after any of the
Sellers makes any change in its name, identity, corporate structure or jurisdiction of organization which would make any financing statement or continuation statement filed in accordance with paragraph (a) seriously misleading within the
meaning of Section 9-506 (or any comparable provision) of the UCC, such Seller shall give the Trustee notice of any such change and shall file such financing statements or amendments as may be necessary to continue the perfection of the
Trust’s security interest in the Receivables and the proceeds thereof. 
 (c) Each Seller and the Servicer will give the Trustee prompt
notice of any relocation of any office from which it services Receivables or keeps records concerning the Receivables or of its principal executive office and whether, as a result of such relocation, the applicable provisions of the UCC would
require the filing of any amendment of any previously filed financing or 

  
 83 

 
continuation statement or of any new financing statement and shall file such financing statements or amendments as may be necessary to perfect or to continue the perfection of the Trust’s
security interest in the Receivables and the proceeds thereof. Each Seller and the Servicer will at all times maintain each office from which it services Receivables and its principal executive offices within the United States. 

(d) The Servicer will deliver to the Trustee and each Series Enhancer: (i) upon the execution and delivery of each amendment of this
Agreement or any Supplement, an Opinion of Counsel to the effect specified in Exhibit H-1; (ii) upon the execution and delivery of each amendment of Article I, II, III or IV or of any Supplement, other than amendments pursuant to
Section 13.01(a), on each Addition Date on which any Lump Addition Accounts are to be designated as Accounts pursuant to Section 2.09(a) or (b) and on each date specified in Section 2.09(c)(iii) with respect to the inclusion of
New Accounts as Accounts, an Opinion of Counsel substantially in the form of Exhibit H-2, and on each Addition Date on which any Participation Interests are to be included in the Trust pursuant to Section 2.09(a) or (b), an Opinion of Counsel
covering the same substantive legal issues addressed by Exhibits H-1 and H-2 but conformed to the extent appropriate to relate to Participation Interests; and (iii) on or before March 3l of each year, beginning with March 3l, 1992, an
Opinion of Counsel substantially in the form of Exhibit H-2. 
 Section 13.03. Limitation on Rights of Certificateholders.
(a) The death or incapacity of any Certificateholder shall not operate to terminate this Agreement or the Trust, nor shall such death or incapacity entitle such Certificateholders’ legal representatives or heirs to claim an accounting or
to take any action or commence any proceeding in any court for a partition or winding up of the Trust, nor otherwise affect the rights, obligations and liabilities of the parties hereto or any of them. 

(b) No Investor Certificateholder shall have any right to vote (except as expressly provided in this Agreement) or in any manner otherwise
control the operation and management of the Trust, or the obligations of the parties hereto, nor shall anything herein set forth, or contained in the terms of the Certificates, be construed so as to constitute the Investor Certificateholders from
time to time as partners or members of an association, nor shall any Investor Certificateholder be under any liability to any third person by reason of any action taken by the parties to this Agreement pursuant to any provision hereof. 

(c) No Investor Certificateholder shall have any right by virtue of any provisions of this Agreement to institute any suit, action or
proceeding in equity or at law upon or under or with respect to this Agreement, unless such Investor Certificateholder previously shall have made, and unless the Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing more than 50% of the aggregate unpaid
principal amount of all Investor Certificates (or, with respect to any such action, suit or proceeding that does not relate to all Series, 50% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Investor Certificates of all Series to which such action,
suit or proceeding relates) shall have made, a request to the Trustee to institute such action, suit or proceeding in its own name as Trustee hereunder and shall have offered to the Trustee such reasonable indemnity as it may require against the
costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred therein or thereby, and the Trustee, for 60 days after such request and offer of indemnity, shall have neglected or refused to institute any such action, suit or proceeding; it being understood and
intended, and being expressly covenanted by each Investor Certificateholder with every other Investor Certificateholder and the Trustee, that no one or more Investor Certificateholders shall have any

  
 84 

 
right in any manner whatever by virtue or by availing itself or themselves of any provisions of this Agreement to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of the holders of any other of the
Investor Certificates, or to obtain or seek to obtain priority over or preference to any other such Investor Certificateholder, or to enforce any right under this Agreement, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal, ratable and common
benefit of all Investor Certificateholders except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement. For the protection and enforcement of the provisions of this Section, each and every Investor Certificateholder and the Trustee shall be entitled to
such relief as can be given either at law or in equity. 
 Section 13.04. GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, ANY SALE
OF RECEIVABLES BY CITIBANK TO THE TRUSTEE ON BEHALF OF THE TRUST PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.01 OR SECTION 2.09 SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF SOUTH DAKOTA, INCLUDING TITLE 54, CHAPTER 1, SECTIONS 9 AND 10 OF THE SOUTH
DAKOTA CODIFIED LAWS AND WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER RELATING TO ANY SUCH SALE SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS. 

Section 13.05. Notices; Payments. (a) All demands, notices, instructions, directions and communications (collectively,
“Notices”) under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if personally delivered at, mailed by registered mail, return receipt requested, or sent by facsimile transmission 

(i) in the case of the Sellers, to: 

Citibank, N.A. 
 701 E. 60th
Street, North 
 Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57117 

Facsimile: 605-331-4442 or 7232 

with copies to: 
 Citigroup Inc.

 One Court Square (6th Floor) 

Long Island City, New York 11120 

Attention: Treasury 
 Facsimile:
718-248-6855 
 Citigroup – Corporate Law Department 

One Court Square (45th Floor) 

Long Island City, New York 11120 

Facsimile: 718-248-2705 

  
 85 

 (ii) in the case of the Trustee, to: 

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas 

60 Wall Street 
 New York, New
York 10005 
 Attention: Global Securities Services—Structured Finance Services 

Facsimile: 212-553-2460 
 (iii)
in the case of Moody’s, to: 
 Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. 

7 World Trade Center 
 250
Greenwich Street 
 New York, New York 10007 

Attention: ABS Monitoring Department 4th Floor 

Facsimile: 212-553-7811 
 (iv) in
the case of Standard & Poor’s, to: 
 Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services 

55 Water Street 
 New York, NY
10041 
 Attention: Asset Backed Group 

Facsimile: 212-438-2648 
 (v) in
the case of Fitch, to: 
 Fitch Ratings 

33 Whitehall Street 
 New York,
New York 10004 
 Attention: Asset Backed Group 

Facsimile: 212-514-9879 
 (vi) in
the case of the Paying Agent or the Transfer Agent and Registrar, to: 
 Citibank, N.A. 

388 Greenwich Street, 14th Floor 

New York, New York 10013 

Attention: Corporate Agency and Trust 

Facsimile: 212-816-5527 

(v) to any other Person as specified in any Supplement; or, as to each party, at such other address or facsimile number as
shall be designated by such party in a written notice to each other party. 
 (b) Any Notice required or permitted to be given to a Holder
of Registered Certificates shall be given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at the address of such Holder as shown in the Certificate Register. Any Notice so mailed within the time prescribed in this Agreement shall be conclusively presumed to
have been duly given, whether or not the Investor Certificateholder receives such Notice. In addition, if and so long as any 

  
 86 

 
Series or Class is listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and such Exchange shall so require, any Notice to Investor Certificateholders shall be published in an Authorized Newspaper of general
circulation in Luxembourg within the time period prescribed in this Agreement. 
 (c) All Notices to be given to Citibank, as a Seller or as
Servicer, shall be deemed given if one Notice is provided to the address of Citibank. All Notices to be made to the Sellers shall be deemed given if one notice is provided to the address of Citibank. All payments hereunder to Citibank, whether as
Seller or as Servicer, shall be made to such account as such party may specify in writing. All payments hereunder to the Sellers shall be deemed made if made to the account of Citibank as provided above. 

(d) Nothing in this Section 13.05 shall preclude or render ineffective Notices given in any other manner or by any other means authorized
or permitted by any other Section of this Agreement or otherwise accepted by the recipient of any Notice. 
 Section 13.06. Rule
144A Information. For so long as any of the Investor Certificates of any Series or Class are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144(a)(3) under the Act, each of the Sellers, the Trustee, the Servicer and any Series
Enhancer agree to cooperate with each other to provide to any Investor Certificateholders of such Series or Class and to any prospective purchaser of Certificates designated by such an Investor Certificateholder, upon the request of such Investor
Certificateholder or prospective purchaser, any information required to be provided to such holder or prospective purchaser to satisfy the condition set forth in Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Act. 

Section 13.07. Severability of Provisions. If any one or more of the covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement
shall for any reason whatsoever be held invalid, then such provisions shall be deemed severable from the remaining provisions of this Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions or of the
Certificates or the rights of the Certificateholders. 
 Section 13.08. Assignment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained herein, except as provided in Section 8.02, this Agreement may not be assigned by the Servicer without the prior consent of Holders of Investor Certificates evidencing not less than 66-2/3% of the aggregate unpaid principal amount of
all outstanding Investor Certificates. 
 Section 13.09. Certificates Nonassessable and Fully Paid. It is the intention of the
parties to this Agreement that the Certificateholders shall not be personally liable for obligations of the Trust, that the interests in the Trust represented by the Certificates shall be nonassessable for any losses or expenses of the Trust or for
any reason whatsoever and that Certificates upon authentication thereof by the Trustee pursuant to Section 6.02 are and shall be deemed fully paid. 

Section 13.10. Further Assurances. The Sellers and the Servicer agree to do and perform, from time to time, any and all acts and
to execute any and all further instruments required or reasonably requested by the Trustee more fully to effect the purposes of this Agreement, including the execution of any financing statements or continuation statements relating to the
Receivables for filing under the provisions of the UCC of any applicable jurisdiction. 

  
 87 

 Section 13.11. Nonpetition Covenant. Notwithstanding any prior termination of this
Agreement, the Servicer, the Trustee, each Seller and each holder of a Supplemental Certificate shall not, prior to the date which is one year and one day after the termination of this Agreement with respect to the Trust, acquiesce, petition or
otherwise invoke or cause the Trust to invoke the process of any Governmental Authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Trust under any Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver,
liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Trust or any substantial part of its property or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of the affairs of the Trust. 

Section 13.12. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of the Trustee or
the Certificateholders, any right, remedy, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege under this Agreement preclude any other or
further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided under this Agreement are cumulative and not exhaustive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges
provided by law. 
 Section 13.13. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts (and by different
parties on separate counterparts), each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. 

Section 13.14. Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, the
Certificateholders, any Series Enhancer and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, no other Person will have any right or obligation hereunder. 

Section 13.15. Actions by Certificateholders. (a) Wherever in this Agreement a provision is made that an action may be taken
or a Notice given by Certificateholders, such action or Notice may be taken or given by any Certificateholder, unless such provision requires a specific percentage of Certificateholders. 

(b) Any Notice, request, authorization, direction, consent, waiver or other act by the Holder of a Certificate shall bind such Holder and
every subsequent Holder of such Certificate and of any Certificate issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done or omitted to be done by the Trustee or the Servicer in
reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Certificate. 
 Section 13.16. Merger and
Integration. Except as specifically stated otherwise herein, this Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and all prior understandings, written or oral, are superseded by this
Agreement. This Agreement may not be modified, amended, waived or supplemented except as provided herein. 
 Section 13.17.
Headings. The headings herein are for purposes of reference only and shall not otherwise affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision hereof. 

  
 88 

 Section 13.18. Sale; Security Interest. It is the intention of the parties hereto
that the arrangements with respect to the Receivables shall constitute a purchase and sale of such Receivables and not a loan. In the event, however, that it were determined that the transactions evidenced hereby constitute a loan and not a purchase
and sale, it is the intention of the parties hereto that this Agreement shall constitute a security agreement under applicable law, and that the Sellers shall be deemed to have granted to the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, a first priority
perfected security interest in all of the Sellers’ right, title and interest in, to and under the Receivables, now existing and hereafter created, and the other Trust Assets conveyed by the Sellers to secure their obligations hereunder.
Accordingly, the Sellers hereby grant to the Trustee a security interest in all of the Sellers’ right, title and interest in, to and under the Receivables now existing and hereafter created, all monies due or to become due and all amounts
received with respect thereto and all “proceeds” thereof and any other Trust Assets, to secure all the Sellers’ obligations hereunder, including the Sellers’ obligation to sell or transfer Receivables hereafter created to the
Trust. This Agreement shall constitute a security agreement under applicable law. 
 Section 13.19. Additional Representations,
Warranties and Covenants Relating to UCC Article 9. With respect to the Receivables transferred to the Trust pursuant to Section 2.01 of the Agreement (the “Transferred Receivables”), each Seller represents, warrants and covenants
as follows: 
 (a) This Agreement and each applicable Assignment constitute a valid sale, transfer and assignment to the
Trust of all right, title and interest of the Sellers in the Receivables now existing or hereafter created, all monies due or to become due and all amounts received with respect thereto and the “proceeds” thereof (as defined in the
applicable UCC), or, if this Agreement and the Assignments do not constitute a sale of such property, they constitute a valid and continuing security interest (as defined in the applicable UCC) in the Receivables in favor of the Trustee, which
security interest is prior to all other Liens, and is enforceable as such as against creditors of and purchasers from the Sellers. 

(b) The Receivables constitute “accounts” within the meaning of the applicable UCC. 

(c) At the time of transfer by the Sellers to the Trust, the applicable Seller owned and had good and marketable title to the
Receivables free and clear of any Lien, claim or encumbrance of any Person. 
 (d) Each Seller has caused or will have
caused, within ten days, the filing of all appropriate financing statements in the proper filing office in the appropriate jurisdictions under applicable law in order to perfect the security interest in the Receivables granted to the Trustee under
this Agreement and any applicable Assignment. 
 (e) Other than the security interest granted to the Trustee pursuant to this
Agreement and any Assignment, no Seller has pledged, assigned, sold, granted a security interest in, or otherwise conveyed any of the Receivables (except for Liens terminated or released at or before the time of the transfer of such Receivables to
the Trust). No Seller has authorized the filing of or is aware of any financing statements against such Seller that include a description of collateral covering the Receivables other than any financing

  
 89 

 
statement (i) relating to the security interest granted to the Trustee pursuant to this Agreement or any Assignment, or (ii) that has been terminated or released. No Seller is aware of
any judgment or tax lien filings against it. 
 Section 13.20. Intent of Parties Concerning Receivables Sold by Citibank. Each
of the parties hereto hereby agrees that with respect to any Receivables or other property, assets or rights purported to be transferred, in whole or in part, by Citibank pursuant to this Agreement (including each Assignment) such transfer shall be
deemed to constitute a “securitization transaction” as the term is defined in the South Dakota Codified Laws Title 54, Chapter 1, Sections 9 and 10. In addition, each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that any transfer of Receivables or
other property, assets or rights, in whole or in part, by Citibank pursuant to this Agreement (including each Assignment) shall be subject to the provisions of South Dakota Codified Laws Title 54, Chapter 1, Section 10, all of which are
incorporated herein by reference. 
 ARTICLE XIV 

ASSET REPRESENTATIONS REVIEW TRIGGERS 

Section 14.01. Delinquency Trigger. (a) The Servicer or the Seller shall, on behalf of the Trust, provide written notice to
the Trustee and disclose the occurrence of any Delinquency Trigger in the distribution report on Form 10-D for the distribution period in which such Delinquency Trigger occurs. 

(b) The Seller shall review and may adjust the Delinquency Trigger Rate upon the occurrence of any of the following events:
(i) the filing of a new registration statement with the Commission relating to any Notes (as defined in the Series 2000 Supplement hereto) or Investor Certificates to be offered and sold from time to time by the Seller; and (ii) a change
in law or regulation (including any new or revised interpretation of an existing law or regulation) that, in the Seller’s judgment, could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on the delinquency rate for Obligor payments on the
Accounts or the manner by which delinquencies are defined or determined; provided, however, that for so long as a Delinquency Trigger has occurred and is continuing, a review of the Delinquency Trigger Rate that would otherwise be required as
specified above will be delayed until the date on which the Servicer or the Seller shall, on behalf of the Trust, report in the applicable distribution report on Form 10-D that the Delinquency Trigger is no longer continuing.

(c) In the case of a review of the Delinquency Trigger Rate undertaken upon the occurrence of an event described in clause
(i) of Section 14.01(b), the Seller may increase or decrease the Delinquency Trigger Rate by any amount it reasonably determines to be appropriate based on the composition of the Receivables at the time of the review. In the case of a
review undertaken upon the occurrence of any event described in clause (ii) of Section 14.01(b), the Seller may increase or decrease the Delinquency Trigger Rate by any amount it reasonably determines to be appropriate as a result of the
related change in law or regulation. The Servicer or the Seller shall, on behalf of the Trust, disclose the Delinquency Trigger Rate, as adjusted, in the distribution report on Form 10-D for the distribution period in which the adjustment
occurs, which report shall also include a description of how the adjusted Delinquency Trigger Rate was determined to be appropriate. 

  
 90 

 Section 14.02. Investor Action to Initiate an Asset Representations Review.
(a) Within 90 days following the date on which the Servicer or the Seller, on behalf of the Trust, discloses the occurrence of a Delinquency Trigger pursuant to Section 14.01(a), Holders of Investor Certificates holding at least 5% of the
aggregate unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Investor Certificates may submit a written petition to the Seller and the Trustee directing that a vote be taken on whether to initiate an Asset Representations Review. For the avoidance of
doubt, for so long as a Delinquency Trigger has occurred and is continuing, a new 90-day petition period shall commence each month, beginning on the date on which the Servicer or the Seller, on behalf of the Trust, discloses in the related
distribution report on Form 10-D that the Delinquency Trigger is continuing. 
 (b) If Holders of Investor Certificates
submit a written petition directing that a vote be taken in accordance with Section 14.02(a), then the Trustee shall (i) promptly provide written notice of such direction to all Holders of Investor Certificates by delivering notice of such
direction to Holders of Investor Certificates at their addresses appearing on the Certificate Register and (ii) conduct a solicitation of votes of Holders of Investor Certificates to initiate a review, which solicitation of votes shall occur
within 90 days of the delivery of such notice by the Trustee. If (x) a vote in which an Asset Review Quorum participates occurs within such 90-day period and (y) Holders of Investor Certificates holding more than 50% of the aggregate
unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Investor Certificates casting a vote direct that a review be undertaken, then the Trustee shall promptly provide written notice to the Seller, the Servicer and Holders of Investor Certificates in the same
manner as described above. Upon receipt of such notice from the Trustee, the Servicer will promptly provide written notice to the Asset Representations Reviewer and an Asset Representations Review will commence in accordance with the terms set
forth in the Asset Representations Review Agreement. 
 (c) Notwithstanding any provisions of this Article XIV to the
contrary, and subject to the additional requirements and conditions set forth in this Article XIV, for so long as a petition to direct that a vote be taken, a vote itself, or an Asset Representations Review is underway in accordance with
Section 14.02(a), Section 14.02(b), or the terms of the Asset Representations Review Agreement, respectively, Holders of Investor Certificates may not initiate another petition, vote, or Asset Representations Review unless and until such
prior petition, vote, or Asset Representations Review is completed. For purposes of this Section 14.02(c): 
 (i) a
petition will be considered completed only (A) if the petition does not result in a vote, (B) if a vote occurs, such vote does not result in an Asset Representations Review, or (C) if an Asset Representations Review occurs, at such
time as the Servicer or the Seller, on behalf of the Trust, includes a summary of the Asset Representations Reviewer’s final report setting out the findings of its Asset Representations Review in a distribution report on Form 10-D in accordance
with the terms of the Asset Representations Review Agreement; 

  
 91 

 (ii) a vote will be considered completed only (A) if the vote does not
result in an Asset Representations Review or (B) if an Asset Representations Review occurs, at such time as the Servicer or the Seller, on behalf of the Trust, includes a summary of the Asset Representations Reviewer’s final report setting
out the findings of its Asset Representations Review in a distribution report on Form 10-D in accordance with the terms of the Asset Representations Review Agreement; and 

(iii) an Asset Representations Review will be considered completed only at such time as the Servicer or the Seller, on behalf
of the Trust, includes a summary of the Asset Representations Reviewer’s final report setting out the findings of its Asset Representations Review in a distribution report on Form 10-D in accordance with the terms of the Asset Representations
Review Agreement. 
 (d) If at the completion of an Asset Representations Review undertaken in accordance with the terms set
forth in the Asset Representations Review Agreement, the Asset Representations Reviewer’s findings and conclusions indicate that any Receivables reviewed did not comply with the related representations and warranties, the Seller shall
investigate any such findings of non-compliance contained in the report and make a determination regarding whether any such non-compliance constitutes a breach of any contractual provision of this Agreement or the Receivables Purchase
Agreement. If the Seller determines that such a breach has occurred, it will provide notice of such breach to the Servicer and the Trustee. 

  
 92 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank, the Servicer and the Trustee have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed by their respective officers as of the day and year first above written. 
  

			
	CITIBANK, N.A., Seller and Servicer,
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	 DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, Trustee,

		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  
 93 

 EXHIBIT A 

FORM OF BANK CERTIFICATE 
 THIS
BANK CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED. NEITHER THIS BANK CERTIFICATE NOR ANY PORTION HEREOF MAY BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF SUCH ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN
AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION PROVISIONS. 
 THIS BANK CERTIFICATE IS NOT PERMITTED TO BE TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED, EXCHANGED OR
OTHERWISE PLEDGED OR CONVEYED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN. 
 No. R-
                                         
                                         
                                         
                                         
                One Unit 
 CITIBANK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST
I 
 BANK CERTIFICATE 
 THIS
CERTIFICATE REPRESENTS AN INTEREST 
 IN CERTAIN ASSETS OF THE 

CITIBANK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST I 
 Evidencing
an interest in a trust, the corpus of which consists primarily of receivables generated from time to time in the ordinary course of business in a portfolio of revolving credit card accounts owned by Citibank, N.A. (the “Bank”) and, in
certain circumstances, certain Additional Sellers (as defined in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement referred to below). 
 (Not an interest
in or obligation of the Sellers or any affiliate thereof) 
 This certifies that CITIBANK, N.A is the registered owner of a fractional
interest in the assets of a trust (the “Trust”) not allocated to the Certificateholders’ Interest or the interest of any holder of a Supplemental Certificate pursuant to the Third Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement
dated as of [        ] [    ], 2016 (as amended and supplemented, the “Agreement”), between Citibank, N.A., a national banking association, as Seller and Servicer, and Deutsche
Bank Trust Company Americas, a New York banking corporation, as trustee (the “Trustee”). The corpus of the Trust consists of (i) a portfolio of all receivables (the “Receivables”) existing in the revolving credit card
accounts identified under the Agreement from time to time (the “Accounts”), (ii) all Receivables generated under the Accounts from time to time thereafter, (iii) funds collected or to be collected from cardholders in respect of
the Receivables, (iv) all funds which are from time to time on deposit in the Collection Account and in the Series Accounts, (v) the benefits of any Series Enhancements issued and to be issued by Series Enhancers with respect to one or
more Series of Investor Certificates and (vi) all other 

 
assets and interests constituting the Trust. Although a summary of certain provisions of the Agreement is set forth below, this Certificate does not purport to summarize the Agreement and
reference is made to the Agreement for information with respect to the interests, rights, benefits, obligations, proceeds and duties evidenced hereby and the rights, duties and obligations of the Trustee. A copy of the Agreement may be requested
from the Trustee by writing to the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office. To the extent not defined herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement. 

This Certificate is issued under and is subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Agreement, to which Agreement, as amended and
supplemented from time to time, the Bank by virtue of its acceptance hereof assents and is bound. 
 The Receivables consist of Principal
Receivables which arise generally from the purchase of merchandise and services and amounts advanced to cardholders as cash advances and Finance Charge Receivables which arise generally from Periodic Rate Finance Charges, Cash Advance Fees, Late
Payment Fees and annual membership fees with respect to the Accounts. 
 This Certificate is the Bank Certificate, which represents the
Banks’ Interest in certain assets of the Trust, including the right to receive a portion of the Collections and other amounts at the times and in the amounts specified in the Agreement. The aggregate interest represented by the Bank Certificate
at any time in the Receivables in the Trust shall not exceed the Banks’ Interest at such time. In addition to the Bank Certificate, (i) Investor Certificates will be issued to investors pursuant to the Agreement, which will represent the
Certificateholders’ Interest, and (ii) Supplemental Certificates may be issued pursuant to the Agreement, which will represent that portion of the Sellers’ Interest not allocated to the Bank. This Bank Certificate shall not represent
any interest in the Collection Account or the Series Accounts, except as expressly provided in the Agreement, or any Series Enhancements. 

The Sellers have entered into the Agreement, and this Certificate is issued, with the intention that, for Federal, state and local income and
franchise tax purposes only, the Investor Certificates will qualify as indebtedness of the Sellers secured by the Receivables. The Bank, by entering into the Agreement and by its acceptance of this Certificate, agrees to treat the Investor
Certificates for Federal, state and local income and franchise tax purposes as indebtedness of the Sellers. 
 Subject to certain conditions
and exceptions specified in the Agreement, the obligations created by the Agreement and the Trust created thereby shall terminate upon the earliest of (i) the expiration of 21 years from the death of the last survivor of the descendants of
Joseph P. Kennedy, the late Ambassador of the United States to the Court of Saint James, living on May 29, 1991, (ii) the day following the Distribution Date on which the Invested Amount for each Series is zero and (iii) the time
provided in Section 9.02(b) of the Agreement. 

  
 A-2 

 Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by or on behalf of the Trustee,
by manual or facsimile signature, this Certificate shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Agreement or be valid for any purpose. 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank has caused this Certificate to be duly executed. 

 

			
	CITIBANK, N.A.,
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

 Dated: [Date] 

TRUSTEE’S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION 

This is the Bank Certificate described in the within-mentioned Agreement. 

DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, 
   as Trustee,

  

			
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Officer
		
		 	or
	
	By: CITIBANK, N.A.,
		 	      as Authenticating Agent

     for the Trustee,

		
	By:	 	  

		 	Authorized Officer

  
 A-3 

 EXHIBIT B 

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES IN ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS 

(As required by Section 2.09 of 

the Pooling and Servicing Agreement) 

ASSIGNMENT No.      OF RECEIVABLES IN ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS dated as
            ,         * by and among CITIBANK, N.A., Seller and Servicer (“Citibank”),
[                    ], an Additional Seller
([“                    ”] and, together with Citibank, the “Sellers”), and DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, a New
York banking corporation (the “Trustee”), pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement referred to below. 
 W I
T N E S S E T H : 
 WHEREAS, the Sellers, the Servicer and the Trustee are parties
to the Third Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as of [        ] [    ], 2016 (as amended and supplemented, the “Agreement”); 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Agreement, [Citibank] wishes to designate Additional Accounts to be included as Accounts and to convey the
Receivables of such Additional Accounts, whether now existing or hereafter created, to the Trust as part of the corpus of the Trust (as each such term is defined in the Agreement); and 

WHEREAS, the Trustee is willing to accept such designation and conveyance subject to the terms and conditions hereof; 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Sellers, the Servicer and the Trustee hereby agree as follows: 

1. Defined Terms. All capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Agreement unless otherwise defined
herein. 
 “Addition Date” shall mean, with respect to the Additional Accounts designated hereby,
            , 20    . 
  

 

	*	To be dated as of the applicable Addition Date. 

 “Additional Cut-Off Date” shall mean, with respect to the Additional Accounts
designated hereby,             , 20    .* 

2. Designation of Additional Accounts. Attached as Schedule I hereto is a computer file or microfiche list containing a true and
complete schedule identifying all such Additional Accounts specifying for each such Account, as of the Additional Cut-Off Date, its account number [, the aggregate amount outstanding in such Account and the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables
outstanding in such Account],** which computer file or microfiche list shall supplement Schedule I to the Agreement. 
 3. Conveyance of
Receivables. 
 (a) [Each of the Sellers] does hereby sell, transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to the Trustee, on behalf of
the Trust, for the benefit of the Certificateholders, all its right, title and interest in, to and under the Receivables of such Additional Accounts existing at the close of business on the Additional Cut-Off Date and thereafter created from time to
time until the termination of the Trust, all monies due or to become due and all amounts received with respect thereto and all proceeds thereof (including “proceeds” as defined in the UCC as in effect in the State of South Dakota [and
other applicable states]). The foregoing does not constitute and is not intended to result in the creation or assumption by the Trust, the Trustee, any Investor Certificateholder or any Series Enhancer of any obligation of the Servicer, any Seller
or any other Person in connection with the Accounts, the Receivables or under any agreement or instrument relating thereto, including any obligation to Obligors, merchant banks, merchants clearance systems, VISA, MasterCard, American Express or
insurers. 
 (b) In connection with such sale, the Sellers agree to record and file, at their own expense, financing statements (and
continuation statements when applicable) with respect to the Receivables now existing and hereafter created meeting the requirements of applicable state law in such manner and in such jurisdictions as are necessary to perfect, and maintain
perfection of, the sale and assignment of the Receivables to the Trust, and to deliver a file-stamped copy of each such financing statement or other evidence of such filing to the Trustee on or prior to the Addition Date. The Trustee shall be under
no obligation whatsoever to file such financing or continuation statements or to make any other filing under the UCC in connection with such sale and assignment. 

(c) In connection with such sale, the Sellers further agree, at their own expense, on or prior to the date of this Assignment, to indicate in
the appropriate computer files that Receivables created in connection with the Additional Accounts designated hereby have been conveyed to the Trust pursuant to the Agreement and this Assignment for the benefit of the Certificateholders. 

 
  

	*	The definition of “Additional Cut-Off Date” only needs to be included in an Assignment for Lump Additions. 

	**	The bracketed language is to be included only in an Assignment for Lump Additions. 

  
 B-2 

 4. Acceptance by Trustee. Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in
Section 6 of this Assignment, the Trustee hereby acknowledges its acceptance on behalf of the Trust of all right, title and interest to the property, now existing and hereafter created, conveyed to the Trust pursuant to Section 3(a) of
this Assignment, and declares that it shall maintain such right, title and interest, upon the trust set forth in the Agreement for the benefit of all Certificateholders. The Trustee further acknowledges that, prior to or simultaneously with the
execution and delivery of this Assignment, the Sellers delivered to the Trustee the computer file or microfiche list described in Section 2 of this Assignment. 

5. Representations and Warranties of the Sellers. Each of the Sellers hereby represents and warrants to the Trustee, on behalf of the
Trust, as of the date of this Assignment and as of the Addition Date that: 
 (a) Legal Valid and Binding Obligation.
This Assignment constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Seller enforceable against such Seller in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,
moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect; 
 (b)
Eligibility of Accounts. Each Additional Account designated hereby is an Eligible Account; 
 (c) Insolvency.
As of each of the Additional Cut-off Date and the Addition Date for each of the Additional Accounts designated hereby, no Insolvency Event with respect to any of the Sellers has occurred and the transfer of the Receivables arising in the Additional
Accounts to the Trust has not been made in contemplation of the occurrence thereof; 
 (d) Adverse Effect. The
addition of the Receivables arising in the Additional Accounts will not result in the occurrence of an Amortization Event; 

(e) Security Interest. This Assignment constitutes a valid sale, transfer and assignment to the Trust of all right,
title and interest of such Seller in the Receivables now existing or hereafter created, all monies due or to become due and all amounts received with respect thereto and the “proceeds” thereof (including “proceeds” as defined in
the UCC as in effect in the State of South Dakota [and other applicable states]), or, if this Assignment does not constitute a sale of such property, it constitutes a grant of a first priority perfected “security interest” (as defined in
the UCC as in effect in the State of South Dakota [and other applicable states]) in such property to the Trust, which, in the case of existing Receivables and the proceeds thereof, is enforceable upon execution and delivery of this Assignment, and
which will be enforceable with respect to such Receivables hereafter created and the proceeds thereof upon such creation. Upon the filing of the financing statements described in Section 3 of this Assignment (if required) and, in the case of
the Receivables hereafter created and the proceeds thereof, upon the creation thereof, the Trust shall have a first priority perfected security or ownership interest in such property; 

  
 B-3 

 (f) No Conflict. The execution and delivery by such Seller of this
Assignment, the performance of the transactions contemplated by this Assignment and the fulfillment of the terms hereof applicable to such Seller, will not conflict with or violate any Requirements of Law applicable to such Seller or conflict with,
result in any breach of any of the material terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a material default under, any indenture, contract, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument to which
such Seller is a party or by which it or its properties are bound; 
 (g) No Proceedings. There are no proceedings or
investigations, pending or, to the best knowledge of such Seller, threatened against such Seller before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other tribunal or governmental instrumentality (i) asserting the invalidity of this
Assignment, (ii) seeking to prevent the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Assignment, (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that, in the reasonable judgment of such Seller, would materially and adversely
affect the performance by such Seller of its obligations under this Assignment or (iv) seeking any determination or ruling that would materially and adversely affect the validity or enforceability of this Assignment; and 

(h) All Consents. All authorizations, consents, orders or approvals of any course or other governmental authority
required to be obtained by such Seller in connection with the execution and delivery of this Assignment by such Seller and the performance of the transactions contemplated by this Assignment by such Seller, have been obtained. 

6. Conditions Precedent. The acceptance of the Trustee set forth in Section 4 of this Assignment and the ratification of the
Agreement as supplemented by this Assignment as set forth in Section 7 of this Assignment are subject to the satisfaction, on or prior to the Addition Date, of the following conditions precedent: 

(a) Representations and Warranties. Each of the representations and warranties made by the Sellers in Section 5 of
this Assignment shall be true and correct as of the date of this Assignment and as of the Addition Date. 
 (b)
Agreement. Each of the conditions set forth in Section 2.09(d) of the Agreement applicable to the designation of the Additional Accounts to be designated hereby shall have been satisfied and each of the covenants set forth in
Section 2.09(g) of the Agreement applicable to the designation of Additional Accounts to be designated hereby shall have been fulfilled. 

(c) Additional Information. Each Seller shall have delivered to the Trustee such information as was reasonably requested
by the Trustee to satisfy itself as to the accuracy of the representation and warranty set forth in Section 5(c) of this Assignment. 

  
 B-4 

 7. Ratification of Agreement. As supplemented by this Assignment, the Agreement is in all
respects ratified and confirmed and the Agreement as so supplemented by this Assignment shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument. 

8. Counterparts. This Assignment may be executed in two or more counterparts, and by different parties on separate counterparts, each
of which shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. 
 9. GOVERNING LAW. THIS ASSIGNMENT
SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF SOUTH DAKOTA, INCLUDING SOUTH DAKOTA CODIFIED LAWS TITLE 54, CHAPTER 1, SECTIONS 9 AND 10, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES
OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS. 

  
 B-5 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Sellers, the Servicer and the Trustee have caused this Assignment to be
duly executed by their respective officers as of the day and year first above written. 
  

			
	CITIBANK, N.A., Seller and Servicer,
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	[                                    
    ], Seller,
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	 DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY

	      AMERICAS, Trustee,

		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  
 B-6 

 EXHIBIT C 

FORM OF REASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES IN REMOVED ACCOUNTS 

(As required by Section 2.10 of 

the Pooling and Servicing Agreement) 

REASSIGNMENT No.      OF RECEIVABLES IN REMOVED ACCOUNTS dated as of
            ,         *, by and among CITIBANK, N.A., a national banking association, Seller and Servicer (“Citibank”);
[                    ], an Additional Seller
([”                    ” and, together with Citibank, the “Sellers”), and DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, a New York
banking corporation (the “Trustee”), pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement referred to below. 
 W I
T N E S S E T H: 
 WHEREAS, the Sellers, the Servicer and the Trustee are parties
to the Third Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as of [        ] [    ], 2016 (as amended and supplemented, the “Agreement”); 

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Agreement, the Sellers wish to remove all Receivables from certain designated Accounts of the Sellers (the
“Removed Accounts”) and to cause the Trustee to reconvey all Receivables, if any, in such Removed Accounts, whether now existing or hereafter created, from the Trust to the Sellers (as each such term is defined in the Agreement); and 

WHEREAS, the Trustee, on behalf of the Trust, is willing to accept such designation and to reconvey the Receivables in the Removed Accounts
subject to the terms and conditions hereof; 
 NOW, THEREFORE, the Sellers, the Servicer and the Trustee hereby agree as follows: 

1. Defined Terms. All terms defined in the Agreement and used herein shall have such defined meanings when used herein, unless
otherwise defined herein. In addition, the following terms shall have the following meanings: 
 “Removal Date” shall mean,
with respect to the Removed Accounts designated hereby,             , 20    . 

“Removal Notice Date” shall mean, with respect to the Removed Accounts designated hereby,
            , 20    . 
  

 

	*	To be dated as of the Removal Date. 

 2. Designation of Removed Accounts. Attached as Schedule I hereto is a computer file or
microfiche list containing a true and complete schedule identifying all Accounts the Receivables of which are being removed from the Trust, specifying for each such Account, as of the Removal Notice Date, its account number, the aggregate amount
outstanding in such Account and the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables in such Account, which computer file or microfiche list shall supplement Schedule 1 to the Agreement. 

3. Conveyance of Receivables. (a) The Trustee does hereby transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to the Sellers, without
recourse, on and after the Removal Date, all right, title and interest of the Trust in, to and under the Receivables, if any, existing at the close of business on the Removal Date and thereafter created from time to time in the Removed Accounts
designated hereby, all monies due or to become due and all amounts received with respect thereto and all proceeds thereof but excluding all Recoveries relating thereto. 

(b) In connection with such transfer, the Trustee agrees to authorize and deliver to the Sellers on or prior to the date this Reassignment is
delivered, if necessary, a UCC termination statement with respect to the Receivables, if any, existing at the close of business on the Removal Date and thereafter created from time to time in the Removed Accounts designated hereby (which may be a
single termination statement with respect to all such Receivables) evidencing the release by the Trustee on behalf of the Trust of its interest in the Receivables, if any, in the Removed Accounts, and meeting the requirements of applicable state
law, in such manner and such jurisdictions as are necessary to terminate such interest. 
 4. Acceptance by Trustee. The Trustee
hereby acknowledges that, prior to or simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Reassignment, the Sellers delivered to the Trustee the computer file or microfiche list described in Section 2 of this Reassignment. 

5. Representations and Warranties of the Sellers. Each of the Sellers hereby represents and warrants to the Trustee, on behalf of the
Trust, as of the Removal Date: 
 (a) Legal, Valid and Binding Obligation. This Reassignment constitutes a legal,
valid and binding obligation of such Seller enforceable against such Seller, in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting
creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect; and 
 (b) Adverse Effect. The removal of the
Receivables, if any, existing in the Removed Accounts will not result in the occurrence of an Amortization Event. 
 6. Conditions
Precedent. The ratification of the Agreement as supplemented by this Reassignment as set forth in Section 7 hereof is subject to the satisfaction, on or prior to the Removal Date, of the following conditions precedent: 

Officer’s Certificate. Each of the Sellers shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate certifying that
(i) as of the Removal Date, all requirements set forth in 

  
 C-2 

 
Section 2.10(a) of the Agreement for designating Removed Accounts and reconveying the Receivables of such Removed Accounts, whether existing at the close of business on the Removal Data or
thereafter created from time to time have been satisfied, (ii) each of the representations and warranties made by the Sellers in Section 5 hereof is true and correct as of the Removal Date. The Trustee may conclusively rely on such
Officer’s Certificates, shall have no duty to make inquiries with regard to the matters set forth therein and shall incur no liability in so relying. 

7. Ratification of Agreement. As supplemented by this Reassignment, the Agreement is in all respects ratified and confirmed and the
Agreement as so supplemented by this Reassignment shall be read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument. 
 8.
Counterparts. This Reassignment may be executed in two or more counterparts, and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument. 

9. GOVERNING LAW. THIS REASSIGNMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO
ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS. 

  
 C-3 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Sellers, the Servicer and the Trustee have caused this Reassignment to be
duly executed by their respective officers as of the day and year first above written. 
  

			
	CITIBANK, N.A., Seller and Servicer,
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	[                                    
    ], Seller,
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	 DEUTSCHE BANK TRUST COMPANY AMERICAS, Trustee,

		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  
 C-4 

 EXHIBIT D 

FORM OF ANNUAL SERVICER’S CERTIFICATE 

(To be delivered on or before March 31 of 

each calendar year beginning with March 31, 1992, 

pursuant to Section 3.05 of the Pooling and 

Servicing Agreement referred to below) 

CITIBANK, N.A. 
  

 
 CITIBANK CREDIT
CARD MASTER TRUST I 
  
  

The undersigned, a duly authorized representative of Citibank, N.A., as Servicer (“Citibank”), pursuant to the Third Amended and
Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as of [        ] [    ], 2016 (as amended and supplemented, the “Agreement”) between Citibank, as Seller and Servicer, and Deutsche
Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee, does hereby certify that: 
 1. Citibank is, as of the date hereof, the Servicer
under the Agreement. Capitalized terms used in this Certificate have their respective meanings as set forth in the Agreement. 

2. The undersigned is a Servicing Officer who is duly authorized pursuant to the Agreement to execute and deliver this
Certificate to the Trustee. 
 3. A review of the activities of the Servicer during the calendar year ended December 31,
20     and of its performance under the Agreement was conducted under my supervision. 
 4. Based
on such review, the Servicer has, to the best of my knowledge, performed in all material respects its obligations under the Agreement throughout such year and no default in the performance of such obligations has occurred or is continuing except as
set forth in paragraph 5 below. 
 5. The following is a description of each default in the performance of the
Servicer’s obligations under the provisions of the Agreement known to me to have been made by the Servicer during the year ended December 31, 20    , which description sets forth in detail (i) the nature of
each such default, (ii) the action taken, if any, by the Servicer to remedy each such default and (iii) the current status of each such default: [If applicable, insert “None.”] 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate this
     day of         , 20    . 
  

			
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	Servicing Officer

  
 D-2 

 EXHIBIT E-1 

THIS CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “1933 ACT”). NEITHER THIS CERTIFICATE NOR
ANY PORTION HEREOF MAY BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF THE 1933 ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF ANY STATE BLUE SKY OR SECURITIES LAWS OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION
PROVISIONS. THE TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN. 

THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE ACQUIRED BY OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED BELOW). 

 EXHIBIT E-2 

(FORM OF UNDERTAKING LETTER) 

[Date] 
 Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as
Trustee 
 60 Wall Street 
 New York, New York 10005 

Attention: Global Securities Services—Structured Finance Services 

Citibank, N.A. 
 701 East 60th Street, North 

Sioux Falls, South Dakota 57117 
 Citigroup – Corporate Law
Department 
 One Court Square (45th Floor) 
 Long Island City,
New York 11120 
 Citibank, N.A. 
 388 Greenwich Street, 14th
Floor 
 New York, New York 10013 
 Attention: Corporate Agency
and Trust 
  

	 	Re:	Purchase of $        * principal amount of Citibank Credit Card Master Trust I, [    %][Floating Rate] Credit Card Participation Certificates,
Series [                    ] 

Ladies and Gentlemen: 
 In connection with our
purchase of the above-referenced Credit Card Participation Certificates (the “Certificates”) we confirm that: 
 1. we understand
that the Certificates are not being registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and are being sold to us in a transaction that is exempt from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act; 

2. any information we desire concerning the Certificates or any other matter relevant to our decision to purchase the Certificates is or has
been made available to us; 
  
  

	*	Not less than $250,000 minimum principal amount. 

 3. we have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of
evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Certificates, and we (and any account for which we are purchasing under paragraph (4) below) are able to bear the economic risk of an investment in the Certificates; we (and any account
for which we are purchasing under paragraph (4) below) are an “accredited investor” (as such term is defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2) or (3) of Regulation D under the 1933 Act); and we are not, and none of such accounts is, an
Employee Benefit Plan; 
 4. we are acquiring the Certificates for our own account or for accounts as to which we exercise sole investment
discretion and not with a view to any distribution of the Certificates, subject, nevertheless, to the understanding that the disposition of our property shall at all times be and remain within our control; 

5. we agree that the Certificates must be held indefinitely by us unless subsequently registered under the 1933 Act or an exemption from any
registration requirements of that Act and any applicable state securities law is available; 
 6. we agree that in the event that at some
future time we wish to dispose of or exchange any of the Certificates (such disposition or exchange not being currently foreseen or contemplated), we will not transfer or exchange any of the Certificates unless: 

(a)(i) the sale is of at least U.S. $250,000 principal amount of Certificates to an Eligible Purchaser (as defined below),
(ii) a letter to substantially the same effect as paragraphs (1), (2), (3), (4), (5) and (6) of this letter is executed promptly by the purchaser and (iii) all offers or solicitations in connection with the sale, whether directly
or through any agent acting on our behalf, are limited only to Eligible Purchasers and are not made by means of any form of general solicitation or general advertising whatsoever; or 

(b) the Certificates are transferred pursuant to Rule 144 under the 1933 Act by us after we have held them for more than three
years; or 
 (c) the Certificates are sold in any other transaction that does not require registration under the 1933 Act
and, if the Sellers, the Servicer, the Trustee or the Transfer Agent and Registrar so requests, we theretofore have furnished to such party an opinion of counsel satisfactory to such party, in form and substance satisfactory to such party, to such
effect; or 
 (d) the Certificates are transferred pursuant to an exception from the registration requirements of the 1933
Act under Rule 144A under the 1933 Act; and 

  
 E-2-2 

 7. we understand that the Certificates will bear a legend to substantially the following effect:

 “THIS CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “1933 ACT”).
NEITHER THIS CERTIFICATE NOR ANY PORTION HEREOF MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF THE 1933 ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE PROVISIONS OF ANY STATE BLUE SKY OR SECURITIES LAWS OR
PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM SUCH PROVISIONS. THE TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN. 

THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE ACQUIRED BY OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF AN EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED BELOW).” 

The first paragraph of this legend may be removed if the Sellers, the Servicer, the Trustee and the Transfer Agent and Registrar have received an opinion of
counsel satisfactory to them, in form and substance satisfactory to them, to the effect that such paragraph may be removed. 

“Eligible Purchaser” means either an Eligible Dealer or a corporation, partnership or other entity which we have reasonable
grounds to believe and do believe can make representations with respect to itself to substantially the same effect as the representations set forth herein. “Eligible Dealer” means any corporation or other entity the principal
business of which is acting as a broker and/or dealer in securities. “Employee Benefit Plan” means any employee benefit plan, trust or account, including an individual retirement account, that is subject to the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or that is described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or an entity whose underlying assets include plan assets by reason of a plan’s investment in such entity.
Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Third Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as of [        ] [     ],
2016, as amended and supplemented, between Citibank, N.A. and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee. 
  

			
	Very truly yours,
	
	  
 (Name of
Purchaser)

		
	By	 	  

	(Authorized officer)

  
 E-2-3 

 EXHIBIT E-3 

THIS CERTIFICATE MAY NOT BE ACQUIRED BY OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A 

BENEFIT PLAN (AS DEFINED BELOW).* 
  

 

	*	The following text should be included in any certificate in which the above legend appears: 

The [Certificates] may not be acquired by or for the account of any employee benefit plan, trust or account, including an individual retirement
account, that is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or that is described in Section 4975(e)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or an entity whose underlying assets include plan assets
by reason of a plan’s investment in such entity (a “Benefit Plan”). By accepting and holding this Certificate, the Holder hereof shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that it is not a Benefit Plan. By acquiring any
interest in this Certificate, the applicable Certificate Owner or Owners shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that it or they are not Benefit Plans. 

 EXHIBIT F 

FORM OF RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT 
  

 
 [NAME OF ACCOUNT
OWNER] 
 and 
 [NAME OF
RECEIVABLES PURCHASER] 
  
  

RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT 

Dated as of [            ], 20[     ] 

 
  

							
	TABLE OF CONTENTS	  
			
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	ARTICLE I	  
	
	DEFINITIONS	  
			
	 Section 1.01.
	 	 Definitions
	  	 	F-1	  
	 Section 1.02.
	 	 Other Definitional Provisions
	  	 	F-3	  
	
	ARTICLE II	  
	
	PURCHASE AND CONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES	  
			
	 Section 2.01.
	 	 Purchase
	  	 	F-3	  
	
	ARTICLE III	  
	
	CONSIDERATION AND PAYMENT	  
			
	 Section 3.01.
	 	 Purchase Price
	  	 	F-5	  
	
	ARTICLE IV	  
	
	REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES	  
			
	 Section 4.01.
	 	 Representations and Warranties of [Short Name of Account Owner] Relating to [Short Name of
Account Owner]
	  	 	F-5	  
	 Section 4.02.
	 	 Representations and Warranties of [Short Name of Account Owner] Relating to the Agreement
and the Receivables
	  	 	F-6	  
	 Section 4.03.
	 	 Representations and Warranties of [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser]
	  	 	F-7	  

  
 1 

							
	 	 	 	  	Page	 
	ARTICLE V	  
	
	COVENANTS	  
			
	 Section 5.01.
	 	 Covenants of [Short Name of Account Owner]
	  	 	F-8	  
	 Section 5.02.
	 	 Covenants of [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser]
	  	 	F-11	  
	
	ARTICLE VI	  
	
	TERM AND PURCHASE TERMINATION	  
			
	 Section 6.01.
	 	 Term
	  	 	F-11	  
	 Section 6.02.
	 	 Purchase Termination
	  	 	F-12	  
	
	ARTICLE VII	  
	
	MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS	  
			
	 Section 7.01.
	 	 Amendment
	  	 	F-13	  
	 Section 7.02.
	 	 Governing Law
	  	 	F-13	  
	 Section 7.03.
	 	 Notices
	  	 	F-13	  
	 Section 7.04.
	 	 Severability of Provisions
	  	 	F-14	  
	 Section 7.05.
	 	 Assignment
	  	 	F-14	  
	 Section 7.06.
	 	 Acknowledgment and Agreement of [Short Name of Account Owner]
	  	 	F-14	  
	 Section 7.07.
	 	 Further Assurances
	  	 	F-15	  
	 Section 7.08.
	 	 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies
	  	 	F-15	  
	 Section 7.09.
	 	 Counterparts
	  	 	F-15	  
	 Section 7.10.
	 	 Binding; Third-Party Beneficiaries
	  	 	F-15	  
	 Section 7.11.
	 	 Merger and Integration
	  	 	F-15	  
	 Section 7.12.
	 	 Headings
	  	 	F-15	  
	 Section 7.13.
	 	 Schedules and Exhibits
	  	 	F-15	  
	 Section 7.14.
	 	 Survival of Representations and Warranties
	  	 	F-16	  

  
 2 

 RECEIVABLES PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of
[            ], 20[    ], by and between [NAME OF RECEIVABLES PURCHASER], a national banking association organized under the laws of the United States of America
(“[Short Name of Receivables Purchaser]”), and [NAME OF ACCOUNT OWNER], a national banking association organized under the laws of the United States of America (“[Short Name of Account Owner]”). 

W I T N E S S E T H: 
 WHEREAS,
[Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] desires to purchase Receivables (hereinafter defined) arising under certain credit card accounts of [Short Name of Account Owner]; 

WHEREAS, it is contemplated that certain of the Receivables purchased hereunder will be transferred by [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser]
to the Master Trust (hereinafter defined) in connection with the issuance of certain asset-backed securities; and 
 WHEREAS, [Short Name of
Account Owner] agrees that all covenants and agreements made by [Short Name of Account Owner] herein with respect to the Designated Accounts (hereinafter defined) and Receivables, to the extent such Designated Accounts and Receivables therein have
been designated for the Master Trust, shall also be for the benefit of the Master Trust Trustee (hereinafter defined) and all beneficiaries of the Master Trust, including holders of the Certificates. 

NOW, THEREFORE, it is hereby agreed by and between [Short Name of Account Owner] and [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] as follows: 

ARTICLE I 

DEFINITIONS 

Section 1.01. Definitions. Capitalized words and phrases used herein or in any certificate or document, or Conveyance Paper made
or delivered pursuant hereto, and not otherwise defined herein or therein, shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement; in addition, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings: 

“Agreement” shall mean this Receivables Purchase Agreement and all amendments hereof and supplements hereto. 

“Appointment Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.02. 

“Certificateholder” shall have the meaning set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

  
 F-1 

 “Citibank” shall mean Citibank, N.A., a national banking association organized
under the laws of the United States of America, its successors and permitted assigns. 
 “Closing Date” shall mean
[            ], 20[    ]. 
 “Conveyance”
shall have the meaning set forth in subsection 2.01(a). 
 “Conveyance Papers” shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 4.01(c). 
 “Designated Accounts” shall mean each
MasterCard®, VISA® and American Express® account established pursuant to a
Credit Card Agreement between [Short Name of Account Owner] and any person, which account is designated in Annex I to this Agreement or otherwise agreed (whether by microfiche, computer file or otherwise) between [Short Name of Receivables
Purchaser] and [Short Name of Account Owner] as being subject to this Agreement. 
 “Dissolution Event” shall have the
meaning set forth in Section 6.02. 
 “Due Period” shall have the meaning set forth in the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement. 
 “Finance Charge Receivables” shall mean all Receivables in the Designated Accounts which would be treated as
“Finance Charge Receivables” in accordance with the definition for such term in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

“Interchange” shall mean interchange fees payable to [Short Name of Account Owner] in its capacity as credit card issuer,
through MasterCard, VISA or American Express in connection with cardholder charges for goods and services. 
 “Master
Trust” shall mean Citibank Credit Card Master Trust I created by the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 
 “Master Trust
Trustee” shall mean Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, a New York banking corporation, the institution executing the Pooling and Servicing Agreement as, and acting in the capacity of, trustee thereunder, or its successor in interest, or
any successor trustee appointed as provided in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 
 “Obligor” shall mean, with respect
to each Designated Account, each person that would be treated as an “Obligor” in accordance with the definition for such term in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

“Pooling and Servicing Agreement” shall mean the Third Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement, dated as of
[        ] [    ], 2016, between Citibank, as Seller and Servicer, and the Master Trust Trustee, as amended to the date hereof and as such agreement may be amended from time to time
hereafter. 
 “Principal Receivables” shall mean all Receivables in the Designated Accounts which would be treated as
“Principal Receivables” in accordance with the definition for such term in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

  
 F-2 

 “Purchase Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.01. 

“Purchased Assets” shall have the meaning set forth in subsection 2.01(a). 

“Receivables” shall mean all amounts shown on the Servicer’s records as amounts payable by Obligors on any Designated
Account from time to time. 
 “Recoveries” shall have the meaning set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement except
that references in such definition (or in defined terms related to such definition) to “Receivables” shall mean “Receivables” as defined in this Agreement. 

“Servicer” shall mean the Servicer from time to time under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

“[Short Name of Account Owner]” shall mean [Name of Account Owner], a national banking association organized under the laws
of the United States of America, and its successors and permitted assigns. 
 “[Short Name of Receivables Purchaser]” shall
mean [Name of Receivables Purchaser], a national banking association organized under the laws of the United States of America, and its successors and permitted assigns. 

Section 1.02. Other Definitional Provisions. 

(a) All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings when used in any certificate, other document, or made or delivered
pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined therein. 
 (b) The words “hereof”, “herein” and “hereunder” and
words of similar import when used in this Agreement or any Conveyance Paper shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; and Section, Subsection, Schedule and Exhibit references contained in this
Agreement are references to Sections, Subsections, Schedules and Exhibits in or to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. 
 ARTICLE
II 
 PURCHASE AND CONVEYANCE OF RECEIVABLES 

Section 2.01. Purchase. 

(a) By execution of this Agreement, [Short Name of Account Owner] does hereby sell, transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to [Short
Name of Receivables Purchaser] (collectively, the “Conveyance”), without recourse except as provided herein, all its right, title and interest in, to and under the Receivables existing on the date hereof and hereafter created from time to
time until the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Article VI hereof and all monies due and or to become due and all amounts received with respect thereto and all proceeds (including, without limitation, “proceeds” as defined in the
UCC) thereof and the right to receive Interchange and Recoveries with respect to such Receivables (the “Purchased Assets”). 

  
 F-3 

 (b) In connection with such Conveyance, [Short Name of Account Owner] agrees (i) to record
and file, at its own expense, any financing statements (and continuation statements with respect to such financing statements when applicable) with respect to the Receivables, meeting the requirements of applicable state law in such manner and in
such jurisdictions as are necessary to perfect, and maintain perfection of, the Conveyance of such Purchased Assets from [Short Name of Account Owner] to [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser], (ii) that such financing statements shall name
[Short Name of Account Owner], as seller, and [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser], as purchaser, of the Receivables and (iii) to deliver a file-stamped copy of such financing statements or other evidence of such filings (excluding such
continuation statements, which shall be delivered as filed) to [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] (or to the Master Trust Trustee, if [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] so directs) as soon as is practicable after filing. [Short Name of Account
Owner] also authorizes [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] to record and file any of such financing statements and continuation statements. 

(c) In connection with such Conveyance, [Short Name of Account Owner] and [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] further agree that they will,
at their own expense, on or before the Closing Date, indicate in their computer files or microfiche lists that the Receivables created in connection with the Designated Accounts have been conveyed to [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] in
accordance with this Agreement. 
 (d) The parties hereto intend that the conveyance of [Short Name of Account Owner]’s right, title
and interest in and to the Receivables shall constitute a sale, conveying good title free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or rights of others from [Short Name of Account Owner] to [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] and that the
Receivables shall not be part of [Short Name of Account Owner]’s estate in the event of the insolvency of [Short Name of Account Owner] or a conservatorship, receivership or similar event with respect to [Short Name of Account Owner]. It is the
intention of the parties hereto that the arrangements with respect to the Receivables shall constitute a purchase and sale of such Receivables and not a loan. If, however, it were to be determined that the transactions evidenced hereby constitute a
loan and not a purchase and sale, it is the intention of the parties hereto that this Agreement shall constitute a security agreement under applicable law, and that [Short Name of Account Owner] shall be deemed to have granted to [Short Name of
Receivables Purchaser] a first priority perfected security interest in all of [Short Name of Account Owner]’s right, title and interest, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in, to and under the Receivables and other Purchased Assets. 

  
 F-4 

 ARTICLE III 

CONSIDERATION AND PAYMENT 

Section 3.01. Purchase Price. The “Purchase Price” for the Receivables will be
[                    ]. 
 ARTICLE IV

 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 

Section 4.01. Representations and Warranties of [Short Name of Account Owner] Relating to [Short Name of Account Owner]. [Short
Name of Account Owner] hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] as of the Closing Date, that: 

(a) Organization and Good Standing; Affiliate. [Short Name of Account Owner] is a national banking association duly organized and
validly existing in good standing under the laws of the United States of America and has, in all material respects, full power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as such properties are presently owned and such business is
presently conducted, and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement. [Short Name of Account Owner] is an Affiliate of [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] within the meaning of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

(b) Due Qualification. [Short Name of Account Owner] is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation
(or is exempt from such requirements) and has obtained all necessary licenses and approvals, in each jurisdiction in which failure to so qualify or to obtain such licenses and approvals would (i) render any credit card agreement relating to a
Designated Account or any Receivable unenforceable by [Short Name of Account Owner], [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] or the Master Trust or (ii) have a material adverse effect on [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] or the
Certificateholders. 
 (c) Due Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each other document or
instrument delivered pursuant hereto, if any (such other documents or instruments, collectively, the “Conveyance Papers”) and the consummation of the transactions provided for in this Agreement and the Conveyance Papers have been duly
authorized by [Short Name of Account Owner] by all necessary corporate action on the part of [Short Name of Account Owner]. 
 (d) No
Conflict. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Conveyance Papers by [Short Name of Account Owner], the performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Conveyance Papers, and the fulfillment of the terms of
this Agreement and the Conveyance Papers applicable to [Short Name of Account Owner] will not conflict with, violate or result in any breach of any of the material teams and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or
both) a material default under, any indenture, contract, agreement, mortgage, deed of trust, or other instrument to which [Short Name of Account Owner] is a party or by which it or any of its properties are bound. 

  
 F-5 

 (e) No Violation. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the
Conveyance Papers by [Short Name of Account Owner] and the fulfillment of the terms contemplated herein and therein applicable to [Short Name of Account Owner] will not conflict with or violate any Requirements of Law applicable to [Short Name of
Account Owner]. 
 (f) No Proceedings. There are no proceedings or investigations pending or, to the best knowledge of [Short Name of
Account Owner], threatened against [Short Name of Account Owner], before any Governmental Authority (i) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement or the Conveyance Papers, (ii) seeking to prevent the consummation of any of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Conveyance Papers, (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that, in the reasonable judgment of [Short Name of Account Owner], would materially and adversely affect the performance by [Short
Name of Account Owner] of its obligations under this Agreement or the Conveyance Papers or (iv) seeking any determination or ruling that would materially and adversely affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the Conveyance
Papers. 
 (g) All Consents. All authorizations, consents, orders or approvals of or registrations or declarations with any
Governmental Authority required to be obtained, effected or given by [Short Name of Account Owner] in connection with the execution and delivery by [Short Name of Account Owner] of this Agreement and the Conveyance Papers and the performance of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Conveyance Papers by [Short Name of Account Owner] have been duly obtained, effected or given and are in full force and effect. 

(h) No Adverse Selection. No selection procedures believed by [Short Name of Account Owner] to be adverse to the interests of [Short
Name of Receivables Purchaser] or the Investor Certificateholders have been used in selecting the Designated Accounts. 
 Upon discovery by
either [Short Name of Account Owner] or [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] of a breach of any of the foregoing representations and warranties, the party discovering such breach shall give written notice to the other party and the Master Trust
Trustee within three Business Days following such discovery. 
 Section 4.02. Representations and Warranties of [Short Name of
Account Owner] Relating to the Agreement and the Receivables. 
 (a) Representations and Warranties. [Short Name of Account
Owner] hereby represents and warrants to [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date, that: 

(i) this Agreement and any Conveyance Paper each constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of [Short Name of Account Owner] enforceable
against [Short Name of Account Owner] in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable conservatorship, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors’
rights generally and national banking associations in particular from time to time in effect or general principles of equity; 

  
 F-6 

 (ii) each Receivable has been conveyed to [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] free and clear of
any Lien on such Receivable; 
 (iii) all authorizations, consents, orders or approvals of or registrations or declarations with any
Governmental Authority required to be obtained, effected or given by [Short Name of Account Owner] in connection with the conveyance of Receivables to [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] have been duly obtained, effected or given and are in full
force and effect; and 
 (iv) this Agreement constitutes a valid sale, transfer and assignment to [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] of
all right, title and interest of [Short Name of Account Owner] in the Receivables and the proceeds thereof and the Interchange payable pursuant to this Agreement and the Recoveries payable pursuant to this Agreement, or, if this Agreement does not
constitute a sale of such property, it constitutes a grant of a first priority perfected “security interest” (as defined in the UCC) in such property to [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser], which, in the case of existing Receivables and
the proceeds thereof and said Interchange, is enforceable upon execution and delivery of this Agreement and which will be enforceable with respect to such Receivables hereafter created and the proceeds thereof upon such creation. Upon the filing of
the financing statements and, in the case of Receivables hereafter created and the proceeds thereof, upon the creation thereof, [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] shall have a first priority perfected security or ownership interest in such
property and proceeds. 
 (b) Notice of Breach. Upon discovery by either [Short Name of Account Owner] or [Short Name of Receivables
Purchaser] of a breach of any of the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 4.02, the party discovering such breach shall give written notice to the other party and the Master Trust Trustee within three Business Days following
such discovery; provided that the failure to give notice within three Business Days does not preclude subsequent notice. [Short Name of Account Owner] hereby acknowledges that [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] intends to rely on the
representations hereunder in connection with representations made by [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] to secured parties, assignees or subsequent transferees including but not limited to transfers made by [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser]
to the Master Trust pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 
 Section 4.03. Representations and Warranties of [Short Name
of Receivables Purchaser]. As of the Closing Date, [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, [Short Name of Account Owner] that: 

(a) Organization and Good Standing; Affiliate. [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] is a national banking association duly organized
and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America and has, in all material respects, full power and authority to own its properties and conduct its business as such properties are presently owned and such business is presently
conducted and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement. [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] is an Affiliate of [Short Name of Account Owner] within the meaning of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

(b) Due Authorization. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Conveyance Papers and the consummation of the transactions
provided for in this Agreement and the Conveyance Papers have been duly authorized by [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] by all necessary corporate action on the part of [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser]. 

  
 F-7 

 (c) No Conflict. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Conveyance Papers by
[Short Name of Receivables Purchaser], the performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Conveyance Papers, and the fulfillment of the terms of this Agreement and the Conveyance Papers applicable to [Short Name of
Receivables Purchaser], will not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the material terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a material default under, any indenture, contract, agreement,
mortgage, deed of trust or other instrument to which [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] is a party or by which it or any of its properties are bound. 

(d) No Violation. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Conveyance Papers by [Short Name of Receivables
Purchaser] and the fulfillment of the terms contemplated herein and therein applicable to [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] will not conflict with or violate any Requirements of Law applicable to [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser]. 

(e) No Proceedings. There are no proceedings or investigations pending or, to the best knowledge of [Short Name of Receivables
Purchaser], threatened against [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser], before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency, or other tribunal or Governmental Authority (i) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement or the Conveyance Papers,
(ii) seeking to prevent the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Conveyance Papers, (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that, in the reasonable judgment of [Short Name of Receivables
Purchaser], would materially and adversely affect the performance by [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] of its obligations under this Agreement or the Conveyance Papers or (iv) seeking any determination or ruling that would materially and
adversely affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the Conveyance Papers. 
 (f) All Consents. All authorizations,
consents, orders or approvals of or registrations or declarations with any Governmental Authority required to be obtained, effected or given by [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] in connection with the execution and delivery by [Short Name of
Receivables Purchaser] of this Agreement and the Conveyance Papers and the performance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Conveyance Papers have been duly obtained, effected or given and are in full force and effect. 

Upon discovery by [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] or [Short Name of Account Owner] of a breach of any of the foregoing representations
and warranties, the party discovering such breach shall give prompt written notice to the other party. 
 ARTICLE V 

COVENANTS 

Section 5.01. Covenants of [Short Name of Account Owner]. [Short Name of Account Owner] hereby covenants and agrees with [Short
Name of Receivables Purchaser] as follows: 
 (a) Receivables Not To Be Evidenced by Promissory Notes. Except in connection with its
enforcement or collection of a Designated Account, [Short Name of Account Owner] will take no action to cause any Receivable to be evidenced by any instrument (as defined in the UCC). 

  
 F-8 

 (b) Security Interests. Except for the conveyances hereunder, [Short Name of Account
Owner] will not sell, pledge, assign or transfer to any other Person, or take any other action inconsistent with [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser]’s ownership of the Receivables and the other Purchased Assets or grant, create, incur, assume
or suffer to exist any Lien on, any Receivable, whether now existing or hereafter created, or any interest therein, and [Short Name of Account Owner] shall not claim any ownership interest in the Receivables and shall defend the right, title and
interest of [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] in, to and under the Receivables and the other Purchased Assets, whether now existing or hereafter created, against all claims of third parties claiming through or under [Short Name of Account
Owner]. 
 (c) Designated Account Allocations. If [Short Name of Account Owner] is unable for any reason to transfer the Receivables
to [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, by reason of the application of the provisions of Section 6.02 or any order of any Governmental Authority), then, in
any such event, [Short Name of Account Owner] agrees (except as prohibited by any such order) to allocate and pay to [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser], after the date of such inability, all collections with respect to the Receivables, including
collections in respect of the Receivables transferred to [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] before the occurrence of such event, and all amounts which would have constituted such collections but for [Short Name of Account Owner]’s inability
to transfer Receivables (up to an aggregate amount equal to the amount of the outstanding Receivables transferred to [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] on or before such date). For the purpose of the immediately preceding sentence, [Short Name of
Receivables Purchaser] and [Short Name of Account Owner] shall treat the first received of such collections with respect to the Designated Accounts as allocable to [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] until [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser]
shall have been allocated and paid collections in an amount equal to the aggregate amount of the Principal Receivables as of the date of the occurrence of such event. If [Short Name of Account Owner] and [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] are
unable pursuant to any Requirements of Law to allocate such collections as described above, [Short Name of Account Owner] and [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] agree that, after the occurrence of such event, payments on each Designated Account
with respect to the principal balance of such Designated Account shall be allocated first to the oldest principal balance of such Designated Account and shall have such payments applied as collections in respect thereof in accordance with the terms
of this Agreement. The parties hereto agree that Finance Charge Receivables, whenever created, accrued in respect of Principal Receivables which have been conveyed to [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] shall continue to be property of [Short Name
of Receivables Purchaser] notwithstanding any cessation of the transfer of additional Principal Receivables to [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] and collections with respect thereto shall continue to be allocated and paid in accordance with this
Agreement. 
 (d) Delivery of Collections or Recoveries. If [Short Name of Account Owner] receives collections of Receivables or
Recoveries, [Short Name of Account Owner] agrees to pay to [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] all such collections of Receivables and Recoveries as soon as practicable after receipt thereof. 

  
 F-9 

 (e) Notice of Liens. [Short Name of Account Owner] shall notify [Short Name of Receivables
Purchaser] promptly after becoming aware of any Lien on any Receivable other than the conveyances hereunder or under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

(f) Documentation of Transfer. [Short Name of Account Owner] shall undertake to file the documents which would be necessary to perfect
and maintain the transfer of the security interest in and to the Purchased Assets. 
 (g) Periodic Rate Finance Charges.
(i) Except (x) as otherwise required by any Requirements of Law or (y) as is deemed by [Short Name of Account Owner] to be necessary in order for it to maintain its credit card business on a competitive basis based on a good faith
assessment by it of the nature of the competition with respect to the credit card business, and only if the change giving rise to such reduction is made applicable to the comparable segment of revolving credit card accounts owned or serviced by it
which have characteristics similar to the Designated Accounts which are the subject of such change, it shall not at any time permit the Portfolio Yield to be less than the Average Rate. (ii) Except as otherwise required by any Requirements of
Law, (A) it shall not permit the Portfolio Yield to be less than the highest Certificate Rate for any outstanding Series or Class, and (B) if the amount of surplus finance charge collections for any Group averaged over any three
consecutive Due Periods is not equal to or greater than the required surplus finance charge amount for such Group for the last of such three consecutive Due Periods, it will not reduce the Periodic Rate Finance Charge applicable to any Designated
Account to a rate that would result in the weighted average of the Periodic Rate Finance Charges applicable to all the Designated Accounts as of the last day of any Due Period being less than the sum of the weighted average of the Certificate Rates
of each outstanding Series as of such last day and 6%. 
 (h) Credit Card Agreements and Guidelines. Subject to compliance with all
Requirements of Law and paragraph (g) above, [Short Name of Account Owner] may change the terms and provisions of the applicable Credit Card Agreements or the applicable Credit Card Guidelines in any respect (including the calculation of the
amount or the timing of charge-offs and the Periodic Rate Finance Charges to be assessed thereon) only if such change is made applicable to the comparable segment of revolving credit card accounts owned or serviced by it which have the same or
substantially similar characteristics as the Designated Accounts which are the subject of such change. Notwithstanding the above, unless required by Requirements of Law or as permitted by Section 5.01(g), [Short Name of Account Owner] will take
no action with respect to the applicable Credit Card Agreements or the applicable Credit Card Guidelines, which, at the time of such action [Short Name of Account Owner] reasonably believes will have a material adverse effect on [Short Name of
Receivables Purchaser] or the Certificateholders. 
 (i) Official Records. [Short Name of Account Owner] shall maintain this
Agreement as a part of its official records. 
 (j) MasterCard, VISA [and American Express]. [Short Name of Account Owner] shall use
its best efforts to remain, either directly or indirectly, a member in good standing of the MasterCard System, the VISA System[, the American Express System] and any other similar entity’s or organization’s system relating to any other
type of revolving credit card accounts included as Designated Accounts. 

  
 F-10 

 (k) Pooling and Servicing Agreement Covenants. [Short Name of Account Owner] agrees to be
bound by each covenant applicable to an “Account Owner” set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 
 Section 5.02.
Covenants of [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser]. [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] hereby covenants and agrees with [Short Name of Account Owner] as follows: 

(a) [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] will provide [Short Name of Account Owner] with such information as [Short Name of Account Owner]
may reasonably request to enable [Short Name of Account Owner] to determine compliance with the covenants contained in Section 5.01. 

(b) [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser], as Servicer under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, will act as Servicer with respect to the
Designated Accounts with the same standard of care as it does with respect to Accounts with respect to which it is the Account Owner. 

ARTICLE VI 
 TERM AND
PURCHASE TERMINATION 
 Section 6.01. Term. This Agreement shall commence as of the date of execution and delivery hereof
and shall continue until the termination of the Master Trust as provided in Article XII of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

  
 F-11 

 Section 6.02. Purchase Termination. If [Short Name of Account Owner] voluntarily goes
into liquidation or consents to the appointment of a conservator, receiver or liquidator in any insolvency, readjustment of debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceeding of or relating to [Short Name of Account Owner] or of or
relating to all or substantially all its property, or a decree or order of a court or agency or supervisory authority having jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of a conservator, receiver or liquidator in any insolvency, readjustment of
debt, marshalling of assets and liabilities or similar proceeding, or for the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs, shall have been entered against [Short Name of Account Owner]; or [Short Name of Account Owner] shall admit in writing its
inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, file a petition to take advantage of any applicable insolvency or reorganization statute, make an assignment for the benefit of its creditors or voluntarily suspend payment of its obligations
(such voluntary liquidation, appointment, entering of such decree, admission, filing, making or suspension, a “Dissolution Event”), [Short Name of Account Owner] shall on the day of such appointment, voluntary liquidation, entering of such
decree, admission, filing, making or suspension, as the case my be (the “Appointment Date”), immediately cease to transfer the Principal Receivables to [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] and shall promptly give notice to [Short Name of
Receivables Purchaser] and the Master Trust Trustee of such Dissolution Event. Notwithstanding any cessation of the transfer to [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] of additional Principal Receivables, Principal Receivables transferred to [Short
Name of Receivables Purchaser] before the occurrence of such Dissolution Event and collections in respect of such Principal Receivables and Finance Charge Receivables whenever created, accrued in respect of such Principal Receivables, shall continue
to be property of [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] available for transfer by [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] to the Master Trust pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

  
 F-12 

 ARTICLE VII 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 

Section 7.01. Amendment. This Agreement and any Conveyance Papers and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder may not
be changed orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by [Short Name of Account Owner] and [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] in accordance with this Section 7.01. This Agreement and any Conveyance Papers may be amended from time to
time by [Short Name of Account Owner] and [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] (i) to cure any ambiguity, (ii) to correct or supplement any provisions herein which may be inconsistent with any other provisions herein or in any such other
Conveyance Papers, (iii) to add any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this Agreement or any Conveyance Papers which shall not be inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement or any Conveyance Papers,
(iv) to change, modify, delete or add any other obligation of [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] or [Short Name of Account Owner]; provided, however, that no amendment pursuant to clause (iv) of this Section 7.01
shall be effective unless [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] has been notified in writing that the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied with respect thereto and [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] has provided an officer’s
certificate to the Master Trust Trustee to the effect that [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] reasonably believes that such amendment will not have an Adverse Effect; provided, further, that such action shall not (as evidenced by an
Opinion of Counsel delivered to the Master Trust Trustee) adversely affect in any material respect the interests of the Master Trust Trustee or the Certificateholders, unless the Master Trust Trustee shall consent thereto. A copy of any amendment to
this Agreement shall be sent to the Rating Agency. 
 Section 7.02. Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE CONVEYANCE PAPERS
SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

 Section 7.03. Notices. All demands, notices and communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been
duly given if personally delivered at or mailed by registered mail, return receipt requested, to 
 (a) in the case of [Short Name of
Receivables Purchaser], 
 [Name of Receivables Purchaser] 

[Address] 
 [City, State ZIP]

 Attention: 
 Telecopy: 

  
 F-13 

 (b) in the case of [Short Name of Account Owner], 

[Name of Account Seller] 

[Address] 
 [City, State ZIP]

 Attention: 
 Telecopy: 

(c) in the case of the Master Trust Trustee, 

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas 

60 Wall Street 
 New York, New
York 10005 
 Attention: Global Securities Services 

                 — Structured Finance Services 

Telecopy: 212-553-2460 
 or, as to each party,
at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to each other party. 
 Section 7.04. Severability of
Provisions. If any one or more of the covenants, agreements, provisions or terms of this Agreement or any Conveyance Paper shall for any reason whatsoever be held invalid, then such covenants, agreements, provisions, or terms shall be deemed
severable from the remaining covenants, agreements, provisions, and terms of this Agreement or any Conveyance Paper and shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions of this Agreement or of any Conveyance Paper. 

Section 7.05. Assignment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, other than any assignment of all or any
portion of [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser]’s rights, title, and interests in, to, and under this Agreement to the Master Trust Trustee for the benefit of the beneficiaries of the Master Trust including the Certificateholders as
contemplated by the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and Section 7.06, this Agreement and all other Conveyance Papers may not be assigned by the parties hereto; provided, however, that [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] shall
have the right to assign its rights, title and interests in, to and under this Agreement to (i) any successor by merger assuming this Agreement, (ii) to any affiliate owned directly or indirectly by Citigroup Inc. which assumes the
obligations of this Agreement or (iii) to any entity provided that the Rating Agency has advised [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] that the Rating Agency Condition has been satisfied with respect thereto. 

Section 7.06. Acknowledgment and Agreement of [Short Name of Account Owner]. By execution below, [Short Name of Account Owner]
expressly acknowledges and agrees that all or any portion of [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser]’s right, title, and interest in, to, and under this Agreement, including, without limitation, all or any portion of [Short Name of Receivables
Purchaser]’s right, title, and interest in and to the Receivables purchased pursuant to this Agreement, may be assigned by [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] to the Master Trust Trustee for the benefit of the Master Trust, including the
Certificateholders, and [Short Name of Account Owner] consents to such assignment. [Short Name of Account Owner] further agrees that notwithstanding any claim, counterclaim, right of setoff or defense which it may have against [Short Name of
Receivables Purchaser], due to a breach by [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] of this Agreement or for any other reason, and notwithstanding the bankruptcy of [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] or any other event whatsoever, [Short Name of
Account 

  
 F-14 

 
Owner]’s sole remedy shall be a claim against [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] for money damages and in no event shall [Short Name of Account Owner] assert any claim on or any interest
in the Receivables and the other Purchased Assets or any proceeds thereof or take any action which would reduce or delay receipt by Certificateholders of collections with respect to the Receivables and the other Purchased Assets. 

Section 7.07. Further Assurances. [Short Name of Account Owner] and [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] agree to do and perform,
from time to time, any and all acts and to execute any and all further instruments required or reasonably requested by the other party or the Master Trust Trustee more fully to effect the purposes of this Agreement, the Conveyance Papers and the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement including, without limitation, the execution of any financing statements or continuation statements or equivalent documents relating to the Receivables for filing under the provisions of the UCC or other law of any
applicable jurisdiction and prompt notification to the other party of any change of the principal executive office of either party. 

Section 7.08. No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of [Short Name of
Account Owner] or [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser], any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder, shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any
other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. Subject to Section 7.06, the rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exhaustive of any rights, remedies,
powers and privileges provided by law. 
 Section 7.09. Counterparts. This Agreement and all Conveyance Papers may be executed
in two or more counterparts (and by different parties on separate counterparts), each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. 

Section 7.10. Binding; Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement and the Conveyance Papers will inure to the benefit of and be
binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. The Master Trust Trustee is a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement. 

Section 7.11. Merger and Integration. Except as specifically stated otherwise herein, this Agreement and the Conveyance Papers set
forth the entire understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and all prior understandings, written or oral, are superseded by this Agreement and the Conveyance Papers. This Agreement and the Conveyance Papers may not be
modified, amended, waived or supplemented except as provided herein. 
 Section 7.12. Headings. The headings are for purposes of
reference only and shall not otherwise affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision hereof. 
 Section 7.13. Schedules and
Exhibits. The schedules and exhibits attached hereto and referred to herein shall constitute a part of this Agreement and are incorporated into this Agreement for all purposes. 

  
 F-15 

 Section 7.14. Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations,
warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement, shall remain operative and in full force and effect and shall survive conveyance of the Receivables by [Short Name of Account Owner] to [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] and by [Short Name
of Receivables Purchaser] to the Master Trust Trustee pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

  
 F-16 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, [Short Name of Account Owner] and [Short Name of Receivables Purchaser] have
caused this Receivables Purchase Agreement to be duly executed by their respective officers as of the day and year first above written. 
  

			
	[NAME OF RECEIVABLES PURCHASER]
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	
	
	[NAME OF ACCOUNT OWNER]
		
	By:	 	  

	Name:	 	
	Title:	 	

  
 F-17 

 ANNEX I 

DESIGNATED ACCOUNTS 

[Intentionally Omitted] 

 EXHIBIT G-1 

[FORM OF CLEARANCE SYSTEM CERTIFICATE TO BE GIVEN TO THE TRUSTEE 

BY EUROCLEAR OR CLEARSTREAM BANKING FOR DELIVERY OF 

DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATES IN EXCHANGE FOR A PORTION OF 

A TEMPORARY GLOBAL SECURITY] 

CITIBANK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST I, 

[    ]% Credit Card Participation Certificates, Series
[                    ] 
 [Insert
title or sufficient description of Certificates to be delivered] 
 We refer to that portion of the temporary Global Certificate in respect
of the above-captioned issue which is herewith submitted to be exchanged for definitive Certificates (the “Submitted Portion”) as provided in the Third Amended and Restated Pooling and Servicing Agreement dated as of
[        ] [    ], 2016 (as amended and supplemented, the “Agreement”) in respect of such issue. This is to certify that (i) we have received a certificate or certificates,
in writing, with respect to each of the persons appearing in our records as being entitled to a beneficial interest in the Submitted Portion and with respect to such person’s beneficial interest, substantially in the form of Exhibit G-2 to the
Agreement, and (ii) the Submitted Portion includes no part of the temporary Global Certificate excepted in such certificates. 
 We
further certify that as of the date hereof we have not received any notification from any of the persons giving such certificates to the effect that the statements made by them with respect to any part of the Submitted Portion are no longer true and
cannot be relied on as of the date hereof. 
 We understand that this certificate is required in connection with certain securities and tax
laws in the United States of America. If administrative or legal proceedings are commenced or threatened in connection with which this certificate is or would be relevant, we irrevocably authorize you to produce this certificate or a copy thereof to
any interested party in such proceedings. 
  

							
	Dated:             , 20    *	 		 	[EUROCLEAR BANK S.A./N.V, AS OPERATOR OF THE EUROCLEAR SYSTEM]
		 		 	[CLEARSTREAM BANKING, SOCIÉTÉ ANONYME]**
				
		 		 	by	 	  

  
  

	*	To be dated on the Exchange Date. 

	**	Delete the inappropriate reference. 

 EXHIBIT G-2 

[FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED 

TO EUROCLEAR OR CLEARSTREAM BANKING 

BY [                    ] 

WITH RESPECT TO CERTIFICATES SOLD TO 

QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYERS] 

CITIBANK CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST I, 

[    ]% Credit Card Participation Certificates, Series
[                    ] 
 In
connection with the initial issuance and placement of the above referenced Credit Card Participation Certificates (the “Certificates”), an institutional investor in the United States (“institutional investor”) is purchasing U.S.
$         aggregate principal amount of the Certificates held in our account at [Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of the Euroclear System] [Clearstream Banking, société anonyme] on behalf of
such investor. 
 We reasonably believe that such institutional investor is a qualified institutional buyer as such term is defined under
Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 
 [We understand that this certificate is required in connection with United States
laws. We irrevocably authorize you to produce this certificate or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered by this certificate.] 

 The Definitive Certificates in respect of this certificate are to be issued in registered form in
the minimum denomination of U.S. $500,000 and such Definitive Certificates (and, unless the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or Supplement relating to the Certificates otherwise provides, any Certificates issued in exchange or substitution for or on
registration of transfer of Certificates) shall bear the following legend: 
 “THIS CERTIFICATE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE UNITED
STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933. NEITHER THIS CERTIFICATE NOR ANY PORTION HEREOF MAY BE OFFERED OR SOLD, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO U.S. PERSONS (EACH AS DEFINED HEREIN), EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF
SUCH ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION PROVISIONS. THE TRANSFER OF THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO CERTAIN CONDITIONS SET FORTH IN THE POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN.” 

 

							
	Dated:             , 20    	 		 	
			
		 		 	[                                    
    ]
		 		 	by
		 		 	  

		 		 	Authorized officer

  
 G-2-2 

 EXHIBIT H-1 

FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL 
 WITH
RESPECT TO AMENDMENTS 
 Provisions to be included in 

Opinion of Counsel to be delivered pursuant 

to Section 13.02(d)(i) 

The opinions set forth below may be subject to all the qualifications, assumptions, limitations and exceptions taken or made in the Opinions
of Counsel delivered on any applicable Closing Date. 
 1. The amendment to the [Pooling and Servicing Agreement], [Supplement], attached
hereto as Schedule 1 (the “Amendment”), has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Sellers and constitutes the legal, valid and binding agreement of the Sellers, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such
enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally from time to time in effect. The enforceability of the Sellers’ obligations is also
subject to general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law). 
 2.
The Amendment has been entered into in accordance with the terms and provisions of Section 13.01 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. 

3. The Amendment will not adversely affect in any material respect the interests of the Investor Certificateholders. [Include this clause
(3) only in the case of amendments effected pursuant to Section 13.01(a) of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.] 

 EXHIBIT H-2 

FORM OF OPINION OF COUNSEL 
 WITH
RESPECT TO ACCOUNTS 
 Provisions to be included in 

Opinion of Counsel to be 
 delivered
pursuant to 
 Section 13.02(d)(ii) or (iii) 

The opinions set forth below may be subject to all the qualifications, assumptions, limitations and exceptions taken or made in the Opinions
of Counsel delivered on any applicable Closing Date. 
 1. The Receivables will constitute “accounts” as defined under Article 9
of the UCC. 
 2. If the transfer of the Receivables to the Trust pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement constitutes a true sale of
the Receivables to the Trust: 
 (a) with respect to Receivables in existence on the date hereof, such sale transfers all of
the right, title and interest of the Sellers in and to such Receivables to the Trust, free and clear of any Liens now existing or hereafter created, but subject to the rights of the Sellers as holders of the Sellers’ Certificates; 

(b) with respect to Receivables which come into existence after the date hereof, upon the creation of such Receivables and the
subsequent transfer of such Receivables to the Trust in accordance with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and receipt by the Sellers of the consideration therefor required pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, such sale will transfer
all of the right, title and interest of the Sellers in and to such Receivables to the Trust, free and clear of any Liens, but subject to the rights of the Sellers as holders of the Sellers’ Certificates; 

and, in either case, no further action will thereafter be required to protect the Trust’s ownership interest in the Receivables against creditors of, or
subsequent purchasers from, the Sellers. We note that unless the obligor in respect of a Receivable has received notice of the assignment thereof (such notice not being contemplated by the Pooling and Servicing Agreement), bona fide payments made by
such obligor to the applicable Seller or a second assignee of such Receivable (as to which such obligor has received notice of such assignment) will discharge such obligor’s obligations to the extent of such payment, and such payment will be
recoverable only from such Seller or, in certain cases, such second assignee, as the case may be. 
 3. If the transfer of the Receivables
to the Trust pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement does not constitute a true sale of the Receivables to the Trust, then the Pooling and Servicing Agreement creates a valid security interest in favor of the Trustee, for the

 
benefit of the Certificateholders, in the Sellers’ right, title and interest in and to the Receivables and the proceeds thereof securing the obligations of the Sellers thereunder. If the
transfer of the Receivables to the Trust constitutes a true sale of the Receivables to the Trust but such sale is not effective as of the date of such transfer to convey to the Trust free and clear of any Lien Receivables not existing on such date,
Section 13.18 of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement creates a valid security interest in favor of the Trustee, for the benefit of the Certificateholders, in the Sellers’ right, title and interest in and to the Receivables and the proceeds
thereof securing the obligations of the Sellers thereunder, to the extent such right, title and interest is not so conveyed to the Trust. We have been advised by the Sellers (but have not independently verified) that the Financing Statements have
been duly filed with the office of the Secretary of State of the State of South Dakota [and other applicable states], and, accordingly, such security interest constitutes a perfected security interest in such Receivables and the proceeds thereof
subject to no prior Liens, enforceable as such against creditors of, and subsequent purchasers from, the Sellers, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws relating to or affecting
creditors’ rights generally and to general equity principles, but subject to the matters discussed in paragraph 4 below. Such perfection, priority and enforceability of the security interest of the Trustee, for the benefit of the
Certificateholders, would not be affected by an increase or decrease in the relative interests in the Receivables of the Investor Certificateholders and the Sellers as holders of the Sellers’ Certificates. 

4. Should the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) be appointed as a receiver or conservator for the Bank, and assuming
that the transfer of the Certificateholders’ Interest to the Investor Certificateholders satisfied the conditions for sale accounting treatment under generally accepted accounting principles in effect for reporting periods before
November 15, 2009, except for the “legal isolation” condition, as they applied to institutions for which the FDIC could be appointed as receiver or conservator, the Receivables to the extent of the Certificateholders’ Interest of
the Investor Certificateholders would not, under the FDIC’s Resolution and Receivership Rules set forth in 12 C.F.R. § 360.6(d)(2), be subject to being reclaimed, recovered or recharacterized as property of the Bank or the receivership.

  
 H-2-2

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00261-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00261-of-00352.parquet"}]]